Page 1

EXP LOR E M AKE FRIE NDS UNW IN D CHA T W ALK T O G E TH E R

walking & 2012 outdoorholidays Britain | Europe | Worldwide

DIS CO VE R


Contents

Page

Introduction

4-11

Holidays for Groups

12-13

Guided Walking in the UK

14-81

Guided Walking

18-58

Guided Walking for Solos

59

Autumn, winter & spring breaks

60-61

Beautiful countryside. Historic towns, cities and villages. Rugged coasts. Quiet forests. High mountains. Breathtaking views. Great company. Good food. At HF Holidays we know the ingredients for the very best walking holidays in the world.

Adventurous Guided Walking holidays 62-63 Leisurely Guided Walking holidays Navigation holidays

64-65

Working in partnership with

65

Freedom Breaks

66

Family holidays

70-73

Unmissable Britain

74-81

Guided Trails in UK and Europe

82-103

HOLIDAY PARTNER

Self-Guided holidays in UK 104-115 and Europe Guided Walking in Europe

116-175

Two week holidays

119-121

Guided Walking

122-166

Family holidays

167

Adventurous Guided Walking holidays 168-169

Leisure Activities in Europe

170-173

Discovery Tours in Europe

173-175

Discovery Tours Afloat

NEW

Recommended retailer

Preferred activity holiday provider

175

Guided City Breaks

176-183

Cycling holidays

184-193

Worldwide Journeys

194-231

Your Society

232-233

Booking your holiday

234-242

Travel to our Country Houses

234-235

Overseas travel and flights

236-237

Membership

238

Responsible Tourism

239

Travel insurance

240

How to book

241

Conditions of booking

242

Christmas & New Year holidays

243

Member of


Welcome


“HF Holidays feels like a family” Philippa Aldridge

“HF Holidays has always provided a safe, enjoyable trip for a fair price. I’ve always felt like I received more than I paid for.” Cindy Baroway

“Always enjoyable utterly reliable” Frances Johnson


World class walking We’re committed to offering top quality walking holidays. Guests rate their enjoyment of our walks at over 95%* right across the world, and also recognise the quality of our leaders, who score over 96%. On our UK and European Guided Walking holidays we offer a choice of walks each day.

High quality accommodation We know how important the quality of accommodation is to our guests. Therefore we are pleased that our UK Country Houses and overseas partner hotels continue to rate at over 90%* for both accommodation and food.

Award winning service We believe that we offer a mix of high quality, excellent service and good value, and it seems that our guests agree. They voted HF Holidays the best large tour operator in the 2010 Guardian and Observer Travel Awards, achieving 97.4% satisfaction.

Great company Sociability is at the heart of our holidays. The atmosphere appeals to guests travelling alone, with family or with friends, enjoying walks together during the day, followed by pleasant sociable evenings with a range of local and low-key activities to keep you entertained. Meet new people from all over the world.

Excellent value for money All holidays based at our UK Country Houses are Full Board – all you have to pay for are drinks in the bar. So no hidden extras. For our overseas holidays we offer the choice of booking with or without flights, allowing you to choose the travel arrangements that suit you best.

We’re a co-operative HF Holidays is the only holiday provider in the UK that is a co-operative. We are owned by our 32,000+ members and have no big corporate shareholders. All profits are re-invested into improving our holidays. For information about membership see page 238. *Satisfaction rating = rated very good or good in our guest holiday surveys for 2010

About HF Holidays

Active. Sociable. Trusted. Co-operative.


About HF Holidays

“Warm, welcoming, splendid walks programme, good leaders and the company of friendly people” Anne Collins

“I think HF Holidays is an excellent company providing value for money. I would not consider going on a walking holiday with any other company.” Irene Doran

Expert leaders Our friendly leaders bring years of experience to help provide the great, sociable walking holidays our guests enjoy. Mainly volunteers, they undergo a thorough selection and assessment procedure to ensure you are in safe hands.

A trusted partner We are proud to work in partnership with many organisations for the benefit of our members, our guests and the wider community. For more information about our partnerships, see page 232.

“If you want the best, choose the best – HF Holidays of course” Bill and Jeanne Murphy


Quality and Value

Quality and Value At our UK Country Houses we aim to offer great value on all our holidays. One price includes your food, accommodation and walks for the whole holiday – there are no hidden extras. You may prefer to enhance your stay by booking a premium room for an extra £5 per person per night. We’ve selected our very best rooms, often with exceptional comfort or outstanding views. This is a great way to make your stay extra special. If you’re on a tight budget we offer a number of best value options that will save you a few pounds. • Our prices are lower in Spring and Autumn, but this is often a great time for walking with clear skies and fewer crowds. Guided Walking holidays start from just £249 • At some locations you can save up to £8 per night by booking a best value room – that’s a saving of £56 per week. We have a number of non en-suite rooms with this discount, as are all our en-suite chalet rooms at Altachorvie on the Isle of Arran

Hotel Kristall Seefeld – Premium Hotel

In Europe our holidays are Half Board but still offer great value and quality. We work with good quality hotels and mostly scheduled airlines to provide walking holidays that are second to none. We’ve also highlighted five hotels which our guests have regularly judged our top hotels in Europe. For an extra special holiday, choose one of our Premium Hotels. All offer great locations, high quality bedrooms, excellent food and friendly service. If you need to watch your budget, we’ve highlighted our Best Value Hotels. They offer all you would expect from HF Holidays’ hotels but with a slightly simpler level of hospitality and a great price.

There are other ways to get even better value for your holiday • Book as a group. There are great savings if you book 11 or more adults – see pages 12–13 • REC ND O IE

D MEN A FR M

ND • RECO IE

• Recommend us to others. We’ll send you a £50 voucher for each guest that you recommend when they book their first holiday with us. See page 9 for further details.

ND ME A FR M

Dolserau Hall, Dolgellau

Sands Beach Resort Hotel, Lanzarote - Best Value Hotel

Hotel Parque San Antonio, Tenerife – Best Value Hotel

Premium room at Larpool Hall, Whitby


The best choice for your walking holiday

“Wonderful range of well selected, interesting and sometimes quite challenging walks” Douglas Tullis, Kranjska Gora High Routes

“Well chosen venues, hotels and routes and easy to book” Adrian Holdstock Florence to Siena Self-Guided Trail

“HF Holidays invests a lot in training leaders, and it really shows in the quality of the leadership” Su Lockley, Guided Walking at Freshwater Bay


Self-guided walking holidays

We have a simple grading system to make it easy to choose the walk that suits you. Look out for the ‘swingometers’ on all our holiday listings.

If you prefer to go it alone, perhaps with a group of friends or family, we have some self-guided options. You get the same reassurance of planning and quality accommodation you would expect from HF Holidays, but the flexibility to have your holiday, your way.

On these walks you’ll walk at a relaxed pace, often spending time at places of interest along the route. Walking experience isn’t necessary as distances are quite short and paths and gradients generally easy. Walks follow good paths and tracks but are generally longer. Walking experience isn’t necessary but some walks, particularly in mountain areas, may have sections over rough or steeper terrain. Walks follow well-defined paths, though often in hilly or upland areas, or along rugged coastal footpaths. These may be rough or steep in sections, and will require a reasonable level of fitness. In moorland areas you may cover long distances in remote countryside and the terrain will often be rough underfoot. In mountainous areas you will encounter some sustained ascents and descents and occasional sections of scree and some steep ground. A good level of fitness and stamina is required for these walks. They are likely to be in mountainous areas where you should expect rocky terrain and sustained ascents and descents. Walks visit high summits and ridges, where you’ll need a good head for heights, and may include some easy scrambling. Our most challenging holidays, for which high levels of fitness and stamina are required. You will probably be an experienced mountain walker and will need to be comfortable with long, strenuous walks, difficult mountain terrain and scrambling.

Guided Walking On our Guided Walking breaks we plan and lead your walks, giving you time to chat and enjoy the countryside.

Expertly planned walks Our team of field advisors and expert staff brings a wealth of experience to the planning of each walk, finding the most scenic footpaths, the most stunning views and the best lunch spots.

Experienced and friendly leaders Highly skilled and friendly leaders are the cornerstone of our Guided Walking holidays. Our tough assessment courses ensure that our guests will be in safe and friendly hands.

A daily choice of walks On all our Guided Walking holidays in Britain and Europe (see pages 18-55 and 122-166) we offer the choice of at least two walks each day, often more, so you are sure to get the type of walk you want. And if you are new to walking holidays, you will find something to suit your energy levels and aspirations, including the option of shorter half-day walks at some of our UK locations (see page 64-65).

Freedom Breaks

(see page 66)

Stay in one of our UK Country Houses and choose your own itinerary. We know the best walks and the best places to visit and will help with maps, routes and transport ideas.

Self-Guided Trails

(see pages 104-115)

The walking trails of Britain and Europe are a great challenge to any walker. Let us take care of the luggage, planning and accommodation, leaving you to get on with the fun bit. We’ll give you the maps and route directions in an easy to follow format. You’ll stay in friendly guesthouses and small hotels, all checked out by us.

“Good walks programme, always very well organised and led.” Kath Atkinson, Festive Walking at Malhamdale

Choosing your walking holiday

Our walks grading system


What’s New

What’s new

NEW

For 2012 we are pleased to introduce our newest Country House, Craflwyn Hall at Beddgelert (page 20). This small and friendly property, leased from the National Trust, joins our 2011 acquisition, Dolserau Hall at Dolgellau (page 18), to offer outstanding walking in the stunning scenery of northern and southern Snowdonia.

For overseas holidays we have searched the globe for exciting new destinations. Our Worldwide Journeys programme now includes exotic and dramatic locations from Thailand (page 226) and Borneo (page 227) to Alaska (page 197) and The Azores (page 220). We also have new destinations for Guided Walking in Europe with the opportunity for some welcome spring sunshine in Gran Canaria (page 128) and Rhodes (page 124), and dramatic mountain walking in the Lofoten Islands (page 164) and the Polish Tatras (page 161).

NEW

Dandelion Cafés

Our Dandelion cafés at four of our UK Country Houses have already proved a hit with guests and other visitors. The cafés, which are a modern twist on the traditional British tearoom, offer a range of hot and cold drinks, homemade cakes and snacks. There is a 10% discount on purchases at Dandelion for shareholding members of HF Holidays, on production of their membership card. The cafés are at Alnmouth, Conistonwater, Freshwater Bay and Haytor, with more outlets planned for 2012. For more information visit www.dandelioncafe.co.uk


The Ramblers is Britain’s walking charity, working to safeguard the footpaths, countryside and other places our guests go walking, and to encourage more people to take up walking. With 120,000 members in England, Scotland and Wales, it’s been working for walkers for 76 years. It has created long-distance routes, and won many local campaigns to preserve and enhance footpaths. With the support of members and volunteers, the Ramblers continues to work for walkers today. It has recently secured landmark legislation to give access to the English and Welsh coastline. It is also fighting a major campaign to prevent cherished footpaths deteriorating and disappearing as a result of public spending cuts. Locally and nationally, the Ramblers is the ever-present guardian of footpaths and walkers’ rights. At HF Holidays we are pleased to support the Ramblers and the important work it carries out. Without it, many of our holidays would not be possible, and because of this, HF Holidays is naming the Ramblers as our walking charity of the year. We will make a donation to the Ramblers on behalf of every Ramblers member who books one of our holidays. To find out more about the work the Ramblers performs and how to become a member, please visit www.hfholidays.co.uk/ramblers for more information.

ND • RECO IE

D • REC N O IE

D MEN A FR M

Love HF Holidays? Recommend a friend

ND ME A FR M

Do you know someone who would enjoy our holidays as much as you do? Invite them to book a holiday and you’ll receive £50!

Just 3 easy steps to claim your £50

Go on, spread the word and save ££££££’s

1. When your friend books a holiday, ask them to mention at time of booking your name and address

If you recommend HF Holidays to a friend who subsequently makes their first ever booking with us, we will give you £50 off your next holiday for each person recommended.

2. If they have never travelled with us before, we will give them a discount of £50 per person

Not only that, as a welcome, we will also give your recommended friend or friends £50 per person off their holiday, meaning savings for everyone. For example - recommending 2 friends who book will save you £100 off your next holiday and your friends £50 each off their holiday.

3. We will send you a £50 voucher off a future HF Holidays’ break for each friend you have recommended.

It’s that simple

Terms & Conditions For full terms and conditions please visit the Recommend a friend section of our website. Terms and conditions are also available on request through Holiday Services on 0208 732 1289 • Offer open to your friends, family, work colleagues, partner and anyone else you wish to recommend to HF Holidays • Discount applied and voucher sent out once the deposit for the new booking has been paid • Only available to friends who have not travelled with HF Holidays before • If the friend is being added to an existing booking, this must be done by the lead booker, providing the friend’s full name, address and contact details at time of booking • Recommended friend must mention at time of booking the name and address of the person who recommended them. This cannot be added at a later date • Not available to group bookings nor in conjunction with any other discounts • £50 vouchers cannot be exchanged for the equivalent amount in money and can only be used when purchasing a holiday • Vouchers can only be used on holidays with a minimum of 3 nights • Use of vouchers not available through 3rd party booking providers • HF Holidays has the right to postpone or cancel this offer at any stage • Terms and conditions are subject to change without notice. Notification of any change will be published on the HF Holidays’ website • If either the booking made by the recommender or the recommended customer is cancelled, the £50 recommend a friend discount is not transferable or refundable

Recommend a friend

NEW


“Excellent service from the top down” Jeanne Johnstone, Verwood Ramblers


HF Holidays has almost 100 years’ experience in arranging group holidays, and every year over 350 groups choose to travel with us. Whether you’re a local club in search of a suitable venue, a group of friends looking for a shared holiday or a family meeting up for the first time in ages, we are here to help.

Dedicated team We have a dedicated Groups’ team of six who will help from your initial enquiry right through to your return home. Their experience and personal approach mean we can even tailor-make a holiday to meet your needs.

The choice is yours Choose a holiday from any of our brochures – Walking, Leisure Activities, Cycling – or choose a Freedom Break which allows you to plan your own itinerary. Choose one of our 18 Country Houses in Britain’s best countryside locations, or one of our partner hotels in Europe and around the world. Choose your activity – we regularly cater for walking, dancing, yoga, painting, bird watching, photography, music, bridge and cycling.

Discounts for group travel Book a group of 11 or more adults and you’ll qualify for fantastic discounts off the brochure price of any Walking, Leisure Activities, Cycling or Freedom Break holiday: • Groups of between 11 and 29 guests receive 5% discount per person • Groups of 30 or more guests receive 7.5% discount per person • £50 voucher for the group organiser towards a future HF Holidays’ break • Return & Save scheme for repeat bookings For more information call the Groups’ team on 0845 470 7557 or to request a copy of our Groups brochure call the brochure hotline on 0845 470 8559.

Celebrate in style Birthdays, anniversaries, christenings, weddings. Special occasions need beautiful venues. Bring your friends and family together at one of our Country Houses for a celebration weekend or short break. • Personal Celebration Co-ordinator

• Special bedroom rates for your guests

• Exclusive use of the Country House and grounds

• Bespoke design of invitations, table plan, menus and place cards

• Tailored packages to suit every occasion and budget

• Information on recommended local suppliers eg florists, photographers

• Superb meals from a range of celebration menus

• Celebrations packages are exclusive to HF Holidays’ members

For more information contact our Groups’ team on 0845 470 7557.

Groups and Celebrations

Groups are great


Contents

Page

Stay at our Country Houses

16-17

Full Board Guided Walking holidays in Britain Southern Snowdonia, Dolgellau NEW 18-19 Northern Snowdonia, Beddgelert NEW 20-21 Brecon Beacons, Brecon

22-23

Lake District, Derwentwater

24-25

Lake District, Conistonwater

26-27

Isle of Arran

28-29

Western Highlands, Glen Coe

30-31

Yorkshire Dales, Malhamdale

32-33

Yorkshire Dales, Sedbergh

34-35

North York Moors, Whitby

36-37

Northumberland, Alnmouth

38-39

Derbyshire Dales, Dovedale

40-41

Cotswolds, Bourton-on-the-Water

42-43

Exmoor, Selworthy

44-45

Dartmoor, Haytor

46-47

Cornwall, St Ives

48-49

Isle of Wight, Freshwater Bay

50-51

South Downs, Abingworth

52-53

TRANQUIL

LAK ES

MOUNT AI N RA NG ES

Other walking holidays in Britain Norfolk Coast, Old Hunstanton

54

Channel Islands, Jersey

55

Hebridean Hopscotch, island hopping 56 Orkney & Shetland, island hopping

57

Isles of Scilly, island hopping

58

HF Holidays operated Country Houses Partner hotels Orkney & Shetland

Alternative holidays Guided walking for solos Autumn, winter and spring walking breaks

59 60-61

Adventurous walking holidays

62-63

Leisurely walking holidays

64-65

Navigation holidays

65

Freedom Breaks

66

Discovery Tours

68-69

Family holidays

70-73

Unmissable Britain

74-81

Hebridean Hopscotch Glen Coe

Isle Of Arran

Alnmouth

Derwentwater

Trail Holidays

Beddgelert

Guided Trail holidays

82-103

Self-Guided Trail holidays

104-115

Dovedale

Old Hunstanton

Dolgellau

Brecon

Additional holiday information Travel to Country Houses

Sedbergh Whitby Malhamdale

Conistonwater

Bourton-on-the-Water

Selworthy

234-235 St Ives

Abingworth

Haytor

Isles of Scilly Jersey

Freshwater Bay


ING H I L L S ROLL

ER W O FL

E M ED L L FI

A

W DO

S

WOODLANDS

Walking in Britain

Guided Walking in Britain


Cornwall Pg 48

Southern Snowdonia Pg 18

Dartmoor & South Devon Pg 46

Glen Coe Pg 30


Perfect settings

Relax in good company

Our properties vary from historic mansions to charming country houses. All are surrounded by beautiful countryside in prime walking locations across the UK. Superb walking really does begin on the doorstep.

Sociability is at the heart of our holidays. The enjoyment of the walks carries on into pleasant sociable evenings. Chat over a glass of wine or local beer in the bar before hearing about the next day’s walks. After dining with your fellow guests, there will be an activity that you will be welcome to join – a falconry display, an illustrated talk by a local expert, a live ceilidh band, the chance to have a night out at the theatre or a local music night, a quiz or other team event. Of course you can always relax and have a laugh in the lounge or bar.

Quality We own or lease all our UK Country Houses and operate them ourselves, so that we control the standards. All have been inspected and graded by Visit Britain to either 3 or 4-star standard.

Fabulous food We offer a wide choice at breakfast and our self-select picnic lunches are famous. In the evenings there is an excellent four course dinner, which always includes a vegetarian option. We are also accredited by Coeliac UK for catering for glutenfree diets. At some locations we now operate a Dandelion cafébar, serving a selection of hot and cold drinks, cakes and snacks. HF Holidays’ members enjoy a 10% discount at the café bars.

Starter Celery soup with walnuts and crème fraîche Pan fried lime & chilli scallops Herb leaf salad Chilled fruit juice Main Course Pan fried breast of duck Seared fillet of hake with lemon and vanilla beurre blanc Quorn mince and spinach lasagne with garlic bread Swedish style meatballs, served with creamy mashed potatoes and gravy Leek, blue cheese and mushroom stuffed baked potato with side salad Dessert Dark cherry and almond frangipane with hot creamy custard Baked lemon ricotta cake with rhubarb compote Fresh fruit salad English Lakes double Jersey ice cream with raspberry coulis Cheese and biscuits Coffee Fairtrade coffee or tea & mints

Bourton-on-the-Water Pg 42

Facilities for walkers Our houses are tailored to the needs of walkers. Each has a dedicated boot room and excellent drying facilities, and our mini-shops sell a wide range of useful items such as maps and walking poles.

Great value Your holiday price includes: • Full Board, including all meals • Good quality accommodation in en-suite bedrooms • A full programme of guided walks and activities, or a detailed Freedom Breaks map and guide • Free use of all facilities – TV, WiFi, internet terminal plus swimming pools at some locations • Sociable evening activities Don’t forget there are no hidden extras. You only pay for your drinks at the bar, and members enjoy a 10% discount on all purchases at our Country Houses. These facilities and services are available at our Country Houses listed on pages 18 – 53. Facilities at our partner hotels in Britain may differ. See pages 54 – 58.

Treat yourself You can make your stay extra special by choosing a premium room for an extra £5 per person per night. Rooms are selected for their extra size or exceptional views, and have additional facilities – alarm clock with iPod player, enhanced toiletries, towelling robe and complimentary slippers. Premium rooms are available from 12 noon on the day of arrival.

Brecon Beacons Pg 22

North York Moors Pg 36

Country Houses

Great value and comfort at our Country Houses


Southern Snowdonia

NEW

Dolgellau

Holiday Highlights • Enjoy our highly-acclaimed new Country House • High quality accommodation in a beautiful setting • Walk on the spectacular mountains of Cadair Idris, the Rhinogs and Aran Fawddwy • Discover the Mawddach estuary and the charming coastal town of Barmouth • Enjoy a performance by a renowned Welsh harpist

Accommodation Dolserau Hall

Dolserau Hall offers an unparalleled level of comfort and quality. The 23 en-suite bedrooms in the main building and converted coach house are all of a good size and furnished to a high standard. We plan to add further bedrooms, including additional single rooms, during the forthcoming year. The comfortable lounge, bar and dining room all offer peaceful spaces to relax after a day’s activity. The location, a couple of miles from the attractive market town of Dolgellau, is a real delight. Extensive views stretch over the surrounding hills, with the summit of Cadair Idris in the background. Evenings: The comfortable lounge, bar and dining room all offer peaceful spaces to relax after a day’s activity. Full Board: All holidays at Dolserau Hall are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Enjoy the splendid scenery of the Snowdonia National Park with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

A Freedom Break is a flexible way to enjoy our new house and explore this charming corner of Wales. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, packed with local information, so that you get the most from your stay. Explore the local area on foot with a great variety of local walks available. Cyclists are well catered for with the popular Mawddach Trail and excellent mountain bike routes at Coed y Brenin forest both nearby. More relaxing options include visiting the seaside town of Barmouth, Harlech Castle, or the Talyllyn Railway.

Easier Walks: The Victorian Precipice Walk and Torrent Walk are popular classics within easy reach of Dolgellau. The stunning beauty of the Mawddach Estuary and its surrounding mountains can also be enjoyed on flat easy trails and from the mile-long wooden trestle bridge near Barmouth. Inland highlights include Bala Lake, the largest natural lake in Wales. 5½ to 7 miles, generally on good tracks and field paths with up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: Venture onto some of the easier summits of Southern Snowdonia with their wide grassy ridges and big views. The Victorian pony track opens up Cadair Idris, considered by many to be the finest peak in Wales. The untamed Rhinog mountains too offer a magical mix of rocky mountain and sea views. 7 to 8½ miles on mainly good, but sometimes less well defined, paths across mountain and moorland with up to 2,600ft of ascent in a day.

Dates

Price

All dates

£89 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Harder Walks: Rugged boulders, steep climbs and big views await in the Rhinog range, while a softer ascent to Aran Fawddwy offers views of distant Snowdon on a clear day. The horseshoe of summits on nearby Cadair Idris is simply unmissable, whilst lesser-known mountains such as Tarrenhendre and Waun Oer also offer attractive walks. 8 to 11½ miles on a mixture of good paths, rough paths and trackless terrain over sometimes marshy moorland with up to 2,900 ft of ascent.

“I could not fault it and am looking forward to another visit” Neville James Dates & Prices - DGBOB Full Board

Price

Full Board

Fri 17 Mon 20, 27 Fri 17, Mon 27

£259 £329 £549

July

3nts 7nts

Wed 4 Sat 14

£275 £695

March 3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 2, Wed 28 Sat 24 Sat 24

£259 £329 £549

Aug

4nts 7nts

Tues 28 Sat 11

£379 £695

Sept

April

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 13 Mon 16 Fri 13

£325 £369 £639

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 26 Sat 22 Sat 1, 8, 22

£275 £469 £695

Oct

May

4nts

Mon 7, 14

£369

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 31 Sat 27 Sat 27

£259 £439 £679

June

4nts 4nts 7nts

Tues 19 Sat 30 Sat 23, 30

£379 £469 £695

Nov

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 9, 16 Mon 5, 12 Mon 5, 12

£259 £329 £539

Feb

3nts 4nts 7nts

Price

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities on some evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by the ABTOT arrangements

Superb food Dolserau Hall has an excellent reputation for its food which is prepared by award winning chefs.


Northern Snowdonia NEW

Beddgelert

Holiday Highlights • New Country House leased from the National Trust • Outstanding location in the Snowdonia National Park • Enjoy superb mountain walks to the summits of Snowdon, Glyder Fach, Moel Hebog and Cnicht Craflwyn Hall has accommodation for fewer guests than our other UK Country Houses and therefore we are unable to offer a choice of walks each day. Instead Guided Walking holidays operate with one leader and we offer a choice of programmes of easier, medium or harder walks on different weeks.

Accommodation Craflwyn Hall

Craflwyn Hall is a charming historic building leased from the National Trust. Situated at the heart of an extensive estate it occupies a wonderful position at the base of Snowdon, 1 mile from the village of Beddgelert. There are 8 comfortable bedrooms in the main building plus a dining room, library and conservatory. Additional bedrooms are available in annexe accommodation. The open fires and period features create a relaxed and cosy atmosphere for sociable evenings in a small group, like those enjoyed by guests on some of our trail holidays. There is also a well-equipped drying room for your outdoor gear. Full Board: All holidays at Craflwyn Hall are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, self-select picnic lunch, and threecourse evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking Easier Walks: Enjoy Snowdonia’s beautiful green valleys and rich heritage on our easier walking weeks. From Beddgelert we can discover the dramatic Aberglaslyn Pass and follow the green artery of the Nant Gwynant Valley. A little further afield we can visit the Swallow Falls on a walk to Betws-y-Coed, and explore the Vale of Ffestiniog and its narrow gauge steam railway. 5 to 7 miles and up to 1,250ft of ascent in a day. Good paths, though sometimes rough underfoot.

Freedom Breaks Dates & Prices - BGBOB Full Board

Price

March 3nts 4nts

Fri 16 Mon 19

£249 £329

April

7nts

Sat 14

£589

May

7nts

Sat 5, 19

£675

June

6nts

Sat 16

£579

July

7nts

Sat 21

£675

Aug

7nts

Sat 18

£675

Sept

7nts

Sat 22

£675

Oct

3nts 4nts

Wed 17 Sat 13

£269 £429

A Freedom Break is a flexible way to enjoy our new house and explore this charming corner of Wales. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, packed with local information, so that you get the most from your stay. There is plenty to see locally including Edward I’s impressive castle at Caernarvon, Portmeirion and the Llechwedd slate mine. Railway enthusiasts will love the newly-reopened Welsh Highland Railway, which runs through Beddgelert on its way from Porthmadog to Caernarvon.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Medium Walks: Enjoy walks to some of Snowdonia’s more accessible summits. These could include the shapely summit of Cnicht, Moel Siabod and the local peak of Moel Hebog which rises above Beddgelert village. As a finale to the week we’ll walk to the top of Snowdon via the Pyg track and, weather permitting, enjoy the grand view from the highest mountain in England and Wales. Generally 6 to 8 miles and up to 2,700ft of ascent in a day. Good mountain paths, with some steeper and rocky sections. Exceptionally the Snowdon walk is 10 miles with 3,000ft of ascent.

Dates & Prices - BGBOB

Harder Walks: Tackle some of the best mountain walks in Wales on our harder walking weeks. Enjoy the panoramic high-level traverse of the Nantlle Ridge, and ascend to the rocky twin summits of Glyder Fawr and Glyder Fach with the opportunity to balance on the latter’s famous Cantilever Stone. Walking from Beddgelert we can also take the Watkin Path to the summit of Snowdon, returning via the impressive South Ridge. 7 to 11½ miles on rough and rocky paths to high summits with some exposed ridges, occasional rock scrambling and steep terrain. Up to 3,700 ft of ascent in a day.

Dates & Prices - BGBOB

Full Board

Price

March 4nts 3nts

Fri 9, 30 Mon 12

£249 £329

April

Mon 2 Fri 6 (Easter) Sat 28

£329 £575 £589

May

7nts

Sat 26

£675

June

7nts

Sat 9

£675

July

7nts

Sat 7, 28

£675

Aug

7nts

Sat 4, 11

£675

Sept

7nts

Sat 1, 15, 29

£675

Oct

7nts

Sat 20

£659

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 • Discounts available for groups and children • Freedom Breaks are not covered by the ABTOT arrangements

Caernarvon

Price

March 3nts 4nts

Fri 23 Mon 26

£249 £329

April

3nts 7nts

Wed 11 Sat 21

£299 £589

May

7nts

Sat 12

£675

June

5nts 7nts

Mon 25 Sat 2, 30

£489 £675

July

7nts

Sat 14

£675

Aug

7nts

Sat 25

£675

Sept

7nts

Sat 8

£675

Oct

3nts 4nts

Wed 10, 31 Sat 6, 27

£269 £429

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • A full programme of guided walks with 1 leader • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Sun to Thurs

Llanberis Capel Curig

Glyder Fawr Llyn Cwellyn

Nantlle Ridge

wy

Arfon Llug

Betws-y-Coed Moel Siabod

Snowdon

BEDDGELERT Moel Hebog

Cnicht

Porthmadog

g

inio

est

f Ff

o Vale

Blaenau Ffestiniog

dr

n Lle

Arfo

Llyn Gwynant

Llyn Dinas

lyn

Full Board

£85 per night

Afon Glas

4nts 5nts 7nts

Fri, Sat


Brecon Beacons Brecon

Holiday Highlights • Stay in the charming market town of Brecon • Explore the stunning landscapes of the Brecon Beacons National Park • Walk to the dramatic waterfalls of the Hepste, Mellte and Nedd Fechan valleys • Ascend the distinctive summits of Pen y Fan and Corn Du • Visit the bookshops of Hay-on-Wye or the tranquil Monmouthshire and Brecon Canal • Treat yourself to a massage or facial at our on-site Retreat, or sample some Welsh wine or beer

Accommodation Nythfa House

Nythfa House is a charming Country House on the edge of Brecon within easy reach of many fine walking areas. In this quiet setting you can relax in the attractive gardens or the conservatory with its grapevine. There are 23 en-suite bedrooms in the main house and in garden annexes. Facilities include a comfortable lounge, bar, dance room and an indoor swimming pool. Evenings: Social activities vary but could include a talk from a speaker from the Brecon Beacons National Park or a local brewery. Full Board: All holidays at Nythfa House are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Enjoy the Brecon Beacons on our carefully selected guided walks. Choose from up to three different walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

A Freedom Break is a flexible way to explore the Brecon Beacons. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, so that you get the most from your stay. Choose to walk independently, try something more active such as climbing or mountain biking, or just relax around Nythfa House. You may also want to visit the wonderful beaches of the Gower Peninsula from Brecon, the Big Pit mining museum at Blaenafon, or the book town of Hay-on-Wye. The cathedral city of Hereford, or Cardiff, the capital of the principality, are also within reach.

Easier Walks: Some of the area’s best local walks follow the pastoral valley of the River Usk, either beside the river itself or along the Monmouthshire and Brecon Canal. We can also use part of the Offa’s Dyke Path to reach the book town of Hay-on-Wye, enjoy walks to the medieval Tretower Court and the magnificent Crickhowell Bridge, or discover the mighty waterfalls of the Mellte Valley. 5½ to 8½ miles in valleys, woodland and some moorland. Up to 1,125ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The medium walks offer a great variety of scenery and terrain. Options include using the old Roman road through the Brecon Beacons, or walks along the unspoilt ridges of the Black Mountains. Other highlights include an ascent to the top of Pen y Fan, the highest point in the national park, and the dramatic path behind the cascading torrent of the Sgwd yr Eira waterfall. We could breathe in the Iron Age atmosphere on Table Mountain or enter the gaping entrance to Porth yr Ogof Cave. 7½ to 10½ miles in valleys and over high moorland with some steeper and rougher paths. Up to 2,025ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The summits of Corn Du, Cribyn and Pen y Fan, at the heart of the Brecon Beacons, are obvious targets for the harder walks, with their superb views right across south Wales. Elsewhere the long grassy ridges of the Black Mountains offer many enjoyable high-level walks, as do the summits of Fan Brycheiniog and Fan Fawr and the distinctive summit of Sugar Loaf, overlooking Abergavenny and the Vale of Usk. 10½ to 12½ miles over mountains and high moorland. Up to 3,300ft of ascent in a day.

Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Fairtrade Choose products with the FAIRTRADE Mark www.fairtrade.org.uk

Low season

At all our UK Country Houses you’ll find Fairtrade tea, coffee and hot chocolate.

July

April

Tues 10 Fri 13 Mon 2, 16, 23 Fri 6 (Easter) Mon 30 Fri 6 (Easter)

£249 £299 £389 £465 £489 £625

May

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 20, 27 Sat 16, 23 Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 8, 22 Sat 4 Sat 4, 18

£269 £459 £675

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 26 Sat 22 Sat 8, 15, 22

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts

Fri 19, 26 Mon 15, 29

£299 £389

Oct

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Talgarth

BRECON

Llandovery

Hay Bluff

9

Llangorse

BRECON Fan Brycheiniog

Pen y Fan

Fan Fawr

Black Mountains

< Llanthony Priory

Crickhowell Sugar Loaf

Dan-yr-Ogof

Monmouth Abergavenny

BEACONS Merthyr Tydfil

k

£269 £459 £675

Aug

Hay-on-Wye

Us

Wed 9, 16, 23, 30 Sat 5, 12, 19, 26 Sat 5, 12, 19, 26

£269 £459 £675

er

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 18 Sat 14 Sat 7, 14

ye

Riv

June

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 5nts 7nts

Price

3nts 4nts 7nts

yi

£239 £249

Tw

Full Board

Tues 27 Fri 30

on

Price

March 3nts 3nts

rW

Mynydd Eppynt

Af

Full Board

Rive

Builth Wells

Dates & Prices - BRBOB


Lake District Derwentwater

Accommodation Derwent Bank

With the best waterfront of any hotel on Derwent Water, and splendid views of the surrounding fells, Derwent Bank near Keswick offers an exceptional location. You can soak up these beautiful surroundings from the conservatory and landscaped grounds, which slope down to the lake. There are 38 en-suite bedrooms, most in the main building. In addition, in the grounds is the refurbished Coach House, a luxurious two bedroom apartment. There is a comfortable lounge, attractive dining room, a bar stocking local beer, and a cafébar. Evenings: You could enjoy a performance at Keswick’s Theatre by the Lake, live music in a Keswick pub, a quiz, or a talk from a member of the Cockermouth Mountain Rescue Team. Full Board: All holidays at Derwent Bank are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.

Holiday Highlights • Stay on the shore of Derwent Water, surrounded by superb scenery • Classic lakeside, valley and mountain walks suitable for all abilities • Ascend famous peaks, including Helvellyn, Scafell Pike and Great Gable • Follow in the footsteps of the great fell walker and author Alfred Wainwright • Enjoy a performance at Keswick’s Theatre by the Lake


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Derwent Bank is superbly located for enjoying the best Lake District walks. There is the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Explore independently on a Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, so that you get the most from your stay. With a wealth of local walks available, Derwent Bank is ideally situated for exploring on foot. Try a variety of watersports on the lake, or mountain biking and the Go Ape! high ropes course at Whinlatter Forest. More relaxing options include the ferry around the lake, nearby Keswick, or Wordsworth’s homes at Cockermouth and Grasmere.

Easier Walks: A good network of lakeside and valley paths means that the full beauty of the Lake District can be enjoyed without ascending the high fells. Walks could include following the delightful lakeside paths that surround Derwent Water, Buttermere and Crummock Water; the wooded lower reaches of Borrowdale to the charming villages of Rosthwaite and Seatoller, or to the mysterious Castlerigg stone circle. 5½ to 9 miles on valley, fell and lakeside paths. Up to 1,275ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: By venturing onto the lower fells you can enjoy stunning bird’s eye views over the lakes and valleys below. Walks could include the ever-popular summit of Cat Bells, with its views over Derwent Water, an ascent from Buttermere onto the shapely mountain of Haystacks, or along the panoramic terrace path from Ashness Bridge to Walla Crag. 7½ to 11¼ miles on good, but sometimes rocky paths to lower summits and moorland fells. Up to 2,100ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: For the keen mountain walker there are numerous exhilarating high-level traverses and summits that can be ascended. Grisedale Pike, Skiddaw, Great Gable, Scafell Pike and Helvellyn via Striding Edge are just some of the famous Lake District peaks which can be scaled on a holiday full of panoramic views and huge rewards. 7¾ to 13 miles using steep and rough paths to mountain summits. Up to 3,325ft of ascent in a day.

“A holiday with everything – fresh air and exercise in stunning locations, good company, great food and evening entertainment. What more could anyone ask for?” Barbara Williams

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

LAKE DISTRICT Caldbeck

Dates & Prices - DBBOB Full Board

Cockermouth

£259 £329

Aug

April

3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts 7nts

Tues 10 Mon 2 Fri 6 (Easter) Sun 29 Fri 6 (Easter)

£259 £399 £469 £599 £629

3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 9, 23, 30 Sun 6 Sat 19, 26 Sun 6 Sat 12, 19, 26

£275 £359 £469 £599 £695

4nts 7nts

Sat 30 Sat 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£469 £695

May

June

Sept

Oct

Nov

£275 £469 £695

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 15, 22, 29 Sat 11, 18, 25 Sat 4, 11, 18, 25

£275 £469 £695

3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 5, 12, 19 Sat 29 Sat 1, 8, 15 Sat 29 Sat 1, 8, 15, 22

£275 £355 £469 £589 £695

3nts 3nts 4nts 5nts

Tues 2 Fri 12 Mon 15, 29 Sun 21

£275 £325 £399 £529

3nts 4nts

Fri 9, 30 Mon 12, 19, 26

£259 £329

DERWENTWATER St Bees Head

Penrith

Scafell Pike

9 Muncaster Castle

rE

de

n

Shap

Fairfield High Grasmere Street

Great Gable

ve

Castle

Keswick Helvellyn

Pillar

Ri

9 Brougham

Shap < Abbey

Ambleside Coniston

Windermere Conistonwater The Kendal Old Man

9

Tebay ne River Lu

Fri 16 Mon 5, 12, 19, 26

Wed 4, 11, 18 Sat 7, 14 Sat 7, 14, 28

Sedbergh

Sizergh Castle

A

March 3nts 4nts

3nts 4nts 7nts

E

July

S

£259 £329 £525

3nts 4nts 7nts

H

Fri 17 Mon 20, 27 Fri 17

Feb

Skiddaw

Price

IS

Full Board

IR

Price

Furness Abbey

Arnside

Kirkby Lonsdale

<

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Why not stay for two weeks and enjoy the huge variety of walks for a memorable holiday.


Lake District Conistonwater Holiday Highlights • Outstanding location overlooking Coniston Water with stunning mountain views • Ascend the famous summits of the Old Man of Coniston and the Langdale Pikes • Walk by lakes and tarns and visit the attractive villages of Grasmere and Hawkshead • Discover the area’s literary connections with Wordsworth, Ruskin and Beatrix Potter

Accommodation Monk Coniston

Monk Coniston is a romantic Gothicstyle Country House, complete with minstrels’ gallery and ornate public rooms. Once owned by Beatrix Potter, it is leased from the National Trust and occupies a lakeside location with glorious views. It has a fabulous restored walled garden and tree trail within the grounds. Monk Coniston has 34 bedrooms, located in the main house and adjoining cottages. There is a comfortable lounge, dining room with lake views, bar and Dandelion cafébar. Evenings: After dinner you’re welcome to join the activity on offer; these vary but could include an illustrated talk about the area, a night of dancing in our 17th century barn, or a trip into Coniston. Full Board: All holidays at Monk Coniston are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

With the fantastic scenery of the Lake District, you can choose from up to three carefully selected guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Explore the Lake District independently on a Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, so that you get the most from your stay. Whether you prefer gentle lakeside rambles or challenging mountain routes, Monk Coniston is superbly situated for walking independently. If you prefer sightseeing, visit Wordworth’s Dove Cottage at Grasmere, or Beatrix Potter’s farm at Near Sawrey, cruise on Coniston Water or ride the Ravenglass and Eskdale railway.

Easier Walks: Monk Coniston is a great location from which to enjoy the region’s lakeside paths, green valleys and rich literary connections. We may follow in the footsteps of William Wordsworth on walks around Rydal Water to Grasmere, or explore Swallows and Amazons country from the shores of Coniston Water. Other walks could take us through the woods to Tarn Hows or amidst the peaceful surroundings of Little Langdale. 6 to 9 miles on generally well-graded valley, fell and lakeside paths. Up to 1,250ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The Lake District’s lower fells offer some superb walks and breathtaking views. We could gaze down on the huge glacial valley of Great Langdale from the top of Crinkle Crags or admire the serene setting of Grasmere from Helm Crag. In addition the dramatic Langdale Pikes and Coniston Fells offer a wealth of excellent walks. 7 to 10½ miles on good, but sometimes rocky paths to lower summits and moorland fells. Up to 2,550ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: There is a huge variety of walks available on the high fells of the Lake District. The Old Man of Coniston, Swirl How and Wetherlam are all within easy reach of Monk Coniston. A little further afield we could ascend Fairfield via Cofa Pike, head for the summit of Bow Fell, or explore High Street and the Far Eastern Fells. 8½ to 12½ miles using steep and rough paths to mountain summits. Up to 3,800ft of ascent in a day.

“The food was delicious and the manager most helpful” Mrs A Matthews

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

LAKE DISTRICT

Dates & Prices - CNBOB Full Board

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 4nts 5nts 7nts 7nts

Tues 10 Fri 13 Mon 16 Sat 28 Fri 6 (Easter) Mon 23 Sat 28 Fri 6 (Easter)

£249 £299 £389 £389 £465 £489 £589 £625

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 2 Wed 9, 23 Sat 5, 19 Sat 5, 19

£249 £269 £459 £675

May

Sept

Oct

Price

Wed 1, 22, 29 Sat 18, 25 Sat 18, 25

Caldbeck

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 26 Sat 22, 29 Sat 1, 22, 29

£269 £459 £675

3nts 3nts 3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 10, 17 Tues 23 Wed 3 Sat 20 Mon 29 Sat 6 Sat 20 Sat 6

£249 £249 £269 £279 £389 £429 £489 £659

Cockermouth

Skiddaw

Fairfield High Grasmere Street

Great Gable

Scafell Pike

9 Muncaster Castle

Coniston The Old Man

Wed 6, 20 Sat 2, 16, 30 Sat 2, 16, 23, 30

£269 £459 £675

July

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 4, 25 Sat 21, 28 Sat 7, 21, 28

£269 £459 £675

Mon 5

£325

ve

rE

de

n

Shap < Abbey Tebay

Ambleside Windermere

CONISTONWATER

9

Kendal

Sedbergh

Sizergh Castle

A

3nts 4nts 7nts

4nts

Ri

Shap

Helvellyn Pillar

E

June

Nov

9

Brougham Castle

Keswick

Derwentwater St Bees Head

Penrith

ne River Lu

April

3nts 4nts 7nts

S

Aug

H

£249 £325

IS

Full Board

Fri 9, 30 Mon 5, 12, 26

IR

Price

March 3nts 4nts

Furness Abbey

Arnside

Kirkby Lonsdale

<

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Why not combine a holiday at Conistonwater with a stay at Derwentwater to make a great Lake District break.


Isle of Arran Accommodation Altachorvie

Altachorvie is a beautifully located Country House on Arran’s east coast with excellent views. The whole of Arran is within easy reach. There are 36 en-suite bedrooms, some in the main building and others in chalets in the grounds, most of which have lovely views across Lamlash Bay to Holy Isle. Altachorvie has a comfortable lounge and conservatory, an elegant dining room, and cosy bar with a panoramic bay window. Evenings: As well as an archery demonstration in the grounds, evenings may include a night at a local amateur theatre during summer or a talk by a ranger from Brodick Castle. Full Board: All holidays at Altachorvie are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.

Holiday Highlights • Beautiful island setting, easily accessible from the mainland • Ideal introduction to Scottish mountain walking, with spectacular views • Superb wildlife including eagles, seals and red deer • Scottish gala evening with the traditional piping in of the haggis • Experience live music at the house Standard room in main building


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Explore the very best walks on the Isle of Arran with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Explore the Isle of Arran independently on a Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, so that you get the most from your stay. Walkers can enjoy short coastal strolls or challenging mountain ascents. The island is famed for its golf courses, and you may want to try kayaking or climbing with the nearby Arran Adventure Company. Brodick Castle and Lochranza distillery are just two of the island’s attractions.

Easier Walks: The island’s beautiful coastline is the focus for a number of the easier walks which may take us from Sannox Bay to Lochranza or to King’s Cave with its faint carvings, possibly from early Christian or Viking period, and the mysterious standing stones of Machrie Moor. We can also follow Glen Rosa, a huge glacial valley that drives into the heart of Arran’s highest mountains, allowing walkers of all abilities to admire this dramatic landscape at close quarters. The chance to see dolphins and seals swimming off the island’s beaches, red deer and eagles will absorb you into Arran’s breathtaking beauty. 6 to 8½ miles on generally well-graded coastal, moorland and forest paths. Up to 1,150ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The full range of the island’s scenery can be enjoyed on these walks. We’ll experience superb stretches of coastline including scrambling over boulders to the Cock of Arran and find evidence of the Highland Clearances of the 1820’s with ruined crofts. The island’s more easily-reached mountain summits include the top of Goatfell, the highest point of the island which is achievable by many walkers and a great culmination to any holiday. 6 to 9½ miles using rougher mountain and moorland paths. Up to 2,900ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: Arran is a must do destination for the keen mountain walker, with challenging routes and rocky scrambles close to hand. The granite ridges that dominate the north of the island rise to dramatic summits, such as Caisteal Abhail (the Castles), Beinn Tarsuinn, Cir Mhor and Beinn Bharrain, and the north ridge leading to Goatfell. Individually and collectively they are a match for anything mainland Scotland has to offer, with the bonus of breathtaking sea views from every summit you climb. 5½ to 10½ miles on rough mountain paths with some exposed ridges and rock scrambling. Up to 3,400ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 6, 13, 20 Sat 2, 9, 16 Sat 2, 9, 16

£249 £269 £459 £675 £269 £459 £675

N

U

9

SO

Lochranza

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 11, 25 Sat 7, 21, 28 Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

£269 £459 £675

Cir Mhor

Sannox

Goatfell Beinn Bharrain Beinn Tarsuinn Brodick

9

R

July

Price

AN NAN

Full Board

Pirnmill

Aug

3nts

Wed 1

£269

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 5, 12, 19, 26 Sat 1, 8, 15, 22, 29 Sat 1, 8, 15, 22, 29

£269 £459 £675

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 3 Wed 10, 17, 24 Sat 6, 13, 20 Sat 6, 13, 20

£269 £249 £429 £659

Oct

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks • Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Chalet rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

K

IL

B

Machrie Moor

©

Ardrossan

D

E

ARRAN

Lamlash

Holy Isle

Blackwaterfoot

Whiting Bay

ISLE OF ARRAN

Pla d

Wed 2 Wed 16 Sat 12 Sat 5, 12, 19, 26

£249 £249 £465 £389 £625 £589

D

da

9 Kildonan Pladda

of

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Tues 10 Wed 18, 25 Fri 6 (Easter) Sat 14, 21, 28 Fri 6 (Easter) Sat 14, 21, 28

9 Skipness Castle

un

d

May

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts 7nts

Rothesay

ISLAND OF BUTE

LY

April

Price

Claonaig

KINTYRE

Dates & Prices - ARBOB Full Board

Tarbert

FIRTH O F C

“A great hiking experience in a beautiful environment with excellent guides and sociable companions” Gail Brown

So

Travelling to Arran The Isle of Arran is one of the most accessible Scottish islands, reached by ferry from Ardrossan on the mainland. Ardrossan is easily reached by road or by train. When you arrive on Arran, it is just 4 miles to our Country House at Lamlash. We offer a free transfer each Saturday. See page 234 for further details


Western Highlands Glen Coe

Holiday Highlights • Magnificent lochside location with outstanding mountain views • The best mountain walking in Britain – dramatic glens, jagged ridges and high peaks • The opportunity to climb many Munro summits, including Ben Nevis • Discover the history of the Highlands, including the infamous Glen Coe massacre • Scottish evening including a piper

Accommodation Alltshellach

Surrounded by towering mountains, Alltshellach has a stunning location on the shores of beautiful Loch Leven, and was formerly a residence of the Bishop of Argyll. There are 36 en-suite bedrooms, all in the main building, many of which have excellent views of the loch and surrounding mountains. Facilities include two lounges, the popular and well-stocked Highland bar and a magnificent indoor swimming pool and spa pool. Evenings: Activities vary from week to week but could include a talk from a representative of the National Trust for Scotland or the John Muir Trust. Full Board: All holidays at Alltshellach are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Choose between up to three guided walks each day, carefully selected to include the best mountain and lowland scenery. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Discover the Scottish Highlands on a self-guided Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. As the adventure capital of Britain, the area has plenty to offer, including independent walking, indoor ice climbing, and mountain biking. You may also want to ride the Jacobite steam train from Fort William to Mallaig or visit the harbour town of Oban, gateway to Mull and the Inner Hebrides.

Easier Walks: Walks include the dramatic Glen Coe and the equally historic Glen Nevis. You will be able to admire the soaring peaks and unique atmosphere at close quarters. For contrast, other walks with wider horizons and varied seascapes include the superb Isle of Lismore, or around the Kentallen peninsula. Further walks include the most scenic parts of the West Highland Way. 6 to 10 miles through glens, forest and moorland. Up to 1,180ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The medium walks aim for the region’s more accessible summits. We could make the popular ascent of Buachaille Etive Mor, which guards the eastern entrance to Glen Coe, gaze down onto the shimmering waters of Loch Leven from Mam na Gualainn or Sgorr Dhearg, or cross Loch Linnhe for walks in remote Ardgour. 5 to 10 miles generally on good paths though often steep and rocky. Up to 3,400ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The awe-inspiring mountains of Lochaber have their challenges, but also great rewards. There is a seemingly endless variety of routes available, with opportunities to bag a number of Munros. A few of the highlights could include Stob Ban and the narrow Devil’s Ridge, Bidean Nam Bian (the highest of the peaks overlooking Glen Coe), and an ascent to the mighty summit of Ben Nevis. 6 to 11 miles on very rocky and intermittent paths with some exposed ridges and sections of scrambling. Up to 4,800ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Great Trail Walks Combine a stay at Glen Coe with the Great Glen trail (see page 91), or the West Highland Way (page 90).

Roy Bridge

iel

ch

Sh

Fort William

Lo

June

3nts 3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 2 Tues 29, Wed 16 Sat 26 Sat 12 Sat 26 Sat 5, 12

£249 £269 £349 £459 £579 £675

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 13, 27 Sat 16 Sat 9, 23, 30 Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

£269 £269 £459 £675

July

Aug

3nts 4nts 7nts

Price

Wed 4, 18 Sat 14 Sat 14, 21

£269 £459 £675

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 8, 22 Sat 25 Sat 4 Sat 4, 18, 25

£269 £269 £459 £675

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 5, 19, 26 Sat 1, 15 Sat 1, 15, 22, 29

£269 £459 £675

Oct

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 10, 24 Sat 6, 20 Sat 6, 13, 20

£249 £429 £659

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

ARDGOUR ISLE OF MULL

h

c Lo

Kingshouse

he

nn

Li

9

Castle Stalker

9 Duart Castle

Bidean nam Black Bian Mount

Dunstaffnage

Bridge of Orchy

9 Castle

Tyndrum

Oban

Crianlarich Aw e

£249 £389 £465 £589 £625

Full Board

Kinlochleven

GLEN COE

ch

Tues 10 Sat 28 Fri 6 (Easter) Sat 14, 21, 28 Fri 6 (Easter)

Ballachulish

Mamores

Lo

May

3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts 7nts

Onich

Li s Is mo la r nd e

April

Price

Ben Nevis

Strontian

Dates & Prices - LLBOB Full Board

Spean Bridge

Glenfinnan

“I cannot praise Alltshellach too highly” Fiona Strachan Travelling to Glen Coe The journey to Glen Coe is a great start to your holiday, through spectacular highland scenery. If travelling by train or plane, we operate a coach transfer each Saturday from Glasgow bus station and Glasgow Airport. See page 234-235 for further details.


Accommodation Newfield Hall

Yorkshire Dales Malhamdale

Holiday Highlights • Superb location with extensive views of the Yorkshire Dales • Stay in the splendour of Newfield Hall with its heated indoor pool • Ascend Pen-y-ghent and Ingleborough, or enjoy walks in Wharfedale and Ribblesdale • Visit the spectacular Malham Cove and dramatic Gordale Scar • In summer, experience a falconry display in the grounds

Just a few miles from Malham’s famous cove, Newfield Hall is a grand 19th century Country House in extensive grounds with magnificent views of the Yorkshire Dales. Facilities include an elegant entrance hall, two lounges, a bar and an indoor swimming pool. There are 45 en-suite bedrooms in the main building and adjoining coach house. Evenings: Relax in the comfortable lounge or bar area, or join a quiz or dance evening. Full Board: All holidays at Newfield Hall are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Freedom Breaks

Guided Walking Discover the best walks in the Yorkshire Dales with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk. Easier Walks: From Newfield Hall walk beside the River Aire and enjoy the attractive Aire Valley visiting the traditional villages of Airton, Kirkby Malham and Malham. Elsewhere we visit the charming cobbled villages of Linton and Grassington as we walk through picturesque Wharfedale. We also follow the Ribble Way to the market town of Settle or follow the River Wharfe downstream through the narrow confines of The Strid, a notorious stretch of water where the river is forced into a deep and narrow channel, to the historic ruined priory at Bolton Abbey. 6 to 7½ miles generally on good, well-graded paths. Up to 900ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: Classic walks from Malham village include Janet’s Foss, a beautiful waterfall set amongst woodland, the limestone pavements around Malham Tarn and, of course, the famous Malham Cove. This stunning natural amphitheatre is carved out of towering limestone cliffs. Other walks could traverse the limestone crags of Ribblesdale, explore Wharfedale, and head to the immense pot hole of Gaping Gill, one of the deepest in Britain, on the slopes of Ingleborough. There will be time for an optional tour of Ingleborough Cave, one of the major show caves in Britain. 7 to 10½ miles with moderate gradients and some steeper sections. Up to 1,350ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The harder walks aim for the higher fells of the Yorkshire Dales, including Pen-y-ghent and Ingleborough. We can also ascend over wild moorland to reach Buckden Pike or admire views across the national park from the open moors of Simon’s Seat. Enjoy a dramatic walk to scramble up the rocky gorge of Gordale Scar, a collapsed cave system with a splendid waterfall surrounded by dramatic limestone cliffs. 10 to 14 miles over high moorland to rugged summits. Up to 2,500ft of ascent in a day.

A Freedom Break is a flexible way to explore the Yorkshire Dales. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, so that you get the most from your stay. Choose to walk independently, try something more active such as mountain biking, or just relax around Newfield Hall. Malhamdale is also a convenient base to visit the Brontë parsonage at Haworth, Skipton Castle, Fountains Abbey and historic York.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Dates & Prices - MDBOB

Fri 2, 16, 30 Mon 5, 19, 26 Fri 2

£249 £329 £525

April

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 5nts 7nts

Tues 10 Fri 13 Fri 6 (Easter) Mon 16 Mon 23 Fri 6 (Easter)

£249 £299 £465 £389 £489 £625

3nts 3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 9, 16 Tues 29 Sat 26 Sat 12 Sat 26 Sat 5, 12

£269 £269 £349 £459 £579 £675

3nts 4nts 5nts 7nts

Wed 13, 27 Sat 9, 23 Mon 4 Sat 9, 23

£269 £459 £489 £675

June

£269 £459 £489 £675

3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 15, 22, 29 Sun 26 Sat 11, 18 Sun 26 Sat 11, 18

£269 £325 £459 £579 £675

3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 19, 26 Sat 22, 29 Sun 2 Sat 8, 15, 22, 29

£269 £459 £579 £675

Oct

3nts 3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Tues 30 Wed 3 Sat 27 Sat 20 Sat 27 Sat 13, 20

£249 £269 £299 £429 £529 £659

Nov

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 2, 23 Mon 5, 12, 19, 26 Fri 23

£249 £325 £525

Aug

Ingleborough

Fountains Fell Settle

YORKSHIRE DALES

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Malham

Gargrave

ib rR

ve

9

rU

re

Pateley Bridge

Grassington

MALHAMDALE

bl

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Ri

Great Whernside Kettlewell

Pen-y-ghent

Ingleton

e

Sept

< Jervaulx Abbey

Whernside Kirkby Lonsdale

Ripon

< Fountains Abbey Rive

r Nid

<

Skipton W ha

rfe

Bolton Abbey Ilkley

d

Harrogate

da

le

Ri ve

May

Wed 11, 18 Sat 7, 14 Mon 30 Sat 7, 14, 21

ve rL un e

March 3nts 4nts 7nts

3nts 4nts 5nts 7nts

fe

July

Leyburn

r ha

£249 £325

3nts 4nts

9 Bainbridge

W

Fri 17, 24 Mon 20, 27

Feb

Sedbergh

Price

r ve

Full Board

Ri

Price

Ri

Full Board

Castle Bolton Hawes

Pathways Fund Donations from guests to our Pathways Fund have gone towards The Plover Hill Project to rebuild the badly eroded path.


Yorkshire Dales Sedbergh

Holiday Highlights • Small and friendly manor house at the foot of the Howgill Fells • Easily accessible – ideal for a short break or longer holiday • Visit Wensleydale and Swaledale, famous as ‘Herriot country’ • See the Settle-to-Carlisle railway with the famous Ribblehead Viaduct

Accommodation Thorns Hall

Premium Room

Dating from 1535, Thorns Hall is a small manor house retaining its historic charm with wood-panelled public rooms, open fires and cobbled courtyard. Just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of Sedbergh, at the foot of the Howgill Fells, it offers lovely views and great walks from the doorstep. There are 24 bedrooms in the main building and in cottages across the courtyard. Evenings: In the evenings you’re welcome to join our fun activities which could include a games night or a talk about the local area. Full Board: All holidays at Thorns Hall are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Discover the picturesque valleys, villages and hills of the Yorkshire Dales with the choice of two different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Explore the Yorkshire Dales on a self-guided Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. Wander round the town’s book shops, enjoy country walks, or cycle through this attractive scenery. The Lake District is also easily accessible, as are the Settle-Carlisle railway and coastal walks at Arnside.

Easier Walks: The mellow valleys around Sedbergh will reward you with great views of this hidden part of England. Our walks could follow the Dales Way through lovely Dentdale to the quaint cobbled village of Dent or along the beautiful Lune Valley, a landscape described by John Ruskin as “some of the loveliest in Europe”. We can also explore the broad and winding valley of Wensleydale, famous for its cheese and as the setting for James Herriot’s “All Creatures Great and Small” books. 6 to 8½ miles on good riverside and field paths. Up to 650ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The peaceful hills of the Yorkshire Dales, Howgill Fells and North Pennines all offer distinctive walks. From Sedbergh we could ascend past the Cautley Spout waterfall to the top of the Calf, the highest point in the Howgills, or enjoy the area’s panoramic grassy ridges. Elsewhere we could walk from the famous Ribblehead Viaduct to the summit of Whernside, cross the high slopes of Wensleydale, or traverse the wild crags of Mallerstang Edge. 9½ to 11½ miles over high moorland. Up to 2,125ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

“A delightful holiday in the Dales” Joan Mortimer

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Why not stay for two weeks and enjoy both walking itineraries for a memorable holiday.

Ri

North Pennines

ve

LAKE DISTRICT

Dates & Prices - SDBOB Full Board

March 3nts 4nts 7nts

Full Board

£249 £325 £589

July

£249 £299 £389 £465 £489 £529 £625

Aug

May

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 23, 30 Sat 19, 26 Sat 5, 19, 26

£269 £459 £675

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 6, 27 Sat 2, 23, 30 Sat 2, 16, 23, 30

£269 £459 £675

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 1, 15, 22, 29 Sat 11, 18, 25 Sat 11, 18, 25

£269 £459 £675

Wed 26 Sat 1, 22 Sat 1, 22, 29

£269 £459 £675

Oct

3nts 4nts 4nts 5nts 7nts

Wed 10, 17 Mon 29 Sat 6, 13 Sun 21 Sat 6, 13

£249 £389 £429 £489 £659

Nov

3nts 4nts

Fri 2 Mon 5

£249 £325

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks • Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

le

Askrigg

Kendal

9 SEDBERGH

Hawes

Arnside

Kirkby Lonsdale Ingleborough

Silverdale

MORECAMBE B AY

Nine Standards Rigg Swa leda

Wild Boar Fell

Dent Whernside

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Howgill Fells

Windermere Sizergh Castle

9

Ingleton

Rive

r Sw

ale

Castle Bolton Leyburn Wensleydale

9

Aysgarth

YORKSHIRE Ribblehead DALES

< Jervaulx Abbey

Pen-y-ghent

rL

ve

Ri

e un

Reeth

e Ur

Tues 10, 24 Sat 21 Mon 2 Fri 6 (Easter) Mon 16 Sat 21 Fri 6 (Easter)

Wed 4, 11 Sat 7, 28 Sat 7, 14, 28

Pendragon Castle

Tebay

r ve

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 5nts 6nts 7nts

3nts 4nts 7nts

Price

Kirkby Stephen

Shap Abbey

Ambleside

Price

n

Ri

April

Fri 16, 23, 30 Mon 12 Fri 30

<

rE

de

Shap

Lancaster

Malham

Celebrate in Style Our Country Houses are great venues for a birthday party, wedding or conference. Whatever your requirements, we can help you celebrate in style. Call our Groups Team on 0845 470 7557 for further details.


North York Moors Whitby

Accommodation Larpool Hall

Larpool Hall is an elegant Georgian mansion with splendid views over the Esk Valley and towards the sea at Whitby, about 1½ miles away. This historic harbour town, with its narrow streets and iconic ruined abbey, is well worth exploring. The imposing grandeur of Larpool Hall is complemented by its excellent modern facilities including a large lounge and bar. Many of the 29 en-suite bedrooms look out over the wooded grounds. There is also a self-contained lodge in the grounds, which sleeps up to eight. This is a great option for families or small groups. See our website for details and prices. Evenings: Options could include an illustrated talk about the area, or perhaps join a ghost walk around Whitby or enjoy some live music. Full Board: All holidays at Larpool Hall are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.

Holiday Highlights • The best moorland and rocky coast of the North York Moors National Park • Stay at Larpool Hall with splendid views over the Esk Valley • Superb coastal walks to the quaint villages of Staithes and Robin Hood’s Bay • Whitby with its bustling harbour and iconic ruined abbey • Summertime open-top bus tour of Whitby


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Enjoy the contrasting moorland and coastal scenery of the North York Moors National Park with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

A Freedom Break is a flexible alternative for self-guided walking, sightseeing or relaxing. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. The quaint fishing villages of Staithes and Robin Hood’s Bay are ideal for sightseeing or the starting point for coastal walks. Alternatively, wander around Whitby harbour, sampling its famous fish and chips, or travel further afield to York.

Medium Walks: Head a little further off the beaten track to discover some of the national park’s hidden corners. Our walks may take us over the purple moorland of Blakey Ridge to charming Hutton-le-Hole, or along the ancient stone-paved footpaths along the Esk Valley Way. We can also follow the coastal path from the once-thriving fishing port of Staithes and around the sweeping arc of Runswick Bay, a renowned smuggling centre during the 18th and early 19th century. Enjoy bracing cliff-top walks past the iconic ruins of Whitby Abbey and descend the 199 so–called “church stairs” back into Whitby. 8 to 9½ miles with occasional steeper and rougher sections. Up to 1,225ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The harder walks offer opportunities for some superb longer routes. On the coast we can tackle the spectacular stretches from Saltburn to Runswick Bay and from Ravenscar to Whitby. Panoramic views can also be enjoyed on walks to landmarks such as the Bridestones and Roseberry Topping, or through the heart of the moor to the Hole of Horcum. Enjoy splendid scenery on part of the Esk Valley Walk and follow sections on the Cleveland Way long distance trail. 9½ to 13½ miles with occasional steeper and rougher sections. Up to 1,450ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking) Saltburn-by-the-sea

NORTH SEA

Guisborough Roseberry Topping

“Larpool Hall is a great location” Beth Zare

Stokesley

£249 £389 £465 £625

May

7nts

Sat 5, 19, 26

£675

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 13, 20, 27 Sat 9, 16, 23 Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

£269 £459 £675

July

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 11 Sat 7, 28 Sat 7, 14, 28

£269 £459 £675

Sept

£269 £459 £675

3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 5, 12, 19 Sat 29 Sat 1, 8 Sat 29 Sat 1, 8, 22

£269 £349 £459 £579 £675

Oct

3nts 3nts 4nts

Tues 2 Fri 26 Mon 15, 29

£269 £299 £389

Nov

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 9 Mon 5 Mon 5

£249 £325 £525

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

ale le

Tues 10 Mon 23 Fri 6 (Easter) Fri 6 (Easter)

Wed 8 Sat 4, 25 Sat 4, 11, 25

a sd

3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts

3nts 4nts 7nts

Hutton-le-Hole Rievaulx Abbey

sh

Abbey

rnd

Aug

Osmotherley

an

£249 £325 £525

Price

Fa

April

Fri 9 Mon 12, 26 Fri 9

Full Board

er E

Br

March 3nts 4nts 7nts

<

Price

WHITBY

< NORTH Danby Grosmont YORK Goathland MOORS Rosedale Riv

Mount Grace Priory

Dates & Prices - WYBOB Full Board

Staithes Kettleness

<

< 9 Helmsley Byland Abbey < Gilling < 9 Castle Newburgh

Newtond ale

Easier Walks: Many of the area’s highlights can be appreciated on the easier walks. Options include an exploration of “Heartbeat” country on walks around Goathland, and visits to the peaceful villages of the Esk Valley. We can also savour the sea views as we follow the coast path to Robin Hood’s Bay, or around the beautiful headland of Kettleness. On the northern edge of the North York Moors we can visit Captain Cook’s Monument and Great Ayton, the village where he spent his boyhood. 4½ to 7½ miles on generally good paths with some short steep sections and steps. Up to 725ft of ascent in a day.

Robin Hood’s Bay

Fylingdales Moor

Lastingham

9

9 Scarborough

Pickering Filey River Derwent

Priory

Local Produce At each of our UK Country Houses we buy local produce wherever possible to support local suppliers and give you a true taste of the region.


Northumberland Alnmouth Holiday Highlights • Excellent coastal location with magnificent sea views • Walk the unspoilt coast to Craster and dramatic Bamburgh Castle • The remote wild beauty of the Cheviot Hills • Visit the historic castles at Alnwick (Harry Potter’s Hogwarts) and Holy Island

Accommodation Nether Grange

Historic Nether Grange, a former granary retaining much of its old character, occupies a wonderful seaside location in the quiet harbour village of Alnmouth. From the elevated lawn and terrace you can enjoy sweeping views across the golf links to the sea. It has 34 bedrooms, and attractive lounge and dining room, and a Dandelion cafébar in the light and airy conservatory. Evenings: Take a stroll on the beach or join an activity. These could include a talk on local history or wildlife, or perhaps going to a local ceilidh night in Alnmouth. Full Board: All holidays at Nether Grange are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Our carefully selected guided walks sample the contrasting coastal and moorland scenery of Northumberland. You’ll enjoy the choice of up to three different routes each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Discover beautiful Northumberland on a flexible Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. A relaxing break at Alnmouth could take in a stroll along the coast, a visit to nearby Alnwick Castle and gardens, and perhaps a round of golf on the local links. If you would prefer to explore more widely you could cross to Lindisfarne Priory, see the wildlife on the Farne Islands, visit Hadrian’s Wall, or explore bustling Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Easier Walks: The low cliffs and wide beaches of the Northumberland coast are ideal for easier walks. Some options include heading south from the dunes at Alnmouth to the historic town of Warkworth, dominated by its magnificent ruined castle and medieval bridge, or crossing the beautiful open sands to Bamburgh Castle. Here we can look across to the Farne Islands and enjoy some of the finest bird watching. Inland we may explore Wooler Common on the fringes of the Cheviots or walk alongside the River Coquet to Cragside House and the traditional market town of Rothbury. 6 to 8 miles with mostly gentle gradients. Up to 1,125ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: Medium walk options could take you along sandy beaches, over dunes and onto rocky headlands to visit the ruins of Dunstanburgh Castle, which perch dramatically above the sea, and to the nearby fishing village of Craster. Other options head for the attractive Simonside Hills in the south of the national park, the peaceful College Burn in the north and spectacular remains of an Iron Age hillfort with panoramic views over the Ingram Valley, on the eastern edge of the Cheviot Hills. 8 to 10½ miles on good, but occasionally rough and steep, paths. Up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The Cheviot and Simonside Hills provide more challenging walking and our routes here may head for the Scottish border or follow part of Clennell Street, an old drovers’ track that crosses the hills above Upper Coquetdale, linking Northumberland and Scotland. The coastal terrain may be easier, but there are many longer walks to be enjoyed including the stretches from Embleton via Beadnell and the bustling port of Seahouses to Bamburgh and from High Newton to Alnmouth. 10 to 13 miles with some steep sections on rough and boggy paths. Up to 2,275ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

St Abbs Head Eyemouth

Dates & Prices - ALBOB Aug

March 3nts 4nts

Fri 2, 9, 16, 23, 30 Mon 5, 12, 19, 26

£259 £329

April

3nts 4nts 5nts

Fri 13 Mon 2, 16 Mon 30

£325 £399 £499

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 16, 23 Sat 19 Sat 12, 19, 26

£275 £469 £695

3nts 7nts

Wed 20 Sat 2, 16, 23

£275 £695

May

June July

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 4, 11, 18, 25 Sat 7, 14, 28 Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

Sept Oct Nov

Price

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 15, 29 Sat 11, 25 Sat 4, 11, 18, 25

£275 £469 £695

3nts 7nts

Wed 19 Sat 22, 29

£275 £695

3nts 4nts

Fri 12, 19 Mon 15

£325 £399

3nts 4nts

Fri 2, 9 Mon 5

£259 £329

£275 £469 £695

ed

Full Board

Tw e

Price

R

Full Board

SCOTLAND

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

9

NORTH SEA Lindisfarne

<9

9 Etal

Coldstream

Kyloe Hills

9<

Bamburgh

Jedburgh

9

Dunstanburgh

9 Castle Craster

The Cheviot ln

RA

ills

The

tH evio

Ch

Alwinton

Edingham Castle

9

Rothbury Simonside

9

Otterburn RN

Tyn e

<

t

ue

oq

RC

9

ALNMOUTH Amble

Brinkburn Priory

k

River Wansbec

Bellingham

9

Alnwick

Warkworth

NORTHUMBERLAND Kielder

Seahouses

Chillingham Castle

Wooler

<

Farne Islands

9

Kelso

orth

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Berwick-upon-Tweed Norham Castle

Morpeth Blyth

“A thoroughly enjoyable week in a lovely part of the country” Mike Way


Derbyshire Dales Dovedale

Holiday Highlights • Stay just a short stroll from the famous Dove Dale gorge • Discover the gentle rolling hills, rugged crags and valleys of the Peak District National Park • See the local tradition of well dressing (May to September) • Visit magnificent Chatsworth House and gardens

Accommodation Newton House

Newton House lies at the heart of the Peak District’s Derbyshire Dales amidst a landscape of rolling pasture and dry stone walls. This 18th century former coaching inn adjoins the Tissington Trail and is just a short walk from Dove Dale itself. There are 26 bedrooms in the main building and in converted stable rooms across the courtyard, many of which have been refurbished recently. Facilities include two lounges, dining room and bar. Evenings: Activities vary but could include an illustrated talk about the local area or a lighthearted quiz. Full Board: All holidays at Newton House are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Freedom Breaks

Guided Walking Discover the Peak District National Park with a choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk. Easier Walks: Dove Dale itself is just a short stroll from Newton House and our walks allow plenty of time to savour its rocky crags, spires and caves. We can also explore the delightful Chatsworth Estate on our way to the Peak District capital of Bakewell, famous for its puddings. We’ll also visit the village of Tissington famous for its ‘well-dressing’ on Ascension Day. Extensive views of the surrounding countryside can be seen from the Roaches ridge and the Sherwood Foresters Memorial at Crich Stand high above the Derwent Valley. 5¾ to 8¼ miles on well graded paths. Up to 750ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The medium walks feature some longer routes through the dales, and walks on the Peak District hills. As well as walking in Dove Dale and the nearby Manifold Valley we can visit the plague village of Eyam and walk from the Cat and Fiddle, the second highest inn in England. The gritstone edges of Froggatt and Curbar lead to Chatsworth and Bakewell. Another walk takes us from the National Tramway Museum in Crich to Arkwright’s Mill in the Derwent Valley, enjoying the scenery of the Cromford Canal and the Cromford and High Peak Railway on the way. 9 to 10¾ miles on well graded paths with occasional steeper sections. Up to 1,075ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The Peak District hills have a great variety of harder walks. We can walk high above the Goyt Valley to reach the summit of Shining Tor or scale Carl Wark to its ancient fortifications. There are also great walks along the gritstone Stanage Edge to Hathersage, whilst from Froggatt Edge we can visit Wellington’s Monument and Nelson’s Column before continuing through the Chatsworth Estate to Bakewell. We walk along the delightful river valley of Lathkill Dale and to the spectacular viaduct at Monsal Head. Dove Dale and the Manifold Valley are, of course, also visited. 11½ to 12½ miles with moderate gradients but some steeper sections. Up to 1,525ft of ascent in a day.

Explore the Peak District National Park on a self-guided Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, packed with local information, so that you get the most from your stay. As well as independent walking, Dovedale is ideal for cycling with three old railway lines now forming the nearby Tissington, High Peak and Monsal Trails. It is also a great base from which to visit Chatsworth House, the Castleton show-caves and Alton Towers theme park.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

SOUTH YORKSHIRE

Stockport Kinder Scout

Dates & Prices - DVBOB Price

Full Board

Aug

March 3nts 4nts

Fri 16, 23, 30 Mon 12, 19

£249 £325

April

3nts 4nts

Fri 20 Mon 2

£299 £389

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 30 Sat 19 Sat 12, 26

£269 £459 £675

May

£269 £459 £675

Nov

£269 £349 £459 £579 £675

er D

ane

PEAK DISTRICT

The Roaches

Arbor Low

©

DERBYSHIRE Bakewell

Youlgreave

Hartington

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Tues 2 Fri 12, 26 Mon 8, 15, 22, 29 Mon 22

£269 £299 £389 £639

3nts 4nts

Fri 2, 9 Mon 5

£249 £325

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Wildboarclough Riv

Miller’s Dale

Buxton

Leek

Matlock

DOVEDALE

STAFFORDSHIRE

t

Wed 4, 18, 25 Sat 21, 28 Sat 21, 28

Wed 5 Sat 29 Sat 1, 8 Sat 29 Sat 1, 8, 15, 22

Froggatt Edge

Eyam

en

3nts 4nts 7nts

Oct

3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Macclesfield

Shining Tor

rw

£269 £459 £675

£269 £459 £675

De

Wed 6, 13, 20, 27 Sat 2, 9, 23, 30 Sat 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

Wed 1, 29 Sat 25 Sat 18, 25

Hathersage

9

r ve

July

3nts 4nts 7nts

3nts 4nts 7nts

CHESHIRE

Sheffield

Ri

June

Sept

Price

Castleton

Peveril Castle

Goyt Valley

Full Board

Stanage Edge

Mam Tor

llam

Tissington Ashbourne

“Our walks provided a variety of beautiful scenery and interesting locations” Eileen Ramberan


Cotswolds

Bourton-on-the-Water

Holiday Highlights • A wealth of easier walks through gently rolling countryside • Stay at historic Harrington House, in the centre of Bourton-on-the-Water • Visit famous Cotswold stone villages of Chipping Campden and Stow-on-the-Wold • Close to Blenheim Palace, the university city of Oxford and Shakespeare’s Stratford-upon-Avon • Learn the history of Bourton-on-the-Water on a ghost walk around the village

Accommodation Harrington House

Dating from the Tudor period, Harrington House mirrors the mellow architectural style of the Cotswolds, and has a relaxed and friendly atmosphere. Tucked away in a quiet location, it is just 100 yards from the centre of Bourton-on-the-Water. There are 29 bedrooms, in the main building and in adjacent cottages. Other facilities include a cosy lounge, dining room, bar and walled garden. Evenings: Enjoy a talk on local history or authors, quizzes, or a ghost walk around Bourton. Full Board: All holidays at Harrington House are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Explore the rolling Cotswold countryside and its charming stone villages with a choice of up to three guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Bourton-on-the-Water is well-located for a self-guided Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. A relaxing stay at Harrington House could include visits to the area’s many attractive towns and villages: perhaps Bourton itself, Chipping Campden and Stow-on-the-Wold. Bourton also makes a great base from which to visit Stratford-upon-Avon, Blenheim Palace, Oxford and Warwick.

Easier Walks: The gentle countryside of the Cotswolds is ideally suited to easier walking. From Bourton-on-the-Water we can walk through the meadows to the chocolate-box villages of Upper and Lower Slaughter or wander along the delightful valley of the River Windrush. We can also walk through the fields to picturesque market towns such as Stow-on-the-Wold, whose golden stone houses so epitomise the area. 5 to 7 miles with easy gradients. Up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: Sample all the elements of the enchanting Cotswold landscape by walking over gentle undulating green hills, past historic hamlets and churches to Broadway, perhaps the most picturesque of all the Cotswold villages. We could also soak up the panoramic views as we cross the hills to the fascinating town of Chipping Campden with its architectural treasures and the starting point for the Cotswold Way. We can also follow part of the Oxfordshire Way, taking in Greystone Farm Nature Reserve, a 60 acre Site of Special Scientific Interest. 7 to 9 miles on well graded paths. Up to 1,250ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: Whilst rarely that taxing, the area’s excellent network of paths provides some very pleasant longer walks. We could trace the route of King Charles II’s escape from the Battle of Worcester along the ‘Monarch’s Way’, or walk over Ilmington Down to Chipping Campden. Other walks may take us from Fairford along the course of the River Coln to Bibury, or across the water-meadows to Burford with its packhorse bridge and high street full of 17th and 18th century houses and inns. 9½ to 11½ miles with gently undulating gradients. Up to 1,550ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Stratford-upon-Avon

Dates & Prices - BNBOB

April

3nts 3nts 7nts 7nts

Fri 20 Fri 6 (Easter) Fri 13 Mon 23

£299 £355 £599 £599

May

3nts 4nts 5nts 7nts

Wed 30 Sat 26 Mon 7 Sat 12, 19, 26

£275 £469 £499 £695

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 27 Sat 9 Sat 16, 23

£275 £469 £695

Aug

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts 3nts 6nts

Wed 1, 15, 29 Sat 11, 25 Sat 4, 11, 25 Sat 29 Sat 29

£275 £469 £695

HEREFORD AND WORCESTER er

£239 £259 £329 £425 £465

£275 £469 £695

Gloucester

Tues 2 Mon 15, 29

£275 £399

Nov

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 2, 9, 16, 23 Mon 5, 12, 26 Fri 2

£259 £329 £529

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Hailes Abbey

Sudeley Castle

9

Chipping Campden Moreton-in-Marsh Rollright Stones

<

©

Stow-on-theWold

Naunton Cheltenham

<

BOURTON-ON-THE-WATER

Northleach Bibury

Cirencester

GLOUCESTERSHIRE Wotton-under-Edge

9 Blenheim Palace

Burford Witney

Painswick Stroud

3nts 4nts

<

WARWICKSHIRE

Broadway

Prinknash Park

£355 £589

Oct

st

Mon 5 Fri 2, 16, 23 Mon 19 Sun 11 Fri 2

Wed 25 Sat 28 Sat 21, 28

rn

March 3nts 3nts 4nts 5nts 6nts

3nts 4nts 7nts

ev e

£259 £329

rS

Fri 10 Mon 20, 27

Gl ou ce

July

3nts 4nts

Price

Riv e

Full Board

of

Feb

River Avon

Price

Va le

Full Board

OXFORDSHIRE ames

River Th

Oxford

Tetbury

Outdoors. Indoors. Active. Cultural. Unmissable Britain - the highlights of some of Britain’s best locations. See page 74-81.


Accommodation Holnicote House

Exmoor

Once home to the distinguished Acland family, Holnicote House lies at the heart of a 12,500-acre estate in the Exmoor National Park with superb walks on the doorstep. Leased from the National Trust, this historic building is set amidst peaceful gardens with extensive lawns and a heated outdoor pool – a relaxing base for a walking holiday. There are 35 bedrooms, located in the main building and in the Butlers and Guns cottages in the grounds. Other facilities include two lounges, dining room, bar and ballroom. Evenings: Join a guided bat walk, find out more about the West Somerset Railway or local flora and fauna from a local speaker, or just relax in the lounge or bar. Full Board: All holidays at Holnicote House are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.

Selworthy

Holiday Highlights • Contrasting walks on the dramatic coast and high moorland of Exmoor National Park • Stay at historic Holnicote House with superb grounds and heated outdoor pool • Vibrant yellow gorse, wild purple heather and green wooded valleys • See ponies and red deer on Exmoor and the Quantock Hills • Go out on a local bat walk or enjoy a summer barbecue

Premium Room


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Enjoy the best coastal and moorland scenery with a choice of up to three guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Explore Exmoor independently on a Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. From Holnicote House there is a wealth of local walks and cycle rides. You may also want to visit Lynton and its famous Valley of Rocks, relax on the beach at Minehead, or admire colourful Hestercombe Gardens.

Easier Walks: Nearby Selworthy village, with its delightful rows of thatched cottages, epitomises the charming easier walks available in the Exmoor National Park. A little further afield we can walk along the wooded gorges around Watersmeet, the confluence of the East and West Lyn Rivers, and visit the Victorian villages of Lynton and Lynmouth connected by their water powered cliff railway. Other options could include the delightful oak woodland of Horner Water or a visit to the historic town of Dunster. 6 to 7½ miles with gentle gradients. Up to 900ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The combination of coastal and inland walks offers a great variety of scenery. We could meander along the Barle Valley to historic Simonsbath, explore the dramatic Valley of Rocks near Lynton, or ascend through beautiful woodland to the top of Selworthy Beacon for views that stretch across the Bristol Channel to the Welsh coast. Alternatively we can explore “Doone Country” with several of the buildings and sites made famous by R.D. Blackmore’s tale of feuding families, including Oare Church where John Ridd and Lorna Doone were married. 7½ to 9½ miles on undulating paths. Up to 1,425ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The open moorland of Exmoor and its coast provide a number of more challenging walks. We may aim for the splendid viewpoint of Dunkery Beacon, the highest point in the national park, or walk the full length of the wooded Quantock Hills. The Quantocks were Britain’s first designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty in 1956 and Quantock Common is a Site of Special Scientific Interest. Longer walks along the magnificent coastal path include some of England’s highest sea cliffs. 10 to 12½ miles on undulating paths with steeper sections. Up to 2,275ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

BRISTOL CHANNEL Lynton

Ilfracombe

Shilstone Hill

EXMOOR

Dates & Prices - SLBOB

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts

Tues 10 Fri 13 Mon 16, 23, 30 Fri 6 (Easter) Fri 6 (Easter)

£249 £299 £389 £465 £625

Aug

7nts

Sat 18

£695

Sept

£275 £469 £695

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 19 Sat 15 Sat 8, 15, 22, 29

£275 £469 £695

May

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 9 Sat 5 Sat 5, 12, 19, 26

Oct

£275 £469 £695

3nts 4nts 6nts

Fri 19, 26 Mon 22, 29 Sat 6

£299 £389 £529

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 20 Sat 16 Sat 2, 9, 16, 30

Nov

3nts 4nts

Fri 2, 9 Mon 5

£249 £325

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

South Molton

DEVON

9

Dulverton

<

Quantoxhead Quantock Hills

Bridgwater

SOMERSET Taunton

xe

April

Withypool

Minehead Dunster Cleeve Abbey Brendon Hills

rE

£275 £469 £695

Dunkery Beacon

SELWORTHY

e Riv

Wed 25 Sat 21 Sat 14, 21

ge

3nts 4nts 7nts

rid

£249 £325

or rT

Fri 9, 16, 30 Mon 12, 19, 26

Bideford

aw rT

July

March 3nts 4nts

Price

ve

Full Board

ve Ri

Price

Ri

Full Board

Barnstaple

Porlock

Tiverton

9

“A wonderful week exploring the best of Exmoor” Janice Broadbridge Outdoors. Indoors. Active. Cultural. For more than just walking, see our Unmissable Exmoor holiday on page 77.


Dartmoor & South Devon Haytor

Holiday Highlights • Explore the wild beauty of Dartmoor National Park • Ancient stone circles, clapper bridges and Bronze Age villages • Wide choice of walks, including more challenging options • Visit the South Devon coast with its sandy beaches and cliff-top paths • Enjoy a falconry display or a local band

Accommodation Moorlands

This fine Country House is situated high on the moor below Haytor Rocks, one of Dartmoor’s bestknown landmarks, with excellent walks right on the doorstep. It was in this magnificent setting that Agatha Christie wrote her first book, The Mysterious Affair at Styles, in 1917. The 32 en-suite bedrooms, all located in the main building, look out over rolling Devon countryside and the eight acres of grounds. Other facilities include a spacious lounge, dining room and Dandelion cafébar. Evenings: Evenings could include a falconry display, a local speaker or just relaxing in the lounge. Full Board: All holidays at Moorlands are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Discover the Dartmoor National Park with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Enjoy the flexibility of a Freedom Break to explore Devon independently. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. Dartmoor offers a range of pursuits including walking, mountain biking and rock climbing. For a more relaxed stay you may prefer a river trip along the Dart or a visit to Buckfast Abbey. Devon’s brilliant beaches are also easily accessible.

Easier Walks: The rolling hills surrounding Dartmoor offer a good variety of easier walks. These could include following the wooded Teign Gorge to Castle Drogo or walking through tranquil valleys to the tiny village of Widecombe-in-the-Moor with its splendid church, dubbed the Cathedral of the Moor. One day explores the many tors and viewpoints at Haytor, another visits the River Dart at Dartmouth with its castle and fine coastal walks. Alternatively, start at picturesque Dartmeet and walk to Widecombe. 6 to 8 miles on generally well-graded paths with some short, steeper sections. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: There is great scenic variety on these walks on the high moor, through undulating Devon countryside and along enchanting coast paths. We may visit the remarkable ruins of the Bronze Age village at Grimspound and then head along the panoramic Hameldown ridge, or enjoy superb local walks to Haytor Rocks and Rippon Tor. As a contrast we may walk beside the Teign to Chagford or visit the Dart Valley, near Greenway House, the holiday home of the Agatha Christie family. 7 to 10 miles with steady ascents and descents. Up to 1,720ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The high moorland of Dartmoor provides a number of more challenging routes. Walks may cross the wild northern moor to Yes Tor and High Willhays, the highest points in the national park, follow part of the Devonport Leat originally built to take fresh water to Plymouth, or head to the aptly-named Wild Tor. Away from the moor we could enjoy longer walks in the Teign Valley and along the South Devon coast. 9 to 12½ miles, mostly over high moorland. Up to 2,100ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Combine a stay at Haytor with a break at Selworthy for a wonderful two moors walking holiday.

River Exe

Okehampton

Castle Drogo

9

Exeter r ve

Chagford

Ri ig Te

DEVON

9

ar

July

£299 £349 £389

May

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 9, 16, 30 Sat 5, 12, 26 Sat 5, 12, 26

£269 £459 £675

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 6, 13, 20, 27 Sat 2, 9, 16 Sat 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 8, 29 Sat 4, 25 Sat 4, 18, 25

£269 £459 £675

Sept

3nts 7nts

Wed 19, 26 Sat 1, 15, 22

£269 £675

Oct

3nts 4nts 6nts

Fri 12, 26 Mon 15, 29 Sat 6

£299 £389 £529

Tavistock

rP

Fri 13 Fri 6 (Easter) Mon 2

£269 £459 £675

Aug

HAYTOR

Princetown

<

Buckfastleigh

Plymouth

Ivybridge

Teignmouth

Newton Abbot

t ar

3nts 3nts 4nts

Wed 11, 18 Sat 7, 14 Sat 7, 14

Bovey Tracey

Totnes

Torquay

9

von er A

April

3nts 4nts 7nts

Riv

£325

DARTMOOR

rD ve

Mon 19, 26

Price

Ri

March 4nts

Ta vy Ri

Full Board

lym

Price

Widecombe in the Moor

Ri ve

Full Board

ve r

Dates & Prices - HYBOB

n

River Tam

Dartmouth

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

“A great social holiday, excellent walks, and fun” Chris Oats


Cornwall St Ives

Accommodation Chy Morvah

Chy Morvah, meaning ‘House by the sea’ in Cornish, is certainly an appropriate name for this characteristic seaside hotel. From the panoramic lounge and dining room, the view stretches across the golden sands of St Ives Bay to the lighthouse at Godrevy Point. There are 37 bedrooms in the main building or adjacent Lanyons House, plus a heated outdoor pool in the mature grounds. A short walk will take you down to the bustling centre of St Ives – a delightful town with art galleries, a colourful harbour and glorious sandy beaches. Evenings: A highlight during summer is a performance at the famous open air Minack Theatre. In addition, there’s the opportunity to enjoy a talk on the area or take a stroll into St Ives. Full Board: All holidays at Chy Morvah are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.

Holiday Highlights • Stay in the charming harbour town of St Ives, famed for its art galleries • Follow the Cornish coast to sandy beaches and picturesque villages • Enjoy dramatic cliff walks at The Lizard and Land’s End • Visit the famous Eden Project and Cornwall’s many beautiful gardens • Visit the Minack Theatre or take a ghost walk with a local pirate!


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

St Ives is a great base to walk the dramatic coastline which can be rough, rugged and rocky, and also visit the sheltered bays of Cornwall. Each day, choose from up to three carefully-selected guided walks. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Cornwall is a great location for a flexible Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. You may prefer a leisurely break taking in the Tate Gallery in St Ives, a visit to St Michael’s Mount and the superb Eden Project. For the more active there are miles of coastal path to explore as well as some of the best surfing beaches in Britain.

Easier Walks: As well as enjoying the superb coastal path, the easier walks will discover Cornwall’s unspoilt beaches, churches and peaceful harbour villages. From St Ives we can walk to Clodgy Point or along the coast to Carbis Bay. Other walks may include Trebah Gardens on the Helford Estuary, St Michael’s Mount, Lizard Point to Kynance Cove, or from picturesque Lamorna Cove to Mousehole. 4½ to 6½ miles with some short, steep ascents on the coastal path. Up to 850ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The magnificent coastal path is used to its full advantage on these walks. On the sheer granite cliffs of the north coast, fully exposed to the Atlantic swells, we could take bracing walks from St Just to Land’s End, or from Porthtowan to the huge expanse of sand at Perranporth. Other walks may take us to Loe Pool and Praa Sands, or along the cliffs from the Minack Theatre. 6 to 9 miles on the undulating, sometimes rocky coastal path. Up to 1,700ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The undulating nature of the cliff path makes some of these longer walks more challenging. Endless sea views and constant reminders of Cornwall’s mining heritage accompany us as we walk from Portreath to Perranporth via St Agnes Head, or from the Crown Mines at Botallack to Land’s End. We may also take a circuit of England’s most southerly point, the Lizard peninsula. 7 to 12½ miles with some steeper and rougher sections on the coast path. Up to 2,400ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

Padstow ve

Ri

Bodmin

Aug

March 3nts 3nts 4nts 6nts 7nts

Wed 21, 28 Sat 31 Sat 17, 24 Sat 31 Sat 17, 24

£249 £279 £349 £475 £549

April

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Tues 3 Tues 10 Fri 6 (Easter) Fri 6 (Easter)

£249 £259 £469 £629

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 9, 30 Sat 26 Sat 5, 12, 19, 26

£275 £469 £695

June

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 6, 13 Sat 2, 30 Sat 2, 23, 30

£275 £469 £695

July

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 4, 18 Sat 14 Sat 7, 14

£275 £469 £695

May

Sept

Oct

Nov

Price

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 22 Sat 18 Sat 11, 18

£275 £469 £695

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 12 Sat 8 Sat 1, 8, 15, 22

£275 £469 £695

3nts 3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 17, 24 Wed 3 Sat 13, 20 Sat 6, 13, 20

£259 £275 £439 £679

3nts 3nts 3nts 6nts

Tues 6 Fri 9 Sat 3 Sat 3

£249 £259 £279 £475

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks • Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

©

Perranporth

CORNWALL Redruth

ST IVES Lanyon Quoits St Just Land’s End

< Truro

al l

Full Board

ve rF

Price

Restormel Castle Castle-an -Dinas

9 Lostwithiel

St Austell

9

Fowey

Looe

Mevagissey

Ri

Full Board

el

am

rC

Dates & Prices - SVBOB

Newquay

Chysauster

St Erth ©© ∂ Penzance 9 St Michael’s Mount Mousehole

Camborne Falmouth

St Mawes

9 Castle 9

Helston

Pendennis Castle

Mullion

M O U N T S B AY Lizard Point

Combine a stay at St Ives with our Island Hopping holiday to the Isles of Scilly - see pages 58 and 110 - or with a stay at Haytor - see page 46.

“Our days were chock-full of superbly planned walks, highly amusing banter, and delicious meals” Lorraine Telfer-Taivainen


Isle of Wight Freshwater Bay Holiday Highlights • Great walks on chalk downs and coastal paths • Outstanding coastal location overlooking Freshwater Bay • Outdoor pool and extensive grounds – ideal for families • Visit imposing Carisbrooke Castle and historic Osborne House

Accommodation

Freshwater Bay House Named after the semi-circular cove on which it lies, Freshwater Bay House occupies a premier coastal location with some of the island’s best walks on its doorstep. Many of the 49 bedrooms have wonderful sea views, with others overlooking the extensive grounds. Dating from the 1790s, this prominent local landmark is now a very comfortable Country House with three lounges, a light and airy function room, heated outdoor swimming pool, children’s play area, and a Dandelion cafébar. Evenings: Relax in the comfortable lounges or bar area, or learn more about the island’s history or wildlife from a local speaker. Full Board: All holidays at Freshwater Bay House are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and four course table d’hote evening meal, featuring local specialities.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Explore the Isle of Wight with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

A self-guided Freedom Break is a flexible way to enjoy the Isle of Wight. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide, packed with local information, so that you get the most from your stay. From Freshwater Bay there are many local walks and cycle rides along the coast and through the island’s peaceful villages. You may also enjoy visiting Osborne House, built by Queen Victoria as her island retreat, Carisbrooke Castle, and Ventnor’s Botanical Gardens.

Easier Walks: The Isle of Wight has a good range of easier walks through a variety of different scenery. Coastal walks may follow the spectacular chalk cliffs of Tennyson Down to the Needles or explore the Undercliff between Shanklin and the Botanical Gardens at Ventnor. Inland there are numerous picture-postcard villages, such as Calbourne, Shorwell and Godshill which can be visited during the walks. 5 to 7 miles with gently undulating gradients. Up to 825ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The rolling chalk downs may be modest in height but offer some excellent views across the whole island and over the Solent to the mainland. Walks may visit the Neolithic Long Stone on Mottistone Down or the Palladian ruins of Appuldurcombe House, tucked away in the hills near Wroxall. We could also cross the heathland of Headon Warren to the coloured sands of Alum Bay or walk the chalk headland of Culver Cliff. 8 to 9½ miles with occasional steeper sections. Up to 1,175ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The island’s excellent footpath network offers some first-rate longer walks. We could follow the Tennyson Trail, an undulating route that follows the central spine of the island all the way to the Needles. Other walks may ascend to the tops of St Boniface and St Catherine’s Downs or follow longer routes along the spectacular coastal path. 10 to 13 miles with a few steeper sections. Up to 1,550ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

If you are interested in the natural world, why not combine a walking break at Freshwater Bay with a Discover Wildflowers holiday – see our Leisure Activities brochure.

Portchester Castle

Dates & Prices - FWBOB Full Board

March 3nts 4nts 7nts April

May

June

July

Price

Fri 9, 16, 30 Mon 12, 26 Mon 12, 26

£249 £325 £525

9

Full Board

Aug

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 27 Mon 2 Fri 13

£299 £325 £589

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts

Sat 5, 12, 19, 26 Tues 8, 15, 22, 29 Sat 5, 12, 19, 26

£349 £375 £675

Oct

3nts 4nts 7nts

Sat 9, 16, 23, 30 Tues 12, 19, 26 Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

£349 £375 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Sat 7, 14 Tues 3, 17 Sat 7, 14

9

Calshot Castle

3nts 4nts 7nts

Price

Sat 11, 25 Tues 14, 28 Sat 11, 18, 25

£349 £375 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Sat 1, 8, 15, 22, 29 Tues 4, 11, 18, 25 Sat 1, 8, 15, 22, 29

£349 £375 £675

3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts

Sat 6, 13, 20 Tues 9, 16, 23 Tues 2 Sat 6, 13, 20

£349 £369 £375 £659

£349 £375 £675

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

Cowes

TH

E

Lymington

Hurst Castle

Yarmouth

9

Carisbrooke Castle

9

FRESHWATER BAY

Tennyson Down

Brighstone Down

The Needles

EN

G

LI

9

SH

H

AN

N

EL

Portsmouth

LE

N

T

Ryde Newport

ISLE OF WIGHT Godshill Stenbury Down

C

SO

Brading Sandown Shanklin

Ventnor

St Catherine’s Point

Family Holidays The Isle of Wight is a great destination for a family holiday. We offer generous child discounts and dedicated family weeks. See pages 70-73 for further details.


Image courtesy of Lindsey Jean Archer

Accommodation Abingworth Hall

South Downs Abingworth

Holiday Highlights • Walk on the rolling South Downs – England’s newest national park • Follow the chalk cliffs to the iconic Seven Sisters and Beachy Head • Brighton Royal Pavilion and Fishbourne Roman Palace • Wide open views of the Weald and picturesque villages

Situated in the peaceful Sussex countryside, Abingworth Hall stands in eight acres of grounds, including its own lake and an ancient yew hedge avenue leading to fantastic views of the newly created South Downs National Park. There is a heated outdoor swimming pool, open in summer, and the main house boasts two lounges, a function room, conservatory bar, and 29 bedrooms. Evenings: These vary from week to week but could include a talk on the area or Sussex gardens from a local speaker, quizzes, or you can just sit back and relax in one of the comfortable lounges. Full Board: All holidays at Abingworth Hall are Full Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast, generous self-select picnic lunch, and a high quality evening meal.


Walking in Britain

Guided Walking

Freedom Breaks

Discover the South Downs and Sussex countryside with the choice of up to three different guided walks each day. Visit our website for more information about where we walk.

Abingworth is well-located for a self-guided Freedom Break. We provide a free Ordnance Survey Explorer map and a handy guide so that you get the most from your stay. A relaxing stay at Abingworth Hall could include short walks on the Downs, cycling through the villages of the Weald, and visiting nearby Parham Park. Abingworth also makes a great base from which to visit Brighton and the city of Chichester.

Easier Walks: The gently rolling countryside of the South Downs, now part of the new national park, provides a great range of easier walks. From Abingworth we can wander through the surrounding fields to the 12th century church at West Chiltington, or the Elizabethan manor house of Parham, and enjoy walks along the crest of the downs. We can also follow the meandering Rother Valley to the parklands of Petworth House or take an attractive riverside path to the historic town of Arundel and its famous castle and park, seat of the Duke of Norfolk. 5 to 7 miles with mostly gentle gradients. Up to 750ft of ascent in a day. Medium Walks: The medium walks visit many of the highlights of the South Downs. These include the iconic Jack and Jill windmills, the Iron Age hillforts of Chanctonbury and Cissbury Rings, and the superb viewpoint of Ditchling Beacon. The charming wooded countryside of the Weald also offers walks to timeless traditional villages and flower-filled river meadows. No visit to the area can miss a walk to the magnificent chalk cliffs of the Seven Sisters and Beachy Head and along part of the South Downs Way National Trail. 8 to 10 miles on undulating paths with occasional steeper sections. Up to 1,375ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The South Downs Way, which follows the crest of the downs, is the focus of a number of our harder walks. We could tackle the stretches from Amberley to Chantry Post, and from the enormous dry moat of Devil’s Dyke to Ditchling Beacon where fires were lit to warn of the Armada, each with superb views to the coast. Other options include following a Roman road onto Bignor Hill, or crossing the downs to ‘glorious’ Goodwood. The spectacular cliff top walk along the famous Seven Sisters is one of the classic walks on the south coast, dipping and rising before descending to the spectacular ox-bows of the River Cuckmere. 10½ to 13 miles with a few steep sections. Up to 2,000ft of ascent in a day.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • Explorer Map and detailed information booklet (1 per booking)

SURREY Gatwick

WEST SUSSEX

April

May

June

3nts 3nts 4nts 4nts 7nts

Tues 10 Fri 27 Mon 2, 30 Fri 6 (Easter) Fri 6 (Easter)

£249 £299 £389 £465 £625

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 23 Sat 19 Sat 12, 19

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 20, 27 Sat 23 Sat 9, 16, 23

£269 £459 £675

Sept

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 8, 15, 22 Sat 4, 11, 18 Sat 4, 11, 18

£269 £459 £675

3nts 4nts 7nts

Wed 19 Sat 15 Sat 1, 15

£269 £459 £675

Oct

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 5, 12, 19, 26 Mon 1, 15, 22, 29 Fri 26

£299 £389 £649

Nov

3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 2, 9, 16 Mon 5, 12, 19 Fri 16

£249 £325 £525

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with complimentary tea on arrival day • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings

Information for Guided Walking & Freedom Breaks

• Twin / double Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) and children (see pages 70-71) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements

SOUTH DOWNS The Trundle

Petworth Pulborough Amberley Castle

9 9 Arundel

ABINGWORTH Bramber Castle

9

Ditchling Beacon

Ditchling

9

Chichester

er e

Aug

£269 £675

EAST SUSSEX m

£249 £325 £589

Wed 11 Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

Haywards Heath

uc k

Fri 2, 16, 23, 30 Mon 5, 26 Fri 30

3nts 7nts

R Adur

Lewes

rC

July

Horsham

Midhurst

ve

£249 £325

R Rother

Ri

March 3nts 4nts 7nts

Fri 24 Mon 27

Price

un

3nts 4nts

Full Board

River Ouse

Feb

Price

Firle Beacon

Ar

Full Board

R

Dates & Prices - AWBOB

Crawley

Worthing

Brighton

Bognor Regis

ENGLISH CHANNEL

Newhaven

Eastbourne Beachy Head

“I enjoyed everything about the whole experience” Sharon Wakeford Great for Groups Our Country Houses are great for a group getaway. Whether you’re spending a few days with a group of friends, or a weekend away with your walking group, our friendly Groups team are here to help. Call us on 0845 470 7557 or see pages 12 & 13 for further details.


Walking in Britain

Norfolk Coast Old Hunstanton

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• A varied and interesting walks programme

Experience the north Norfolk countryside and coast with the choice of two guided walks each day.

• Stay in the beautiful coastal village of Old Hunstanton • Spectacular sandy beaches and wide horizons • Mysterious marshland and wildlife reserves • Attractive villages, historic buildings and the Royal Estate of Sandringham

Easier Walks: From the picturesque village of Thornham, famous for smuggling in the 18th and 19th centuries, join the Peddars Way and the Norfolk Coast Path before walking along sandy beaches back to Old Hunstanton. The coastal village of Burnham Overy Staithe is the start of another day walking along sand dunes and the stunning beach of Holkham Bay before reaching Wells-next-the-Sea. Other options include inland walks in Sandringham Country Park or along the Nar Valley Way.

Thornham

Burnham Overy Staithe

Wells-nextthe-Sea

OLD HUNSTANTON Heacham Snettisham

6 to 7½ miles with up to 150 feet of ascent in a day.

Harder Walks: The harder walks also take in parts of the Peddars Way and Norfolk Coast Path from the fishing village of Brancaster Staithe to Brancaster and via Thornham back to Old Hunstanton. From Sedgeford we walk across fields and meadows to the mudflats of the Wash and the RSPB nature reserve, famous for wading birds. We also cross fields and woodlands to the village of Castle Rising with its magnificent Norman castle.

9½ to 11½ miles with up to 180 feet of ascent in a day.

Sandringham Castle Rising

King’s Lynn Castle Acre Narborough

Dates & Prices - NKBOB Accommodation Caley Hall Hotel

Caley Hall Hotel is set close to the beach in the beautiful coastal village of Old Hunstanton on the tip of the northwest coast of Norfolk. Set around a manor house dating back to 1648, the hotel provides a high standard of accommodation, good food and high quality service. The hotel has 40 en-suite bedrooms, restaurant and bar. Holidays at Caley Hall are Half Board with a full cooked or continental breakfast and a three-course evening meal. For greater flexibility, holidays at our partner hotels, such as Caley Hall, operate on a Half-Board basis – picnic lunches can either be bought from the hotel or a local shop. To reach the walks we’ll use a variety of transport which is payable locally.

Dates

Price

May

7nts

Sat 12, 26

£599

June

7nts

Sat 9

£599

July

7nts

Sat 7

£619

July

7nts

Sat 14

£649

Sept

7nts

Sat 22

£649

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks • Social activities on some evenings

Information

• Allow approx £35 for transport to and from the walks • Single room: From £20 per night • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Old Hunstanton is 16 miles north of King’s Lynn. Ample parking is available in the grounds. The most convenient station is at King’s Lynn with onward connections by taxi (allow £25 - less if shared) or by hourly local bus (allow £5).


Walking in Britain

Jersey St Peter

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Known as ‘The Floral Island’, idyllic Jersey offers easy walking at a gentle pace

Explore Jersey’s beautiful coast and green interior on these guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• An enticing blend of Britain and France, this is Europe without the Euro • Enjoy superb coastal walks right around the island including the Jersey Coast Path

Easier Walks: From our hotel we can walk through the pretty countryside to visit the Devil’s Hole, St Ouen’s Bay and Plémont Point. After a day exploring the magnificent north coast we can visit Gerald Durrell’s Zoo. We’ll also take the charming coastal path to Mont Orgueil Castle and the picturesque harbour at Gorey.

• Award-winning hotel set in beautiful countryside close to the village of St Peter

• Easily accessible from the UK with flights from most regional airports

Harder Walks: During the week we will pass pre-historic burial chambers on our way to the colourful port of Gorey and walk along the southern cliffs to pretty St Brelade. We will discover the spectacular northern coastline and enjoy views of neighbouring Guernsey and Sark from the northeast.

Plemont Point St John

Bouley Bay

JERSEY

ST PETER St Brelade St Aubin

7 to 8½ miles with some steeper sections on the coast path. Up to 980ft of ascent in a day.

“Great holiday, lovely island, friendly people” Anne White

St Ouen’s Bay

Corbière Point

4 to 6½ miles on well-maintained paths. Up to 680ft of ascent in a day.

Gorey St Aubin’s Bay

Grouville St Helier

Accommodation Le Charrières Country Hotel

Manager, Paul Wright and his team look forward to welcoming you to this 3-star hotel. Set in beautiful, quiet countryside in the centre of the island, the hotel is 1 mile from the village of St Peter. All of the 41 bedrooms are comfortable and well appointed and have private shower and WC. The Carvery and a la carte restaurants have been given accreditation by Visit Britain for catering for walkers and are very popular locally. Facilities include a leisure club, with indoor swimming pool, spa pool, sauna, tennis courts and gym. For greater flexibility, holidays at our partner hotels, such as Jersey, operate on a Half Board basis – picnic lunches can either be bought from the hotel or local shops. To reach the walks we’ll use a variety of transport which is payable locally.

Dates & Prices - JELCL Dates

Yes

No

May

7nts

Sat 19, 26

£729

£629

June

7nts

Sat 9, 16, 23

£729

£629

Sept

7nts

Sat 1, 8, 15, 22

£729

£629

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks • Social activities on some evenings

Information

• Allow approx £55 for transport to and from the walks • Single rooms are limited in number and may be subject to an additional charge of £9.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

The ‘with flight’ prices are with from Gatwick to Jersey - late morning or afternoon flights. We can also book flights from Bristol, Cardiff, Dublin, Liverpool, Manchester, Nottingham and Southampton at a small supplement - please contact us to discuss the most convenient option. If you choose the no flight option, there are numerous regional flights to Jersey Airport. Alternatively travel to Jersey by fast ferry from Poole. Reach the hotel by using the HF Holidays transfer (£11 single). Transfers can be booked to connect with any flight, or travel by local bus.


Island Hopping in Britain

Hebridean Hopscotch

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Enjoy a Hebridean Hopscotch, visiting the islands of Skye, Raasay, the Uists, Eriskay, Barra and Vatersay

• On Skye, wander amidst the eerie pinnacles of the Quiraing, and along the shores of Loch Coruisk with stunning views of the Cuillin mountains • Soak up scenes from ‘Whisky Galore’ on Barra and Vatersay’s white sand beaches • Experience the character and charm of the Hebridean Isles, and step back in time to a less-cluttered life

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

NORTH UIST

Lochmaddy

BENBECULA SOUTH UIST BARRA Vatersay

Uig

Portree

ISLE OF SKYE Lochboisdale

RAASAY

35 miles with 4-10 miles and up to 1,450ft of ascent per day. Most walks are graded at the easier level, but days 2 and 3 are at the harder grade

Day 1. arrival day. Meet the group in Portree. Day 2. take the short ferry crossing to the Isle of Raasay where 360° panoramas from volcanic summits stretch to the mountains of Torridon and the towering Cuillin peaks. Day 3. sample stunning Loch Coruisk, surrounded by the mighty Cuillin mountains. Enjoy the views from the saddle below Sgurr Hain, before dropping down to Glen Sligachan for a well-deserved ‘wee dram’. Day 4. our final walk on Skye is amidst the eerie pinnacles of the Quiraing. After the walk, an afternoon ferry takes us to North Uist. Day 5. today’s trail amidst the crofting communities of South Uist explores nature reserves, wind-swept beaches and flower-strewn machair. Day 6. island hopping once more, to Eriskay, and on to the tiny island of Barra, recently voted ‘Britain’s most beautiful isle’. Day 7. discover turquoise waters and white sandy beaches on our final day’s walk. Day 8. departure day. Either choose a scenic ferry journey to Oban or a flight from Barra’s airport (with its unique runway on the beach) for your journey home.

Kyle of Lochalsh

Elgol

Eriskay Mallaig Castlebay Fort William

Dates & Prices - XWLDW

route by boat

Dates

Oban

Accommodation Stay at charming small hotels on the islands of Skye (3 nights), South Uist (2 nights), and Barra (2 nights). The vibrant history and culture of these islands is reflected in all of the accommodation we use here – each boasts its own unique history and character, as well as comfortable ensuite rooms, and menus featuring an array of local produce. The accommodation on this holiday is one of its many highlights.

Price

May

7nts

Mon 14

£949

June

7nts

Mon 25

£949

July

7nts

Mon 16

£949

Aug

7nts

Mon 13

£949

Sept

7nts

Mon 10

£949

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation • The services of an experienced HF Holidays’ leader, offering one guided walk per day • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days (including ferry journeys between the islands)

Information

• Single room: £16 per night • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Transport to Skye, and from Barra is not included in the price.To reach Skye we suggest you take the coach from Glasgow to Portree (www.citylink.co.uk) or take the train to Kyle of Lochalsh, then on by local bus. Departing from Barra, there are two equally interesting options – flying from Barra’s cockleshell beach (flights to Glasgow – www.flybe.com), or a scenic ferry crossing to Oban (www.calmac.co.uk). See our website for further details.


Island Hopping in Britain

Orkney & Shetland

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Island hop from the quaint crofting communities of Orkney to the Scandinavian style fjiords and voes of Shetland

• Succumb to the pace of island life as you wander through this vividly diverse and beautiful landscape • Discover a treasure trove of history and heritage – the standing stones of Stenness, the Ring of Brodgar, Maes Howe, and the UNESCO site of Skara Brae • Explore a wonderland of windswept shores, with a wealth of wildlife watching opportunities

Eshaness

Muckle Roe

Brae

SHETLAND

60 miles with 7½ -14 miles and up to 1,000ft of ascent per day.

Day 1. arrival day. Day 2. begin with a superb cliff-top walk from the small island of Birsay, to the RSPB reserves of Marwick Bay and The Loons. A late afternoon stroll explores of the Ring of Brodgar, the standing stones of Stenness, and the exceptional mystical neolithic chamber of Maes Howe. Day 3. the ancient settlement of Skara Brae and the spectacular seacliffs of Yesnaby lead us to the quaint harbour of Stromness. If we’ve plenty of time we have the opportunity to explore a little further with a town trail. Day 4. magnificent walking on the Isle of Hoy, visiting the famous sea stacks of the “Old Man” and the mysterious “Dwarfie Stone”. Day 5. fly to Shetland and enjoy a short walk across the white sand tombolo to the tiny St Ninian’s Isle. Day 6. today’s walk discovers Shetland’s heritage and the brazenly beautiful coastline of the Eshaness peninsula. An excellent day for wildlife enthusiasts. Day 7. a rugged and remote red granite coastline on our final day’s walk to the Muckle Roe for spectacular views. A fitting finale. Day 8. departure day.

LERWICK AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Stromness

St. Ninian’s Isle Sumburgh

ORKNEY KIRKWALL Loch Harray

Hoy

Accommodation Stay at welcoming hotels on Orkney (4 nights) and Shetland (3 nights). Our first hotel, The Merkister, boasts an award-winning restaurant, and a setting second to none. Our second, Busta House, was once the former home of the Laird, and retains much the charm, character and grandeur of its early history. Accommodation at each includes comfortable en-suite rooms, and menus serving delicious meals, based around locally sourced produce.

Dates & Prices - XGLDW Dates

Price

Flight included

Yes

No

Apr

7nts

Sun 22

£1,155

£979

July

7nts

Sun 15

£1,235

£1,089

Sept

7nts

Sun 16

£1,155

£979

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation • The services of an experienced leader, offering one guided walk per day • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days (including flight between the islands on Day 5) • Group transfers to and from the first and last hotels. These connect with the group flight.

Information

• Single room: £26 per night (April/Sept), £31 per night (July) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

The “with flight” prices include flight from Aberdeen to Kirkwall (Orkney), and return flight from Sumburgh (Shetland) to Aberdeen (www.flybe.com). All prices include the travel between Orkney & Shetland. If you prefer to make your own arrangements there are a variety of flights to both islands - www.flybe.com. Alternatively take the ferry departing from Aberdeen or Scrabster to Orkney, returning from Shetland to Aberdeen (www.northlinkferries.co.uk). See our website for further details.


Island Hopping in Britain

Isles of Scilly Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking*

• Hop from island to island discovering the individual identities of this unique island haven

32 miles with 4-10 miles and minimal ascent each day. Day 1. arrival day. Meet the group on St Mary’s, the largest of the islands, and our base for the holiday. Day 2. today’s walk is on Tresco, silent stretches of white sand beaches and heather clad moors. Ample time is left to visit the world renowned Abbey Gardens (payable locally), more affectionately known as “Kew with the roof off”. Day 3. a journey to St Agnes takes in the best archaeological sites. Our walk traverses Gugh’s glistening white sandbar to explore standing stones and Bronze Age burial graves. Day 4. a lazy stroll on St Martin’s reveals wide expanses of shimmering white sand, beautiful bulb fields and Scilly’s only vineyard. Day 5. the springy turf coastal paths of St Mary’s provide today’s stunning panoramas. Nature trails, tea-shops and beautiful bays line our way on a circuit of the island. Day 6. our final island is Bryher, the setting of the book “Why the Whales Came”. An exploration invites us to wind our way over turf-clad cliff-tops, to the windswept Hell Bay, and its maze of gull-haunted ledges. Day 7. departure day.

• Explore tropical Tresco and make time to visit the famous Abbey gardens • See the stunning array of Bronze Age archaeological sites on the tiny islands of St Agnes and Gugh • Become a connoisseur of sunsets, sandy shores, and ever- changing seascapes • Escape the everyday hustle and bustle and adjust to the serene tranquillity of island life White Island

ST MARTIN’S BRYHER

Higher Town

New Grimsby

TRESCO

<

EASTERN ISLES

Tresco Abbey

*the itinerary may vary depending on tide and weather conditions.

SAMSON TH

O E R

AD

ST MARY’S

HUGH TOWN

9

Old Town

S T M

Dates

A R Y route by boat

’S S

ST AGNES

Gugh

Dates & Prices - XSLDW

O U N D

Accommodation Bell Rock Hotel

Stay at the welcoming Bell Rock hotel, on the island of St Mary’s. This is the perfect base for our holiday. The hotel is situated in the heart of this charming town, on a quiet street just 100m from either one of the town’s two beaches. The hotel has 23 comfortable en-suite rooms, and a small indoor heated swimming pool. For greater flexibility this holiday operates on a Half-Board basis, giving you the opportunity to sample some of the delicious local cuisine from the many tea-shops and delis on the islands.

Price

Apr

6nts

Sat 14

£649

May

6nts

Sat 19

£749

June

6nts

Sat 30

£779

July

6nts

Sat 21

£779

Aug

6nts

Sat 25

£779

Sept

6nts

Sat 22

£719

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ Half Board en-suite accommodation • The services of an experienced leader, offering one guided walk per day • Ferry tickets on walking days

Information

• Single room: £16 per night • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Transport to and from the mainland is not included in the price. We can book flights from Land’s End, Newquay, Bristol, & Southampton. Ferry travel can also be arranged, departing from Penzance. For more information please see: www.islesofscilly-travel.co.uk or see our website for further details.


Guided Walking for Solos

Guided Walking for Solos Country walking is a great way to meet new friends, and the convivial atmosphere of our Country Houses will make sure you have an enjoyable time. We welcome single guests on all our holidays, but on our special holidays for Solos the entire Country House is given over to single guests. And, as an added bonus, there is no single room charge on any of these Solos holidays. Enjoy our regular Guided Walking programmes offering a choice of walks each day, as well as sociable evening activities.

NO SINGLE ROOM CHARGE

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Guided Walking – Tinsel & Turkey

Location

Dates

Price

Code

Northumberland (pg 38)

Fri 6 April (Easter) (4nts) Fri 6 April (Easter) (7nts) Tues 10 April (3nts)

£469 £629 £259

ALBOS

Mon 12 Dec (4nts) Mon 3 Dec (4nts) Fri 7 Dec (3nts)

£229 £329 £265

MDSOX DBSOX AWSOX

Dartmoor & South Devon (pg 46)

Sat 28 July (4nts) Sat 28 July (7nts) Wed 1 Aug (3nts)

£459 £675 £269

HYBOS

Sat 25 Aug (4nts) Sat 25 Aug (7nts) Wed 29 Aug (3nts) Sat 6 Oct (3nts) Sat 6 Oct (6nts) Tues 9 Oct (3nts)

£459 £675 £269 £299 £529 £249

BRBOS

Cornwall (pg 48)

Sat 27 Oct (4nts) Sat 27 Oct (7nts) Wed 31 Oct (3nts)

£439 £679 £259

SVBOS

South Downs (pg 52)

Fri 24 Feb (3nts)

£259

DBBOS

£349 £579 £269

AWBOS

Lake District (pg 24)

Sat 22 Sept (3nts) Sat 22 Sept (6nts) Tues 25 Sept (3nts)

Isle of Arran (pg 28)

Sat 30 June (4nts) Sat 30 June (7nts) Wed 4 July (3nts) Sat 4 Aug (4nts) Sat 4 Aug (7nts) Wed 8 Aug (3nts)

£459 £675 £269 £459 £675 £269

ARBOS

Mon 4 June (5nts)

£489

LLBOS

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32)

Fri 9 March (3nts)

£249

MDBOS

Yorkshire Dales (pg 34)

Sat 21 July (4nts) Sat 21 July (7nts) Wed 25 July (3nts) Sat 8 Sept (4nts) Sat 8 Sept (7nts) Wed 12 Sept (3nts)

£459 £675 £269 £459 £675 £269

SDBOS

2011 – Yorkshire Dales (pg 32) 2012 – Lake District (pg 24) South Downs (pg 52) Guided Walking for Solos Brecon (pg 22)

Western Highlands (pg 30)

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks • Transport to and from the walks • Social activities in the evenings • Single room at no extra charge

Information

• Twin or double rooms may be available for sole occupancy subject to availability and sole occupancy charge • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person


Autumn and Winter breaks

Autumn and Winter Breaks For information about Christmas and New Year 2011 see page 243

Autumn 2011

Winter 2012

The spectacular colours of the trees and the scrunch of leaves underfoot.

Sparkling winter mornings and crisp frosty air.

Take advantage of glorious autumn days to escape for a short break before the winter.

Walking in the winter gives you a different view of the countryside without all the crowds. The weather may be colder but the welcome is always warm.

Enjoy a walk each day, and then return to the hospitality of your Country House for a relaxed and convivial evening.

There’ll be a choice of walks each day followed by a sociable evening at your Country House – maybe a warming winter tipple or just relaxing by the fire.

3-night breaks from £229 4-night breaks from £299

Northumberland (pg 38) Mon 10, 17, 31 Oct (4nts)

3-night breaks from £249 4-night breaks from £325

Southern Snowdonia (pg 18) Fri 14, 28 Oct (3nts) Mon 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 11, 18 Nov (3nts) Mon 14 Nov (4nts)

Derbyshire Dales (pg 40) Sat 8, Tue 11, Fri 14, 21 Oct (3nts) Mon 24, 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 4 Nov (3nts)

Southern Snowdonia (pg 18) Fri 17 Feb (3nts) Mon 20, 27 Feb (4nts)

Brecon Beacons (pg 22) Mon 10, 17, 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 4 Nov (3nts) Lake District (pg 24) Mon 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 4, 11 Nov (3nts) Mon 14, 21, 28 Nov (4nts)

South Downs (pg 52) Fri 24 Feb (3nts) Mon 27 Feb (4nts)

For a real Winter workout see our Winter Challenge holidays in the Yorkshire Dales, Exmoor, Dartmoor or the South Downs on page 63

Exmoor (pg 44) Sun 16, Tue 25, Fri 28 Oct (3nts) Mon 31 Oct (4nts)

Tinsel and Turkey

Dartmoor & South Devon (pg 46) Fri 21 Oct (3nts) Mon 24, 31 Oct (4nts)

Isle of Arran (pg 28) Wed 12, 19, 26 Oct (3nts) Sat 8, 15, 22 Oct (4nts)

Cornwall (pg 48) Wed 12, 19, 26 Oct (3nts) Sat 8, 15, 22 Oct (4nts)

Western Highlands (pg 30) Wed 12, 19, 26 Oct (3nts) Sat 8, 15, 22 Oct (4nts)

Isle of Wight (pg 50) Wed 12, 19, 26 Oct (3nts) Sat 8, 15, 22 Oct (4nts)

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32) Mon 24 Oct (4nts) Fri 11, 25 Nov (3nts) Mon 7, 14, 21, 28 Nov (4nts)

South Downs (pg 52) Fri 7, 14, 21, 28 Oct (3nts) Mon 10, 24, 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 11, 18, 25 Nov (3nts) Mon 7, 21, 28 Nov (4nts)

North York Moors (pg 36) Fri 21, 28 Oct (3nts) Mon 31 Oct (4nts)

Cotswolds (pg 42) Mon 20, 27 Feb (4nts)

Cotswolds (pg 42) Sat 8, Fri 21, 28 Oct (3nts) Mon 17, 24, 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 11, 25 Nov (3nts) Mon 21, 28 Nov (4nts)

Lake District (pg 26) Fri 14, 21, 28 Oct (3nts) Mon 24 Oct (4nts) Fri 4 Nov (3nts)

Yorkshire Dales (pg 34) Wed 19 Oct (3nts) Sat 8, Mon 31 Oct (4nts) Fri 4 Nov (3nts) Mon 7 Nov (4nts)

Lake District (pg 24) Fri 17 Feb (3nts) Mon 20, 27 Feb (4nts)

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32) Fri 17, 24 Feb (3nts) Mon 20, 27 Feb (4nts)

Christmas lights and fine festive food. Get into the mood for the festive season with a pre-Christmas mix of walking and celebrations. Enjoy a walk each day and then return to your Country House for wonderful festive food and sociable activities.

2011 3-night breaks from £229 4-night breaks from £299 Lake District (pg 24) Fri 2 Dec (3nts) Mon 5 Dec (4nts)

Cotswolds (pg 42) Mon 5 Dec (4nts) Fri 9 Dec (3nts) South Downs (pg 52) Mon 5 Dec (4nts) Fri 9 Dec (3nts)

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32) Mon 12 Dec (3nts) - for Solos Fri 16 Dec (3nts)

2012 3-night breaks from £259 4-night breaks from £329 Southern Snowdonia (pg 18) Fri 7 Dec (3nts) Mon 10 Dec (4nts) Lake District (pg 24) Mon 3 Dec (4nts) - for Solos Fri 7 Dec (3nts) Mon 10 Dec (4nts)

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32) Mon 3 Dec (4nts) Cotswolds (pg 42) Fri 30 Nov (3nts) Mon 3 Dec (4nts) South Downs (pg 52) Fri 23 Nov (3nts) Mon 3 Dec (4nts) Fri 7 Dec (3nts) - for Solos


Spring 2012

Easter

Daffodils, birdsong and playful lambs.

Celebrate Easter with a special break at one of our Country Houses. There’ll be a choice of guided walks every day, and a social programme to match the springtime theme.

Why wait for summer? With the days getting longer it’s time to get out and get some fresh air and exercise. Enjoy a choice of walks each day and return in the evening to the welcome of your Country House. 3-night breaks from £249 4-night breaks from £325 5-night breaks from £489 Southern Snowdonia (pg 18) Fri 2, Wed 28 March (3nts) Sat 24 March (4nts) Fri 13 April (3nts) Mon 16 April (4nts) Brecon Beacons (pg 22) Tues 10, 27 Fri 13, 30 April (3nts) Mon 2, 16, 23 April (4nts) Mon 30 April (5nts) Lake District (pg 24) Fri 16 March (3nts) Mon 5, 12, 19, 26 March (4nts) Tues 10 April (3nts) Mon 2, 16 April (4nts) Lake District (pg 26) Fri 9, 30 March (3nts) Mon 5, 12, 26 March (4nts) Tues 10, Fri 13 April (3nts) Mon 16, Sat 28 April (4nts) Mon 23 April (5nts) Isle of Arran (pg 28) Tues 10, Wed 18, 25 April (3nts) Sat 14, 21, 28 April (4nts) Western Highlands (pg 30) Tues 10 April (3nts) Sat 28 April (4nts) Yorkshire Dales (pg 32) Fri 2, 16, 30 March (3nts) Mon 5, 19, 26 March (4nts) Tues 10, Fri 13 April (3nts) Mon 16 April (4nts) Mon 23 April (5nts) Yorkshire Dales (pg 34) Fri 16, 23, 30 March (3nts) Mon 12 March (4nts) Tues 10, 24, Sat 21 April (3nts) Mon 2 April (4nts) Mon 16 April (5nts) North York Moors (pg 36) Fri 9, 30 March (3nts) Mon 12, 26 March (4nts) Tues 10 April (3nts) Mon 23 April (4nts)

Northumberland (pg 38) Fri 2, 9, 16, 23, 30 March (3nts) Mon 5, 12, 19, 26 March (4nts) Fri 13, 27 April (3nts) Mon 2, 16 April (4nts) Mon 30 April (5nts)

4-night breaks from £465 7-night breaks from £625 Easter breaks start on Friday 6 April at all these locations: Southern Snowdonia (pg 18) Brecon Beacons (pg 22) Lake District (pg 24)

Derbyshire Dales (pg 40) Fri 9, 16, 23, 30 March (3nts) Mon 12, 19 March (4nts) Fri 13, 20 April (3nts) Mon 2 April (4nts)

Lake District (pg 26)

Cotswolds (pg 42) Mon 5, Fri 2, 16, 23, 30 March (3nts) Mon 19 March (4nts) Sun 11 March (5nts) Fri 20 April (3nts)

Yorkshire Dales (pg 34)

Exmoor (pg 44) Fri 9, 16, 30 March (3nts) Mon 12, 19, 26 March (4nts) Tues 10, Fri 13 April (3nts) Mon 16, 23, 30 April (4nts) Dartmoor & South Devon (pg 46) Mon 19, 26 March (4nts) Fri 13 April (3nts) Mon 2 April (4nts) Cornwall (pg 48) Wed 21, 28, Sat 31 March (3nts) Sat 17, 24 March (4nts) Tues 3, 10 April (3nts) Isle of Wight (pg 50) Fri 9, 16, 30 March (3nts) Mon 12, 26 March (4nts) Fri 27 April (3nts) Mon 2 April (4nts) South Downs (pg 52) Fri 2, 16, 23, 30 March (3nts) Mon 5, 26 March (4nts) Tues 10, Fri 27 April (3nts) Mon 2, 30 April (4nts)

Isle of Arran (pg 28) Western Highlands (pg 30) Yorkshire Dales (pg 32)

North York Moors (pg 36) Northumberland for Solos (pg 38) Derbyshire Dales (pg 40) Cotswolds (pg 42) Exmoor (pg 44) Dartmoor & South Devon (pg 46) Cornwall (pg 48) Isle of Wight (pg 50) South Downs (pg 52)

Spring and Easter breaks

Spring and Easter Breaks


Adventurous Walking “Ridges and scrambles – if you’re fit and active don’t be afraid to try it (thoroughly enjoyable!)” Kevin Dean


Moorland and Fell

Yorkshire’s Three Peaks Ascend the famous ‘Three Peaks’ of Pen y ghent, Whernside and Ingleborough. We’ll also climb Buckden Pike, thus completing four of the highest summits of Yorkshire. 8½ to 11 miles with up to 1,925ft of ascent.

For walkers who enjoy more adventurous walking in some of our high mountain areas we have a selection of more challenging holidays:

High Routes Keen mountain walkers can tackle some of the higher peaks not included on our regular Guided Walking programmes. 8 to 14 miles with up to 5,000ft of ascent. Routes may include: • Isle of Arran: Cir Mhor; the Castles; and Goatfell via the Cioch-na-h’Oighe.

• Lake District: Ennerdale to Honister via Red Pike and High Stile; the ridges of Great Dodd, Helvellyn, Swirral Edge and Catstye Cam; Scafell Pike and Great End. • Western Highlands: the Mamores, the Grey Corries; Black Mount and the Etive Hills.

Ridges & Scrambles Enjoy narrow ridges and challenging scrambles with an experienced mountain leader. No previous scrambling experience is necessary, but you’ll need to be a fit hill walker with a good head for heights. 5 to 12 miles with up to 4,800ft of ascent. Routes may include: • Northern Lake District: Sharp Edge on Blencathra; Helvellyn’s Striding and Swirral Edges; Cockley Pike Ridge in Upper Eskdale • Southern Lake District: Classic Jack’s Rake scramble on Pavey NEW Ark; Raven Crag, Yewdale; Crinkle Crags and Bowfell via the Climbers Traverse and Great Slab. • Western Highlands: Dinnertime Buttress on Aonach Dubh; Ring of Steall; and the outstanding narrow ridge of the Aonach Eagach, a ‘must do’ for any keen scrambler. • Southern Snowdonia: great scrambling close at hand on Cadair

NEW Idris and the Arans including Cyfrwy Arete, a circuit of Cwm Cau

Wainwright’s Southern Fells Using Alfred Wainwright’s Pictorial Guide to the Southern Fells, we’ll walk from Beacon Tarn to Wasdale Head over less frequented tops, through varied scenery of moorland and craggy fells. 10 to 12 miles and up to 3,500ft of ascent. Dartmoor’s Greatest Walk In 1240 12 knights walked around the royal hunting grounds of Dartmoor to determine its boundaries. This is an historic, highly scenic, moorland walk which justly deserves its title. 60 miles in five stages of up to 13 miles and 2,500ft of ascent.

Remoter, Wilder Dartmoor The most challenging hill walking in southern England taking us deep into the remote corners of the moor, including perhaps Cranmere Pool, Fur Tor, and Ryder’s Hill. 12 to 15 miles with up to 2,000ft of ascent.

Dates & Prices Location

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32)

Lake District (pg 26) Dartmoor’s Greatest Walk

Munro Bagging Bag some of the summits over 3,000ft not included in our Guided Walking programme, visiting, for example, the Grey Corries and the depths of Glen Etive.

Remoter, Wilder Dartmoor

Dates

Price

Code

Isle of Arran (pg 28)

Sat 26 May (7nts) Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

£699 £699

ARMHL

Lake District (pg 24)

Sat 19 May (7nts) Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£725 £725

DBMHL

Western Highlands (pg 30)

Sat 30 June (7nts) Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£699 £699

LLMHL

Lake District (pg 24)

Sat 26 May (7nts) Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£725 £725

DBRSC

Lake District (pg 26)

Sat 5 May (7nts) Sat 21 July (7nts)

£699 £699

CNRSC

High Routes

£499 £499

MDMTP

Sat 9 June (7nts) Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£699 £699

CNWAT

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£699

HYDPN

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£699

HYMWD

• Dartmoor: Wilderness of the North Moor; Postbridge to Newbridge and around Haytor. • Exmoor: Holnicote to Dunster via Dunkery Beacon; over the Moor from Exford to Lynmouth; Oare Valley, Culbone and Porlock. • South Downs: Cissbury Ring and the Roman Stane Street over Bignor Hill. • Yorkshire Dales: Howgill Fell traverse; Hawes to Horton in Ribblesdale along the Pennine Way; Mallerstang Edge and Wild Boar Fell.

Ridges and Scrambles

Western Highlands (pg 30)

Sat 23 June (7nts) Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£699 £699

LLRSC

Southern Snowdonia (pg 18)

Sat 29 Sept (6nts)

£599

DGRSC

Sat 7 July (7nts)

£699

LLMNB

Munro Bagging

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Mon 19 March (4nts) Mon 26 March (4nts) Fri 6 April (Easter) (3nts) Fri 26 Oct (3nts) Mon 29 Oct (4nts)

£339 £339 £365 £315 £389

HYWIN

Exmoor (pg 44)

Fri 9 March (3nts) Mon 12 March (4nts) Fri 2 Nov (3nts) Mon 5 Nov (4nts)

£265 £339 £265 £339

SLWIN

South Downs (pg 52)

Fri 24 Feb (3nts) Mon 27 Feb (4nts) Fri 16 March (3nts) Fri 9 Nov (3nts) Fri 16 Nov (3nts) Mon 19 Nov (4nts)

£265 £339 £265 £265 £265 £339

AWWIN

Yorkshire Dales (pg 34)

Mon 12 March (4nts) Fri 23 March (3nts) Fri 2 Nov (3nts) Mon 5 Nov (4nts)

£339 £265 £265 £339

SDWIN

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per person per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

HF Holidays and Plas y Brenin have been working together at Glen Coe for many years. If you fancy a winter skills course based at Alltshellach (page 30), please visit www.pyb.co.uk/courses-scottish-winter.php or phone 01690 720214 for a brochure.

Mon 23 April (5nts) Mon 4 June (5nts)

Beat the winter blues with a Winter Challenge. Give yourself a real winter workout on walks of around 14 to 16 miles and ascent of up to 2,350ft on Dartmoor, Exmoor and the South Downs, and 3,100ft in the Yorkshire Dales.

Dates & Prices

Information

Code

Winter Challenge

Up to 12 miles and 4,800ft of ascent, often with steep gradients on pathless terrain.

Western Highlands (pg 30)

Price

Wainwright’s Southern Fells

and a visit to the quiet Cwm Cowarch. Explore the rough ridges of the Rhinogs and Moelwyns.

Location

Dates

Yorkshire’s Three Peaks

Adventurous Walking

Challenging Routes


Leisurely Guided Walking Holidays

Leisurely Guided Walking Holidays This range of holidays offers the ideal way to enjoy the countryside at a more leisurely pace. With plenty of time to soak up the superb views or take photographs, you can relax and get the most from your holiday.

Half-Day Walks Enjoy a half-day walk in the morning (3 to 4 miles), with a dedicated leader, returning to the comfort of your Country House after lunch. Although the distances and ascents are modest, we aim to include the best scenery, ranging from coastal walks in Cornwall to great valley and lakeside walks amidst the mountains of the Lake District.

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Brecon Beacons (pg 22)

Sat 9 June (7nts) Sat 14 July (7nts)

£699 £699

BRHAL

Lake District (pg 24)

Sat 29 Sept (6nts)

£599

DBHAL

Lake District (pg 26)

Sat 19 May (7nts) Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£699 £699

CNHAL

Isle of Arran (pg 28)

Sat 12 May (7nts) Sat 28 July (7nts)

£689 £689

ARHAL

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32)

Sun 26 Aug (6nts) Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£595 £689

MDHAL

Yorkshire Dales (pg 34)

Sat 9 June (7nts)

£699

SDHAL

North York Moors (pg 36)

Sat 7 July (7nts) Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£689 £689

WYHAL

Northumberland (pg 38)

Mon 30 April (5nts) Sat 7 July (7nts) Sat 28 July (7nts)

£499 £699 £699

ALHAL

Derbyshire Dales (pg 40)

Sat 2 June (7nts) Sat 21 July (7nts)

£689 £689

DVHAL

Cotswolds (pg 42)

Mon 7 May (5nts) Sat 28 July (7nts)

£499 £699

BNHAL

Exmoor (pg 44)

Sat 19 May (7nts)

£725

SLHAL

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Sat 16 June (7nts)

£689

HYHAL

Cornwall (pg 48)

Sat 30 June (7nts)

£725

SVHAL

South Downs (pg 52)

Sat 18 Aug (7nts) Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£689 £689

AWHAL


Enjoy full days exploring the countryside, combining gentle walks with plenty of time for sightseeing. Up to 5 miles with some ascent. Allow £30 for admissions. Sightseeing highlights include Chatsworth House (Dovedale), Fountains Abbey (Malhamdale), and Hay on Wye (Brecon).

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Brecon Beacons (pg 22)

Sat 26 May (7nts) Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£699 £699

BREWW

Navigation Courses

Lake District (pg 24)

Sat 30 June (7nts)

£725

DBEWW

Lake District (pg 26)

Sat 16 June (7nts)

£699

CNEWW

Yorkshire Dales (pg 32)

Sat 14 July (7nts)

£699

MDEWW

Yorkshire Dales (pg 34)

Sat 23 June (7nts)

£699

SDEWW

North York Moors (pg 36)

Sat 29 Sept (6nts)

£599

WYEWW

Northumberland (pg 38)

Sat 14 July (7nts)

£725

ALEWW

Derbyshire Dales (pg 40)

Sat 16 June (7nts) Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£699 £699

DVEWW

Navigation Courses

Cotswolds (pg 42)

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£725

BNEWW

Exmoor (pg 44)

Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£725

SLEWW

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Sat 12 May (7nts) Sat 7 July (7nts)

£699 £699

HYEWW

Beginners’ Navigation: designed to introduce you to the basics and ideal for anyone with limited or no experience of navigating with map and compass. Practical exercises will cover relating the map to the ground, estimating distances and time, and planning a walk. Outdoor exercises will follow linear features such as footpaths, walls and streams.

Cornwall (pg 48)

Sat 26 May (7nts) Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£725 £725

SVEWW

Isle of Wight (pg 50)

Sat 11 Aug (7nts) Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£699 £699

FWEWW

Walking by Glen and Loch Walking in Scotland needn’t be strenuous. We’ll follow beautiful coastal and valley paths, perhaps on the Isle of Lismore, Loch Lochy and Ardgour. 6½ to 9 miles and up to 700ft of ascent each day.

Benefit from our experience by joining our highly acclaimed navigation courses in the friendly environment of our Country Houses. Whether you’re a family rambler, a walking group leader, a student of the WGL or ML schemes, or even an aspiring HF Holidays’ leader, our experienced instructors will teach you new skills and help build your confidence.

Next Step Navigation: aimed at those who have covered the basics and want to build on their skills. A more detailed look at maps and compass work will be included. We cover navigating in open countryside with tuition on walking on bearings and using navigation techniques such as aiming off and using attack points. Advanced Navigation: suitable for those who regularly use a map and compass and wish to develop their skills to navigate off the beaten track. We focus on utilising the finer details on a map and navigating using contour shapes. Most time will be spent navigating in open moorland and low mountains, predominantly away from footpaths.

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Western Highlands (pg 30)

Sat 9 June (7nts) Sat 13 Oct (7nts)

£699 £699

LLWBL

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Cotswolds (pg 42)

Fri 16 March (3nts) Fri 16 Nov (3nts)

£259 £259

BNNVB

Exmoor (pg 44)

Wed 4 July (3nts)

£275

SLNVB

South Downs (pg 52)

Wed 20 June (3nts)

£269

AWNVB

Lake District (pg 24)

Wed 27 June (3nts)

£275

DBNVN

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Fri 26 Oct (3nts)

£299

HYNVN

Sat 23 June (3nts)

£345

CNNVA

Beginners’ Navigation

Next Step Navigation

Advanced Navigation Lake District (pg 26)

Outdoors. Indoors. Active. Cultural. If you enjoy a mix of sightseeing, challenging walks and outdoor pursuits, see our Unmissable Britain holidays on page 74-81.

Navigation Courses

Walking with Sightseeing


Freedom Breaks

Freedom Breaks Many guests choose to join our Guided Walking holidays based at our Country Houses (see pages 18 – 53), but you may prefer the flexibility to make your own plans – in which case a Freedom Break is ideal for you.

Freedom Breaks Whether you’re staying with someone doing a walking or activity holiday, want to extend your holiday by a few days, or just want some time away, our Freedom Breaks offer flexibility and freedom. Stay at one of our Country Houses and use it as a base for independent sightseeing, walking or relaxing.

Low season Jan, Feb, March, Nov, Dec – excluding Christmas, New Year and Easter

Fri, Sat

£75 per night

Sun to Thurs

£69 per night

Mid season April, Oct

Fri, Sat

£85 per night

Sun to Thurs

£75 per night

High season May, June, July, Aug, Sept – plus Easter

Fri, Sat

£89 per night

Sun to Thurs

£85 per night

Information

• Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single room: £8 per night (£5 when booked before 31 December 2011) • Children (11 – 17) 50% discount, under 11’s free • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12-13) • Freedom Breaks are not covered by ABTOT arrangements • Non member associate fee: £5 per person • Please note that all dates at Dolgellau are priced at £89 per night

What you get: • Full Board accommodation at our charming Country Houses • Free Ordnance Survey Explorer Map with each booking • Detailed Freedom Break Guide containing information about local walks, museums and activities • At each Country House you’ll find a variety of maps, guidebooks and further information to help you discover the local area.

Freedom Breaks Taster sessions If there are other holidays running alongside your Freedom Break, you can join in for a special price of £20 per person per session for the first day (£40 per person per session on subsequent days). You don’t have to book ahead – you can decide when you get there.


HF Holidays has led the way in walking since 1913, but did you know we are also a leader in a vast range of activity breaks too, both in the UK and Europe?

Dancing Holidays covering 13 different dancing styles, all mixing tuition from experts with fun sessions to show off your new moves.

Photography From beginners to the more advanced, from landscapes through to cityscapes and wildlife photography.

Mind & Body De-stress. Relax. Tone up. Whether it’s Tai Chi, Yoga, or Pilates we have a break that is suitable for you.

For more information on these and other leisure activity breaks visit our website or see our Leisure Activities 2012 brochure.

Art & Crafts From beginners to the more advanced, from drawing to watercolour, from pastels to portraits, jewellery making and many in-between.

Music Making, Music Appreciation and Singing Listen. Sing. Play. From natural voice technique to exciting choral works, from ukulele to clarinet, everyone has a hidden musical ability just waiting to escape. Enjoy some of the greatest music in the world whilst staying in some of its most beautiful countryside.

Theatres and Festivals The thrill of live theatre. The inspiration of great musicians. The buzz of the festival. Hereford, Keswick, Buxton and Stratford-Upon-Avon are just a handful of the fine festival and drama venues you can enjoy with us.

Discovery Tours Good company. Great history. Gentle Strolls. A Discovery Tour is a sightseeing trip by mini-coach, seeking out the best views, the backroad gems, and towns and villages worth lingering in – in Britain and Europe.

British Heritage Discover the history of Britain. Heritage tours bring alive the characters that make history: their homes, their art, their industry as well as some breathtaking scenery.

Gardens Revel in the colour, variety and beauty of Britain and Europe’s finest gardens. Discover public and private gardens of outstanding quality.

Bridge We have holidays for everyone, from the beginner to the more experienced player. Our bridge and walking, and bridge and sightseeing holidays offer the ideal mix of outdoor activity during the day and bridge competitions at night.

Cooking & Culture From cooking and walking in Italy, to language holidays in France, Spain and Italy, and food lovers tours in the Cotswolds and Lake District, we have something for everybody.

Leisure Activities

Leisure Activities


Discovery Tours

Discovery Tours • Travel the back-roads of Britain by mini-coach • Expertly planned itineraries take you to the best scenery and places of interest • Knowledgeable leaders will share the area’s history and culture


Discover Britain at the following locations: Brecon Beacons: Wild hills, remote valleys and red kites. Cornwall: Mild climate, rugged coastline and wonderful fishing villages. Cotwolds: Green rolling countryside, honey-coloured stone villages and thatched cottages. Dartmoor: Lush rolling countryside contrasting with wild moorland. Derbyshire Dales: Beautiful limestone scenery, tranquil river valleys, and picturesque market towns. Exmoor: Unspoilt moorland, high sea cliffs and attractive villages. Isle of Arran: A beautiful island, described as ‘Scotland in miniature’. Isle of Wight: Charming island which has been home to smugglers, poets and royalty. Lake District – Conistonwater: Remarkable landscapes much admired by poets, writers and artists.

Dates & Prices Location

Dates

Price

Code

Brecon Beacons (pg 22)

Sat 5 May (7nts) Sat 7 July (7nts) Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

BRHCR

Cornwall (pg 48)

Sat 28 Apr (7nts) Sat 23 June (7nts) Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

SVHCR

Cotswolds (pg 42)

Sat 7 July (7nts) Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729

BNHCR

Dartmoor (pg 46)

Sat 19 May (7nts) Sat 30 June (7nts) Sat 8 Sept (7nts) Sat 6 Oct (6nts)

£729 £729 £729 £629

HYHCR

Derbyshire Dales (pg 40)

Sat 9 June (7nts) Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£729 £729

DVHCR

Exmoor (pg 44)

Sat 26 May (7nts) Sat 14 July (7nts) Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

SLHCR

Isle of Arran (pg 28)

Sat 23 June (7nts) Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£729 £729

ARHCR

Isle of Wight (pg 50)

Sat 5 May (7nts) Sat 16 June (7nts) Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

FWHCR

Lake District Conistonwater (pg 26)

Sat 12 May (7nts) Sat 2 June (7nts) Sat 7 July (7nts) Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729 £729

CNHCR

Lake District Derwentwater (pg 24)

Sat 12 May (7nts) Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£729 £729

DBHCR

Northumberland (pg 38)

Sat 9 June (7nts) Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729

ALHCR

North York Moors (pg 36)

Sat 26 May (7nts) Sat 14 July (7nts) Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

WYHCR

Scottish Highlands (pg 30)

Sat 5 May (7nts) Sat 21 July (7nts) Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

LLHCR

Southern Snowdonia (pg 18)

Sat 7 July (7nts) Sat 4 Aug (7nts) Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

DGHCR

Sussex (pg 52)

Sat 30 June (7nts) Sat 11 Aug (7nts) Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729

AWHCR

Yorkshire Dales Malhamdale (pg 32)

Sat 28 Apr (7nts) Sat 23 June (7nts) Sat 21 July (7nts) Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729 £729 £729

MDHCR

Yorkshire Dales Sedbergh (pg 34)

Sat 9 June (7nts) Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£729 £729

SDHCR

Lake District – Derwentwater: Rugged mountains and tranquil lakes of the Northern Lake District. Northumberland: Isolated and beautiful, with moorland, hills, rocky headlands and sandy beaches. North York Moors: Ruined abbeys, impressive coastline, open moorland and the beautiful Hambleton Hills. Scottish Highlands: Towering mountains, quiet lochs, magnificent views and historic houses. Southern Snowdonia: High mountains, glaciated valleys, pleasant villages and spectacular coastal scenery. Sussex: The attractive landscape and market towns of the new South Downs National Park. Yorkshire Dales – Malhamdale: Dramatic limestone pavements, beautiful villages and stunning waterfalls. Yorkshire Dales – Sedbergh: Explore the Yorkshire Dales, the Howgill Fells, and the aptly named Eden Valley.

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals included • A full programme of excursions and visits with a knowledgeable leader • Transport by mini-coach • Evening social activities

Information

• Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

For full dates, prices and itineraries please visit wwwhfholidays.co.uk or our Leisure Activities brochure.

You can combine any of our holidays to make a great two week break.

Your holiday in a nutshell • Generally we’ll spend the full day touring and visiting places of interest, leaving at 9.30am, and returning between 5 and 6pm • For maximum flexibility admissions are not included – allow £40-45. Please remember to bring your National Trust or English Heritage membership cards if you have them • These holidays all involve active sightseeing and you should expect to spend lots of time on your feet • Optional short strolls of up to about 1½ miles allow you to stretch your legs and see the best local scenery • On 7-night holidays we include one free day when you can explore independently

Discovery Tours

Discovery Tours are all about exploring the great British countryside. Travelling by mini-coach we’ll follow the back roads, reaching places that are sometimes inaccessible on a large coach. We stop to look at views, explore villages and market towns, plus a selection of museums, historic buildings and attractions. With our small groups and friendly leaders this is a great way to enjoy some of Britain’s most scenic areas.


UNDER 11’s GO FREE on UK walking holidays

“Excellent walks, food and social activities” David Spratt


Family holidays

Holidays for all the Family 10 great reasons to take a family break with HF Holidays Family-friendly accommodation at amazing Country Houses • Dedicated family weeks at 12 locations throughout the UK • Family rooms available • All meals included • Extensive grounds, ideal for energetic kids • Indoor or outdoor pools at many of our locations • Play zone areas just for kids • A great place to make new friends • Lots of activities to suit all ages • Great child discounts

What can you do?

Learn to Surf

Guided Walking

• On other days continue to practise (at additional cost) or join the guided walks

• Spend three full days with your surfing instructor

• More suited to older children and teenagers

• Minimum age 8 years. Under 11’s should be accompanied by an adult. You’ll need to be a competent swimmer

• Choice of up to 3 guided walks each day – brilliant for exploring • Easier walks from 5 miles to harder walks up to 13 miles. All walks led by experienced leaders • Fun sociable activities in the evenings to suit all ages – quizzes, rounders, treasure hunts and mini olympics

• Ideal for families with younger children and toddlers

• Play leaders organise activities for younger children before dinner and for the whole family after

“Good choice of walks to accommodate the whole family” Anne-Marie Killeen Under 11’s go FREE Under 11’s go free on Guided Walking and Guided Walking Plus holidays. 50% discount 11-17’s.

Multi-Activity Adventure • An action-packed holiday for children over 8 • Qualified instructors provide a fantastic range of adventure activities including climbing, abseiling, canoeing, archery, and caving plus games and activities in the evenings

Guided Walking Plus • Choice of up to 4 guided walks, including an extra short walk for little legs

• Adults and any younger children can enjoy a Guided Walking holiday at the same time

Family Cycling & Walking • A choice of safe cycle trails. Our guides look after everyone’s safety and enjoyment • No minimum age, but children must be accompanied by an adult (tag along and child seats available) • New location for 2012 – Freshwater Bay

Stage a Musical

NEW

NEW

• Enjoy the challenge of rehearsing and performing a musical show in a week. Learn songs, dance moves and music taught by an expert • Suitable for the whole family


Where can you go?

Brecon Beacons

Scottish Highlands Enjoy the lochside location, mountain backdrop and superb indoor swimming pool at Alltshellach. On Guided Walking bag a Munro, climb Ben Nevis and take a ferry to explore the Isle of Lismore. On the Multi-Activity Adventure holiday enjoy activities such as abseiling, canoeing, scrambling, archery and rock climbing. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£675

FREE

£337

LLBOF

Multi-Activity

Sat 28 July (7nts)

-

£297

£495

LLFMA

Isle of Arran Altachorvie boasts a beautiful island setting, with opportunities for seal spotting at Lamlash Bay. Scramble on Goatfell Ridge, walk highland glens and along the coast and visit ancient standing stones. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£675

FREE

£337

ARBOF

Nythfa House is located on the edge of Brecon, within easy reach of the National Park and has an indoor heated swimming pool and attractive gardens. Take a circular walk from the pretty town of Crickhowell with its castle and medieval bridge, climb Pen y Fan ridge and follow a route along the River Usk to Brecon. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£675

FREE

£337

BRBOF

Yorkshire Dales Newfield Hall is a splendid Country House with an indoor heated pool, located in the Yorkshire Dales National Park. On Guided Walking visit Malham Cove, tackle Gordale Scar, climb Pen-y-Ghent and follow part of the Dales Way to Grassington. On the Multi-Activity Adventure holiday enjoy activities such as caving, archery, canoeing and rock climbing. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Mon 13 Feb (4nts)

£329

FREE

£194

MDBCF

Guided Walking

Mon 2 April (4nts)

£389

FREE

£194

MDBOF

Multi-Activity

Mon 2 April (4nts)

-

£176

£339

MDFMA

Northern Lake District

North York Moors

Derwent Bank, located on the shores of Derwent Water is a great place to be active both on land and in the water. On Guided Walking tackle Helvellyn’s Striding Edge, stroll along Derwent Water’s shore and see Peter Rabbit’s Garden. On the Multi-Activity Adventure holiday enjoy activities such as climbing, abseiling, canoeing and archery.

Larpool Hall is ideally located on the edge of Whitby and close to the moorland and coastline of the North York Moors National Park. On Guided Walking take spectacular cliff top walks and climb Roseberry Topping. Younger children will enjoy a walk around Whitby and Pannett Park on the Guided Walking Plus holiday. Both holidays include walks through old fishing villages and a moorland walk to see the steam train at Goathland.

Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Mon 13 Feb (4nts)

£329

FREE

£194

DBBOF

Guided Walking

Sat 21 July (7nts)

£695

FREE

£347

DBBOF

Multi-Activity

Sat 21 July (7nts)

-

£297

£495

DBFMA

Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£675

FREE

£337

WYBOF

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 21 July (7nts)

£685

FREE

£342

WYFML

Dartmoor

Southern Lake District Monk Coniston offers amazing views of Coniston Water and the surrounding fells. Tackle the summit of Coniston Old Man, take a woodland walk to the beautiful Tarn Hows, spot copper mines and slate quarries. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Mon 2 April (4nts)

£389

FREE

£194

CNBOF

Guided Walking

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£675

FREE

£331

CNBOF

Moorlands House is located high on the moor below Haytor Rocks, with eight acres of grounds. Guided Walking will take you from the wilderness of Dartmoor to Oakhampton, visit Widecombe-in-the-Moor and follow the South Devon Coast Path to Plymouth. On the Multi-Activity Adventure holiday enjoy activities such as rock climbing, abseiling, gorge walking, canoeing and archery. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£675

FREE

£337

HYBOF

Multi-Activity

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

-

£297

£495

HYFMA

Guided Walking

Mon 22 Oct (4nts)

£389

FREE

£194

HYBOF

*All child prices are based on sharing with an adult. Children not sharing an adult’s room will be subject to a £50 surcharge per child per stay. A single room charge of £5 per child per night will be made where applicable.

Information

• Non member associate fee: £5 per adult


Family holidays

Exmoor Holnicote House is located at the heart of a 12,500 acre estate in the Exmoor National Park with an outdoor heated swimming pool and plenty of space for kids. On Guided Walking you can climb Selworthy Beacon, walk the South West Coast Path along high sea cliffs and look for red deer and wild ponies on the moor. Younger children on Guided Walking Plus will enjoy the coastal walk to Dunster Castle and the field and woodland paths from Watersmeet to Lynmouth. This house also provides an excellent base for our Stage a Musical holiday. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£699

FREE

£349

SLBOF

Stage a Musical

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£699

FREE

£349

SLFMB

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£699

FREE

£349

SLFML

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£699

FREE

£349

SLFML

Cornwall Chy Morvah, meaning house by the sea in Cornish, is located just a short walk from St. Ives and has an outdoor heated pool. On Guided Walking take the granite cliff walk to Land’s End and learn about mining, shipwrecks and smuggling on the Lizard Peninsula. Younger children on our Guided Walking Plus holiday will enjoy Lizard Green and the cliff path to Kynance Cove, the white sands of Porthcurno and the cove of Porthgwarra, as well as Tehidy Country Park. Learn how to catch and ride the waves on our Learn to Surf holiday. Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 21 July (7nts)

£699

FREE

£349

SVFML

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£699

FREE

£349

SVFML

Guided Walking

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£695

FREE

£347

SVBOF

Learn to Surf

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£799

£135

£465

SVFST

MEND A FA M LY • RECO MI

LY • RECO MI

Location

Recommend a family

MEND A FA M

If you’ve enjoyed a family holiday with us, why not recommend HF Holidays to other families you know? For each new family that book because of your recommendation, you will receive a £50 holiday voucher per adult. Please ask them to mention your name at the time of booking to qualify for the vouchers. It’s as simple as that! Plus, they will also receive £50 off their first booking per adult. Terms and conditions apply. See HF Holidays website or ask Reservations for more details. Remember all under 11’s go free and under 17’s are half price on our walking holidays.

Isle of Wight Freshwater Bay House is perfect for families, with extensive grounds, an outdoor pool and steps to the beach. On Guided Walking we will look for dinosaur footprints at Sheppards Chine and visit Alum Bay with its coloured sands. Younger children, on our Guided Walking Plus holiday, will enjoy walking down the promenade to the seaside town of Ventnor on to the castle at Carisbrooke. Both holidays include the cliff top path to Tennyson Down. The island also offers excellent safe cycling for our Cycling & Walking holiday. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Guided Walking

Fri 6 April (7nts)

£625

FREE

£312

FWBOF

Guided Walking

Fri 6 April (4nts)

£465

FREE

£232

FWBOF

Guided Walking

Tues 10 April (3nts)

£249

FREE

£124

FWBOF

Guided Walking

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£675

FREE

£337

FWBOF

Guided Walking

Sat 2 June (4nts)

£459

FREE

£229

FWBOF

Guided Walking

Wed 6 June (3nts)

£269

FREE

£134

DVFMC

Cycling & Walking

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£695

£49

£354

FWFMC

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 21 July (7nts)

£685

FREE

£342

FWFML

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£685

FREE

£342

FWFML

Guided Walking Plus

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£685

FREE

£342

FWFML

Derbyshire Dales Newton House is located at the heart of the Derbyshire Dales and the Peak District National Park, an ideal location for cycling and walking. Location

Dates

Adult

Under 11*

11-17*

Code

Cycling & Walking

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£695

£49

£354

DVFMC


Unmissable Britain

“Our first HF Holidays’ break, and it was beyond expectations” Joan & John McGuinness Unmissable Highlands


Outdoors. Indoors. Active. Cultural.

Unmissable Britain holidays are based at our Country Houses (see pages 18 – 53). Delicious local produce will give a true taste of the region – Herdwick lamb in the Lake District, venison in the Western Highlands. Meal timings and locations are flexible to fit in with the day’s activities and could include a pre-theatre picnic or dinner in a local restaurant.

Would you like a holiday with flexibility and variety? Do you want to explore the landscape, heritage and culture of some of Britain’s most outstanding regions? You can with our Unmissable Britain holidays.

Sociable evenings could include a professional local speaker, a tasting of local foods, a ghost trail or theatre visit – or just enjoy a chat in the bar if you prefer.

You design your own holiday from the choices we have on offer each day, so you can be as active or relaxed as you like:

Great value

• Walking – great guided walks from the challenging to more gentle strolls

• Transport to and from all

• Full Board programmed walks, activities and visits

• Heritage – enjoy the best of the area’s historic buildings and culture • High energy activities – try mountain biking, caving or even white water rafting

• Relaxation – take a leisurely lake cruise, browse the shops or enjoy a local beauty spot

• Socialise – varied sociable evenings at the Country House and nights out at the best local events • We offer walks and activities on all 6 days of a 7-night holiday

The key is flexibility Half days, full days, an evening out, some later starts, high energy, take it easy. Every holiday is different. Each has its own unique character and facilities, but you’re guaranteed a warm welcome and outstanding hospitality everywhere. Your holiday. Your choice.

• Resident walk guides and sociable evening events

• Full use of all the Country House facilities

Optional charges allow you to choose from a wide range of visits and activities. For more information about each week’s activities visit www.hfholidays.co.uk or contact Reservations

Unmissable Britain

Unmissable Britain


Unmissable Britain

Highlands

Holiday Highlights • Magnificent hill walking and spectacular coasts • Mull, Iona, the “Road to the Isles” and Skye • The UK “outdoor adventure capital” • Castles, Gaelic culture and wildlife

Holiday options The Highlands are about the Great Outdoors and stupendous scenery. From our base in Glen Coe we transport you to our Unmissable locations and let you design your own holiday with a choice of walking, heritage, activities or relaxation on all 6 days of our 7-night holidays. High energy days, whether on foot, bike or sea kayak can be complemented by gentler options featuring perhaps wildlife or heritage.

Activities Tackle a high-wire adventure course* for a personal challenge with a difference on a 100m zip wire. Mountain biking* is at its best on the Nevis Range forest trails or on the West Highland Way. Try the thrill of white-water rafting* on the River Garrry. Other active options include ice climbing* at the Kinlochleven Ice Factor, horse riding* across the sands near Castle Stalker or a round of golf* or sea-kayaking* from Arisaig. Relax The indoor swimming pool and spa pool at Alltshellach offer relaxation with magnificent views. Stroll around the small fishing port of Mallaig or take a wildlife-spotting cruise* on stunning Loch Shiel. Some of the days will finish at a walker’s pub such as the famous Clachaig Inn in Glen Coe. After a great day on Mull we will eat out in Oban. * Optional activities at additional cost

Walking Join a guided walk up Ben More on the Isle of Mull or a more gentle walk along the dazzling shoreline of Iona. Other options include the beautiful island of Lismore or a short high level walk on Aonach Mor, reached by gondola cable car. Challenging full days take in Ben Nevis or the Ballachulish Horseshoe. Follow part of the route of the Great Glen Way or walk into the awesome Lost Valley in Glen Coe. Heritage On the Achnacarry Estate visit the 17th century croft which houses the Clan Cameron Museum*. Make a sightseeing trip to the iconic Urquhart Castle* on the shores of Loch Ness. Take the ferry* from Mallaig to Skye and visit the Clan Donald Centre*, Armadale Castle* and Museum of the Isles*. From Mull it’s a short ferry ride to Iona* to visit the famous Abbey*.

Dates & Prices - LLUMB

Accommodation Alltshellach

You’ll stay at Alltshellach (page 30), close to Glen Coe, a former bishop’s palace in a spectacular setting. Following extensive refurbishment it has 36 en-suite bedrooms and a magnificent indoor swimming pool and spa pool.

Dates

Price

Sat 7 July (7nts)

£725

Sat 7 July (4nts)

£479

Wed 11 July (3nts)

£289

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£725

Sat 11 Aug (4nts)

£479

Wed 15 Aug (3nts)

£289

Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

£725

Sat 8 Sept (4nts)

£479

Wed 12 Sept (3nts)

£289

Prices Include: • Full Board • Transport to and from programmed walks, activities and visits • Resident walk guides

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person


Unmissable Britain

Exmoor Holiday Highlights • Moorland, valley and superb coastal walking • Dunster - medieval village and castle; Lorna Doone country • Horse riding, canoeing and wildlife watching • Exciting boat trip to Lundy Island

Holiday options Exmoor ponies, the highest sea cliffs in Britain, chocolate box villages; there’s nowhere else like it. From our country estate at the heart of the National Park we reach out to some Unmissable locations with a choice of walking, activities, heritage or relaxation on all 6 days of our 7-night holidays. Design your own holiday from the choices on offer: a wildlife safari by Jeep, horse riding or full-day walks can be complemented by visits to castles, market towns or beaches.

Activities Join an off road jeep safari* to explore the National Park. You can enjoy horse riding* on the moors or interaction with birds at the Exmoor Owl and Hawk Centre*. Take to the water at Wimbleball Lake by canoe*, kayak*, dinghy*, rowing boat* or windsurf*. Alternatively have a go at fishing* or visit the nature reserve. One evening, take the opportunity to go out and spot bats at dusk*. Relax Relax in the extensive gardens of Holnicote House with its heated outdoor pool, and enjoy an evening barbecue in the grounds. Gift shops, cafés, pubs and pretty villages and towns on the coast and inland are a delight to explore. In Ilfracombe spend the day at Tunnel Beaches before enjoying an evening meal at one of the restaurants in the town. * Optional activities at additional cost

Walking Take an energetic walk from Holnicote to Dunster via the highest point on Exmoor, Dunkery Beacon. Visit the thatched village of Selworthy, ascend Selworthy Beacon and follow the coastline to Porlock. Follow the high sea cliffs on part of the South West Coast Path and visit the spectacular Valley of Rocks. There’s a choice of walks around the seaside resort of Ilfracombe. Enjoy a Lorna Doone themed walk. Heritage Explore Dunster and visit the castle*, watermill* and chocolate shop or enjoy the town trail. Travel on the West Somerset Railway* to Minehead. Visit the market town of Dulverton and explore the National Park Visitor Centre. From Ilfracombe, head out on an unforgettable voyage to Lundy Island, famous for its puffins and the haunt of pirates for centuries.

Dates & Prices - SLUMB

Accommodation Holnicote House

You’ll stay at Holnicote House (page 44), a superb National Trust property at the heart of the extensive Holnicote Estate on Exmoor. This historic building is peacefully located in extensive gardens with a heated outdoor pool.

Dates

Price

Sat 23 June (7nts)

£745

Sat 23 June (4nts)

£489

Wed 27 June (3nts)

£309

Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£745

Prices Include: • Full Board • Transport to and from programmed walks, activities and visits • Resident walk guides

Information

• Twin / double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details


Unmissable Britain

Cotswolds

Holiday Highlights • Easy walking, pony trekking and cycling • Medieval architecture, golden stone and charming villages • Shakespeare, Churchill, and the Romans

Holiday options Gently rolling countryside, pretty villages, historic towns and lots of culture. From our Country House in Bourton-on-the-Water we take you to our Unmissable locations and let you design your own holiday with a choice of walking, activities, heritage or relaxation on all 6 days. Visits to Oxford, Gloucester, Bath or the RSC theatre at Stratford can be complemented by full or half-day walks or cycling along country lanes. Walking Walk to Painswick, “The Queen of the Cotswolds”, and explore the town, famous for its Rococo Gardens. A full day guided walk along the Oxfordshire Way takes you through the estate of Blenheim Palace and into Woodstock. Follow a route through charming honey-coloured stone villages into Chipping Campden. Walk the final section of the Cotswold Way to Bath.

Activities Explore the local area on a cycle ride* from Bourton-on-the Water. Take a trip to the Cotswold Falconry Centre* and interact with the birds of prey and watch flying demonstrations in the Owl Woods or explore the Batsford Arboretum* with its unique collection of rare trees and shrubs. The Cotswold Farm Park* made famous as Adam’s Farm on BBC Countryfile specialises in conservation of rare breeds and unusual farm animals and is a great place to visit. Relax Gloucester Quays has many fascinating shops to explore or take a cruise* on the canal. Relax on a boat* on the River Avon in Stratford before enjoying a meal there, watching a performance at the Royal Shakespeare Company* or socialising for the evening in Stratford’s pubs and bars along the riverside. Pamper yourself at Bath’s modern Thermae Bath Spa* using the city’s famous natural warm springs. Experience the history of Bourtonon-the-Water by night, on a ghost trail* of the village. * Optional activities at additional cost

Heritage From Roman ruins through to the modern Quay there is much to see and do in Gloucester, including the Waterways Museum* and the historic docks. Visit the world-famous university city of Oxford and enjoy a guided tour to learn about its history or one of the most awe-inspiring stately homes of Britain, Blenheim Palace*, birthplace of Winston Churchill. Spend the afternoon in Stratford-upon-Avon, birthplace of William Shakespeare, with the opportunity to visit its many 16th century properties. The vibrant and historic city of Bath has many museums to explore as well as the hugely popular and fascinating Roman Baths*. Enjoy a talk from a local author about the writers and artists of the Cotswolds.

Accommodation Harrington House

You’ll stay at Harrington House (page 42) in Bourtonon-the-Water, both of real historical interest. There are 23 en-suite bedrooms in the main building and in adjacent cottages.

Dates & Prices - BNUMB Dates

Price

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£745

Prices Include: • Full Board • Transport to and from programmed walks, activities and visits • Resident walk guides

Information

• Twin / double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person


Unmissable Britain

Brecon Beacons

Holiday Highlights • Mountain and valley walking, caving and pony trekking • World Heritage industrial trails and ancient castles • Cardiff waterside, waterfalls, showcaves

Holiday options This holiday offers World Heritage sites, fine mountain ridge walking and vibrant capital city culture. From our Country House in Brecon we transport you to our Unmissable locations with a choice of walking, activities, heritage or relaxation on all 6 days of our 7-night holidays. Full day walks, caving, watersports or indoor climbing can be complemented by gentler options visiting the Showcaves of Wales, descending a coal mine or taking a swim and massage. Walking Get an insight into the fascinating history of the Welsh Marches on a full day guided ridge walk in the Black Mountains. A shorter walk takes in the market town of Crickhowell which nestles at the foot of the Black Mountains. Other choices include a direct ascent of Sugar Loaf or a walk to the top of the highest summit in the Brecon Beacons, Pen y Fan. Waterfall Country has four rivers interspersed with dramatic waterfalls and cascades and we can enjoy a full day or half-day walk here.

Activities Try an introduction to caving*. Enjoy the spectacular National Showcaves for Wales* at Dan yr Ogof. Cycle* around the barrage at Cardiff bay, walk the Bay area or try out an activity at the International White Water Centre*. Llangorse Lake will give you an activity-full morning with watersports* and kayaking* or take part in muddy scrambles*, indoor climbing* or an aerial zip wire course* at the activity centre*. From Brecon you can head off on mountain bikes* to explore the area independently. Relax Book a massage at The Retreat* or enjoy a swim in the indoor pool at Nythfa House. In cosmopolitan Cardiff enjoy world-class shopping in historic arcades or relax in bars and cafes before an evening meal at a waterside restaurant and a chance to enjoy the nightlife. Take the morning to visit the Penderyn Distillery*, the only distillery in Wales, producing whisky and a range of spirits. The bar at Nythfa House itself stocks a wide range of Welsh drinks – from beer, to spirits, to wine. * Optional activities at additional cost

Heritage The UNESCO World Heritage Site of Blaenavon shows a fascinating insight into the boom and bust of the mining in South Wales. For a more hands on approach descend the Big Pit Coal Mining Museum and experience the life of a miner. Cardiff Castle* is a fascinating attraction and offers the National Museum and the Cardiff Story. Visit the Craig-y-Nos Country Park and Penwyllt or Tretower Court and Castle*.

Dates & Prices - BRUMB

Accommodation Nythfa House

You’ll stay at Nythfa House (page 22) in Brecon at the heart of the national park. You can relax in the attractive gardens or in the conservatory, or make use of the indoor swimming pool. There are 31 en-suite bedrooms in the main House and in the grounds, together with a comfortable lounge and bar.

Dates

Price

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£725

Wed 6 June (3nts)

£289

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£725

Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£725

Sat 1 Sept (4nts)

£479

Wed 5 Sept (3nts)

£289

Prices Include: • Full Board • Transport to and from programmed walks, activities and visits • Resident walk guides

Information

• Twin / double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night if booked before 31 December 2011) • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night – contact Reservations for details


Unmissable Britain

Fell and Dale

Holiday Highlights • Lush green dales, limestone landscapes and wide empty valleys • Market towns, historic buildings and arts centres • Settle to Carlisle Railway, High Cup Nick and Ingleborough

Holiday options The Yorkshire Dales are renowned for their patchwork of green valleys, villages and hills. From our base at Sedbergh we transport you to our Unmissable locations and let you design your own holiday with a choice of walking, activities, heritage or relaxation each day. High energy days on foot, mountain bike, horse or going underground caving can be complemented by gentler options on town trails, historic railways, bird watching or visiting a famous creamery.

Activities Go horse riding* on the Howgills or enjoy self-guided cycle hire* on the Pennine Bridleway and in the Eden Valley on quiet country lanes. Visit the longest show cave in Britain at White Scar Caves* or learn the basics on an introductory session on caving* in the Yorkshire Dales. The RSPB Leighton Moss Nature Reserve* is a must for bird-watching. Relax Visit Hawes, famous for Wallace and Gromit and its Wensleydale cheese creamery. There you can enjoy sampling a variety of cheeses and perhaps take a tour*. One evening we will go out for dinner and visit the Brewery Arts Centre* in Kendal or The Dukes open air theatre* in Lancaster. * Optional activities at additional cost

Walking The wild Howgills offer great all day or half-day guided walks with views into the Lake District and Yorkshire Dales National Parks. High above White Scar Cave we can climb Ingleborough, and then head to the famous Ribblehead Viaduct. Walk around the famous Ingleton Waterfalls or ascend the peak of Whernside. Follow the routes Lady Anne Clifford took to visit her castles in the old county of Westmoreland. Explore High Cup Nick, a spectacular glacial valley high on the Pennines. Heritage Visit Farfield Mill Arts and Heritage Centre with galleries and a café. Dent also has a heritage centre, cobbled streets and traditional pubs, one of which is the tap-house for the nearby Dent Brewery. Explore Appleby, a picturesque market town with Lady Anne Clifford’s Castle, or Kirkby Stephen with its “poetry path”. Visit the amazing topiary gardens* at Levens Hall. Travel by train from Dent to Appleby on the historic Settle to Carlisle Railway.

Dates & Prices - SDUMB Dates

Price

Sat 12 May (7nts)

£725

Sat 12 May (4nts)

£479

Wed 16 May (3nts)

£289

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£725

Thorns Hall

Sat 4 Aug (4nts)

£479

You’ll stay at Thorns Hall (page 34), a manor house dating from 1535, which retains its historic charm. Located just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of Sedbergh, it offers lovely views and great walks from the door.

Wed 8 Aug (3nts)

£289

Accommodation

Prices Include: • Full Board • Transport to and from programmed walks, activities and visits • Resident walk guides

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person


Holiday Highlights • World famous hill walking, mountain biking, lake cruises • Wordsworth, Beatrix Potter, Ruskin • Helvellyn, Langdale Pikes, Grasmere, Windermere

Holiday options The Lake District is an outstanding area to visit with its lakes, mountains and a huge variety of attractions. From our historic base on the shores of Coniston Water we take you to the very best of them and let you design your own holiday with a choice of walking, activities, heritage or relaxation on all 6 days of our 7-night holidays. High energy days on foot, water, or a high wire can be complemented by gentler options featuring museums, industrial heritage, gardens and villages.

Unmissable Britain

Lakeland

Activities A choice of kayaking*, canoeing*, gorge walking* or abseiling* will get the adrenaline going. Grizedale Forest offers Go Ape! high wire adventure* or you can follow many of the trails in the forest on a mountain bike*. Horse riding* is available for all abilities. Relax The bustling town of Ambleside is a must for outdoor equipment shops and Grasmere is a charming village famous for gingerbread. Boat trips* include cruising across Lake Windermere and on Coniston Water. Holehird Gardens* are a delight with a great variety of plants. A tour and meal at the much photographed Beatrix Potter’s Yew Tree Farm with food sourced from the farm is a highlight of the holiday. Enjoy a walk and talk from an expert dry stone waller. * Optional activities at additional cost

Walking Join a full day guided mountain walk ascending the iconic Langdale Pikes or take a half-day stroll on the Cumbria Way. Spend a challenging day on the Fairfield Horseshoe or take in views of the fells and Grasmere from Loughrigg Terrace. Climb the “unmissable” peak of Helvellyn in a half-day with time to explore Grasmere afterwards. For many walkers no visit to the Lake District would be complete without climbing the highest summit in England, Scafell Pike, finishing at the Wasdale Head Inn for a meal. Other options include a section of the Cumbria Coastal Way, climbing Coniston Old Man or exploring the Coppermines Valley. Heritage Enjoy visits to Grasmere, famous for Dove Cottage*, home of William Wordsworth, and to Brantwood*, the striking lakeside home of John Ruskin. See the industrial heritage and stunning landscape of the Coppermines Valley at Coniston and at the foot of the Old Man. Spend time in Hawkshead, a medieval village now famous for its connections to Beatrix Potter. The Lakeside and Haverthwaite Railway* will take you back in time as will the Lakeland Motor Museum* which has a special feature dedicated to Donald Campbell and Bluebird.

Dates & Prices - CNUMB

Accommodation Monk Coniston

You’ll stay at Monk Coniston (page 26), an historic National Trust property complete with minstrels’ gallery and ornate public rooms. It is in the heart of the national park and has glorious views of Coniston Water and the surrounding fells.

Dates

Price

Sat 9 June (7nts)

£725

Sat 9 June (4nts)

£479

Wed 13 June (3nts)

£289

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£725

Prices Include: • Full Board • Transport to and from programmed walks, activities and visits • Resident walk guides

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Value rooms discounted by up to £8 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person


Contents

Page

Guided Trails Furness Way Cumbria Way St Oswald’s Way The Best of Hadrian’s Wall Highlights of the Reivers Way NEW Coast to Coast Eskdale Way Cleveland Way Herriot Way A Dales Walk Dales Way West Highland Way Highlights of Arran’s Coast Great Glen Way Cambrian Way South Usk Valley Walk Pembrokeshire Coast Path Thames Path Cotswold Way Limestone Way Highlights of the Dartmoor Way South Downs Way Sussex Ouse Valley Way Somerset & Devon Coast Path Coleridge Way North Cornwall Coast Path South Cornwall Coast Path Isle of Wight Coast Path Jersey Coast Path Camino de Santiago Cathar Crossing Tour du Mont Blanc Tramuntana Trail Grande Anello Cinque Terre Coast Path Amalfi Coast Path

83 83 84 85 85 86 86 87 88 88 89 90 90 91 92 92 93 94 94 95 95 96 96 97 97 98 98 99 99 100 100 101 102 102 103 103

Guided Trail Holidays Great Value Our price includes: • Comfortable accommodation in our own HF Holidays’ Country Houses or carefully selected small hotels and guesthouses. Quality is important – we look for comfortable rooms, good food and a friendly welcome • We arrange luggage transfers, and any journeys between your route and accommodation • All our guided trails are accompanied by an experienced guide

West Highland Way Great Glen Way Cumbria Way Highlights of Arran’s Coast

Best of Hadrian’s Wall

Highlights of the Reivers Way St Oswald’s Way

Furness Way A Dales Walk Herriot Way Limestone Way

Cinque Terre Coast Path

Dales Way Cambrian Way South Usk Valley Walk

Pembrokeshire Coast Path

Tour du Mont Blanc

Coast to Coast Cleveland Way Eskdale Way

Cotswold Way Thames Path

Cathar Crossing Camino de Santiago Tramuntana Trail

Somerset & North Devon Coast Path Coleridge Way North Cornwall Coast Path South Cornwall Coast Path

Jersey Coast Path

South Downs Way Sussex Ouse Valley Way Isle of Wight Coast Path Highlights of the Dartmoor Way

Grande Anello Amalfi Coast Path


Guided Trails in Britain

Furness Way

Cumbria Way

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Cross the old Furness region of Lancashire from Morecambe Bay to the Irish Sea

• Walk the length of Cumbria from Carlisle to Ulverston

• Walk through the rolling outlying fells of the southern Lake District

• Picturesque southern lakes of Elterwater, Tarn Hows and Coniston Water

• Descend through beautiful Eskdale to the sea at Ravenglass

Itinerary

Accommodation

76 miles. 11 to 14 miles and up to 2,900ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Morecambe Bay at Arnside to Sizergh Castle and Brigsteer. 3. panoramic views over the southern Lake District from Whitbarrow Fell to Lindale. 4. through limestone countryside to Greenodd. 5. along the fells above Coniston Water to Monk Coniston. 6. follow the Walna Scar Pass through Coniston Fells to Dunnerdale, and to Eskdale. 7. along beautiful Eskdale and over Muncaster Fell to the sea at Ravenglass. 8. departure day.

Monk Coniston

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Conistonwater (see page 26).

Dates & Prices - CNLFW

• The superb scenery of Derwent Water and Borrowdale

Itinerary

Accommodation Derwent Bank & Monk Coniston

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Derwentwater for 4 nights, (see page 24), and Conistonwater for 3 nights, (see page 26).

Dates & Prices - DBLCA

Sat 28 April (7nts)

£619

Date

Price

Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£699

Sat 23 June (7nts)

£725

Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£725

Carlisle

er

Price

Riv

Date

72 miles. 9 to 14 miles and up to 2,000ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Carlisle along the Caldew Valley to Sebergham. 3. over rolling hills to picturesque Caldbeck and through the Northern Fells to Mosedale. 4. around the slopes of Skiddaw to Keswick and Derwent Bank. 5. beside Derwent Water into the Borrowdale valley, branching at Rosthwaite and Langstrath to cross the fells to Langdale. 6. wooded valleys and lakes past Elterwater and Tarn Hows to Coniston Water. 7. over rolling open fells to Ulverston. 8. departure day.

en

Sebergham Caldbeck

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Scafell Pike

sk

Ambleside

Boot

The Old Man

9

CONISTONWATER Windermere

Coniston Top o’ Selside

Furness Abbey

<

ide

IRISH SEA

Ellers

Greenodd

Cartmel

Kendal Brigsteer

9 Sizergh Castle Witherslack t

Seathwaite

Lindale Arnside

r Ken

Ravenglass

RE

Rive

Muncaster Castle

R Duddon

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Ed

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Kirkby Lonsdale

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

High Pike Mosedale

Cockermouth Skiddaw

Blencathra Keswick

DERWENTWATER St Bees Head

Catbells

Rosthwaite

Scafell Pike Lang

da

Coniston

IRISH SEA

Sunny Bank

le

Elterwater Ambleside Windermere

CONISTONWATER

Gawthwaite Broughton Beck Furness Abbey

<

Ulverston


Guided Trails in Britain

St Oswald’s Way

Complete Trail

Accommodation Nether Grange

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Alnmouth (see page 38).

Holiday Highlights • Celebrate St Oswald, the King of Northumbria, one of the great figures of Northumbrian history in the early 7th century

• Stunning Northumberland coast from Holy Island south to Warkworth and inland across beautiful countryside to Hadrian’s Wall • Choose between the contrasting coastal and inland sections or tackle the complete route in a challenging but rewarding week

Holy Island Bamburgh Seahouses

Wooler

NORTH SEA Craster Alnwick ln

River A

Ri

ve

rC

N

0

5 miles

oq

Rothbury

ue

ALNMOUTH Warkworth

t

Kirkwhelpington

Heavenfield Hexham

River Tyne

Morpeth

Coastal Section

Dates & Prices Complete Trail Date ALLOW

Price

Sat 23 June (7nts)

£725

Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£725

Coastal Section Date ALLOC

Price

Sat 19 May (7nts)

£725

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£725

Inland Section Date ALLOI

Price

Sat 26 May (7nts)

£725

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£725

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

10

97 miles. 13½ to 19 miles and up to 1,075ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. Holy Island to Bamburgh via Belford. 3. along the coast to Dunstanburgh Castle and Craster. 4. past Alnmouth to Warkworth. 5. inland along the River Coquet to Rothbury. 6. good views on the way to Kirkwhelpington. 7. rolling countryside to Hadrian’s Wall and west to end at Heavenfield. 8. departure day.

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

46½ miles. 6 to 11½ miles and up to 575ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Holy Island to Swinhoe Farm. 3. to Bamburgh via Belford. 4. from Bamburgh, past Beadnell, to Low Newton-by-the-Sea. 5. free day to explore or walk independently. 6. on to Dunstanburgh Castle, Craster and Alnmouth. 7. around the estuary to Warkworth. 8. departure day.

Inland Section 50½ miles. 7 to 12½ miles and up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Warkworth to Weldon Bridge along the River Coquet. 3. through Rothbury and on to Lordenshaws. 4. over moorland and through forest to Kirkwhelpington. 5. free day to explore or walk independently. 6. southwards to Great Whittington. 7. along Hadrian’s Wall to Heavenfield. 8. departure day.


Guided Trails in Britain

NEW

The Best of Hadrian’s Wall

Highlights of the Reivers Way

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Travel through the centuries walking the best preserved sections of Hadrian’s Wall

• Cross the rich green fields and rugged crags of Northumberland National Park

• Celebrate the fascinating history of the notorious Border Reivers • Walk the best sections of this trail between Elsdon and Alnmouth • Rolling Northumberland moorland, the Cheviot Hills and spectacular coastline

• Visit world famous forts and museums

You’ll stay at the welcoming Centre of Britain Hotel in Haltwhistle.

Dates & Prices - XHLDW Date

Price

Sun 13 May (6nts)

£645

Sun 17 June (6nts)

£645

Sun 22 July (6nts)

£645

Sun 2 Sept (6nts)

£645

Sun 16 Sept (6nts)

£645

44 miles. 7½ to 10 miles and up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk from Brampton to Gilsland, visiting Lanercost Priory and Birdoswald Fort. 3. an exhilarating walk across the moors, to Once Brewed. 4. the most dramatic section of the route across the rugged outcrop of Whin Sill, with the opportunity to visit the Roman forts at Housesteads and Vindolanda. 5. over Sewingshields Crags to Chollerford. 6. walk to the old Roman town of Corbridge via Aydon Castle. 7. departure day. Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days • Transfers to and from Haltwhistle station on request

Information

• Single room: £25 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person Ri

ve

or

thing

Ir River

Birdoswald

9

Carlisle

< Lanercost Priory

9

9 Vindolanda

River

de

rE

Tyne

ve Ri

South

BRAMPTON

Housesteads

Thirlwall Castle Once Brewed

9 Gilsland

rN

Haltwhistle

th

Itinerary

Accommodation

Itinerary

Accommodation

Ty n

e

Newcastle upon Tyne

Chollerford

9 Chesters Hexham

9 CORBRIDGE

Nether Grange

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Alnmouth (see page 38).

Dates & Prices - ALLRW Date

Price

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£725

Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£725

63 miles. 11 to 14 miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Elsdon, over the Simonside Hills to Rothbury. 3. follow the River Coquet through pretty Northumberland villages to Alwinton. 4. from Wooler pass spectacular rock formations and join the coast path to beautiful Budle Bay. 5. free day to explore or walk independently 6. along striking coastline from Waren Mill to Low Newton. 7. past Dunstanburgh Castle and Craster to Alnmouth. 8. departure day.

Holy Island

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Waren Mill

Bamburgh

Wooler Low Newton

SCOTLAND

Dunstanburgh Alnwick Alwinton

ALNMOUTH Rothbury

Elsdon

ENGLAND

n


Guided Trails in Britain

Coast to Coast

Eskdale Way

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Cross England from St Bees to Robin Hood’s Bay

• The wild open moor with fine views of the Esk Valley

• Journey through three of Britain’s National Parks: Lake District, Yorkshire Dales and North York Moors

• Typical Yorkshire moors villages of Lealholm and Grosmont

Date

Price

Fri 4 May (15nts)

£1,459

Fri 15 June (15nts)

£1,459

Fri 20 July (15nts)

£1,459

Fri 17 Aug (15nts)

£1,459

Fri 14 Sept (15nts)

£1,459

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days

Information

• Non member associate fee: £5 per person Riv Ri

ve

rU

re

<

Robin Hood’s Bay Goathland

Scarborough

9

WHITBY

Egton Bridge

e dg

<

NORTH SEA

River Esk

Ri

YORKSHIRE DALES

Staithes

Commondale Danby Ruswarp Grosmont

ey

R

Lim

YORK MOORS

• Twin/double premium Roseberry Topping rooms: £5 per person Kildale per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

les

e

r ive

Bedale

ale

e or

M

Ba

Leyburn

<

Information

ale

y

be

m ca

9

Bainbridge

Sw

IRISH SEA

Hawes

< NORTH Osmotherley er Riv

Kirkby Lonsdale

9

Saltburnby-the-sea

a sd

Sedbergh

Great Broughton

Richmond

Reeth

ROBIN HOOD’S BAY

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

rnd

Ambleside

Whitby

£699

an

ST BEES

Darlington

Kirkby Stephen

£699

Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

Fa

Grasmere<

Sat 19 May (7nts)

Br

v

Price

ak

n

e Ed

Ri

NORTH er Tee s Shap PENNINES

Date

Bl

NORTH SEA

er

LAKE Keswick DISTRICT

Dates & Prices - WYLEX

Helmsley

ale

Dates & Prices - ZELDW

82 miles. 12 to 16 miles and up to 2,800ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. along the Esk, before ascending through the woods to Goathland. 3. follow part of the Lyke Wake Walk and moorland trails to Egton Bridge. 4. over the high moors to Blakey Ridge. 5. along the disused ironstone tramway around Farndale and then down to the River Esk at Kildale. 6. follow the river to Commondale and Danby. 7. a grand final day takes us along the Esk Valley, past the villages of Glaisdale, Egton Bridge and Ruswarp, to Whitby Harbour. 8. departure day.

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Whitby (see page 36).

Fylingdales Moor

tond

192 miles. 9 to 17 miles per day with one day of 21 miles. Daily ascents of between 1,000ft and 2,400ft. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from St Bees towards the Lake District. 3. along Ennerdale Water to Borrowdale. 4. a beautiful walk to Grasmere. 5. through the Helvellyn range to Patterdale. 6. Kidsty Pike and along Haweswater to Shap. 7. through the fells to Kirkby Stephen. 8. over the Pennine watershed to Keld. 9. Yorkshire Dales National Park to Reeth. 10. along Swaledale to Richmond. 11. across the pastoral Vale of York. 12. enter the North York Moors. 13. along the escarpment to Blakey. 14. across moors to Grosmont. 15. a memorable last day to Robin Hood’s Bay. 16. departure day.

You’ll stay in comfortable guesthouses, partner hotels and an HF Holidays’ Country House on or near the route.

Itinerary

Accommodation Larpool Hall

Itinerary

Accommodation

• Picturesque Goathland, home to TV series Heartbeat

New

• Enjoy international camaraderie on the UK’s most popular long distance trail

Pickering

Scarborough


Trail Walking Guided Trails in in Britain Britain

Cleveland Way

Complete Trail

Accommodation Larpool Hall

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Whitby (see page 36).

Holiday Highlights • The Cleveland Way is a superb showcase for the stunning moorland and coastal scenery of the North York Moors National Park

• Choose between the contrasting coastal and inland sections, or tackle the complete route in a challenging but rewarding week

• Extensive views from the moors escarpment and Roseberry Topping

• Magnificent cliff-top walking on the North Sea coast Saltburn-bythe-sea NORT Skinningrove SEA Skelton Staithes Runswick bay Guisborough Slapewath Bridge Roseberry Topping

H

WHITBY

Kildale

Beacon Hill

le

Sutton Bank

Rievaulx Abbey

ale

a nsd

Sneck Yate Bank Top

rnd

Fa

Bra

Osmotherley

<

Cold Kirby

9 Helmsley

sk

Grosmont Fylingdales Moor

Robin Hood’s Bay Ravenscar

Scarborough Cayton Bay

Pickering Filey rwent

River De

Coastal Section

Sat 16 June (7nts)

£699

Inland Section Date WYLCF

Price

52 miles. 9 to 13 miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. to the coast and along the cliffs to Staithes. 3. past Runswick Bay and Sandsend to Whitby. 4. tremendous coastal scenery to Robin Hood’s Bay and Ravenscar. 5. free day to explore or walk independently. 6. along the coast path to Scarborough. 7. around the final headland to Filey. 8. departure day.

Sat 9 June (7nts)

£699

Inland Section

Dates & Prices Complete Trail Date WYLCD

Price

Fri 4 May (7nts)

£699

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£699

Coastal Section Date WYLCS

Price

Cloughton Wyke

ale

<

er E

Round Hill

Newtond

Riv

Hasty Bank Mount Grace Priory

<

Danby

108 miles. 15 to 20½ miles and up to 3,200ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. Helmsley to Osmotherley. 3. across the Cleveland Hills to Kildale. 4. to the coast at Saltburn. 5. over the high cliffs to Staithes and Whitby. 6. continue south to Robin Hood’s Bay and Cloughton. 7. final day to Filey. 8. departure day.

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

54 miles. 8½ to 13½ miles and up to 2,250ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Helmsley to Sutton Bank. 3. around the escarpment to Osmotherley. 4. over Carlton Moor to the Wainstones. 5. free day. 6. cross the high moor to Kildale. 7. continue over Roseberry Topping to the coast at Saltburn. 8. departure day.

Combine with a week of Guided Walking at Whitby (page 36) or Alnmouth (page 38) for a great two week holiday.


Guided Trails in Britain

Herriot Way

A Dales Walk

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• A circular Moorland walk linking many of the settings for James Herriot’s “All Creatures Great and Small”

• The enchanting landscapes of the Yorkshire Dales and North Pennines

• The attractive valley of Wensleydale, famous for its cheese

• On the high moors of the Ure, Eden and Swale valleys

• Wild and remote Swaledale with its pretty villages

• Charming market towns and green valleys

47 miles. 11 to 13 miles and up to 2,050ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from the market town of Hawes head along Wensleydale to Askrigg, ‘Darrowby’ in the TV series, before continuing to the superb Aysgarth Falls. 3. pass imposing Bolton Castle before crossing the moors to the pretty village of Reeth. 4. a challenging Moorland walk over Gunnerside Moor to Keld. 5. follow the Pennine Way across Great Shunner Fell to Hardraw Force waterfall and back to Hawes. 6. departure day.

Thorns Hall

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Sedbergh (see page 34).

Dates & Prices - SDLHT Date

Price

Mon 16 April (5nts)

£515

Mon 21 Oct (5nts)

£515

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Prices Include: • 5 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Sw

er

er

nn

Gu

Riv

sid

ale

Reeth

e

Keld

ll

Gi

Great Shunner Fell

Thwaite Askrigg

SEDBERGH

• Follow the famous Settle to Carlisle railway

Itinerary

Accommodation

Hawes

River Ure

YORKSHIRE DALES

Aysgarth

ale

d ale

Sw Grinton

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Sedbergh (see page 34).

Dates & Prices - SDLDX Date

Price

Sat 5 May (7nts)

£699

Sat 14 July (7nts)

£699

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Ri

ve

rE

de

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

rth

Kirkby Stephen

Pe

nn

ine

9

Marske

SEDBERGH

Hawes

9 ale

Richmond

w rS

e

Riv

Gunnerside Askrigg

Dent

s

Nine Standards Rigg Sw a Keld leda Reeth le

Leyburn ale

Information

No

n

Wild Boar Fell

leyd

74 miles. 10 to 16 miles and up to 1,650ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk beside the River Ure from Leyburn to the Aysgarth Falls. 3. along Wensleydale to Askrigg and Hawes. 4. follow the Settle to Carlisle railway below Wild Boar Fell and Mallerstang Edge to Kirkby Stephen. 5. ascend to the splendid viewpoint of Nine Standards Rigg and along the Coast to Coast path to Keld. 6. on the wild moors of Swaledale to Reeth. 7. follow the Swale to the historic town of Richmond. 8. departure day.

Thorns Hall

Pendragon Castle

Castle 9Bolton Wen s

Itinerary

Accommodation

Castle Wensle Bolton ydale

9

Aysgarth

YORKSHIRE DALES

Leyburn Riv

er U

re

Middleham


Guided Trails in Britain

Dales Way

Southern Section

Accommodation Newfield Hall

Accommodation on the complete and southern guided trails is at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Malhamdale (see page 32).

Holiday Highlights • Meander through the Yorkshire Dales along the valleys of the rivers Wharfe, Dee, Lune and Kent • Explore Wharfedale with Bolton Abbey and the quaint villages of Grassington and Kettlewell • Enjoy panoramas of the Settle to Carlisle railway with its impressive viaducts at Ribblehead and Dent Head

• Spectacular Lakeland views on the approach to Windermere

Northern Section

Accommodation Thorns Hall

Accommodation on the northern guided trail is at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Sedbergh (see page 34).

LAKE DISTRICT YORKSHIRE DALES

Garth Row

SEDBERGH nt

R

Ke

R Lune

Winde

rmere

Staveley

Bowness

Hawes

Dent

Whernside Kirkby Ribblehead Lonsdale Ingleborough

Oughtershaw Great Whernside Kettlewell

Settle

Malham

MALHAMDALE

R Wharfe

Grassington Burnsall

< Bolton Priory

Gargrave

9

42 miles. 7 to 10 miles and up to 500ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Ribblehead Viaduct to Dent. 3. along Dentdale to Sedbergh and Lincoln’s Inn Bridge. 4. leave the Yorkshire Dales as we head towards Kendal. 5. free day. 6. follow Kentdale to Staveley. 7. enter the Lake District and descend to the shores of Windermere. 8. departure day.

Complete Trail

Buckden

Pen-yghent

Ingleton

41 miles. 7 to 10 miles and up to 750ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. Ilkley to Bolton Abbey. 3. beside the river to the attractive village of Burnsall. 4. along Wharfedale to Grassington and Kettlewell. 5. free day to explore or walk independently. 6. through the upper valley to Beckermonds. 7. on moorland paths to Ribblehead. 8. departure day.

Skipton

Ilkley

Fri 6 April (7nts) (Easter)

£649

Sat 9 June (7nts)

£699

84 miles. 11 to 15 miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. Ilkley to Burnsall via Bolton Abbey and The Strid. 3. along Wharfedale to Buckden. 4. over the Pennine watershed to Ribblehead. 5. beside the Dee to picturesque Dent. 6. through Sedbergh and the Lune Valley towards Kendal. 7. across the Cumbrian hills to Bowness-onWindermere. 8. departure day.

Guided Northern Section SDLDS

Price

Information

Sat 16 June (7nts)

£699

Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£699

Dates & Prices Guided Complete Trail MDLDD

Price

Sat 12 May (7nts)

£699

Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£699

Guided Southern Section MDLDF

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person


Guided Trails in Britain

West Highland Way

Highlights of Arran’s Coast

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• A spectacular route from Loch Lomond to the foot of Ben Nevis

• Best sections of the dramatic coast of Arran

• Breathtaking Highland scenery, lochs, glens and dramatic fells

• Prehistoric standing stones, caves, cliffs and island villages

• Superb Scottish hospitality

• Superb coastal paths, rocky scrambles and forest tracks

Itinerary

Thurs 17 May (9nts)

£899

95 miles. 9 to 15 miles per day with a maximum daily ascent of 1,600ft. Day 1. arrival day. 2. through gentle countryside from Milngavie to Drymen. 3. fine Highland views on the shores of Loch Lomond. 4. along the loch to Ardlui. 5. on to Crianlarich and Tyndrum. 6. General Wade’s military road, built to quell the Jacobite rebellions, leads us to Inveroran. 7. through wild Rannoch Moor to the Kingshouse, Scotland’s oldest licensed inn. 8. ascend the slopes of Glen Coe on the ‘Devil’s Staircase’, and on to Kinlochleven. 9. surrounded by magnificent scenery, along Glen Nevis to Fort William. 10. departure day.

Thurs 14 June (9nts)

£929

FORT WILLIAM

Thurs 23 Aug (9nts)

£929

Thurs 27 Sept (9nts)

£929

Ben Nevis

KINTYRE

9

g

Brodick Clauchland Hills

D

Wa te

r

Lamlash Holy Island

nA

dd

ery

Gle

de

Whiting Bay

sh

da

Sli

Firth of Cly

MILNGAVIE

Tonylin

GLASGOW SO

U

OF ND

PL

AD

DA

le

9 Kildonan

Piaddo

E

ARRAN

Blackwaterfoot

D

mond

Drymen

Isle of Arran HF Holidays’ Country House

© ISLE OF

King’s Cave Machrie Moor

LY

Strin

C

Lo c

Corrie

F

Balmaha

Beinn Bharrain Beinn Tarsuinn The

Goat Fell

O

Rowardennan

Sannox

Cir Mhor

H

Ben Lomond

Pirnmill

Suidhe Fallen Rocks Fhearghas

osa

Ardlui

Beinn Bhreac

Laggan

9

nR

Crianlarich

Cock of Arran Lochranza

RT

Tyndrum

Information

• Premium rooms: £5 per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

ISLAND OF BUTE

FI

Bridge of Orchy

hA we

£699

UN

h Lo c

r

oo

M

Inveroran

Loch Lo

• Single room: £11 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Sat 14 July (7nts)

Gle

Information

£699

Glen Catacol

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days • Transfers from Milngavie station to the start of the holiday

n Ra

Price

Sat 19 May (7nts)

N S O

ch

no

Black Mount

Date

NA

Kingshouse

Coe

Dates & Prices - ARLAC

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Kinlochleven

Glen

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House on the Isle of Arran (see page 28).

AN

Glen Coe HF Holidays’ Country House

44 miles. 8 to 10 miles and up to 2,000ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. standing stones of Machrie Moor to Blackwaterfoot taking in Bruce’s cave and the Drumadoon cliffs. 3. the southeast coast taking in Glenashdale Falls, Whiting Bay to Kingscross. 4. from Lamlash to Brodick via Clauchlands Point. 5. free day. 6. from Brodick shore and Castle follow Goatfell east shoulder to Corrie. 7. Sannox Bay past the Cock of Arran, then a rocky scramble to Lochranza. 8. departure day.

Altachorvie

BR

Price

Li

Date

e

Dates & Prices - ZHLDW

nn he

9 nights - stay at comfortable hotels en route. Your final 4 nights are spent at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Glen Coe (see page 30).

Itinerary

Accommodation

KIL

Accommodation


Guided Trails in Britain

Great Glen Way

Itinerary

Accommodation Stay at comfortable hotels en route. Your first 4 nights are spent at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Glen Coe (see page 30).

Holiday Highlights • Traverse the Great Glen from Fort William to Inverness, on this scenic low-lying trail • Soak up splendid Highland scenery, rugged mountains and heather-quilted glens • Walk alongside Britain’s highest mountain, greatest geological fault, and most famous loch – keeping your eyes peeled for the Loch Ness Monster!

Dates & Prices - XYLDW Date

INVERNESS

Price

Sat 5 May (7nts)

£859

Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£859

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days

Information

Drumnadrochit

• Single room: £15 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Invermoriston

Loch Ness

Fort Augustus

Invergarry

Loch Oich

South Laggan

Loch Lochy

Gairlochy

FORT WILLIAM Glen Coe HF Holidays’ Country House

“Well organised, very good accommodation and meals” Peter Wilson

73 miles. 8 to 14* miles per day with a maximum daily ascent of 1,640ft (*the final day’s walk is 18 miles). Day 1. arrival day. 2. gentle tow paths of the Caledonian Canal lead us from Fort William to Gairlochy, past the impressive Neptune’s Staircase. 3. forest tracks hug the peaceful shores of Loch Lochy en-route to Laggan and the secluded shores of Loch Oich. 4. tranquil shores and mixed woodland – a scenic route to historic Fort Augustus. 5. breathtaking views over Loch Ness on an easy day’s walk to Invermoriston. 6. wooded trails along the shores of Loch Ness climb to Drumnadrochit for some “Nessie” spotting! 7. our final day’s walk winds its way along old drove roads, through ancient Scot’s pine, to the Highland city of Inverness. 8. take time to explore the city, its castle and cathedral before departing.


Guided Trails in Britain

Cambrian Way South

Usk Valley Walk

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• A superb high level route linking the mountains of South Wales

• Walk from the Roman fortress at Caerleon to Brecon

• Ascend the impressive summits of the Brecon Beacons

• Follow the beautiful valley of the River Usk; a green artery through the Brecon Beacons National Park

• The panoramic and grassy ridges of the Black Mountains

Date

Price

Sat 16 June (7nts)

£699

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£699

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

ye

i

ori

y Tw

BRECON Llandovery BEACONS Llanddeusant The Black Mountain Dan-yr-Ogof

Fforest Fawr

Hay-on-Wye

v

Ri

Talgarth

BRECON

Myddfai

W er

Waun Fach

Hay Bluff k Blac ins nta Mou Llanthony Priory

<

Pen y Fan Crickhowell

Sugar Loaf

Llangattock

Abergavenny sk rU

ve Ri

Yr Allt

Nythfa House

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Brecon (see page 22).

Dates & Prices - BRLUV Date

Price

Sat 30 June (7nts)

£699

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£699

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

57 miles. 10 to 14 miles and up to 1,350ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from the Roman amphitheatre in Caerleon follow field and woodland paths to the market town of Usk. 3. along the river bank to Llanellen. 4. enjoy canal scenery and views of the Black Mountains on the canal towpath to Crickhowell. 5. free day. 6. a blend of towpath and field paths in the foothills of the Beacons. 7. the highest point of the walk above Talybont Reservoir then a gentle approach to Brecon beside the canal. 8. departure day.

Riv

er

Wy

e

BRECON Pen y Fan

ck Bla tains un Mo

Talybont-on-Usk Crickhowell Llangynidr

BRECON BEACONS

Gilwern

Sugar Loaf Abergavenny

Llanellen & Bre con C anal

Dates & Prices - BRLCM

Itinerary

Accommodation

outh

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Brecon (see page 22).

79 miles. 10 to 16 miles and up to 4,100ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Abergavenny over the summit of Sugar Loaf to Capel-y-ffin. 3. a splendid ridge walk along the length of the Black Mountains to Crickhowell. 4. around the Llangattock escarpment and the eastern fringes of the Brecon Beacons to Torpantau. 5. over the main Beacons summits of Craigy-Fan-Ddu, Cribyn, Pen y Fan and Corn Du. 6. cross The Black Mountain to Llanddeusant. 7. through rolling countryside and moorland to Llandovery. 8. departure day.

Monm

Nythfa House

Af

• Superb views of the Black Mountains and Brecon Beacons

Itinerary

Accommodation

Ri

ve

rU

sk

Usk

Newbridge -on-Usk

Caerleon Newport River

rn

Seve


Guided Trails in Britain

Pembrokeshire Coast Path

Itinerary

Accommodation You’ll stay at comfortable partner hotels and guesthouses on or near the route.

Holiday Highlights • Explore Pembrokeshire, a landscape of rugged cliffs, pristine golden beaches and charming fishing villages

• This is the perfect place to view a plethora of seabirds, and some more elusive marine mammals

• Visit the magnificent 12th century cathedral at St David’s, Britain’s smallest city

• Soak up sunsets from Pembrokeshire’s pristine beaches

Cardigan Bay

Cemaes Head

ST GEORGE’S CHANNEL Strumble Head

Dinas Head

Moylgrove

Cardigan

ST DOGMAEL’S

Newport

Goodwick Fishguard

ST DAVID’S HEAD

Trefin

Preseli Hills

St David’s

Whitesands Bay

Solva

Ramsey Island

Newgale St Brides Bay

Broad Haven Skomer Island Skokholm Island

Haverfordwest

Marloes Dale St Ann’s Head

9 Pembroke

“Balanced and well organised route” Grahame Johnson

Carmarthen

Dates & Prices - XPLDW Date

Price

Sat 19 May (7nts)

£695

Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

£695

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days • Group transfers to and from Carmarthen train station

Information

• Non member associate fee: £5 per person

60 miles. 8 to 13 miles per day with a maximum daily ascent of 1,800ft. Some sections of the trail can be rocky and rugged. Day 1. arrival day. 2. St Dogmael’s to Moylgrove, accompanied by wonderful vistas of our route ahead. 3. a tough but exhilarating walk along a remote section of the trail, a true wilderness experience. 4. visit the famous beauty spot of Cwm-yr-Eglwys and follow the trail around glorious Dinas Head to Fishguard. 5. this wild stretch of coastline leads to Strumble Head. 6. visit Aber Mwar, the most important Ice-Age settlement in Pembrokeshire, before ending the day in Trefin. 7. superb views as we head to delightful Whitesands Bay and the magical city of St David’s. 8. departure day.


Guided Trails in Britain

Thames Path

Cotswold Way Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights • Enjoy the beauty of the upper reaches of the River Thames from historic Oxford to its source in the Cotswolds

• Famous trail snaking along the western escarpment of the Cotswolds

• Rich historical interest, from Oxford’s dreaming spires to Cotswold villages

• Pretty thatched houses in Chipping Campden

Date

Price

Fri 13 April (7nts)

£629

Sat 19 May (7nts)

£725

Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£725

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

• Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

BOURTON-ON-THE-WATER R R Ev Even enlod lodee

Trewsbury Trewsbury Mead Mead

Cirencester Cirencester Lechlade Lechlade

Ashton Ashton Keynes Keynes

es mes haam RR TTh

Cricklade Cricklade

Radcot Radcot Buscot Buscot

Swinford Swinford Bridge Bridge

RRCherwell Cherwell

R RW Win inddru rush sh

Oxford Newbridge Newbridge Bablock Oxford Bablock Hythe Hythe Tadpole Bridge

Dates & Prices - BNLCV Date

Price

Fri 26 May (7nts)

£725

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£725

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Broadway Hailes Abbey

rn

Dates & Prices - BNLTT

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Bourton-onthe-Water (see page 42).

<

ev e

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Bourton-onthe-Water (see page 42).

72 miles with 11 to 13 miles and up to 1,550ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Chipping Campden, follow the trail to picturesque Broadway and Stanway. 3. visit Hailes Abbey and the market town of Winchcombe on the way to Cleeve Common. 4. along the escarpment of Cleeve Hill to the Devil’s Chimney. 5. through ancient woodland to Painswick. 6. far-reaching views across the Severn Estuary as we follow the edge of the Cotswolds to Coaley Peak. 7. cross rolling countryside to complete our stretch of the trail at Wotton-under-Edge. 8. departure day.

Harrington House

rS

54 miles. 10 to 13 miles per day with negligible ascent. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Oxford’s ancient colleges to Bablock Hythe. 3. through gentle Oxfordshire countryside to Tadpole Bridge. 4. past Kelmscott Manor, once home to William Morris, to the head of navigation at Lechlade. 5. free day. 6. along the river’s upper reaches to Cricklade. 7. a memorable final day to the river’s source. 8. departure day.

Harrington House

Itinerary

Accommodation

Information

Chipping Campden

Stanton

Winchcombe

ve

Itinerary

Accommodation

• The picture-postcard village of Painswick

Ri

• Peaceful riverside paths, rich with birds and wildlife

Cheltenham

<

9 Sudeley Castle

Gloucester • Premium rooms: Dowdeswell £5 per person BOURTON-ON per night Prinknash Birdlip • Single rooms: Abbey & Park THE-WATER £8 per night Painswick ∂ Painswick (£5 per night Rococo Garden when booked before Stroud 31 December 2011) • Non member Tyndal associate fee: Monument Owlpen Manor £5 per person Uley

<

Wotton-underEdge

Tetbury


Guided Trails in Britain

Limestone Way Holiday Highlights • The varied limestone landscapes of the Peak District National Park from Castleton to Hartington • Patchwork fields and traditional villages of Derbyshire’s White Peak

• Superb valleys including Hay Dale, Peter Dale and Lathkill Dale

Itinerary

Accommodation Newton House

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Dovedale (see page 40).

Dates & Prices - DVLLL Date

Price

Fri 12 May (7nts)

£699

Sat 23 June (7nts)

£699

Sat 1 Sept (7nts)

£699

Mam Tor

9

Peveril Castle

Bakewell Monyash

PEAK DISTRICT

Youlgreave Hartington Bonsall

eD ale

Ma Va nifo lle ld y

DOVEDALE Tissington

Itinerary

Accommodation Moorlands

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Haytor (see page 46).

Dates & Prices - HYLHD Date

Price

Sat 9 June (7nts)

£699

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£699

Information

nt

Taddington

Dov

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

• Rivers, gorges and waterfalls of the Moor

• 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

erwe

Miller’s Dale

Information

• Undulating patchwork of fields, farms and hamlets on the fringes of Dartmoor

Prices Include:

Castleton

Eyam Buxton

Holiday Highlights

• Abandoned industrial sites, ancient tracks, medieval hamlets

48 miles. 9 to 10 miles and up to 1,900ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Castleton, head south past Peveril Castle and limestone valleys to Taddington. 3. the attractive villages of Monyash and Youlgreave as we pass through rolling countryside. 4. past Robin Hood’s Stride and the village of Bonsall to Grangemill. 5. free day. 6. cross the Derbyshire plateau to the well-dressing village of Tissington. 7. divert from the official route along the scenic Dove Valley to Hartington. 8. departure day.

rD Rive

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Highlights of the Dartmoor Way

Matlock

Okehampton

9 Belstone

9

Lydford • Premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person Tavistock

57 miles. 10 to 12½ miles and up to 1,900ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. pass Moretonhampstead and Iron Age hilltop fort before descending to the River Teign gorge and up to Castle Drogo. 3. through Chagford, and South Zeal, to Finch Iron Foundry in Sticklepath, and along the Tarka Trail to Belstone village. 4. through Okehampton to Lydford village and the castle ruins. 5. free day. 6. visit Lydford Gorge waterfalls, then on lanes and tracks to Mary Tavy and Tavistock. 7. climb via Sampford Spinney across open moorland and past abandoned granite quarries to Princetown. 8. departure day.

9 Castle Drogo Chagford

DARTMOOR

Moretonhampstead

Manaton

Princetown

HAYTOR


Guided Trails in Britain

South Downs Way

Sussex Ouse Valley Way

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Follow the crest of the South Downs, with panoramic views over the Sussex coast and the wooded landscape of the Weald

• Enjoy rural Sussex scenery on this river valley trail from the source of the River Ouse to the sea

• Iron-Age forts, timeless villages and displays of wild flowers

• Terry Owen, the creator of this beautiful trail, will be your guide

• A magnificent final day along the Seven Sisters to Beachy Head

• Excellent opportunities to spot birds and wildlife, particularly on the tidal river

Itinerary

Accommodation Abingworth Hall

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Abingworth (see page 52).

Dates & Prices - AWLSD Date

Price

Sat 9 June (11nts)

£1,099

Sat 21 July (11nts)

£1,099

Prices Include: • 11 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

100 miles. 8 to 12 miles and up to 1,950ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Winchester Cathedral, follow the trail to Exton. 3. visit the Iron-Age fort on Old Winchester Hill and across the Hampshire Downs to Butser Hill. 4. into Sussex and on to Cocking. 5. pass Bignor Roman Villa as we walk to Amberley. 6. superb views to the coast as we walk to Steyning. 7. over the Downs to the Devil’s Dyke and Pyecombe. 8. free day. 9. pass Ditchling Beacon and the Clayton windmills to Lewes. 10. along the crest of the Downs to Alfriston. 11. along the Seven Sisters chalk cliffs to Beachy Head and Eastbourne. 12. departure day.

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

r ve

km

er e

Ri

Pyecombe Amberley Steyning Ditchling Beacon Lewes Houghton Truleigh Hill Southease Firle Beacon Alfriston Chichester Eastbourne Brighton Worthing Ar

un

Cu c

SOUTH DOWNS

R

on

£699

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£699

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

ENGLISH CHANNEL

Beachy Head

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Ashdown Forest

Horsham

Horsted Keynes Lower Beeding

Staplefield

WEST SUSSEX

Haywards Heath

e

hen

Price

Sat 19 May (7nts)

us

R Itc

Date

rO

Me

Dates & Prices - AWLOV

ve

R

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Abingworth (see page 52).

42 miles. 7 to 10½ miles and up to 300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Lower Beeding through the Sussex Weald to Staplefield Common. 3. through beautiful wooded countryside to Lindfield. 4. through woodland to the Bluebell Railway at Sheffield Park, ending the day at Newick. 5. free day. 6. follow the riverbank for most of the day, discovering its industrial past, to historic Lewes. 7. explore the tidal river as we head to the mouth at the port of Newhaven, before completing the trail at Seaford. 8. departure day.

Ri

r

du

RA

se Ou

ABINGWORTH

er

Exton

East Meon R Rot Beacon her Hill Butser Cocking Hill Crown Tegleaze

Riv

Chilcomb Beacon Hill

Abingworth Hall

Information

Winchester

Itinerary

Accommodation

ABINGWORTH

EAST SUSSEX

9

Lewes

So

uth

Brighton

ENGLISH CHANNEL

Uckfield

Low Weald

Do

wn

s

Newhaven Seaford Seaford Head


Guided Trails in Britain

Somerset and North Devon Coast Path

Coleridge Way Holiday Highlights • Follow in the footsteps of Samuel Taylor Coleridge • Visit beautiful landscapes that inspired his famous poems • Great walking on the Quantocks, Brendon Hills and Exmoor

Holiday Highlights

Itinerary

Accommodation

• Varied coast from the mellow hills and woodland of Exmoor National Park to the wild cliffs of north Devon

• Walk to the charming twin towns of Lynton and Lynmouth

Holnicote House

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Selworthy (see page 44).

• Admire the golden beach at Woolacombe and the Valley of Rocks

Itinerary

Accommodation Holnicote House

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Selworthy (see page 44).

Dates & Prices - SLLSN Date

Price

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£725

Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£725

54 miles with 9 to 13 miles and up to 1,800ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Minehead over Selworthy Beacon to Porlock Weir. 3. through the woods to the tiny church at Culbone, then to Foreland Point and Lynmouth. 4. through the Valley of Rocks and along the coast to Trentishoe Down. 5. free day. 6. over the cliffs to Combe Martin and Ilfracombe. 7. views of Lundy Island on the magnificent final leg to Croyde Bay. 8. departure day.

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite BRISTOL CHANNEL accommodation with all meals Foreland • HF Holidays’ guide Point • All transport on Lynmouth Trentishoe walking days Ilfracombe

Morte Point Baggy Point

Woolacombe Croyde Braunton

Combe Martin

Lynton

r

oo Exm

DEVON Barnstaple

Ri

ve

rT aw

Dates & Prices - SLLOL Date

Price

Sat 16 June (7nts)

£725

Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£725

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Porlock Weir

Porlock Weir

Exm

SELWORTHY

SOMERSET Brendon Hills

Minehead

SELWORTHY

oor

Minehead

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

BRISTOL CHANNEL

Lynmouth Culbone

Selworthy Beacon

49½ miles. 8 to 12 miles and up to 1,400ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Coleridge’s cottage in Nether Stowey, cross the rolling Quantock Hills to Bicknoller. 3. past wooded valleys and attractive villages to Roadwater. 4. over the Brendon Hills to Wheddon Cross, with views right across north Somerset. 5. free day. 6. through woods and open country to Horner Water and on to Porlock. 7. the splendid coastal path to Lynmouth, passing farms where Coleridge once stayed. 8. departure day.

Dunkery Beacon

Roadwater Bren d Hills on

Watchet Bicknoller Qu

Nether Stowey

an

to

ck

SOMERSET

Hi

lls


Guided Trails in Britain

North Cornwall Coast Path

South Cornwall Coast Path

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Some of England’s most rugged coastal scenery from Treyarnon Bay to Cape Cornwall

• Brilliant coastal scenery and quaint fishing villages

• Imposing cliffs and sandy coves add to the drama • Iconic remains of tin mines; remnants of Cornwall’s proud industrial heritage

Chy Morvah

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at St Ives (see page 48).

Dates & Prices - SVLNC Date

Price

Sat 12 May (7nts)

£725

64 miles. 9 to 13 miles and up to 1,820ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk the Atlantic coast from Treyarnon to Newquay. 3. cross Kelsey Head and Perran Sands on the way to Perranporth. 4. over the cliffs of St Agnes Head to Porthtowan and Portreath. 5. past the lighthouse at Godrevy Point and the sweeping sands of St Ives Bay. 6. superb coastal views en route to Zennor village and Gurnard’s Head. 7. pass the old tin mines of Levant and Botallack on the way to the finish at Cape Cornwall. 8. departure day. Padstow

Treyarnon Bay

Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

Itinerary

Accommodation

£725 C E LT I C SEA

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Porth Newquay

St Agnes Head

Perranporth St Agnes

• Twin/double Porthtowan Godrevy premium rooms: Portreath Head £5 per person ST IVES Gwithian per night Gurnard’s Head • Single rooms: Lelant Pendeen Watch 9 Zennor £8 per night CORNWALL Bosigran (£5 per night St Erth Cape when booked before Cornwall St Just Penzance 31 December 2011) • Non member Land’s associate fee: End £5 per person AT L A N T I C OCEAN

• Round Land’s End and Lizard Point, the most western and southern tips of England

Chy Morvah

You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at St Ives (see page 48).

Dates & Prices - SVLSC Date

Price

Sat 19 May (7nts)

£725

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£725

Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£725

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

Truro

ENGLISH CHANNEL

Itinerary

Accommodation

65 miles. 8 to 13 miles and up to 2,075ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Cape Cornwall, round Land’s End to Porthcurno. 3. follow the coast to Lamorna Cove and quaint Mousehole. 4. omitting the section through Penzance, along the cliffs from Marazion to Porthleven with views of St Michael’s Mount. 5. past Loe Pool and Kynance Cove to Lizard Point. 6. around England’s southern tip to Cadgwith and Coverack. 7. the wooded creeks of the Helford River and Helford village. 8. departure day. Combine with the North Cornwall Coast Path for a wonderful two week holiday.

Mawgan Porth

Pentire

Information

• The splendid cliff-top path from Cape Cornwall to Manaccan

Truro

C E LT I C SEA

ST IVES

CORNWALL

• Twin/double premium St Erth rooms: £5 per person Cape per night St Just Cornwall Marazion • Single rooms: £8 per Penzance 9 night (£5 per night St Michael’s Mousehole Mount when booked before Land’s Porthleven 31 December 2011) End Porthcurno Lamorna Cove • Non member Gunwalloe associate fee: Gwennap Head £5 per person M O U N T S B A Y Mullion Cove

er

rd

riv

Falmouth

lfo

He

Helston Helford Manaccan

St Anthony Nare Point

Coverack Cadgwith

Kynance Cove

Lizard Green Lizard Point

Porthallow


Guided Trails in Britain

Isle of Wight Coast Path

Jersey Coast Path

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• A circuit of the Isle of Wight coast

• Coastal walking right around ‘The Floral Island’

• See dramatic chalk headlands of the Needles and Culver Cliff

• Rich in history and culture

• Walk through lush undercliff to the Victorian resort of Ventnor

• Award winning hotel set in the beautiful countryside

Freshwater Bay House You’ll stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Freshwater Bay (see page 50).

Dates & Prices - FWLIC Date

Price

Fri 13 April (7nts)

£619

Sat 30 June (7nts)

£699

Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£699

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation with all meals • HF Holidays’ guide • All transport on walking days

Information

• Twin/double premium rooms: £5 per person per night • Single rooms: £8 per night (£5 per night when booked before 31 December 2011) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

• Easily accessible from most UK regional airports

Itinerary

Accommodation

68 miles. 8 to 13 miles and up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. along the coast from Freshwater Bay to Blackgang Chine. 3. around St Catherine’s Point and through lush undercliff to Sandown. 4. the chalk cliffs of Culver Down and on past Bembridge to Ryde. 5. to Wootton Bridge, omitting the road section, continuing from Cowes to Gurnard Bay. 6. around the marshy creeks of the Newtown River to Cranmore. 7. to the Needles, then along the chalk cliffs of Tennyson Down to Freshwater Bay. 8. departure day.

Lymington

Portsmouth

East Cowes Ryde

Wootton Bridge

Tennyson Down The Needles

Cranmore

You’ll stay in the 3-star Le Charrières Country Hotel about 1 mile from the village of St Peter (see page 55).

Date

West Cowes

9

Le Charrières Country Hotel

8 to 11 miles and up to 1,500ft of ascent per day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from La Corbière lighthouse across St Ouen’s Bay via Grosnez Castle to Plemont Bay. 3. along cliff-top path into Bonne Nuit Bay, the former haunt of smugglers. 4. pass La Crete Fort, then south to Gourey with views of Mont Orgueil Castle. 5. free day. 6. along the promenade and beach from Gorey Bay to La Rocque and St Aubin. 7. continue on the south coast to Noirmont Point, then back to Corbière.

Dates & Prices - JELDW Information

THE SOLENT

Hurst Castle

Itinerary

Accommodation

Porchfield Newtown

Newport

ISLE OF FRESHWATER BAY Brook BrighstoneWIGHT Yarmouth

Down

ry bu en n St Dow

Whale Chine Blackgang Chine St Catherine’s Point

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Sat 30 June (7nts)

£789

£689

Prices Include: • Half Board en suite accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide

• Single room: no additional charge • Single rooms are limited in number and may be subject to an additional charge of £9.50 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Flights from Gatwick to Jersey. Call Reservations or visit our website for latest flight times and transfer options.

Plemont

9

Bonne Nuit Bay

Greve de Lecq

Grosnez Castle Rozel Bay

Bembridge Culver Cliff Sandown

JERSEY

Shanklin Luccombe

Ventnor

ST PETER St Ouen’s Bay

ENGLISH CHANNEL

Mont Orguiel Castle

St Aubin La Corbière La Corbière Lighthouse

St Brelades Bay

9 Royal Bay of Grouville

St Aubins Bay

St Clement


Guided Trails in Europe

Camino de Santiago

Cathar Crossing Holiday Highlights • Cross the Pyrenees from France to Spain, on the path of the Bon Hommes, the last of the Cathars

Holiday Highlights

• Unearth the secrets of this ancient trail

• Uncover history on the final section of this ancient trail

• Explore a land of breathtaking peaks and medieval castles

• Achieve the pilgrim’s goal: Santiago de Compostela • Experience the extraordinary spirit this trail evokes

Itinerary

Accommodation You’ll stay in comfortable small hotels en route.

Dates & Prices - XJLDW Date Flight Included

Yes

No

Sun 20 May (7nts)

£999

£799

Sun 17 June (7nts)

£999

£799

Sun 2 Sept (7nts)

£999

£799

Sun 23 Sept (7nts)

£999

£799

Travel

Flight from London to A Coruña. Transfers connect with these flights.

<

a

Arzúa

Palas de Rei

Portomarin

Dates & Prices - XLLDW Date Flight Included

Yes

No

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£1,155

£945

Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

£1,155

£945

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board accommodation • Local guide • All transport and luggage transfers on walking days • Group transfers from Toulouse airport to the first night’s accommodation in Foix • Group transfer from Berga to Barcelona airport • Single room: £25 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Na vi

SANTIAGO DE COMPOSTELA

You’ll stay in comfortable small hotels en route.

Information

SPAIN

A Coruña

o

• Single room: £18 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Information

70 miles. 11-17 miles and up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk from Sarria to Portomarin and the Miño River. 3. panoramic views as we walk through the undulating countryside of the Sierra de Ligonde. 4. Romanesque churches and medieval bridges en route to Melide, from where river valleys and wooded trails lead us to Arzúa. 5. shingle houses and tiny hamlets amidst wooded glades to Rua. 6. our first glimpse of the city, from the summit of Monte del Gozo, from where we descend and enter the city of Santiago de Compostela via the Porta do Camino. 7. explore this stunning city and receive your Compostela certificate from the Cathedral. 8. departure day.

M

Prices Include: • Half Board accommodation • Local guide • All luggage transfers • Group transfers to/from A Coruña airport

Itinerary

Accommodation

SARRIÁ

Travel

Flight is from London to Toulouse, returning from Barcelona to London. Transfers connect with these flights.

57 miles. 9-11 miles and up to 3,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. Overnight in Foix. 2. introduction to Cathar history. Visit the castle of Montsegur, before a transfer to begin our walk, traversing the Frau gorges. 3. shepherds’ paths and forest trails to the high point of the day, far-reaching vistas of the Pyrenees. 4. short train ride to Porté Puymorens to begin our ascent to the border at Portella Blanca. 5. go south through the stunning Sierra de Cadi. 6. from Baga to Gosol we pass Pedraforca’s peak, the heart of Cadi-Moxero national park. 7. to the sanctuary of Queralt, the ‘balcony of Catalonia’, and Berga, where many Cathars found refuge. 8. departure day.

Foix

Toulouse Airport

MONTSÉGUR Comus

Ax-les-Thermes

FRANCE ANDORRA Portella Blanca Andorra La Vella Bellver de Cerdanya

Gósol

Setcases

SPAIN Barcelona Airport

BERGA


Guided Trails in Europe

Tour du Mont Blanc

Itinerary

Accommodation You’ll stay in comfortable 2-3* hotels, with 1 night in a mountain hut, and 2 nights in basic but comfortable gites.

Holiday Highlights • Enjoy some comfort on Europe’s most popular long distance trail • Awe-inspiring panoramas of glistening glaciers, snow-domed summits, and the majestic Mont Blanc • Journey through France, Switzerland and Italy

Dates & Prices - XMLDW SWITZERLAND

Flight Included

Trient Geneva

Champex

Aig d’Argentiere

FRANCE

Chamonix

Les Houches

Aig du Midi

MT BLANC Mt Joly

Les Contamines

Courmayeur

ITALY

Aig des Glaciers

Date

Mt Berrio Blanc

Les Chapieux

Guided Walking We also offer Guided Walking based at Les Contamines. See page 159 for further details.

Yes

No

Sun 24 June (10nts)

£1,699

£1,575

Sun 15 July (10nts)

£1,699

£1,575

Sun 26 Aug (10nts)

£1,699

£1,575

Prices Include: • Full Board en-suite* accommodation (excluding lunch and evening meal on your free day) • Local guide • Transport on all walking days & luggage transfers on all days but one • Group transfer to/from Geneva airport • Two cable car journeys *accommodation is not en-suite on the evenings spent in the mountain huts or gites.

72 miles. 5-11 miles and up to 4,264ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. picturesque Alpine villages, the Bionassay glacier and Col du Tricot, en route to Les Contamines. 3. Roman road, mountain pass and summer pastures to the Col de Bonhomme and Les Chapieux. 4. short transfer, then ascent to Col de la Seigne, and “Benvenuto!” to Italy. A gentle descent, then a short transfer to Courmayeur. 5. free day. 6. along the Mont de la Sax ridge to the Bonatti mountain refuge. 7. gentle traverse to the Elena refuge, before the Grand Col Ferret, our crossing into Switzerland. A bus to pretty Champex. 8. the Bovine trail affords far-reaching views en route to Col de la Forclaz. 9. over Col du Balme and along the Possets ridge to Tre-le-Champ. 10. through the Aiguilles Rouges to Lac Blanc for magnificent views of the Mont Blanc Massif. Descend in style, on the cable car to Chamonix. 11. departure day.

Information

• Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Flight from London to Geneva. Transfers connect with these flights.


Guided Trails in Europe

Tramuntana Trail Grande Anello Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Stretching across northern Mallorca, the mountains of the Serra de Tramuntana offer outstanding scenery

• The splendour of ‘the Grande Anello circular trail’ in the Sibillini National Park

• Ancient Umbrian villages and traditional delicacies

• Follow the Archduke’s Path with views of the Mediterranean • Visit the beautiful monastery at Lluc, in a peaceful mountain location

Hotel Porto Sóller

You’ll stay at the 3-star Hotel Porto Sóller in Puerto de Sóller (see page 135).

Dates & Prices - PSLDW Date Yes

Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£759

No £659

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Half Board accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • A full programme of guided walks • All transport on walking days • ‘With flight’ holidays include transfers to and from Palma airport

Travel

53 miles. 9-13 miles and up to 2,900ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. starting from Valldemossa over the hills to the historic village of Deià. 3. follow the Archduke’s Path along the island’s north coast to Sóller. 4. ascend the Pilgrims Steps to the Col de L’Ofre in the heart of the Tramuntana mountains, before descending to the Cúber reservoir. 5. free day. 6. walk through magnificent mountain scenery to the Col d’es Prat and the beautiful monastery at Lluc. 7. after an initial ascent, it’s downhill all the way through the foothills and farms to historic Pollença. 8. departure day.

Information

• Single room: £10 per night • Double room for sole occupancy: £24 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

D ME

ITE

R

N RA

EA

E N S

A

Flights from Heathrow and Port de Pollença Manchester (supplement PUERTO Lluc on request) to Palma. Puig Pollença DE SÓLLER Major Call our Reservations Tomir team, or visit our website Sóller for the latest flight times. Deía L’Ofre na Coach transfer to unta ram Tiex MALLORCA Valldemossa Puerto de Sóller: de T a r r Se 45mins.

<

Hotel Grotta Azzurra You’ll stay at the 3-star Hotel Grotta Azzurra in Norcia (see page 148). Norcia owns its rightful place in the ‘I borghi i piu belli d’Italia’ as one of the most beautiful villages of Italy.

Dates & Prices - NCLDW Date Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Sat 26 May (7nts)

£859

£659

Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

£859

£659

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Half Board accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • A full programme of guided walks • All transport on walking days • ‘With flight’ holidays include transfers to and from Rome airport

Travel

Flights from Heathrow to Rome. Call our Reservations team or visit our website for the latest flight times. Coach transfer to Norcia: 2hrs 30mins.

Information Andratx Palma

Itinerary

Accommodation

Itinerary

Accommodation

Flight & transfer included

• Flower-filled walks in high alpine pastures through to mountains

• Single room: £6.50 per night • Double room for sole occupancy: £14.50 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

53 miles. 9-13 miles and up to 2,900ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from the medieval town of Visso, follow pilgrim and shepherd paths through open pastures beneath Monte Bove to the mountain village of Cupi. 3. amble through an abundance of flowers with views of the Fiastra Lake. 4. from the hamlet of Pignotti to the ancient church S. Maria in Pantano and then beneath the walls of Monte Vettore to our pick up close to Forca di Presta. 5. free day. Catch your breath, relax, and explore. 6. great views of the Piano Grande and a fine ridge walk to the Rifugio di Perugia. 7. from Piano Grande with panoramic views of Norcia. An optional ascent to Monte Patino. Then on to our final Umbrian village of Campi Vecchio. 8. departure day. Monastero

Fiastra Acquacanina Cupi

Bolognoia

Garulla Amandola

Ussita Montefortino

Visso Castelsantangelo sul Nera

Montemonaco Rubbiano

Campi Vecchio

ITALY Colle di Montegallo

NORCIA

Montegallo

Arquata del Tronto Colle Le Cese


Guided Trails in Europe

Amalfi Coast Path

Cinque Terre Coast Path

Holiday Highlights • Soak up the breathtaking Mediterranean views, vibrant colours and rich aromas of the Sorrento Peninsula

Holiday Highlights • Discover the superb coastal scenery of the Cinque Terre • Visit the five Cinque Terre villages: Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore

• Take a boat trip along the coast from Portovenere

Hotel Delle Rose

You’ll stay at the 3-star Hotel Delle Rose in Bonassola (see page 147).

Dates & Prices - CQLDW Date Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Sun 22 April (7nts)

£845

£725

45 miles. 7-10 miles and up to 2,600ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk from the seaside resort of Sestri Levante. 3. follow the coastal path to Bonassola. 4. cross the headlands to Levanto and Monterosso, the first of the Cinque Terre villages. 5. free day with opportunities to visit La Spezia or Genoa by train. 6. a superb day as we follow the path linking the five Cinque Terre villages, each with their unique character. 7. over the hills to Portovenere at the tip of the peninsula. 8. departure day.

Information

• Single room: no supplement • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Half Board accommodation Genoa • HF Holidays’ guide • A full programme of Sestri Levante guided walks M Moneglia • All transport on Moneglia walking days • ‘With flight’ holidays include transfers to and from Pisa airport

Travel

Flights from Gatwick to Pisa. Call our Reservations team, or visit our website for the latest flight times. Coach transfer to Bonassola: 2 hours.

BONASSOLA RIVIERA DI LEVANTE

• A memorable final day to the summit of Monte Faito in the dramatic Lattari mountains

Itinerary

Accommodation

Itinerary

Accommodation

• Visit the chic resort of Positano and the peninsula’s charming villages

Hotel Caravel

You’ll stay at the 4-star Hotel Caravel in Sorrento (see page 144).

Dates & Prices - STLDW Date Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

£945

£799

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Half Board accommodation • HF Holidays’ guide • A full programme of guided walks • All transport on walking days • ‘With flight’ holidays include transfers to and from Naples airport

Travel

ITALY

M Malpertuso

Vernazza

Riomaggiore

La Spezia

Pisa

M S Croce

Portovenere

Monte Faito Vico Equense

B AY O F NAPLES

ITALY

Flights from Gatwick to Naples. Call our Reservations Arola team, or visit our Monte website for the Vico Alvano SORRENTO latest flight times. Colli di Coach San Pietro transfer to Massa Sorrento: Fontanelle Lubrense 1hr 15mins.

M Guaitarola

Monterosso al Mare

35 miles. 6½-9 miles and up to 2,450ft of ascent in a day. The final two days have 3,800ft of descent. Day 1. arrival day. 2. historic Sorrento, the village of Massa Lubrense and the church of San Maria. 3. enjoy views of Capri as we round Punta Campanella and follow the coastline to Marina Cantone. 4. superb elevated path takes us to the pass of St Peter in the Colli di San Pietro. 5. free day with opportunities to visit Pompei or Capri. 6. continue to the magnificent viewpoint at the church of St Mary of Castello and descend steep hillside to chic Positano. 7. with a cable-car ride to the summit of Monte Faito, a memorable last day takes us over the Lattari mountains back to the church of St Mary of Castello. 8. departure day.

Isola Palmaria

Torca

Information • Single room: £22 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Punta Campanella

Nerano

AMALFI COAST

Monte Molare Maria < Santa del Castello Positano


Self-Guided Holidays

Contents

Self-Guided Holidays

Page

Self-Guided Holidays The Best of Hadrian’s Wall St Oswald’s Way Coast to Coast Cleveland Way Dales Way Cotswold Way Norfolk Coast Path Dorset Coast Path Isle of Wight Coast Path Cornish Coast Highlights Island Hopping Isles of Scilly Island Hopping Hebridean Hopscotch Island Hopping Orkney & Shetland West Highland Way Pembrokeshire Coast Path Rocamadour & the Dordogne Ardeche: Rambles with a donkey Brittany: Côtes d’Armor NEW Camino de Santiago Florence to Siena Austria’s Lake District

105 106 106 107 107 108 108 109 109 110

Great Value

110

What does the price include?

111

• Comfortable accommodation in carefully selected small hotels and guesthouses. Quality is important – we look for comfortable rooms, good food and a friendly welcome

111 112 112 113

• We arrange luggage transfers, and any journeys between your route and accommodation

113 114 114 115 115

• Prices are based on two people sharing. Call our Reservations team for alternative options

• Your Personal Information Pack includes detailed maps, route notes, and information about restaurants, shops and local attractions • We can also book your flights and any extra nights at the start or end of your holiday

Orkney & Shetland West Highland Way Hebridean Hopscotch The Best of Hadrian’s Wall

St Oswald’s Way

Coast to Coast

Dales Way

Cleveland Way

Norfolk Coast Path

Pembrokeshire Coast Path

Cotswold Way

Dorset Coast Path

Cornish Coast Highlights

Isle of Wight Coast Path

Isles of Scilly

Brittany: Côtes d’Armor Rocamadour & the Dordogne Ardeche rambles with a donkey

Camino de Santiago

Austria’s Lake District

Florence to Siena

“Beautiful scenery, and I met many interesting people along the way” Richard Child Coast to Coast, West Trail


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

The Best of Hadrian’s Wall

Itinerary

Accommodation 6 nights – stay at welcoming guesthouses and small hotels on or near the route.

Holiday Highlights • Travel through the centuries walking Hadrian’s Wall, the best-known frontier of the Roman Empire

• Cross the rich green fields and rugged crags of Northumberland National Park

• Visit the world famous forts and museums of Vindolanda, Birdoswald, Housesteads and Chesters

• Admire the architectural splendour of Aydon Castle, Thirlwall Castle and Lanercost Priory

• Enjoy the best-preserved sections of the wall, beginning at Brampton and continuing to historic Corbridge

Dates & Prices - YETRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£469

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information Ri

ve

River

Housesteads

g

9

Thirlwall Castle Once Brewed

9

Priory

River

Haltwhistle

th

Ty n

e

Newcastle upon Tyne

Chollerford

9 Chesters Hexham

Tyne

n

de

rE

ve

Ri

South

BRAMPTON

< Lanercost

9

9 Vindolanda

Gilsland

rN

or

Irthin

Birdoswald Carlisle

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

“Walking instructions were brilliant” Annette Heylings

9 CORBRIDGE

44 miles. 7½-10 miles and up to 1,270ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk from Brampton to Gilsland, visiting Lanercost Priory and the Roman fort at Birdoswald. 3. pass the ruins of Thirlwall Castle, the stunning scenery of Walltown and Cawfield Crags on an exhilarating walk across the moors, to Once Brewed. 4. the most dramatic section of the route across the rugged outcrop of Whin Sill, traversing above the beautiful Crag Lough, and passing Robin Hood’s tree, before reaching Housesteads and Vindolanda. 5. over Sewingshields Crags to Chollerford passing Brocolitia, the Temple of Mithras, and Chesters Roman fort. 6. walk to the old Roman town of Corbridge via impressive Aydon Castle. 7. departure day.


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

St Oswald’s Way Coast to Coast Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Stunning scenery from Holy Island to Rothbury

• Wainwright’s classic, from St Bees to Robin Hood’s Bay

• Discover St Oswald’s magnificent kingdom

• Journey through the Lake District, Yorkshire Dales and North York Moors National Parks

• Ancient castles, rolling hills, and spectacular coastline

Complete Coastal Trail

Accommodation Nether Grange

Stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Alnmouth (see page 38).

Dates & Prices - YOTRL Dates available all year, Saturday departures

B&B

Full Board

Short Break

Short Break

£359

£385

Complete Coastal Trail

£699

£739

Holy Island

Bamburgh Seahouses

Wooler

NORTHUMBERLAND

NORTH SEA

oq

ue

Rothbury

t

Warkworth

Information

Dates

Price

West Trail Available all year

£675

East Trail Available all year

£675

Complete Trail (17 nights) Available all year

9 nights. 95 miles. 9-16 miles and 350ft- 1,800ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk to the pretty village of Reeth. 3. along the river to historic Richmond. 4. across the Vale of Mowbray. 5. enter the North York Moors National Park. 6. wonderful views walking to Carlton Bank. 7. along the moors escarpment to Blakey. 8. heather-clad moors to Grosmont. 9. a memorable last day to the beach at Robin Hood’s Bay. 10. departure day.

£1,199

Prices Include: • Accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person NORTH SEA

n

rC

ALNMOUTH

East Trail

Dates & Prices - YFTRL

e Ed

ve

Prices Include: • Choice of Full Board or B&B en-suite accommodation • Full use of our Country House facilities – drying rooms, games, lounges, bar, mini-shop and Dandelion Café • Transport to and from the route on all walking days • Maps and detailed walk notes

9 nights. 95 miles. 9-14 miles and 1,200ft- 2,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from St Bees to Ennerdale Bridge. 3. over Honister Pass to Borrowdale. 4. to Wordsworth’s Grasmere. 5. stunning mountain landscapes en route to Patterdale. 6. over High Street to Haweswater. 7. farewell to the Lake District. 8. over Smardale Fell to Kirkby Stephen. 9. on to Keld.

Accommodation is at comfortable guesthouses and hotels on or near the route.

er

Alnwick n

River Al

4 nights. 28½ miles. 6 to 11½ miles and up to 575ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Bamburgh to the golden sands of Embleton Bay. 3. explore Dunstanburgh Castle, en route to Alnmouth. 4. follow the Aln estuary, on your final day’s walk to historic Warkworth with its castle. 5. departure day.

West Trail

Accommodation

Riv

Craster

Ri

7 nights. 65½ miles. 5 to 12½ miles and up to 575ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. from Lindisfarne, cross the sands via the pilgrims route and on to Belford. 3. stunning coastal scenery and magnificent Bamburgh Castle. 4. visit Seahouses, then continue south to the golden sands of Embleton Bay. 5. explore Dunstanburgh Castle, before winding your way past Craster to Alnmouth. 6. the Aln estuary and Warkworth Castle. 7. woodland and riverside paths make a relaxing finale at Rothbury. 8. departure day.

• Enjoy international camaraderie on this ever popular long distance trail

LAKE Keswick DISTRICT

Ri

v

NORTH er Tee s Shap PENNINES

Grasmere<

ST BEES

Ambleside

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person • Available dates may be affected by tides

Sedbergh

Riv

< Riv

er

Ur e

ale

ec or

M

im

L er

Bainbridge

YORKSHIRE DALES

Sw

be

am

e

<

Osmotherley Bedale er

y

Ba

9

Leyburn

Riv

Kirkby Lonsdale

IRISH SEA

9

Whitby Great Broughton

Richmond

Reeth Hawes

ROBIN

Darlington

Kirkby Stephen

NORTH YORK MOORS

< HOOD’S BAY

Scarborough


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

Cleveland Way

Dales Way

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Cliff-top walking and superb coastal scenery

• Meander through the heart of the Yorkshire Dales

• Far-reaching views from Roseberry Topping to Filey

• Enjoy panoramas of the Settle to Carlisle railway

• Along the coast of the North York Moors National Park

• Spectacular Lakeland views on the approach to Windermere

Coastal Trail 7 nights. 67 miles. 7 to 14 miles and up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. Roseberry Topping, then woodland walks towards the coast. 3. dramatic cliff scenery from Skelton to Staithes. 4. sandy beaches, seabirds and smugglers en route to Whitby. 5. easy cliff-top walking to Robin Hood’s Bay. 6. secret bays and inlets, wildlife reserves and the resort of Scarborough. 7. clifftop trail around the headland to Victorian Filey. 8. departure day.

Larpool Hall

Stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Whitby (see page 36).

Dates & Prices - YHTRL B&B

Full Board

Short Break

£359

£389

Coastal Trail

£689

£739

Short Break 4 nights. 32 miles. 7 to 14 miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. dramatic coastal scenery from Staithes to historic Whitby. 3. easy cliff-top walking to delightful Robin Hood’s Bay. 4. hideaway bays, inlets, and wildlife reserves to Scarborough. 5. departure day.

Prices Include: • Choice of Full Board or B&B en-suite accommodation • Full use of our Country House facilities – drying rooms, games, lounges, bar, mini-shop • Transport to and from the route on all walking days • Maps and detailed walk notes

sk

ale

rnd

Fa

NORTH YORK MOORS

Grosmont Fylingdales Moor

Price

Available all year

£625

Prices Include: • 9 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Staveley

YORKSHIRE DALES

Garth Row Sedbergh HF Holidays’ Country House t Dent en

<

er E

Dates

84 miles. 9-12½ miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. leisurely walking from Ilkley to Burnsall via Bolton Abbey and The Strid. 3. through cobbled streets and along limestone pavements to Kettlewell. 4. along the bank of the River Wharfe to Oughtershaw. 5. climb to join the Roman Cam High Road before descending to the impressive Dent Head viaduct. 6. gentle walking through Dentdale. 7. towards Kendal, through beautiful Cumbrian countryside. 8. spectacular Lake District panoramas all the way today, completing your journey in Bowness-on-Windermere. 9. free day to explore the Lake District. 10. departure day.

LAKE DISTRICT

WHITBY

Riv

Dates & Prices - YJTRL

BOWNESS

H

R

Robin Hood’s Bay Ravenscar Cloughton Wyke

K

Hawes

Whernside Oughtershaw Kirkby Ribblehead Buckden Lonsdale Ingleborough Great Whernside Pen-yIngleton ghent Kettlewell Settle

ale

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Saltburn-bythe-sea NORT Skinningrove SEA Skelton Staithes Runswick Bay Guisborough Slapewath Bridge Roseberry Topping Danby Kildale

Newtond

Information

9 nights – stay at comfortable guesthouses and small hotels on or near the route.

Winder mere

Dates available all year, Saturday departures

Itinerary

Accommodation

R Lune

Accommodation

Scarborough Cayton Bay

Pickering Filey

Malham

Malhamdale HF Holidays’ Country House Gargrave

R Wharfe

Grassington Burnsall

< Bolton Priory

9

Skipton

ILKLEY


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

Cotswold Way Holiday Highlights • Meander along the western escarpment of the Cotswolds • Quintessential English scenery: rolling hills, historic castles, ancient abbeys and stately homes • Explore picture-postcard villages of golden stone

North Trail

Accommodation Accommodation is at comfortable guesthouses and hotels on or near the route.

Dates & Prices - YATRL Dates available all year

Price

North Trail

£449

South Trail

£499

Complete Trail (11 nights)

£825

Broadway

er

n

Hailes Abbey

Se v

<

er Riv

<

Prinknash Abbey & Park Painswick ∂ Rococo Garden

Stanton

Winchcombe Cheltenham

Gloucester

CHIPPING CAMPDEN

9 Sudeley Castle Dowdeswell Bourton-on-the-Water HF Holidays’ Country House

Birdlip

<

Painswick Stroud

Tyndal Monument Uley Wotton-underEdge

Owlpen Manor Tetbury

6 nights. 47 miles with 7-12½ miles and up to 1,430ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. visit Broadway Tower on the way to Stanton. 3. pass Stanton House, Hailes Abbey, and Sudeley Castle. 4. views from Winchcombe to Dowdeswell Reservoir. 5. panoramic views, past the Devil’s Chimney. 6. end the day in beautiful Painswick, after passing Prinknash Abbey and Bird Park.

Norfolk Coast Path Holiday Highlights • Gentle walking and outstanding wildlife • Spot seals basking on the beaches • Explore a world of sweeping dunes and sea breezes

6 nights – stay at comfortable guesthouses in Hunstanton and Cromer.

South Trail 6 nights. 54 miles with 9½-12 miles and up to 1,600ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. from Painswick to Uley Bury, visiting the Rococo Garden en route. 2. stunning views as you walk to Wotton-under-Edge. 3. some of the oldest houses on the Cotswold Way, as you continue to Old Sodbury. 4. past the grounds of Dyrham Park on the way to Cold Ashton. 5. your final day’s walk, to Bath, where you can enjoy the elegance of this World Heritage Site. 6. departure day. Prices Include: • Accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Dates & Prices - YRTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£499

BATH

46 miles. 8-12 miles per day. Minimal ascent on most days, with 700ft of ascent on the final day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. begin with the glorious beach at Hunstanton and sweeping dunes to Brancaster. 3. walk through ‘Nelson Country’ to Wells-next-the-Sea: birds, creeks and sea breezes. 4. extensive nature reserves lead to the cobbled streets of Blakeney. 5. superb birdlife and endless sea views as you round the Salthouse Marshes, following the beach to Weybourne. 6. along the low cliffs to Sheringham, then superb views all the way over gentle hills to Cromer. 7. departure day.

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

NORTH SEA Scolt Head Island Brancaster

HUNSTANTON THE WASH

9 Sandringham

Chipping Sodbury Cold Ashton

Itinerary

Accommodation

King’s Lynn

Blakeney Point

Wells-nextthe-Sea

Blakeney

Weybourne Cliffs Sheringham Holt

CROMER


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

Dorset Coast Path

Isle of Wight Coast Path

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Discover the ‘Jurassic Coast’, from Lyme Regis to Lulworth • Follow in the footsteps of the famous dinosaur hunters, exploring ancient deserts and fossil forests

• Complete a circuit of this stunning island

• Take time to visit quaint harbour towns en route

Itinerary

Accommodation

39 miles. 4½-10 miles and up to 2,250ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. stunning scenery over Golden Cap to West Bay. 3. easy walking along the coast to beautiful Abbotsbury. 4. views of Chesil Beach as you follow the Alternative South West Coast Path via the Hardy Monument. 5. from Weymouth it’s a short walk to Osmington Mills, leaving you time to explore, including historic Nothe Fort. 6. increasingly dramatic scenery along the chalk cliffs, past famous Durdle Door, to complete your trail at Lulworth Cove. 7. departure day.

6 nights – stay at comfortable guesthouses or small hotels on or near the route.

Dates & Prices - YMTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£499

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Axminster

• The dramatic chalk headlands of the Needles and Culver Cliff • Walk through the undercliff to Victorian Ventnor, and explore wild sections of the southwest coast

Itinerary

Accommodation

Freshwater Bay House 7 nights – stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at Freshwater Bay (see page 50).

Dates & Prices - YNTRL Dates

B&B

Full Board

Available all year, Saturday departures

£699

£739

71 miles. 10½-13 miles and up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. windswept cliffs from Freshwater Bay to Blackgang Chine. 3. around St Catherine’s Point to Ventnor, before continuing through the lush wooded undercliff to Sandown. 4. to Ryde via Bembridge Harbour and Culver Cliff. 5. along the Solent to the yachting town of Cowes, and on to Gurnard. 6. marshy creeks and nature reserves of the Newtown River to Cranmore. 7. a fitting finale, past the iconic Needles and the sands of Alum Bay, to the chalk cliffs of Tennyson Down. 8. departure day.

Prices Include: • Choice of Full Board THE or B&B en-suite SOLENT accommodation West Cowes • Full use of our Country Lymington East Cowes House facilities – drying rooms, games, lounges, Wootton Bridge bar, mini-shop, heated outdoor swimming Porchfield Cranmore Hurst pool, Dandelion Café Castle Newtown Newport • Transport to and from Yarmouth the route on all walking Tennyson Down FRESHWATER days • Maps and detailed BAY Brook Brighstone walk notes The Needles

Portsmouth Ryde

9

LYME REGIS

Golden Cap

Thomas Hardy Dorchester Monument

<

Abbotsbury

LY M E B AY

Wareham

Upwey

Ch

Osmington Mills

es

il B

ENGLISH CHANNEL

ea

Weymouth

ch Isle of Portland

LULWORTH COVE

Information • Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Down

Bembridge

ISLE OF WIGHT

ry bu en n St Dow

Whale Chine Blackgang Chine St Catherine’s Point

Culver Cliff Sandown Shanklin Luccombe

Ventnor

ENGLISH CHANNEL


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

Cornish Coast Highlights

Isles of Scilly

Holiday Highlights

• Sunsets, sandy shores, and ever-changing seascapes

Holiday Highlights • Hop from island to island discovering this unique island haven

• Follow the Cornish Tin Coast from the cobbled streets of St Ives to Mousehole’s delightful harbour

• Charming fishing villages, secluded coves and golden sands • Visit Land’s End and take in a performance at the Minack Theatre 38 miles. 5½-9 miles and up to 1,860ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. explore the Cornish Tin Coast from charming St Ives to rugged Gurnard’s Head. 3. spectacular coastline all the way to Pendeen Watch. 4. over the cliffs to the golden sands of Sennen Cove. 5. free day. 6. rugged cliffs to Land’s End, from where you continue along one of Britain’s most spectacular stretches of coast. 7. passing secluded coves, finish your journey in delightful Mousehole, from where you are transferred back to St Ives. 8. departure day.

Chy Morvah

7 nights – stay at HF Holidays’ own Country House at St Ives (see page 48).

Dates & Prices - YLTRL Dates

B&B

Full Board

Available all year, Saturday departures

£689

£739

Cornwall

Penzance

Dates

Price

Available all year

£479

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Map and detailed walk notes • Ferries tickets to Tresco, St Agnes, St Martin’s and Bryher

ST IVES

White Island

< Tresco Abbey

9

Marazion

SAMSON TH

O E R

AD

ST MARY’S

HUGH TOWN

9

Old Town

T

MOUSEHOLE

M A R

ST AGNES

Gugh

route by boat

S O

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

’S

Lamorna Cove

Y U

Logan Rock

Higher Town

TRESCO

S

Sennen Cove Porthcurno

ST MARTIN’S New Grimsby

Hayle

St Michael’s Mount

Whitesand Bay

Gwennap Head

Dates & Prices - YSTRL

• Prices based on two people sharing • Travel to St Mary’s can be arranged. Please call for prices and details • Non member associate BRYHER fee: £5 per person

C E LT I C SEA

CORNWALL

Land’s End

32 miles. 4-10 miles and minimal ascent each day. Day 1. arrival day on St Mary’s, our base. 2. Tresco’s silent white beaches and heather-clad moors. Visit the world renowned Abbey Gardens. 3. St Agnes. Traverse Gugh’s glistening sandbar to discover myriad archeological remains. 4. free day. 5. St Martin’s shimmering white sand, beautiful bulb fields and the Scillies’ only vineyard. 6. St Mary’s coastal paths. Nature trails, tea-shops and beautiful bays. 7. our final island – Bryher. Turf-clad cliff-tops, and windswept Hell Bay, with its maze of gull-haunted ledges. 8. departure day. (itinerary may vary depending on the tide and weather conditions)

7 nights – stay at welcoming guesthouses on St Mary’s.

Information

The Prices Include: Carracks • Choice of Full Board or B&B en-suite accommodation Gurnard’s • Full use of our Country House Head facilities – heated outdoor pool, Pendeen drying rooms, games, Watch lounges, bar, mini-shop • Transport to and from the route on all walking days • Maps and detailed walk notes Cape St Just

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Itinerary

Accommodation

Itinerary

Accommodation

Information

• Enjoy the serene tranquillity of island life

EASTERN ISLES

N D


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

Hebridean Hopscotch Self Drive

• Island hop from Skye to Vatersay • Self-drive holiday, giving you freedom and flexibility • Windswept lochs, white sand beaches and stunning scenery

Itinerary

7 nights – stay at welcoming Scottish guesthouses and hotels en route.

Dates & Prices - YQTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£695

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ accommodation with breakfast • Maps and detailed walk notes • Ferry journeys for car & passengers between the islands (including from Mallaig to Armadale, and from Barra to Oban) AT L A N T I C OCEAN

NORTH UIST

SOUTH UIST BARRA Vatersay

Holiday Highlights

35 miles. 4-10 miles and up to 1,450ft of ascent per day. Most walks are graded at the easier level, but days 2 and 3 are at the harder grade. Day 1. arrival day. Reach Skye via the bridge or scenic ferry from Mallaig. 2. stunning Loch Coruisk, surrounded by the mighty Cuillin mountains. 3. short crossing to Raasay with views to Torridon and Cuillin peaks. 4. final walk on Skye amidst eerie pinnacles of the Quiraing. Afternoon ferry to North Uist. 5. today’s trail on South Uist explores nature reserves and windswept beaches. 6. island hopping to Eriskay and on to Barra, voted ‘Britain’s most beautiful isle’. 7. turquoise waters and white sandy beaches on our final day’s walk. 8. departure day. Enjoy your final ferry crossing to Oban.

• Discover a treasure trove of history and a wealth of wildlife

7 nights – stay at welcoming Scottish hotels en route.

Dates & Prices - YPTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£825

Brae

SHETLAND

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Freedom and flexibility – take your own car on our self-drive holiday. For an additional supplement we can also arrange a hire car – pick up/drop off in Oban.

Kyle of Lochalsh

Loch Druidibeg

LERWICK

Travel

Portree RAASAY ISLE OF SKYE

Elgol

Eriskay

Fort William

ORKNEY KIRKWALL

Stromness Hoy

route by boat

Oban

Scrabster (ferry)

52 miles. 7½-14 miles and up to 1,000ft of ascent per day. Day 1. arrival day (Orkney). 2. a superb cliff-top walk from the island of Birsay, to the RSPB reserve of Marwick Bay. 3. circular walk around the ancient settlement of Skara Brae, and an afternoon exploring the Ring of Brodgar, the standing stones of Stenness, and Maes Howe. 4. a magnificent walk on Hoy, visiting the famous sea stacks of the “Old Man”, and the mysterious “Dwarfie Stone”. If time allows, enjoy a town trail of Stromness. 5. fly to Shetland and walk the white sand tombolo to the tiny St Ninian’s Isle. 6. explore Shetland’s heritage at beautiful Eshaness. 7. rugged coastline as you discover the Muckle Roe. 8. departure day (Shetland). Prices Include: • 7 nights’ accommodation with breakfast • Maps and detailed walk notes • Car hire on both Orkney and Shetland • Flight between Orkney and Shetland on Day 5

Information

Sumburgh

Aberdeen (ferry & flight)

Mallaig Castlebay

Itinerary

Accommodation

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Uig

• Succumb to the relaxed pace of island life

Information

Lochmaddy

BENBECULA

Self Drive

• Island hop from the crofting communities of Orkney to the beautiful fjords and voes of Shetland

Holiday Highlights

Accommodation

Orkney & Shetland

• Prices based on two people sharing • Price does not include travel to Orkney (Day 1), or from Shetland (Day 8). Please ask if you would like us to book this for you • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Flights depart from various Scottish airports. Ferries depart Aberdeen – Kirkwall, Scrabster – Stromness, and return Lerwick – Aberdeen.


Self-Guided Holidays in Britain

West Highland Way

Pembrokeshire Coast Path

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• A spectacular route through breathtaking Highland scenery from Loch Lomond to the foot of Ben Nevis

• Relaxed walking exploring a landscape of rugged cliffs, pristine golden beaches and charming fishing villages

• Crystal-clear lochs, rugged glens and dramatic fells

• View a plethora of seabirds and more elusive marine mammals

• Superb Scottish hospitality

• Visit the magnificent 12th century cathedral at St David’s

Itinerary

Accommodation 9 nights – stay at welcoming guesthouses and small hotels on or near the route.

FORT WILLIAM Ben Nevis

Glen Coe HF Holidays’ Country House

Kinlochleven Kingshouse

Coe

ch

Li n

nh e

Glen

Lo

Ra

h

oc

nn

Black Mount

r oo

M

Inveroran Bridge of Orchy Tyndrum Crianlarich

Dates

Price

Available all year

£649

Aw e ch Lo

Loch Lo

10 km

mond

N

Rowardennan Balmaha Drymen

20

de

Firth of Cly

MILNGAVIE GLASGOW

Prices Include: • 9 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

6 nights – stay at comfortable guesthouses and small hotels on or near the route.

Dates & Prices - YCTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£469

ST GEORGE’S CHANNEL Strumble Head

Dinas Head

Goodwick Fishguard

ST DAVID’S HEAD

Trefin

Newgale St Brides Bay

Broad Haven Skomer Island Skokholm Island

Haverfordwest

Marloes

DALE St Ann’s Head

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers • Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Solva

Ramsey Island

44½ miles. 10½-12 miles per day with a daily ascent of 420-770ft, and one day of 1,600ft. Day 1. arrival day. 2. stunning beaches from Dale to Martin’s Haven, including beautiful Marloes Sands (we recommend an extra day at Marloes for wildlife enthusiasts, to visit Skomer Island). 3. past Musselwick Sands, St Bride’s Haven and the delightful Little Haven, to Broad Haven. 4. via lovely beaches at Nolton Haven and Newgale Sands to the village of Solva. 5. rugged coastline walking to Whitesands Bay via the harbour where St David was baptised. 6. free day to explore St David’s, visit Ramsey Island, go whale watching, or a circular walk around St David’s Head. 7. departure day.

Information

St David’s

Whitesands Bay

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Itinerary

Accommodation

Dates & Prices - YKTRL

Ardlui

Ben Lomond

0

95 miles. 9-15 miles and up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. through gentle countryside from Milngavie to Drymen. 3. fine Highland views along the shores of Loch Lomond. 4. along the loch’s shores to Ardlui. 5. on to Crianlarich and Tyndrum. 6. General Wade’s military road, built to quell the Jacobite rebellions, leads us to Inveroran. 7. through the wild open country of Rannoch Moor to the Kingshouse, Scotland’s oldest licensed inn. 8. ascend the slopes of Glen Coe on the ‘Devil’s Staircase’, and on to Kinlochleven. 9. surrounded by magnificent mountain scenery, we make our final steps along Glen Nevis to Fort William. 10. departure day.

9 Pembroke


Self-Guided Holidays in Europe

Rocamadour & the Dordogne

Ardeche: rambles with a donkey*

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Relaxed walking by rivers and on limestone plateaux

• Enjoy the unhurried pace with your four-legged friend

• Visit the impressive Padirac Caves, medieval Rocamadour and the elegant architecture of Château de Montal

• Ramble along the balconies of the Ardeche plateau • Wander through chestnut groves and traditional villages

• Indulge in the gastronomic delights of the region

7 nights – stay at traditional style 2 and 3-star hotels.

Dates & Prices - WMTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£675

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • All transport on walking days • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Half Board: £110 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Itinerary

Accommodation

Itinerary

Accommodation

50 miles. 8-12½ miles and up to 1,480ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrive in Souillac. Explore the old town. 2. follow wooded trails above the Dordogne, explore the caves and the riverside path from Blanzaguet to Meyronne. 3. a gentle ascent onto the “Causse” de Gramat plateau, followed by a pleasant trail to Rocamadour. 4. free day to relax and explore. 5. cross the limestone plateau to the caves at Padirac. Pleasant sandy paths lead to Loubressac. 6. follow the edge of the plateau descending to the charming village of Autoire. Continue to the Château de Montal on the way to StCéré. 7. free day to relax and explore or walk in the local hills. 8. departure day.

6 nights – stay at comfortable small rural farms and Chambres d’hotes en route.

Dates & Prices - WETRL Dates

Price

Available all year** (from £299 per child)

£655

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation • Luggage transfers • Maps and detailed walks notes • One donkey per group

Travel

We can book flights from 10 different regional UK airports to Limoges or Toulouse. Please call for prices. Transfer by train to Souillac – 1hr 30mins from Limoges or 2hrs from Toulouse (payable locally).

Saint-Sylvestre

Information Saint-Romain -de-Lerps

ne

og ord

D

SOUILLAC

Champis

Meyronne Bordeaux

Pinsac

Blanzaguel

Loubressac Padirac

Alvignac Quercy Caussees de Rocamadour

St-JeanLespinasse Autoire

39 miles. 6-10½ miles and approx. 1,000ft of ascent per day (1,500ft on one day). Day 1. arrival day and introduction to your donkey. 2. through rolling countryside, along country lanes from the medieval village of Boffres. 3. through tiny hamlets, onto the plateau Ardechois, en route to St Colombier le Jeune. 4. a pleasant walk amidst farmland and villages. 5. along the mountains to explore plateaux and views over Rhone valley vineyards, as the river meanders to St Romain de Lerps. 6. through chestnut groves, back to Boffres. Farewell to your four-legged companion, before transferring to your final night’s accommodation. 7. departure day.

Valence

• It is essential that you book as early as possible, as accommodation is limited • Prices based on two people sharing *Holiday also available without donkey. Please call for prices. **£84 supplement/adult for holidays in July and August • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

Alboussière

ST-CÉRÉ BOFFRES

We can book flights to Nimes, Lyon, Grenoble, Marseille, Paris; from where you transfer by train to Valence, then taxi (payable locally). Please call for prices.


Brittany Côtes d’Armor

Camino de Santiago

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Island hop from the mainland to the Isle of Bréhat

• Uncover history and folklore on this ancient trail

• Explore the natural beauty of Brittany’s Plougrescant peninsula and the wide range of sea birds and wild flowers along the coast

• Achieve the pilgrim’s goal: Santiago de Compostela

6 nights – stay at comfortable hotels and guesthouses on or near the route.

Dates & Prices - WBTRL Dates

Price

Mar-Nov

£585

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • 3 dinners • Maps and detailed walk notes • Luggage transfers • First day’s transfer to walk from Paimpol

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

59 miles. 9½-15½ miles in a day with negligible ascent. Day 1. arrival in Paimpol 2. a 10 minute ferry journey from Paimpol to Île-de-Bréhat, enjoy a walk around the island. 3. walk around the peninsula via the Sillon de Talbert to Tréguier. 4. through stunning scenery to the town of Port Blanc. 5. along the coastal path through quaint hamlets to the town of Perros-Guirec. 6. a host of options: visit the archipelago to experience one of the oldest and best preserved bird sanctuaries in France. Alternatively enjoy a walk through the picturesque port of Ploumanach. 7. departure day.

Travel

Travel by ferry from Plymouth to Roscoff. From Roscoff, you can travel by train or car to Paimpol. Cars can be parked at Paimpol harbour free of charge and a bus is available from Perros-Guirec back to Paimpol (payable locally). Please call for further information. Transfer by train from Paris Montparnasse Station to Paimpol (payable locally). Please call for further information.

Ploumanach

Port Blanc

Dates & Prices - WKTRL Dates

Price

Available all year

£629

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ en-suite accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • Luggage transfers • Private transfer to Sarriá at the beginning of the holiday from Santiago or A Coruña

BRITTANY

PAIMPOL

Please contact us for advice and prices for flights to Santiago or A Coruña.

• Prices based on two people sharing • Half Board: £70 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

SPAIN

A Coruña

<

Tréguier

Travel

Information

SANTIAGO DE COMPOSTELA

PERROS-GUIREC

70 miles. 11-17 miles and up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival day. 2. walk from Sarriá to Portomarin and the Miño River. 3. panoramic views as we walk through the undulating countryside of the Sierra de Ligonde. 4. Romanesque churches and medieval bridges as we cross to Melide, then river valleys and wooded trails lead us to Arzúa. 5. shingle houses and tiny hamlets amidst wooded glades on the trail to Rua. 6. a triumphant finale – your first glimpse of the city from Monte del Gozo. Descend and enter Santiago de Compostela via the Porta do Camino. Explore this stunning city and receive your Compostela certificate. 7. departure day.

6 nights – stay at comfortable small hotels or guesthouses on or near the route.

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Sillon de Talbert

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Itinerary

Accommodation

via

Itinerary

Accommodation

• Experience the great spirit and hospitality this trail evokes

Arzúa

Na

• Experience Brittany’s rich history dating back to the Neolithic age and the indelible Celtic influence

Palas de Rei

Portomarin Miño

Self-Guided Holidays in Europe

NEW

SARRIÁ


Self-Guided Holidays in Europe

Florence to Siena

Austria’s Lake District

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Meander amidst rolling hills and golden stone villages, sampling the famous wines of ‘The Chianti’

• Breathtaking scenery in the heart of Austria’s Lake District

• Explore Florence, birthplace of the Renaissance

• Relaxed walking through mountain pastures and by glimmering lakes

• Discover medieval Siena, with its beautiful Gothic buildings

• Enjoy café and cake culture in picturesque villages en route

Dates & Prices - WCTRL Dates

Price

April to October, Sunday departures

£629

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • 2 evening meals • Maps and detailed walk notes • Luggage transfers • Transfers on walking days, excluding 2 public bus journeys

Fiesole Arno

FLORENCE

Information

Route by bus

El

sa

San Gimignano

Coneo

We can book flights from over 10 UK regional airports to Pisa. Please call for prices. Transfer by train to Florence – 1hr 30mins and return from Siena – 2hrs (payable locally).

Radda in Chianti

Castellina Chianti

Colle Val D’elsa Castello Brolio Quartaia

SIENA

Travel

Dates

Price

1 May - 11 May 1 Sept - 2 Oct

£499

12 May - 31 Aug

£539

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ accommodation with breakfast included • Maps and detailed walk notes • Boat trips on lakes Attersee and Wolfgangsee • Ride on the Schafberg rack railway • Luggage transfers

Information

• Prices based on two people sharing • Half Board: £119 • No departures on Wednesdays • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights from Gatwick, Stansted, Exeter and Southampton to Salzburg. Please call for prices. Transfer by local bus and train to St Wolfgang – 2hrs (payable locally).

Linz Nussdorf Mondsee

9 Fu

AUSTRIA

ee

Route

Dates & Prices - WHTRL

ds

sa

• Prices based on two people sharing • Allow approx €25 for two bus journeys • Extra nights in Florence and Siena can be arranged • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

44 miles. 7-11 miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrive in picturesque St Wolfgang. 2. by boat to Abersee, then a lakeside trail via Strobl. 3. through meadows to the hidden Schwarzensee Lake, then to the quiet village of Unterach. 4. enjoy a walk to the Egelsee nature reserve and Nussdorf, before returning to Unterach by boat. 5. by bus to Mondsee then walk to the ruins of Castle Wartenfels and the village of Fuschl. 6. free day. 7. cross the hills to St Gilgen and Furberg for your boat to St Wolfgang. Travel on the rack railway, for views from the summit of Schafberg. 8. departure day.

7 nights – stay at comfortable hotels and guesthouses on or near the route.

n Mo

Pe

Itinerary

Accommodation

rsee

6 nights – stay at comfortable hotels and guesthouses en route.

48 miles. 7-11 miles and up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Day 1. arrival in Florence. 2. walk to Fiesole along olive groves and cypress-lined roads. Return to Florence. 3. transfer to Castellina in Chianti to follow the road of the wines to Radda. 4. stroll through Chianti’s villages to Galena. Return to Radda. 5. castles and magnificent villas, culminating at Brolio Castle and the Ricasole wine vaults. Transfer to Siena. 6. by bus to Colle val d’Elsa and walk to Quartaia, and Coneo Abbey. Wind your way to San Gimignano, with its medieval towers. 7. explore Siena before departing.

Atte

Itinerary

Accommodation

Schober

sc

hls

ee

Unterach Fuschl Schafberg

St Gilgen

Furberg

W ol

fg

Zwölferhorn

an

hw

ar

ze

gs

ee

route route by boat route by train/bus

Sc

ns

e

e ST WOLFGANG

Strobl


Contents

Page

2-centre holidays

119-121

Greece The Greek Cyclades, Naxos The Greek Cyclades, Amorgos Rhodes, Lindos NEW Crete, Kolimbari Lesvos, Mólyvos

122 123 124-125 126 127

Spain Gran Canaria, Puerto de Mogán NEW 128-129 Lanzarote, Costa Teguise 130 Tenerife, Puerto de la Cruz 131 Valencia, Biar NEW 132 Catalonia, Setcases 133 Menorca, Mahon 134 Mallorca, Puerto de Sóller 135

Portugal The Algarve, Praia da Luz

136-137

Turkey Lycian Coast, Ölü Deniz Aegean Coast, Bodrum Peninsula

Guided Walking in Europe

138 139

Maltese Islands Malta Gozo

140 141

Italy Sicily, Taormina Sicily, Scopello Sorrento Peninsula, Sorrento Southern Tuscany, San Quirico Cinque Terre, Bonassola Umbria, Norcia Piedmont, Montelupo The Dolomites, Selva

142 143 144-145 146 147 148 149 150-151

Austria Zillertal Alps, Mayrhofen Seefeld Plateau, Weidach Oetz Valley, Sölden

152-153 154 155

Lofoten Islands

France French Riviera, Menton Provence, Gréoux-les-Bains NEW Dordogne, Sarlat French Alps, Les Contamines

156 157 158 159

Stalheim

Switzerland Bernese Oberland, Adelboden

Mayrhofen

160

Montelupo

Poland Polish Tatras, Zakopane NEW

Adelboden

161

Montenegro Coast, Petrovac

Sölden

162 163

Norway Lofoten Islands, Svolvaer NEW Western Fjords, Stalheim

Gréoux-les-Bains

Discovery Tours Afloat NEW

164-165 166 167 168-169 170-172 173-174

Setcases

Bonassola

Baška Voda Petrovac

Sorrento

236-237

Mallorca

Praia da Luz Biar

Menton Lanzarote

175

Additional holiday information Further information

San Quirico d’Orcia Norcia

Menorca

Alternative Holidays Family holidays Adventurous Walking holidays European Leisure Activity holidays Discovery Tours

Selva

Sarlat

Croatia Dalmatian Coast, Baška Voda

Zakopane

Les Contamines

Montenegro

Weidach

Tenerife

Gran Canaria

Naxos Amorgos

Scopello

Torba

Taormina

Lesvos

Gozo

Crete

Malta

Rhodes

Ölü Deniz


Walking in Europe


Accommodation in Europe

Our European Hotels We know that high quality accommodation is important to our guests and in Europe we pride ourselves on our excellent partner hotels. Beautiful locations, great food, and above all a welcoming atmosphere, all contribute to making your stay special. Premium hotels: we’ve highlighted five hotels which guests have regularly judged our top five hotels in Europe. For an extra special holiday, choose one of our Premium Hotels at Baška Voda, Menton, Montelupo, Selva and Weidach. Best Value: If you need to watch your budget, we’ve highlighted our Best Value Hotels at Lanzarote, Malta, Gozo, Mallorca and Tenerife. They offer all you would expect from HF Holidays’ hotels but with a slightly simpler level of hospitality and a great price.

Hotel Kristall, Weidach

Hotel Royal Westminster, Menton

Hotel Ca'Del Lupo, Montelupo

Grand Hotel, Gozo

Hotel Grotta Azzurra, Norcia

Hotel Parque San Antonio, Tenerife


Make the most of your European holiday Guided Walking – two destinations The Greek Cyclades

(see pages 122-123) A wonderful chance to visit these idyllic little-known Cyclades Islands, Naxos and Amorgos, whose whitewashed villages and lush flowers typify the Greek islands everyone dreams about. There is a direct transfer between the islands. Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

Thur 12, 19, 26

£1,399

£1,099

May

Thur 3

£1,439

£1,139

Sept

Thur 13, 20, 27

£1,519

£1,219

Oct

Thur 4

£1,479

£1,179

Yes

No

Sicily Grand Tour

(see pages 142-143) A chance to fully explore the wonders of Sicily from the bijou resort of Taormina and ancient Syracuse in the east to the lush national parks and ancient Greek temples of the west in Scopello.

Flight & transfer included April

Sun 29

£1,329

£1,149

May

Sun 6, 13

£1,329

£1,149

Sept

Sun 9, 16, 23

£1,479

£1,269

Europe - 2 weeks or more

Two weeks or more


Europe - 2 weeks or more

Canary Islands

(see pages 128-131) Combine Tenerife and Lanzarote in Spring or Lanzarote and Gran Canaria in Autumn for a unique island hopping experience in the sunny Canary Islands. All transfers are direct.

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

£1,229

£1,099

Tenerife & Lanzarote Jan

Sat 14, 21, 28

Lanzarote & Gran Canaria Sept

Sat 22, 29

£1,329

£1,199

Oct

Sat 6

£1,329

£1,199

The Turkish Coast

(see pages 138-139) Explore the beautiful coastline of Turkey at your leisure, from Bodrum Peninsula’s gentle rambles and magnificent Crusader castle to the delights of the fabulous Lycian Coast. There is a direct transfer from Ölü Deniz to Bodrum. Flight & transfer included

(see pages 140-141) A perennial favourite, combining Malta’s rich and dramatic history with Gozo’s charming rural scenery. A good value option to escape the winter for sunny climes and gentle rambles. There is a direct ferry transfer between Malta & Gozo. Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

Mon 16, 23, 30

£1,329

£1,099

May

Mon 7

£1,359

£1,129

Sept

Mon 17

£1,399

£1,179

Sept

Mon 24

£1,349

£1,129

Oct

Mon 1, 8

£1,349

£1,129

Magnificent Balkans

(see pages 162-163) Explore this magnificent part of Europe where the mountains swoop down to the Adriatic and cultural discovery abounds. Venetian citadels, dramatic fjords and ancient cities make this an unforgettable fortnight in Montenegro and Croatia. Flight & transfer included

Malta & Gozo

Yes

No

March

Sat 10, 17

£1,099

£949

Sept

Sat 29

£1,179

£1,029

Oct

Sat 6, 13

£1,179

£1,029

Tuscan Delights

(see pages 146-147) A delightful fortnight spent exploring the treasures of Tuscany from Siena and the beautiful hilltop towns of the south to the five enchanting villages of the Cinque Terre and the wonderful Ligurian coastline. Combines San Quirico with Bonassola. Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

Sun 29

£1,429

£1,299

May

Sun 6, 13, 20, 27

£1,429

£1,299

Sept

Sun 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£1,429

£1,299

Yes

No

Romantic Provence Yes

No

(see pages 156-157) Spend a fortnight immersed in the landscapes which inspired painters for centuries, from timeless Provençal villages to the medieval perched villages of the French Riviera. Combines our new resort of Gréoux-les-Bains in Provence with Menton.

April

Sat 14, 21

£1,199

£1,039

April

Sat 28

£1,219

£1,059

May

Sat 5

£1,229

£1,069

May

Sat 12

£1,279

£1,119

May

Sat 19

£1,299

£1,149

Sept

Sat 15

£1,299

£1,149

Flight & transfer included

Sept

Sat 22, 29

£1,289

£1,129

April

Sat 14, 21

£1,599

£1,399

Oct

Sat 6

£1,199

£1,059

Sept

Sat 22

£1,729

£1,529

Sept

Sat 29

£1,679

£1,479

Oct

Sat 6

£1,679

£1,479

Oct

Sat 13

£1,639

£1,439

Guided Walking – one resort, two walking itineraries At some of our most popular resorts we offer a choice of two walking itineraries, which run on alternate weeks. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks. Available at Selva (see pages 150-151), Sorrento (see pages 144-145), Mayrhofen (see pages 152153), Menton (see page 156) and Les Contamines (see page 159) and Sölden (see page 155).


Guided Walking holiday

(see pages 159-160) Choose the best walks in Europe in the fabulous high mountains and meadows of the Chamonix Valley, then enjoy the stunning Swiss Alps with their beautiful pastures and picture-perfect villages. Combines Les Contamines with Adelboden.

Italy Bonassola (page 147)

Florence to Siena Self-Guided tour (page 115)

San Quirico d’Orcia (page 146)

Florence to Siena Self-Guided tour (page 115)

Spain/France Setcases (page 133)

Flight & transfer included

Trail holiday

Yes

No

June

Sat 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£1,449

£1,279

July

Sat 7

£1,449

£1,279

Aug

Sat 11, 18, 25

£1,449

£1,279

Yes

No

Cathar Crossing Guided Trail (page 100)

Contact Reservations for more details.

Austrian Alps

(see pages 152-155) Combine any of our three Austrian resorts for your fortnight’s holiday. Mayrhofen offers an excellent introduction to the high Alps. Magnificent high level challenges and easier walks are found in Sölden, while Weidach offers the chance to wind down with easy rambles in picturesque valleys.

Mayrhofen and Weidach Flight & transfer included June

Sat 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£1,489

£1,289

July

Sat 7, 14

£1,489

£1,289

Aug

Sat 11, 18

£1,489

£1,289

Yes

No

Weidach & Sölden Flight & transfer included June

Sat 23, 30

£1,469

£1,269

July

Sat 7, 14, 21

£1,469

£1,269

Aug

Sat 11, 18, 25

£1,469

£1,269

Sölden & Mayrhofen Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

Sat 23, 30

£1,479

£1,279

July

Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

£1,479

£1,279

Aug

Sat 4, 11, 18, 25

£1,479

£1,279

Sept

Sat 1

£1,479

£1,279

Guided Walking and Cycling Tours

Jewels of Norway

(see pages 164-166) Combine two wonderful regions of Norway: Stalheim in the spectacular fjords of the west and the Lofoten islands, justifiably renowned as the most beautiful place in Europe. All transfers are direct. Flight & transfer included

Guided Walking holiday

Yes

No

June

Wed 13

£2,099

£1,749

Aug

Wed 1

£2,149

£1,799

Aug

Wed 8

£2,099

£1,749

Two week Guided Walking holiday prices include: • 14 nights' Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks or guided walks & sightseeing with 2 leaders in both resorts • Transfers between resorts are direct where possible but may travel via the arrival airport

Information

Cycling holiday

Italy

• Please see individual resort pages for additional room supplements and local transport costs • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Bonassola (page 147)

Pisa to Florence Self-Guided tour

San Quirico d’Orcia (page 146)

Pisa to Florence Self-Guided tour

Selva (page 150-151)

Waterways towards Venice Bike and Boat tour

Spain Setcases (page 133)

Volcanoes to the Ocean Self-Guided tour

Austria Mayrhofen (pages 152-153)

Austrian Lakes and Mountains Self-Guided tour

Croatia Baška Voda (page 163)

Dalmatian National Parks Bike and Boat tour

Baška Voda (page 163)

Southern Dalmatia Bike and Boat tour

A selection of our Cycling holidays is featured on pages 184–193 of this brochure. For our complete range see our Cycling 2012 brochure available in November 2011. Call us for more details.

Europe - 2 weeks or more

Guided Walking and Trails holidays

French and Swiss Alps


Walking in Greece

The Greek Cyclades Naxos

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking and Sightseeing

• The romantic Cyclades Islands typify the Greece of which everyone dreams

Join our leaders for guided walks in this beautiful area. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks: Easier Walks: For many people, Naxos is one of the most beautiful of the Cyclades. On our easier walks we will discover Roman temples and Venetian hill top castles and the monumental statutes of the Kouros, over 2,000 years old. We’ll use the loveliest of the old mule tracks to visit pretty villages in the heart of the island and enjoy a meze lunch in a remote village in the mountains. 4½ to 7 miles on good, but rocky, paths. Up to 1,400ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The great mountain massif which forms the heart of the island offers outstanding walking. Using the ancient stone-paved trails, we’ll climb to hill-top castles for panoramic views and spend a day walking between remote mountain villages with a welcome stop at a local tavern. A highlight will be the ascent of the mountain of Zás (Zeus), the highest mountain in the Cyclades, over 1,000m high. 4½ to 9 miles on rocky paths. Up to 2,145ft of ascent in a day. On your free day explore the fascinating old quarters of Naxos Town, one of the oldest inhabited places in the world, and watch the colourful life of the quayside while enjoying a leisurely lunch.

• Sample genuine Greek hospitality and Grandma’s cakes at our friendly family-run hotel • Naxos is famous for outstanding walking with old traditional trails linking tiny villages • Enjoy the fascinating old quarters of Naxos town and its Venetian castle, minutes from the hotel • Combine with our holiday in Amorgos for a truly Greek adventure MEDITERRANEAN

NAXOS TOWN

Melanes Potamia

Plaka Ano

©

M.Fanari

9 Chalki Filoti

M.Zás

Combine a week at Naxos with a week at Amorgos (see page 119). From £1,399 (with flight), from £1,099 (no flight)

NAXOS

Dates & Prices - NXLCL

Accommodation Hotel Grotta

The family-run 3-star Hotel Grotta is a wonderful place to experience true Greek hospitality. From its terrace, wonderful views can be enjoyed of the old quarters of Naxos Town and the charming Temple of Apollo, both of which can be reached by a short walk. The bedrooms, facing an inner patio are meticulously maintained with simple en-suite facilities. Breakfast and dinner both offer genuine local dishes, with Grandma’s home-made cakes a highlight. Holidays in Naxos are Half-Board with a served 3-course dinner.

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Dec

£829

£599

7nts

Wed 21 - Xmas

April

7nts

Thur 12, 19, 26

£869

£549

May

7nts

Thur 3

£899

£589

Sept

7nts

Thur 13, 20

£899

£589

Sept

7nts

Thur 27

£869

£549

Oct

7nts

Thur 4

£869

£549

Oct

7nts

Thur 11

£869

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £19.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €60 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Athens. We will take the comfortable Blue Star ferry from Athens to Naxos. Journey time is 5½ hours with a 5 minute transfer by road to the hotel. Visit our website for the latest ferry times. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' ferry and transfer: £68.50 single.


Walking in Greece

The Greek Cyclades Amorgos

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking and Sightseeing

• A true island getaway: untouched Amorgos can only be reached by ferry

Each day on Amorgos you’ll have the choice of two different walks:

• Amorgos is renowned for superb walking, including the stunning Queen’s Trail, along the island’s spine • Enjoy our 4-star hotel and spa with panoramic views over the beautiful bay of Aigali • Ancient Byzantine trails, the monopatia, wind through the hills to spectacular monasteries • Immerse yourself in the romantic Cyclades for two weeks by combining with Naxos

AIGIALI

To Naxos

M.Skopos Lagadha

<

Ag. Stavros

<Ag. Memas

Harder Walks: Amorgos is renowned for offering marvellous ridge walking in its beautiful mountains. We’ll use ancient pathways between tiny villages, visit the famous Byzantine monastery beneath dramatic cliffs and enjoy a fantastic balcony path in the hills above the hotel. A highlight will be the Queen’s Trail, a tremendous day’s walking along the island’s mountainous backbone. 5½ to 8½ miles on rocky paths. Up to 1,700ft of ascent in a day. Relax on the beautiful beach at Aigali and enjoy a lunch at a local taverna or maybe make use of the hotel’s extensive spa facilities.

MEDITERRANEAN

Katapola

Easier Walks: Byzantine trails, the monopatia, wind their way through easy routes in the hills. Tiny chapels dot the landscapes of our walks (there are 370 on the island) and we’ll also visit a 1,000 year old monastery clinging dramatically to the cliffs. We’ll walk to untouched villages, their streets decorated with daisies, indulge in the local raki honey and stroll through delightful Hora, the island’s tiny capital. 3½ to 6 miles on good, but rocky, paths. Up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day.

Chora

<

Chozoviotisa Monastery

Combine a week at Amorgos with a week at Naxos (see page 119). From £1,399 (with flight), from £1,099 (no flight)

AMORGOS

Dates & Prices - AOLCL

Accommodation Aegalis Hotel

The family-run 4-star Aegalis Hotel and Spa enjoys a delightful position above the bay of Aigali. There are 47 prettily furnished bedrooms with simple en-suite bathrooms, all with wonderful sea views. The hotel has a long panoramic terrace where evening drinks can be taken before dinner. The extensive spa facilities can be enjoyed at an extra cost. Holidays in Amorgos are Half Board with a served 3-course dinner.

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Thur 19, 26

£969

£649

May

7nts

Thur 3, 10

£969

£649

Sept

7nts

Thur 20, 27

£999

£699

Oct

7nts

Thur 4, 11

£999

£699

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £28.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €70 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Athens. We will take the comfortable Blue Star ferry to Aigali. Journey time is 7 hours with a 5 minute transfer by road to the hotel. Visit our website for the latest ferry times. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' ferry and transfer: £76.50 single.


Rhodes

NEW

Lindos

Accommodation Mareblue Lindos Bay Resort & Spa This 4-star hotel lies directly on the beach of Lindos Bay, a couple of kilometres from the pretty 14th century town of Lindos. The 192 en-suite bedrooms have all been recently renovated. There is a restaurant serving ample buffet meals, several bars, a swimming pool, private beach area and a spa. Holidays at Rhodes are Half Board with a continental breakfast and an evening meal which can be taken in the outdoor restaurent.

Holiday Highlights • Visit the pretty town of Lindos and its ancient hilltop acropolis • A day’s sightseeing in the medieval old town of Rhodes: one of the most fascinating Crusader towns in Europe • Enjoy the facilities of our 4-star hotel including two swimming pools and a private beach • Walk off the beaten track to unspoilt villages nestled in the foothills of the mountains


Walking in Greece

Guided Walking and Sightseeing Easier Walks: Visit the colourful hilltop town of Lindos with its narrow alleys over-looked by an ancient acropolis. We’ll wander down the cobblestoned Avenue of Knights’ in one of the best preserved medieval towns in Europe: Old Rhodes town. We’ll also enjoy coastal walks along to the ancient Byzantium castles of Feraklos and inland we’ll visit pretty untouched villages. 4 to 7 miles with some rocky sections. Up to 850ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: This stunning island offers excellent walking though hidden trails close to the pretty village of Lindos and along mountain ridges to the peak of Profitis Elias. Explore the ruins of two crusaders castles along the captivating coastal paths. From the town of Archangelos we travel to the enchanting Seven Springs, a cool oasis with peaceful olive groves and spend day’s sightseeing in Rhodes Old Town. 7 to 10 miles with some rocky sections. Up to 1,400ft of ascent in a day.

Rhodes Town

Butterfly Valley Profitis Elias

9 Kritinia Castle

Seven Springs

RHODES

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

May

£749

£579

7 nts

Wed 2, 9, 16, 23

Sept

7nts

Wed 12, 19, 26

£799

£629

Oct

7nts

Wed 3, 10

£749

£579

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €85 for transport to and from the walks and €25 for sightseeing • Double room for sole occupancy: £20 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person.

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £85) to Rhodes. The coach transfer to Lindos takes 1hr 20mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi single: £70. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays' transfer coach from Rhodes Airport: £21.50 single.

9 Feraklos Castle

Monolithos

LINDOS Pefki

Dates & Prices - RDLCL

Archangelos


Walking in Greece

Crete

Kolimbari Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Western Crete’s beautiful foothills, stunning coastline and Minoan heritage will captivate walkers

Discover western Crete on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Complete the classic Samaria Gorge walk; Crete’s most dramatic natural wonder

Easier Walks: The rich history and rural traditions of Crete are readily apparent on our walks to unspoilt traditional villages in the foothills of the White Mountains. We’ll also walk through the Sirikari Gorge, lined with chestnut groves, plane trees and wild olives, and visit the ruined Minoan city of Falasarna. There is also the opportunity to walk the lower stretch of the Samaria Gorge, although an alternative may be offered in April. 5 to 6½ miles sometimes on rugged paths. Up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day.

• Follow shepherds’ trails through olive groves to sleepy hillside villages • Enjoy our attractive 4-star hotel in its peaceful coastal location • Visit the bustling city of Chania with its fine Venetian architecture

Harder Walks: The foothills of the White Mountains offer excellent walks, as does the rocky coastal landscapes of the Rodopou Peninsula. The island’s stunning hills are a real highlight; a rural paradise high above the coast. Crete’s spectacular gorges are justly famous and you can make the classic descent through the famous 11-mile Samaria Gorge, although an alternative may be offered in April. 6 to 11 miles over undulating limestone hills and rugged gorges. Up to 1,900ft of ascent in a day.

Rodopou Peninsula Gramvousa Peninsula

KOLIMBARI Falassarna

Platanias

©

Chania

Kissamos Meskia

Kandanos

Paleochora

ite

Mo

un

ia ar m rge Sa Go

Sougia

Your free day is an opportunity to relax around the pool or on the nearby beach. Alternatively take the local bus into Chania to explore this charming Venetian city built around its picturesque harbour.

WESTERN CRETE Wh N

tain

s 0

10 km

20

Agia Roumeli

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

Accommodation Grand Bay Hotel

The 4-star Grand Bay Hotel is an ideal base from which to explore western Crete. Situated in a quiet location by the beach, it is in easy walking distance of the traditional Cretan village of Kolimabri. All of the 56 spacious bedrooms have a veranda or balcony, with garden or sea views. There are two outdoor swimming pools with wonderful views out to the ocean, a pool bar, a lounge bar, snack bar and main restaurant. Holidays on Crete are Half Board with a continental breakfast and a 3-course buffet dinner.

Dates & Prices - CRLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

Tue 17, 24

£729

£549

7nts

May

7nts

Tue 1, 8, 15

£749

£579

Sept

7nts

Tue 18, 25

£749

£579

Oct

7nts

Tue 2, 9

£749

£579

Oct

7nts

Tue 16

£729

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €85 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: £19 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £85) to Chania. The coach transfer to Kolmbari takes 45 mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £70 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Chania Airport: £14 single.


Walking in Greece

Lesvos Mólyvos

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Discover an untouched island; one of the Mediterranean’s best kept secrets

Explore the beautiful coastal and inland landscapes of Lesvos on foot. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Walk traditional donkey trails through abundant olive groves to tiny Greek villages

Easier Walks: Explore the medieval streets of Petra with its ancient church on the rock. Descend the centuries-old pilgrim route from Agiassos. Bathe in the thermal sea waters of Megala Beach. Follow traditional cobbled paths to historical monasteries and enjoy a panoramic walk between the mountain-side villages of Stipsi and Vafios. 5 to 7 miles on good paths and tracks. Up to 800ft of ascent in a day.

• Enjoy stunning sea views from your balcony at our excellent 4-star hotel • Explore the charming hill town of Mólyvos with its cobbled streets and picturesque harbour • Step off the beaten track to sample an authentic taste of rural Greek life Eftaloú

MÓLYVOS

Skala Sikamineas

Vafiós Mt Lepétimnos

Petra

Harder Walks: Approach Mólyvos through the beautiful meadows of the Rechona hillside. Descend on the paths of the Liakos olive groves to visit a Roman aquaduct. Enjoy stunning coastal views of Turkey on our circular walk from the charming fishing port of Skala Sikaminia. Discover the amazing Valley of the Mills and the pilgrim route of Agiassos. 6 to 12 miles, sometimes over rougher terrain. Up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day.

N

0

5 km

10

The free day is a chance to relax, perhaps by strolling around the shops and tavernas in Mólyvos or sunbathing by the hotel pool.

Mt Kitimaltis

nia Ts ik

<

Kalloní Skala Kallonis

R

M Limonos

s

Lafiónos

Ag Paraskeví

Gulf of Kalloni Mytiléne

LESVOS AEGEAN SEA

Ayassos

Accommodation Sun Rise Hotel

Nestled on a hillside, the pretty pink and yellow bungalows of the 4-star Sun Rise Hotel are set in a peaceful location 2km from the bustle of Mólyvos town. Each of the hotel’s 95 en-suite rooms have a balcony overlooking the Aegean sea and the coast of Turkey. Facilities include a gym, a sauna and spa pool, and the outdoor pool and terrace are pleasant for relaxing at the end of the day’s walks. Holidays at Lesvos are Half Board with a continental buffet breakfast and 3-course buffet dinner.

"Hotel staff were excellent, so friendly and helpful." Mr Peter Cleminson

Dates & Prices - LELCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

£729

£529

7nts

Sat 21, 28

May

7nts

Sat 5, 12, 19

£749

£549

Sept

7nts

Sat 8, 15, 22, 29

£749

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €60 for transport to and from the walks. • Double room for sole occupancy: £19.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £85) to Mytilene. The coach transfer to the hotel takes 2 hours. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £70 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Mytilene Airport: £14.50 single.


Gran Canaria

NEW

Puerto de Mogán Accommodation Cordial Mogán Valle

Situated in the picturesque fishing village of Puerto de Mogán, the 3-star Cordial Mogán Valle is just a few minutes’ walks from the harbour and the beach. The 298 en-suite apartments all feature kitchenettes, a living room area and balconies overlooking the large swimming pool. The light airy restaurant serves excellent buffet meals and the hotel also has several bars, a sun patio and spa. The Cordial hotel group is rated the best on Gran Canaria and renowned for its friendly and helpful staff. Holidays on Gran Canaria are Half Board with a continental breakfast and a 3-course evening buffet.

Holiday Highlights • Scenery to rival America’s National Parks, for truly world-class walking for all levels • Stroll down to Puerto de Mogán’s charming coloured houses and tiny harbour • The best year-round climate of all the Canary Islands • Enjoy our excellent and friendly hotel, rated one of the best on the island • Combine with Lanzarote for a two week holiday in these sunny islands


Walking in Spain

Guided Walking and Sightseeing Join our leaders for guided walks in this beautiful area. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks: Las Palmas de Gran Canaria

Easier Walks: Gran Canaria offers the easier walker a wonderful system of well maintained trails to spectacular viewpoints. We’ll walk to the magnificent Roque Nubio overlooking the sacred site of the ancestors, round the circuit of Cruz Tejeda in the heart of the island and enjoy trails in the dramatic barrancos that lead to the coast. 4 to 8 miles on good, but rocky paths. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: This stunning island is a gem for walkers, offering scenery to rival the best North American National Parks and a great variety of walks on outstanding trails. We’ll use the recently restored Caminos Reales, the Royal Paths, to criss-cross the dramatic interior of the island between small mountain villages, walk up to the stunning rock formations of Roque Nublo, and enjoy trails on the high ridges and barrancos above the coast. 7 to 11 miles on rocky paths. Up to 2,600ft of ascent in a day. On your free day you may want to visit the magnificent sand dunes at Maspalomas, one of Gran Canaria’s largest nature reserves, or enjoy a leisurely lunch in one of the quayside restaurants in Puerto de Mogán.

Agaete

Roque Nublo

El Juncal Tasarte Las Casas de Venegueras Mogán

Tejeda Pico de las Nieves La Culata San Bartolome de Tirajana Santa Lucia de Tirajana

Cercado

PUERTO de Espino DE MOGÁN La Playa de Arguineguin

Maspalomas

Combine a week at Gran Canaria with a week at Lanzarote (see page 120). From £1,329 (with flight), from £1,199 (no flight)

Dates & Prices - GALCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Sat 21, 28

£699

£529

May

7nts

Sat 5, 12, 19

£749

£539

Sept

7nts

Sat 15, 22, 29

£799

£559

Oct

7nts

Sat 6, 13

£799

£559

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €80 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: £20 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 &13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £70) to Gran Canaria. The coach transfer to Puerto de Mogán takes 1 hour. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort – see page 236. Price per taxi: £65 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer coach from Gran Canaria Airport: £19.50 single.


Walking in Spain

Lanzarote Costa Teguise

Image courtesy of the Lanzarote Tourist Board

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• This starkly beautiful island encompasses volcanic moonscapes, green rolling hillsides and exhilarating seascapes

The remarkable island of Lanzarote has much to discover on our guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Near-perfect year-round climate; ideal for a winter escape • Visit the striking volcanic scenery of the Timanfaya National Park • Discover the natural beauty of the unspoilt northwest and the ancient capital of Teguise • Enjoy the apartments, swimming pools and private lagoon of our pretty new Best Value hotel Graciosa

Haría

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Easier Walks: Sample a huge variety of scenery through the intriguing cultivated vineyards of La Geria, the Palm Valley of Haria and the beautiful island of Graciosa. Visiting the striking volcanoes of the Timanfaya National Park is another truly unique experience. 5 to 7 miles sometimes on rough and stony paths. Up to 800ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: Lanzarote’s volcanic ridges and coastal trails offer a splendid variety of longer walks. In the south of the island we can ascend the twin summits of Montana Tinasoria and Montana Guardilama, overlooking volcanoes and the sea and enjoy the lofty Femés Ridge. Further north we’ll cross the island’s spine to the ancient capital of Teguise, and sail to the island of Graciosa to reach its highest point. 6 to 10 miles using steeper and rougher paths. Up to 1,750ft of ascent in a day. Free day options include a trip to the fascinating underground lava tunnels or a relaxing day in Costa Teguise with time by the hotel pools or lagoon.

Teguise

LANZAROTE Timanfaya National Park

COSTA TEGUISE

Guadilama

El Golfo Atalya de Femés

Combine a week at Lanzarote with one at Gran Canaria (see page 120). From £1,329 (with flight), from £1,199 (no flight)

Arrecife Puerto del Carmen

Femés N

Playa Blanca Punta de Papagayo

0

5 km

10

Accommodation NEW

Sands Beach Resort Hotel

The 3-star Sands Beach‘s white villas nestle at the quiet end of Costa Teguise. The hotel has 346 apartments, all ensuite, with a small kitchen, separate lounge area and balcony or patio. The Hotel has six swimming pools, a lagoon and sandy beach, and two bars and a pleasant restaurant. One of our Best Value hotels. Holidays at Lanzarote are Half Board with a continental breakfast and simple 3-course evening buffet.

Dates & Prices - LZLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Dec

£799

£599 £609

7nts

Tue 20 - Xmas

Dec

7nts

Tue 27 - New Year

£879

Jan

7nts

Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

£649

£529

Feb

7nts

Sat 4

£649

£529

Sept

7nts

Sat 22, 29

£699

£579

Oct

7nts

Sat 6

£699

£579

Oct

7nts

Sat 13

£699

£579

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €80 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: £17 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £95) to Arrecife. The coach transfer to Costa Teguise takes 40mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £50 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Arrecife Airport: £17.50 single.


Walking in Spain

Tenerife

Puerto de la Cruz

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• The paradise island of Tenerife offers lush forests, beautiful coastlines, exotic flora, and fascinating volcanic scenery

Join our experienced leaders for guided walks through hugely varied landscapes. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Discover the breathtaking mountain and coastal scenery of the unspoilt Anaga Peninsula

Easier Walks: From Puerto de la Cruz we can follow the undulating coastal path or walk through flamboyant flora in the nearby Orotava Valley. We can also explore two contrasting volcanic landscapes. Las Arena Negras is an area of comparatively recent activity with black sand and fragrant pine trees, whilst at Las Canadas we’ll cross this gigantic crater and in the shadow of Mount Teide, the highest peak in all of Spain. 5 to 8 miles through a variety of forest, coastal and volcanic landscapes. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day.

• Explore the remarkable volcanic landscape of Las Cañadas dominated by Mount Teide • Enjoy a Best Value break at our 4-star hotel with outdoor pool and colourful gardens Anaga Peninsula

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

La Laguna Santa Cruz

PUERTO DE LA CRUZ

On your free day you may wish to take a leisurely stroll through the historic streets of Puerto de la Cruz or visit the impressive botanical gardens.

La Orotava La Caldera

Or va otav lle a y

Garachico

Harder Walks: The unforgettable landscape of Las Canadas, strewn with boulders and congealed lava, makes a particularly memorable walking day and includes an ascent to the summit of Guajara (2,712m). We can also walk amidst the spectacular mountains of the Anaga Peninsula, head to the top of the Montana de la Rosas, and enjoy longer routes in the lush Orotava Valley. 7 to 11 miles sometimes crossing rocky ground with exposed sections. Up to 2,400ft of ascent in a day.

N

s

Teide

a ad

n

s

La

Ca

0

10 km

Combine a week at Tenerife with one at Lanzarote (see page 120). From £1,229 (with flight), from £1,099 (no flight)

20

TENERIFE Playa de las Americas Los Cristianos

Accommodation

Hotel Parque San Antonio The 4-star Hotel Parque San Antonio is a relaxing base from which to explore Tenerife. There are 250 en-suite bedrooms, many with a balcony overlooking the gardens. A 15 minute walk will take you to the centre of Puerto de la Cruz with its numerous amenities. Holidays at Tenerife are Half Board with a continental breakfast and simple 3-course evening buffet. One of our Best Value hotels.

Dates & Prices - TELCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Dec

7nts

Wed 21 - Xmas

£799

£529

Dec

7nts

Wed 28 - New Year

£849

£549

Jan

7nts

Sat 14, 21, 28

£649

£529

Feb

7nts

Sat 4, 11

£649

£529

Feb

7nts

Sat 18, 25

£699

£579

March

7nts

Sat 3, 10

£699

£579

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: from £14.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £80) to Tenerife South airport. The coach transfer to Puerto de la Cruz takes 1½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort- from Tenerife North and Tenerife South - see page 236. Price per taxi: £65 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Tenerife South Airport: £20.50 single.


Walking in Spain

Valencia

NEW

Biar

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking and Sightseeing

• Walk off the beaten track in this beautiful unspoilt province of Spain

Join our leaders for guided walks in this beautiful area. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks:

• Enjoy our excellent 4-star hotel and highly regarded restaurant The Caves serving delicious of the Moors regional food Banyeres • Visit medieval Bocairent and its BIAR famous ‘Caves of the Moors’ and the ice caves of Ibi • Stay in the heart of the old town of Biar, with its ancient hill top castle and colourful tapas bars

Bocairent

de Mariola

Sierra Fontanella Onil

Agres

Sierra Mariola Alcoy Parc Natural de la Font Roja Ibi

Castalla

Easier Walks: Biar is located on the slopes of the Sierra Mariola hills, an area of great natural beauty and we will enjoy beautiful botanical walks in the local area. The traditional Valencian town of Ibi lays claim to natural ice caves, while the famous ‘Caves of the Moors’ are found in the charming medieval town of Bocairent, both of which we will visit on our walks. 3½ to 8 miles on good, but rocky paths. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: Our base in Biar in surrounded by the Sierras of Valencia which offer unspoilt walking in this beautiful province. Highlights include the Sierra de Fraille, the summit of Menejador and the ice caves of Ibi, and an outstanding circular trail around Bocairent, taking in the famous ‘Caves of the Moors’. 6½ to 11 miles on rocky paths. Up to 2,300ft of ascent in a day. On your free day you may with to return to Bocairent for a full day’s sightseeing in this fascinating medieval town, or enjoy a day in the old town of Biar, including the famous tapas trail!

Alicante

Accommodation Hotel Villa de Biar

Situated in the heart of picturesque Biar, this excellent 4-star hotel has been recently renovated to a high standard. The 40 large en-suite bedrooms are decorated in a modern yet traditional style and the hotel’s restaurant enjoys an excellent reputation both for its regional and international food. There is a large pleasant garden and outside swimming pool. Holidays in Biar are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 3-course evening meal which features local specialities.

Dates & Prices - VCLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

March

7nts

Sat 31

£699

£549

April

7nts

Sat 7, 14, 21

£699

£549

Sept

7nts

Sat 8, 15, 22, 29

£699

£549

Oct

7nts

Sat 6, 13

£699

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £18 per night • Allow approx €85 for transport to and from the walks • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 &13) and under 18s (see page 167)

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £65) to Alicante. The coach transfer to Biar takes 1½ hours. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £150 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel from Alicante Airport by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer coach: £20 single.


Walking in Spain

Catalonia Setcases

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Savour the wild beauty of the Catalonian foothills, a land of remote valleys and medieval villages

Explore the green foothills of the Pyrenees on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Charming location in the traditional village of Setcases

Easier Walks: The green valleys and rolling foothills offer a variety of beautiful walks. From our hotel we could head down the Ter Valley to Tregura, an attractive stone-built village full of traditional charm, whilst lower down there is an enjoyable circuit from the small market town of Camprodon. Further afield we’ll also walk to the medieval walled village of Santa Pau. 5½ to 7½ miles on good paths which can be rough and stony. Up to 1,600ft of ascent in a day.

• Enjoy delicious Catalonian dinners every evening • Free day visit to the fascinating medieval city of Girona • Combine with our fabulous Cathar Crossing Trail or Catalonian Cycling holiday

nees

Pyre

Costabona

Núria

SETCASES

Balandrau

r Te

Molló

Llanars Ribes de Freser Freser

Camprodon

Beget

Sant Pau de Segúries Ter

Ripoll

Castlefollit de la Roca

St Joan de les Abadesses

SPAIN N

0

FRANCE

10 km

Olot

Harder Walks: Experience the superb mountain scenery at the head of the Ter Valley where the walks could include one of the summits on the French border. We’ll also follow the GR11 long distance path on a magnificent high-level route across the plateau from Molló to Setcases, and head high into the hills south of Camprodon. 7 to 11½ miles with some steeper and rougher routes. Up to 2,400ft of ascent in a day. On your free day enjoy a trip to Girona, a delightful medieval city with grand cathedral and a labyrinth of tiny streets.

Garrotxa

Combine a week at Setcases with our Cathar Crossing Trail (see page 100) or with our Volcanoes to the Ocean Cycling holiday see www.hfholidays.co.uk/cycling

Santa Pau 20

Accommodation Hotel La Coma

Situated in the small mountain village of Setcases, the 3-star Hotel La Coma combines modern facilities with a traditional Catalonian atmosphere. The owners offer a friendly welcome and excellent meals with many local specialities. There are 21 en-suite bedrooms, all with balconies and attractive views down the valley. Leisure facilities include a modern spa with indoor and outdoor pools, spa pool and sauna. Holidays at Setcases are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 3-course evening meal which features hearty local specialities.

Dates & Prices - CXLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

7nts

Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

£799

£649

Sept

7nts

Sat 1, 8, 15, 22

£799

£649

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: £7.50 per night • Allow approx €85 for transport to and from the walks • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £70) to Barcelona. The coach transfer to Setcases takes 2hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £90 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel from Barcelona Airport by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer coach: £17 single.


Walking in Spain

Menorca Mahon

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• This tranquil island offers gentle coastal walks to sandy beaches and quaint fishing villages

Enjoy the peaceful coastal and inland landscapes of Menorca on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Stay at a popular 4-star hotel overlooking Mahon harbour • Walk through green rolling scenery to traditional Menorcan villages • See a wealth of pre-historic monuments including standing stones and burial chambers • An ideal location for a relaxing walking holiday

Cap de Cavalleria

MEDITERRANEAN SEA Fornells

MENORCA Ciutadella

©

Ferreries

Cap de Favaritx Es Mercadal

©

Cala Galdana

Es Grau Alaior

Cala’n Bosch Sant Tomas Cap d’Artruix

© © Cala’n Porter

N

0

5 km

10

MAHON

Easier Walks: Menorca’s gently undulating countryside and coastline offer relaxing, easier walks. Walk through the S’Albufera nature reserve and enjoy the unspoilt coastline near Es Grau and lovely St. Stephen’s Creek. Visit imposing Fort Marlborough and late bronze age ruins and walk through limestone scenery near Migjorn Gran. The sightseeing day is to the fascinating port of Ciutadella. 5½ to 6 miles generally gently-graded but sometimes on rocky paths. Up to 600ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: Step out on longer coastal walks to Es Grau in the east and in the south, enjoy spectacular coastal scenery on the path from San Xoriguer to Cala Galdena on the south coast. Follow sections of the long distance Cami Cavalls path through meadows of wild flowers and beautiful coastal scenery. The sightseeing day takes us to the port of Ciutadella, a great day out. 7 to 9½ miles sometimes rocky paths. Up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day. Free day options include exploring Mahon with a visit to the impressive La Mola fortress and lunch at one of the many pavement cafés.

© Punta Prima

Dates & Prices - MNLCL

Accommodation

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Hotel Port Mahon

March

7nts

Fri 30

£709

£559

Occupying a peaceful location overlooking Mahon’s grand harbour, and just a 10 minute walk from the historic town centre, this modern 4-star hotel is superbly situated for exploring the whole island. There are 82 en-suite bedrooms, a piano bar, outdoor pool and terrace. Holidays on Menorca are Half Board with a large buffet breakfast and a 3-course evening meal taken in the hotel restaurant or panoramic terrace.

April

7nts

Fri 6, 13, 20

£729

£569

Sept

7nts

Fri 7, 14, 21

£779

£609

Sept

7nts

Fri 28

£729

£569

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks and sightseeing visits

Information

• Allow approx €50 for transport to and from the walks and €25 for sightseeing • Single room: £11.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £70) to Mahon. The coach transfer to the hotel takes 15mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £65 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Mahon Airport: £7 single.


Walking in Spain

Mallorca

Puerto de Sóller Guided Walking

Holiday Highlights • Discover Mallorca’s spectacular coastline, stunning mountains and sleepy ochre villages • Superb walking in the breathtaking Serra de Tramuntana mountains • Wander through Mallorca’s peaceful rural scenery past aromatic orange and lemon groves • Easily accessible with many flights from regional airports • Visit the stunning villages of Deià and Valldemosa, plus beautiful Lluc monastery

Puig Roig

PUERTO DE SÓLLER

Puig Major

<

Soller

Deià Valldemosa

rra

Se

Palma

a

tan

un

ram eT

Pollença

Lluc

MALLORCA Felanitx

N

5 km

Easier Walks: The easier walks could take us to the village of Deià, once home to the writer Robert Graves, and then along the ancient Cami del Castello track past traditional farms and citrus groves. Closer to the hotel there are pleasant coastal walks to the Cap Gros lighthouse or into the hills above Sóller. We an also head to enchanting Valldemosa and to the beautiful monastery at Lluc. 4 to 8 miles sometimes on rough and stony paths. Up to 1,600ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks*: The Tramuntana mountains offer many great walks, none more so than the stunning Archduke’s Path to Valldemosa, visiting the 1,064m summit of Vella. Another suberb mountain day is to ascend to the panoramic summit of L’Ofre for a splendid view along the Mallorcan coast and then descend the Pilgrims Steps to Sóller. We can also walk through peaceful mountain scenery to Lluc monastery. 6 to 10 miles using steeper and rougher paths. Up to 2,200ft of ascent in a day. A popular free day option is to take the narrow gauge tramway to Palma and visit the city’s museums and fine Gothic cathedral.

d

Menacor

0

Discover the real Mallorca on our guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

10

Other Holidays *Mountain Walking - Sat 22 September This special week offers more challenging routes in the Mallorcan mountains instead of the usual harder walks. Each day there will be a choice of the regular Easier Walk plus a high-level option which could include the summits of Massanella and the Alfabia Ridge. Up to 12 miles and 3,500ft of ascent. Tramuntana Trail - see page 102

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

Accommodation Hotel Porto Sóller

This 3-star hotel occupies an elevated position overlooking Puerto de Sóller. The magnificent sea views can be enjoyed from the outdoor pool, panoramic terrace and many of the 127 en-suite bedrooms. Holidays on Mallorca are Half Board with a continental breakfast and a 3-course evening meal. One of our Best Value hotels.

Dates & Prices - PSLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Sat 14, 21, 28

£699

£599

May

7nts

Sat 5

£699

£599

Sept

7nts

Sat 8, 15, 22*, 29

£699

£599

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €70 for transport to and from the walks • Single room: £10 per night • Double room for sole occupancy: £24 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Luton, Birmingham and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £85) to Palma. The coach transfer to Puerto de Sóller takes 45 mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £65 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Palma Airport: £12 single.


The Algarve Praia da Luz

Holiday Highlights • Savour the glorious Algarve coastline with its ochre and cream cliffs, rock arches and sea stacks • Enjoy top-notch hospitality at our excellent 4-star hotel in Praia da Luz • Peaceful inland scenery of lemon and almond trees, olive groves and sleepy villages • Explore the dramatic beauty of the untamed Atlantic Coast • Year-round sunshine makes the Algarve ideal for a spring or autumn break

Accommodation

Hotel Belavista da Luz This excellent 4-star hotel has a strong reputation for its top-notch hospitality and superb food. Set just 5 minutes’ walk from the sweeping beach of Praia da Luz, the hotel has 39 spacious bedrooms, all with a balcony or terrace, overlooking the beautiful swimming pools. Holidays at Praia da Luz are Half Board with an extensive breakfast buffet and a served 3-course evening meal.

"All staff very helpful and polite." Mr Robert Diver


Walking in Portugal

Guided Walking Relax and enjoy the Algarve coast and interior on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks. Easier Walks: From our base at Praia da Luz, we can explore the wild and unspoilt Atlantic coast, a world rarely visited by tourists. We also enjoy the beautiful Algarve coastline, with its tawny cliffs, rock arches and sea stacks plus a colourful profusion of wild flowers. The interior offers us beautiful scenery as we wander through the olive and lemon groves to Caldas de Monchique. 5½ to 7 miles generally through gently undulating scenery. 280 to 650ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: In the west the Atlantic coast offers dramatic cliff-top walks amidst untamed beauty and on the stunning Algarve coast we’ll follow the stretches from Salema to Praia da Luz and from Carvoeiro to sleepy Ferragudo. You can also head to the summit of Foia, the highest point in the area, to soak up the panoramic views which stretch right across the region. 7 to 11 miles with occasional short but steep ascents on the coastal paths. 250 to 940ft of ascent in a day. On you free day you may want to take an excursion to the historic port of Lagos or the fortress of Cape St Vincent, or just relax around the local beach and hotel pool.

PORTUGALnchique

N

0

10 km

20

Ponta da Arrifana Barragem da Bravura

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Caldas de Monchique

Burgau

Sagres

PRAIA DA LUZ

Yes

No

March

7nts

Thur 15, 22, 29

£699

£579

April

7nts

Thur 5, 12

£699

£579

Sept

7nts

Thur 13, 20, 27

£799

£679

Oct

7nts

Thur 4, 11

£799

£679

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €90 for transport to and from the walks. • Double room for sole occupancy: from £23 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £75) to Faro. The coach transfer to Praia da Luz takes 1½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £85 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Faro Airport: £16 single.

Alte

Faro

"Variety of walks was excellent, enabling us to explore and appreciate the different regions of the Algarve." Mrs Pamela Basinger

As well as our extensive range of walking holidays, we also offer cycling holidays throughout Europe a great way to enjoy the countryside at a leisurely pace. A selection of our most popular holidays are offered on pages 184-193, or see our dedicated cycling brochure for our full range.

Flight & transfer included

de

Ara

Armaçào Portimão Praia da Rocha de Pêra Lagos Carvoeiro Albufeira Praia da Marinha

Cycling holidays for all

Dates & Prices - AGLCL

ira

Od

be

Ri

a

uc

elo

de

Silves

Vila do Bispo Cape St Vincent

Serra de Mo Monchique Foia


Walking in Turkey

Lycian Coast Ölü Deniz

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Turkey’s Lycian coast offers natural beauty in abundance and fascinating archeological treasures

Discover the Lycian Coast on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Relax on the dazzling white beach by the turquoise lagoon of Ölü Deniz

Easier Walks: The Lycian Way goes right past our hotel and this superb long-distance path forms the basis for a number of walks. Enjoy extensive coastal views with the opportunities to stop for a refreshing swim at delightful unspoilt beaches. We’ll also walk to the deserted Greek village of Kayaköy, the inspiration for Louis de Bernieres’ novel Birds Without Wings, then descend through the pine trees to the lagoon at Ölü Deniz. 5 to 7 miles generally on good paths. Up to 820ft of ascent in a day.

• Enjoy our superb 4-star hotel with an extensive range of outdoor pools and facilities • Discover the Lycian Way, considered by the Sunday Times as one of the world’s top ten walks • Choose a 2-centre option with our Guided Walking holiday in Bodrum

Kaunos

Harder Walks: Great coastal scenery and a dramatic mountain backdrop are key ingredients of our guided walks. Routes include the coastal section of the Lycian Way right from the hotel to Faralaya and further afield you can admire the magnificent white beach and the ancient ruined city at Patara, reached via a peaceful pine forest and an historic Roman aqueduct. 7 to 9½ miles, occasionally rougher underfoot. Up to 2,020ft of ascent in a day. Each week a free day is an ideal opportunity to relax by the lagoon at Ölü Deniz, or beside one of the hotel pools. Alternatively sail across Fethiye’s stunning Bay of Twelve islands with an alfresco lunch.

Dalyan Dalaman

Fethiye Kayaköy

N

0

10 km

ÖLÜ DENIZ 20

Butterfly Valley and Faralya

Mt Geymenne

TURKEY Combine a week at Ölü Deniz with a week at Bodrum (see page 120). From £1,329 (with flight), from £1,099 (no flight)

Baba Dag˘

r

a gl

Kabak Xanthos

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

Ak

Ba

Patara Kas

Dates & Prices - LYLCL

Accommodation Montana Pine Resort

This superb 4-star resort hotel is situated high on the hillside above Ölü Deniz with stunning views of the surrounding area. There are 159 attractive en-suite rooms and an extensive range of facilities including three outdoor pools, bars, shop, gym and tennis court. Holidays at Ölü Deniz are Half Board with breakfast and a 3-course evening buffet.

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Mon 16, 23, 30

£749

£529

May

7nts

Mon 7

£749

£529

May

7nts

Mon 14

£799

£579

Sept

7nts

Mon 24

£849

£599

Oct

7nts

Mon 1, 8, 15

£799

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx 165 Turkish Lira for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: £14 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £110) to Dalaman. The coach transfer to Ölü Deniz takes 1hr 20 mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £50 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Dalaman Airport: £21.50 single.


Walking in Turkey

Aegean Coast Torba

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• Gentle walks offer glorious views of the Aegean coastline dotted with picturesque bays

Discover the Bodrum Peninsula on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Stroll along Bodrum’s waterfront overlooked by the magnificent Crusader Castle of St Peter

Easier Walks: The sparkling Aegean Sea surrounds Bodrum Peninsula and we’ll enjoy glorious coastal views from many of our walks. We’ll follow the old traditional routes through olive groves visiting photogenic rural hamlets amidst the hills. Highlights include a visit to Bodrum town, the Castle of St Peter and a sightseeing day at the magnificent city of Ephesus. 4 to 7 miles sometimes on stony paths. Up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day.

• Follow old traditional routes through pastoral scenery and untouched villages • Visit ancient Ephesus, the best preserved classical city in the Mediterranean • Enjoy our attractive 4-star hotel situated by the fishing hamlet of Torba

Türkbükü

Sandima

Each week a free day is an ideal opportunity to explore Bodrum further or sail by gulet around Torba.

TURKEY

Myndos

Harder Walks: Walks will visit the site of ancient Pedesa, the scenic village of Sandıma and traverse the high plateau on the peninsula’s westernmost point. We’ll also enjoy a visit to Bodrum town, with its splendid Crusader castle and also a sightseeing day at Ephesus, the best preserved classical city in the Mediterranean. 5 to 10 miles, occasionally rougher underfoot. Up to 1,575ft of ascent in a day.

TORBA

© Pedesa

© Ortakent

Bodrum

Combine a week at Bodrum with a week at Ölü Deniz (see page 120). From £1,329 (with flight), from £1,099 (no flight)

9

AEGEAN SEA Turgutreis N

5

0 km

Bodrum Peninsula

Accommodation Hotel Zeytinada

This excellent 4-star hotel is situated just outside the picturesque fishing hamlet of Torba, 6km from Bodrum. There are 78 en-suite bedrooms, many of which have an adjoining lounge and bathroom, with a balcony overlooking the outdoor swimming pool. Other facilities include a tennis court, sauna, Turkish bath and game rooms. Holidays at Bodrum are Half Board with large buffet breakfast and 3-course buffet evening meal.

Dates & Prices - AELCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

Mon 16, 23, 30

£749

£529

7nts

May

7nts

Mon 7, 14

£749

£529

Sept

7nts

Mon 17, 24

£749

£529

Oct

7nts

Mon 1, 8 , 15

£749

£529

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx 150 Turkish Lira for transport to and from the walks and 150 Turkish Lira for sightseeing • Double room for sole occupancy: £15 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick, Manchester and Birmingham (regional flight supplement: £130) to Bodrum. The coach transfer to Torba takes 30 mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £70 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Bodrum Airport: £14 single.


Walking on Malta

Malta Mellieha

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• Gentle walking at a leisurely pace through dramatic coastal scenery

Combine visits to some of Malta’s best historic sights with carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Discover Malta’s rich history including Neolithic temples and churches built by the Knights of St John

Easier Walks: Malta’s rich history is much in evidence on sightseeing visits to the fine Renaissance capital of Valletta, the ancient labyrinthine city of Mdina and the stunning domed church at Mosta. These complement a programme of attractive coastal walks and include the stretches from Mellieha to Paradise Bay, along the cliffs or to the traditional fishing harbour at Marsaxlokk. 4½ to 7 miles on stony inland and coastal paths. Up to 700ft of ascent in a day.

• Spend a free day on the charming island of Gozo • Visit historic Valletta and the ancient labyrinthine city of Mdina • Year round sunshine makes Malta ideal for a relaxed spring or autumn break at one of our Best Value hotels

Victoria Inland Sea

GOZO

Xlendi

Mgarr

Comino a ellieh

Paradise Bay

M

aul’s

MELLIEHA

St P

oria

N

0

5 km

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

Bay

Vict

Line

On the free day you may wish to take a sightseeing tour of Gozo or a coastal walk from Mgarr to Xlendi.

Bay

s

Di

Rabat

ng

li C

liff

Combine a week on Malta and a week on Gozo (see page 120). March £1,099 (with flight), £949 (without flight) October £1,179 (with flight), £1,029 (without flight) Transfer to Gozo with no flight; £15 single

Mosta Valletta

Mdina

10

Harder Walks: These longer walks allow a full exploration of Malta’s inland and coastal scenery. Highlights include walks along the breathtaking Dingli Cliffs to the Blue Grotto; a day full of wide ranging sea views and ancient sights. We’ll also walk along the undulating coastline from Mellieha to Golden Bay visit the key historical sights at Valletta and Mdina. 7 to 10 miles sometimes rocky paths. Up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day.

MALTA

s St

Ghar Lapsi

Blue Grotto

Ge

org

e’s

Ba

y

Accommodation Solana Hotel

The friendly 4-star Solana Hotel is situated in the centre of Mellieha village. The hotel has 81 comfortable en-suite bedrooms each with a balcony or terrace with village view. Facilities include a bar, roof top outdoor swimming pool, indoor heated pool and spa pool. Our holidays on Malta are on a Half Board basis with a continental breakfast and a 3-course buffet meal. A Best Value hotel.

Dates & Prices - MWLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Dec

7nts

Wed 21 - Xmas

£749

£549

Feb

7nts

Sat 25

£649

£499

March

7nts

Sat 3, 10 ,17, 24

£649

£499

Sept

7nts

Sat 29

£699

£549

Oct

7nts

Sat 6, 13, 20, 27

£699

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €40 for transport to and from the walks and €30 for sightseeing • Double room for sole occupancy: £12.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow, Manchester and East Midlands (regional flight supplement: £65) to Malta. The coach transfer to the hotel takes 45 mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £50 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Malta Airport: £15 single.


Walking on Gozo

Gozo Mgarr

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• Enjoy stunning coastal views from all corners of the island, as well as Gozo’s attractive green interior

Discover Gozo’s excellent coastal scenery and attractive green interior. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Superb two-centre option staying on both Gozo and Malta

Easier Walks: On Gozo there are many superb coastal walks to all corners of the island. These could take us to the picturesque fishing village of Xlendi on the southern coast, where you can relax in one of the harbourside cafes. At the western end of the island we can walk through a patchwork of terraced fields to the intriguing Inland Sea and the huge Azure Window sea arch. 4½ to 7 miles on stony inland and coastal paths. Up to 850ft of ascent in a day.

• Discover the mighty Azure Window - a huge natural sea arch • Visit the citadel in Victoria with its commanding views to all corners of the island. • Stay at the 4-star Grand hotel - highly praised by our guests and one of our Best Value hotels

Victoria Inland Sea

GOZO

Xlendi

MGARR

Comino ieha Mell

Paradise Bay

oria

N

5 km

ay

l’s B t Pau

Vict

Line

s

Rabat

ng

li C

liff

Enjoy our popular two-centre option, spending a week on Malta and a week on Gozo. You’ll enjoy the best walks, and visit all the best historic sights that these islands have to offer (see page 120). March £1,099 (with flight), £949 (without flight) October £1,179 (with flight), £1,029 (without flight)

Mosta Valletta

Mdina

10

Di

Free day options include a boat trip to the nature reserve on the sleepy island of Comino, or just relaxing by the hotel pool.

S

Mellieha

0

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

Bay

Harder Walks: Discover Gozo’s secluded coves and rocky headlands on walks along the island’s coastal path, virtually all of which is included during the week. The dramatic wind-sculpted cliffs of the north coast are a particular highlight. We can also soak up the panoramic views across the whole island from the citadel in Victoria, and visit the island’s key sights. 8 to 11½ miles sometimes rocky paths. Up to 1,400ft of ascent in a day.

MALTA

s St

Ghar Lapsi

Blue Grotto

Ge

org

e’s

Ba

y

Accommodation Grand Hotel

The friendly 4-star Grand Hotel sits above the port of Mgarr and offers lovely seaviews over the harbour. There are 93 comfortable en-suite bedrooms and a pleasant dining room. Our holidays in Gozo are on a Half Board basis with a continental breakfast and a 3-course buffet meal. A Best Value hotel.

Dates & Prices - GZLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Dec

7nts

Wed 28 - New Year

£749

£549

March

7nts

Sat 17, 24

£649

£499

Oct

7nts

Sat 6, 13, 20

£699

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €30 for transport to and from the walks and €10 for sightseeing • Double room for sole occupancy: £9 per night • Sea view room: £10 per person per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow, Manchester and East Midlands (regional flight supplement: £65) to Malta. The transfer by coach and ferry to the hotel takes around 2hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £80 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Malta Airport: £21.50 single.


Walking in Italy

Eastern Sicily Taormina

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• Enjoy the pretty streets of Taormina with its famous Roman amphitheatre

Join our experienced leaders for guided walks through hugely varied landscapes. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks:

• Visit the splendid ancient city of Syracuse for a full day’s sightseeing

Easier Walks: Enjoy the charming town of Taormina with its famous amphitheatre and a boat trip to the delightful Aeolian island of Lipari. Inland we’ll sample the rural delights and old villages of the Alcantara valley. We’ll also visit the ancient city of Syracuse, once the most powerful settlement in the western world. 5 to 8 miles on good, but sometimes rough, paths. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day.

• Sail to the Aeolian isle of Lipari for rambles across this delightful island • View mighty Mount Etna floating above our walks • Combine with our holiday in Scopello, Western Sicily, to experience the Sicily Grand Tour

Aeolian Islands

Lipari

Milazzo Messina

Francavilla Al

ca

Mount Etna

©

nt

ar

a

Ri

TAORMINA

ve

Harder Walks: Walks visit sleepy Sicilian hill-top villages in the lush interior, explore the high hills above Taormina and discover great walking on the exquisite Aeolian island of Lipari. We’ll also spend a day in the city of Syracuse, ancient home to Archimedes. 6 to 11 miles on more rugged terrain. Up to 1,900ft of ascent in a day. Explore the volcanic slopes of majestic Mount Etna or spend more time in the charming town of Taormina on your free day.

r

Catania

Syracuse

Combine a week at Taormina with one at Scopello (page 119). From £1,329 (with flight), from £1,149 (no flight)

©

Accommodation Hotel Caesar Palace

This excellent 4-star hotel, prides itself on its high standards of friendly service. There are 220 large ensuite rooms, a pleasant bar with terrace, comfortable lounge and outdoor swimming pool. The hotel is 3km from the centre of Taormina, in the resort area of GiardiniNaxos, an ideal and popular location from which to enjoy all the sights of Eastern Sicily. Holidays at Taormina are Half Board with buffet breakfast and an extensive buffet dinner.

Dates & Prices - SYLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Sun 15, 22, 29

£789

£599

May

7nts

Sun 6, 13

£789

£599

Sept

7nts

Sun 9, 16, 23, 30

£879

£669

Oct

7nts

Sun 7

£879

£669

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks and sightseeing visits

Information

• Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks and €20 for sightseeing • Double room for sole occupancy: £17 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Catania airport. The coach transfer to Giardini-Naxos takes 45 mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £110 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Catania Airport: £15.50 single.


Walking in Italy

Western Sicily Scopello

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• A unique chance to stay in a tiny Sicilian village on the beautiful Tyrrhenian Sea

Join our experienced leaders for guided walks through hugely varied landscapes. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks:

• Sail to Levanzo, an offshore natural paradise, in the little known Egadi Islands

Easier Walks: Enjoy walks from the hotel into the beautiful Zingaro National Park, enjoying fine coastal views and visits to small beachy coves. We’ll sail to the little known Egadi Islands and walk on Levanzo, a nature reserve. We’ll also visit the Greek temple of Segesta and wonder at this awe-inspiring site. 5 to 7 miles on good, but sometimes rough, paths. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day.

• Enjoy the delightful Sicilian stylings of the 3-star Hotel I Bagli di Scopello, near the exquisite Zingaro National Park • Meander around the outstanding Greek temple of Segesta on Mont Barbaro • Combine with our holiday in Taormina, Eastern Sicily, to experience the Sicily Grand Tour San Vito Lo Capo

Monte Cofano Levanzo Trapani Egadi Islands

Zingaro National Park

SCOPELLO Segesta

Palermo Catania

Harder Walks: Walks from the hotel will range high above the coast in the hills of the Zingaro National Park, with fine views across the sea to Palermo. We’ll walk round the little Egadi island of Levanzo, stroll through rural countryside to marvel at the ancient site of Segesta, one of the most spectacular sites in the world. 7 to 9 miles on more rugged terrain. Up to 2,300ft of ascent in a day. Laze the day away on Scopello’s enchanting beach with its famous sea stacks or enjoy a visit to the ancient hilltop town of Erice.

© Combine a week at Scopello with one at Taormina (page 119). From £1,329 (with flight), from £1,149 (no flight)

Marsala

Accommodation

Hotel I Bagli di Scopello This delightful 3-star hotel is decorated in traditional Sicilian style with pretty local tiling and individually designed bedrooms. All 63 bedrooms are ensuite and overlook the surrounding hills of the Zingaro National Park. There is a small bar and lounge and a pleasant dining room. The tiny village of Scopello is just 200m from the hotel. Holidays at Scopello are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 3-course served dinner.

Dates & Prices - SOLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

May

7nts

Sun 6, 13, 20

£799

£599

May

7nts

Sun 27

£849

£629

Sept

7nts

Sun 16, 23, 30

£889

£649

Oct

7nts

Sun 7

£889

£649

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: £17 per night • Sea view: £5 per person per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Catania airport. The coach transfer to Scopello takes 3½ hours, with a scheduled rest stop. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Catania Airport: £30.50 single


Accommodation Hotel Caravel

Sorrento Peninsula Sorrento

Holiday Highlights • Excellent walks and stunning coastal scenery of the Sorrento Peninsula • World-famous sightseeing at the remarkable cities of Pompei and Herculaneum • Visit the enchanting island of Capri and the wonderful Amalfi Coast • Wander through olive and lemon groves between quiet villages on the peninsula • Enjoy all the area's attractions on our two week holidays

Carlo Liccarde and his friendly staff will make you very welcome at their very comfortable 4-star hotel. With 90 en-suite bedrooms, a comfortable lounge, garden terrace and outdoor pool, the Caravel is a popular option with our guests. Located in the peaceful residential district of San Agnello, it is a five minute walk to the coast, with views over the Bay of Naples, and about a mile from the popular historic centre of Sorrento. Holidays at Sorrento are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 3-course evening meal.

"The hotel is excellent, the staff were all very friendly and efficient. The food was very good." Mrs Geraldine Heeley


Walking in Italy

Guided Walking & Sightseeing Explore the Sorrento Peninsula on a selection of guided walks with our experienced leaders. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

ITALY

Easier Walks: Walks and sightseeing visits could take us to beautiful Capri, or along the coast to Amalfi and Ravello. The remarkable buried cities of Pompei and Herculaneum are justifiably popular and deserve a full-day sightseeing excursion. Discover the area’s quieter corners as you wander through olive and lemon groves to the peninsula’s villages. 3 to 7 miles on good, but sometimes steep paths. Up to 1,000ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: These longer walks could follow the superb high-level paths above the chic resorts of Positano and Amalfi, with splendid views. Other walks use the cable-car to reach the rugged slopes of Monte Faito, or follow the cliffs to the tip of the peninsula. We can also enjoy coastal walks on Capri and visit the area’s key sightseeing attractions. 4 to 9 miles with some long steep ascents and descents, sometimes on stone steps. Up to 1,950ft of ascent in a day. Visits to Pompei, Herculaneum, Naples or the island of Ischia are just some of the many options for your free day.

Herculaneum

Pompei

GULF OF NAPLES N

Vico Equense 0

10

5 km

Dates & Prices - STLCL Number of nights

7nts

14nts

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Yes

No

April

£839

£699

£1,489

£1,349

Sat 14, 21, 28

May

Sat 5, 12, 19

£839

£699

£1,489

£1,349

May

Sat 26

£839

£699

-

-

Sept

Sat 1, 8, 15, 22, 29

£849

£699

£1,499

£1,349

Oct

Sat 6

£849

£699

£1,499

£1,349

Oct

Sat 13

£849

£699

-

-

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks & sightseeing visits

Information

• Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks and €35 for sightseeing • Single room: £22 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Naples. The coach transfer to Sorrento takes 1hr 15mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service for independent travellers operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £105 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Naples Airport: £18 single.

Castellamare Di Stabia Monte Faito Positano

Ravello Amalfi

SORRENTO Anacapri Capri

We offer two walking itineraries at Sorrento. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks and sightseeing in the area.

Vesuvius

Naples

MEDITERRANEAN SEA


Walking in Italy

Southern Tuscany San Quirico d’Orcia Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• Gentle countryside walks through classic Tuscan countryside

Join our experienced leaders for guided walks and sightseeing visits. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• The beautiful Renaissance city of Siena makes a fascinating sightseeing day • Visit the charming hill-top villages of Montepulciano, Montalcino and Pienza • Enjoy our relaxing Tuscan hotel a few minutes stroll from the walled town of San Quirico d’Orcia • Combine with Bonassola or our Tuscan Self-Guided Trails or Cycling holiday

Florence N

Siena so As Tor re

Fiume Ombrone

km

SAN QUIRICO D’ORCIA Pienza

Montalcino

Bagno Vignoni

Abbazia di Sant’ Antimo

<

5

0

ITALY

nte

Buonconvento

9

Montepulciano

Easier Walks: With gentle terrain these easier walks are ideal for a relaxing holiday. From San Quirico itself we can walk to Pienza, a remarkable Vatican town complete with a cathedral, papal palace and grand villas. We’ll also spend a full day in nearby Siena to explore this ever-popular city. Other walks take us to Montepulciano, Montalcino and on a delightful circuit based on Rocca d'Orcia. 5 to 7 miles on good tracks and paths, with short but steep ascents to the hill-top towns. Up to 920ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: These longer routes allow more time to enjoy the rolling Tuscan countryside, complete with its olive groves, vineyards and quintessential plane trees. Enjoyable walks will take you from Montalcino to the Abbey of San Antimo and from Pienza to Montepulciano. There should be time to soak up the atmosphere of these timeless hill-top towns, and also enjoy a full-day in Siena. 8 to 10 miles on good tracks and paths, with short but steep ascents to the hill-top towns. Up to 1,600ft of ascent in a day. Each week there is a free day with the option of a sightseeing excursion to San Gimignano, famous for its breathtaking skyline of towers.

Monticchiello

Combine with a week of Guided Walking at Bonassola (see page 120) Combine with our Self-Guided Florence to Siena Trail (see page 115) Combine with our Pisa to Florence Cycling tour (www.hfholidays.co.uk/cycling)

9Castiglioni d’Orcia

rcia

eO

Fium

Accommodation

Hotel Albergo Palazzuolo Built around an original farmhouse, this attractive 3-star hotel fits seamlessly into the rolling Tuscan countryside. In the modern part of the hotel there are 39 en-suite bedrooms, many of which look out over the gardens and outdoor pool. San Quirico’s historic walled centre is just a few minutes’ walk away. Holidays at Norcia are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 4-course evening meal.

Dates & Prices - SNLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

May

7nts

Sun 6, 13, 20, 27

£799

£679

Sept

7nts

Sun 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£799

£679

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks and sightseeing visits

Information

• Single room: £9 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Pisa with connecting domestic flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to San Quirico takes 2½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £355 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Pisa Airport: £28 single


Walking in Italy

Cinque Terre Bonassola

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Visit the five enchanting villages of the Cinque Terre, each with their own unique character

Discover the best walks on the Cinque Terre with our knowledgeable leaders. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Head away from the coast to peaceful countryside, covered in vineyards and olive groves • Enjoy a boat trip to view the spectacular coastline from the sea • Stay in the charming resort of Bonassola linked to the Cinque Terre by coastal train • Combine with San Quirico or our Tuscan Self-Guided Trails or Cycling holiday

Genoa

Harder Walks: We’ll complete most of the coast path exploring the Cinque Terre villages along the way. Our walks contour through sea pines and chestnut trees near Framura and ascend to the Santuario della Madonna di Reggio which commands views over Vernazza. The walk along the spine of the peninsula to Portovenere concludes a week of memorable coastal walks. 5 to 9 miles on the undulating coastal path and with longer ascents to the hills above. Up to 2,150ft of ascent in a day. On your free day you may like to take the train to Genoa, relax on the beach at Bonassola, or spend more time soaking up the atmosphere of the Cinque Terre villages.

M Monegila

ITALY

Moneglia

Easier Walks: The remarkable Cinque Terre coast path is naturally the main attraction. We’ll follow the Via dell’ Amore through tunnels and walkways cut into the rock, to picture-postcard Vernazza which huddles around its small harbour. Elsewhere we'll explore some of the inland villages and walk to Portovenere, before returning back along the coast by boat. 4 to 6 miles; expect some steep ascents and descents on the coastal path. Up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day.

M Guaitarola

BONASSOLA

Combine a week at Bonassola with a week at San Quirico d'Orcia (see page 120) Combine with our Self-Guided Florence to Siena Trail (see page 115) Combine with our Pisa to Florence Cycling Tour (see www.hfholidays.co.uk/cycling)

Levanto M Malpertuso Monterosso Vernazza Corniglia

RIVIERA DI LEVANT

Manarola Riomaggiore

La Spezia

Pisa

M S Croce

N

Portovenere 0

5 km

10

Isola Palmaria

Dates & Prices - CQLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Sun 29

£799

£679

Accommodation

May

7nts

Sun 6, 13, 20, 27

£799

£679

Hotel Delle Rose

June

7nts

Sun 3, 10

£799

£679

Situated in the quiet coastal resort of Bonassola, this 3-star hotel is well located just a stone’s throw from the beach and with easy access to the Cinque Terre villages. Brothers Enrico and Roberto Bernardin maintain high standards and their 27 en-suite bedrooms are modern and comfortable. There is a small bar and an ice cream parlour opposite; a great spot to relax after a day's walk. Holidays at Bonassola are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 3-course evening meal.

Sept

7nts

Sun 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£799

£679

Oct

7nts

Sun 7, 14

£799

£679

Isola del Tino

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: no supplement • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €50 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Pisa with connecting domestic flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to Bonassola takes 2hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service for independent travellers operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £220 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Pisa Airport: £19 single.


Walking in Italy

Umbria Norcia

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Wander past tiny hamlets in the green rolling foothills of the Umbrian Appennines

Discover the best Umbrian landscapes on a selection of guided walks with our experienced leaders. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Stay in the beautiful walled town of Norcia, voted the most scenic in Umbria

Easier Walks: Set in a bowl of green hills and mountains, the vast open plain of Piano Grande is a particular highlight where you can wander through acres of wild flowers to the picturesque hilltop village of Castelluccio. Closer to Norcia we’ll walk along the peaceful Castoriana Valley to traditional Umbrian villages and to the Abbey of San Eutizio. 6 to 7 miles on well-graded tracks and paths. Up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day.

• Enjoy excellent local cuisine in our historic hotel’s award- winning restaurant • Explore the medieval treasures of Assisi, birthplace of St Francis

Visso

M Sibilla

Castelsantangelo Monti Sibillini

Preci Campi

M Lieto M Patino Perugia

ITALY

Castelluccio

M Vettore

Pi

Pia

an

o

Gr

an

de

NORCIA

Harder Walks*: The harder walks venture higher onto the green foothills of the Appennines. Here we can follow the Grand Anello dei Sibillini trail as it traverses through the Sibillini National Park, ascend the summit of Monte Patino, and gaze down over the vast plain of Piano Grande. In the lower Santa Scholastica and Castoriana Valleys there are beautiful longer routes connecting Norcia to timeless local villages. 8½ to 10 miles with steeper gradients and rougher terrain. Up to 1,850ft of ascent in a day. *More challenging walks are available on our special Mountain Walking week.

Arquata del Tronto

no di

San Pellegrino

ola

Sc

Other holidays

ca

sti

N

0

5 km

Each week there is a free day with options to visit Assisi, or the equally beautiful walled town of Spoleto.

10

Accommodation Hotel Grotta Azzurra

Dating from the 15th century, this charming 3-star hotel epitomises the traditional character of Umbria. Located in the walled town of Norcia, the hotel has 46 en-suite bedrooms and a warm welcome from the Bianconi family. Facilities including indoor and outdoor swimming pools, a fitness centre and sauna (available to all guests) can be found at the 4-star Hotel Salicone. The partner Hotel is located a few minutes’ walk away and more spacious bedrooms can be booked here at a supplement of £10 per night. Holidays at Norcia are Half Board with a continental breakfast and a superb evening meal featuring many local specialities.

*Mountain Walking - Sat 9 June and 15 September These special weeks offer more challenging routes which replace the usual harder walks. Each day there will be a choice of the regular easier walk plus a high-level Mountain option which could include the summits of Monte Patino, Monte Lieto and Monte Vettore. Up to 12 miles and 3,500ft of ascent.

Dates & Prices - NCLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

May

7nts

Sat 12, 19, 26

£799

£599

June

7nts

Sat 9*

£799

£599

Sept

7nts

Sat 1, 8, 15*, 22, 29

£799

£599

For Walking for families only see page 167. Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation with sociable evening meals • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: £6.50 per night • Double room for sole occupancy: £14.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €70 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Rome with connecting UK flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to Norcia takes 2½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £315 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Rome Fiumicino Airport: £28 single.


Walking in Italy

Piedmont Montelupo

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Gentle walking amongst the beautiful rolling countryside of Piedmont

Discover the beautiful rolling landscapes of Piedmont on foot. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different guided walks.

• Superb 4-star hotel with an excellent restaurant - winner of our Hotel of the Year award and a Premium hotel

Easier Walks: These shorter walks take us through Piedmont’s countryside, often visiting attractive hill-top villages. From Montelupo we can stroll through ancient vineyards and hazelnut groves and visit charming isolated churches. We’ll also travel across the Langhe Hills to follow the old trade route above the Bormida Valley linking the castle at Pruneto, the ancient village of Bergolo, and medieval Cortemilia. 4 to 7 miles, with occasional steeper sections. Up to 950ft of ascent in a day.

• Visit medieval hill-top villages, full of character and tradition • Enjoy free local wine tasting every evening at the hotel • A peaceful and relaxing holiday - a true taste of rural Italy famous for its rich culinary heritage

Harder Walks: The longer walks include part of the ‘Strada Romantica’, an ancient trail that links Bossolasco (the village of Roses) with Serravalle delle Langhe, and a route in the Tanaro Valley to the village of Neive. We’ll also wander through the famous Barolo vineyards to the medieval hill-top villages of La Morre, Barolo, Monforte d’Alba, Castiglione Falletto and Serralunga d’Alba; a day of stunning views and fantastic wines. 6 to 9½ miles, with occasional steeper sections. Up to 1,400ft of ascent in a day.

Néive

Turin

Ta n

ar o

Alba

Diano d’Alba

id

a

Be

lb

o

ITALY

Trezzo

Br om

MONTELUPO

Barolo

The free day is an opportunity for a full-day excursion to Turin, a visit to historic Alba or a relaxing day in Montelupo.

Novello Monforte d’Alba

N

Cortemília Cravanzana

Bossolasco Gorzegno

0

5 km

10

Accommodation

"Everything was wonderful." Mrs Elizabeth Boggs Dates & Prices - MPLCL

Hotel Ca’Del Lupo

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

This outstanding 4-star hotel occupies a wonderful location overlooking the village of Montelupo and the green rolling hills of Piedmont. There are 29 excellently appointed bedrooms, each with splendid views, a bright and airy restaurant, swimming pool and an attractive garden and terrace. The restaurant has a superb local reputation for regional cuisine and excellent service and the hotel has been voted our ‘Best Hotel of the Year' three times in recent years. One of our Premium hotels.

May

£849

£729

7nts

Sun 20, 27

June

7nts

Sun 3, 10, 17, 24

£849

£729

Sept

7nts

Sun 2, 9, 16, 23, 30

£849

£729

Oct

7nts

Sun 7

£849

£729

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £19.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €80 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Turin, with connecting UK flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to Montelupo takes 2hrs 15mins. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service for independent travellers operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £110 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays' transfer from Turin Airport: £15 single.


The Dolomites Selva

Accommodation Hotel Malleier

With excellent meals, immaculate, spacious accommodation and friendly, efficient service, this 3-star hotel has been consistently rated as one of the very best by our guests. Elmas Torggler and his family have great pride in their hotel, which has 35 en-suite bedrooms, a luxury spa suite and attractive gardens. Surrounded by peaceful meadows, just a short walk from the village centre, there are superb views of the dramatic mountains all around. Holidays at Selva are Half Board with a continental breakfast and an excellent 4-course evening meal. One of our Premium hotels.

"A first class hotel, with superb staff and excellent food." Mr Brian Congreve

Holiday Highlights • Experience the awe-inspiring mountain scenery of the Dolomites • Enjoy our highly praised family-run hotel, one of our Premium hotels • Outstanding range of walks; a ‘must do’ location for all keen walkers • Superb network of cable cars, gondola and chairlifts makes the mountains accessible to all • Combine with Limone on Lake Garda or our Waterways towards Venice Cycling Tour


Walking in Italy

Guided Walking Discover the outstanding scenery of the Dolomites on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks. Easier Walks: The Val Gardena’s excellent network of cable cars and chairlifts enables all walkers to enjoy this glorious mountain landscape. Walking in the extensive flower-filled meadows above the valley is a real delight with the added attraction of stops at mountain huts. Our walks include the beautiful Alpe de Siusi, the Puez-Geislar Natural Park and the Vallunga valley. 6 to 9½ miles generally on good paths which can be rough or steep. Up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: If you enjoy superb mountain walking then Selva offers a wealth of high-level options. Our guided walks include the dramatic route through the Sassulungo massif to a lofty col, or the narrow path along the shoulder of the Sella mountain. The summits of Stevia, Pic and Sas Ciampac are just three other highlights of this exhilarating holiday. 5 to 10½ miles crossing mountainous terrain with steep gradients. Up to 3,000ft of ascent in a day.

Sass Rigais

flPuez Hut Ortisèi Rio

Stevia

ga

un

Ga

St Christina

rde n

a

ll Va

SELVA

Bolzano

Sasso Lungo

N

Passo Sella

ara

orv

aC

d Ru

Cortina

ITALY Piz Boè

Corvara

Arabba

5

0 km

Each week there is a free day where you may want to visit the ‘Ice Man’ museum in Bolzano, or relax in one of the valley villages. We also offer High Routes holidays at Selva (see page 168). We have two walking itineraries at Selva. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks in the area.

Dates & Prices - SELCL Number of nights

7nts

14nts

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Yes

No

June

Sat 2

£849

£649

-

-

June

Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

£849

£649

£1,449

£1,249

July

Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

£849

£649

£1,449

£1,249

Aug

Sat 4

£849

£649

-

-

Aug

Sat 25

£849

£649

£1,449

£1,249

Sept

Sat 1, 8

£849

£649

-

-

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £15.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Verona. The coach transfer to Selva takes 2½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Verona Airport: £26 single.


Zillertal Alps Mayrhofen

Holiday Highlights • Enjoy superb walks for all abilities high in the wonderful Zillertal Alps • Hotel Waldheim; an excellent family-run hotel which wins accolades from guests year after year • Visit the historic city of Innsbruck or take the narrow gauge railway to the Achensee lake • A network of cable cars and chairlifts provide easy access to high meadows and mountains • Stay for two weeks enjoying both walking itineraries or combine with Seefeld, Sölden or our Austrian Cycling holidays

Accommodation Hotel Waldheim

Year after year, the 4-star Hotel Waldheim has won accolades from our guests for its beautifully maintained accommodation, exceptionally helpful service and wonderful meals. The Pfister family pride themselves on the quality of their hotel, which has 20 immaculate en-suite bedrooms, a comfy lounge, bar and sauna. Situated in a peaceful location overlooking meadows, the hotel is just a few minutes’ walk to the village centre and an outdoor swimming pool. During popular weeks additional single rooms may be available in one of the neighbouring guesthouses. Holidays at Mayrhofen are Half Board with a continental breakfast and an excellent 4-course evening meal plus a popular self-service salad bar.


Innsbruck

Rastkogel N

MAYRHOFEN

run

ta

l

5

Ze

d

m m gr

Speicher Stillup

un

AUSTRIA

Wollbachspitze Schlegeisspeicher

Pfitscher Joch

ITALY Gr Möseler

On your free day you may wish to take the narrow gauge railway to the Achemsee Lake, or visit the historic city of Innsbruck. We offer High Routes at this resort (see page 168).

Combine a week at Mayrhofen with a week at Weidach or Sölden (see page 121). We have two walking itineraries at Mayrhofen. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks in the area.

Dates & Prices - GWLCL Number of nights

7nts

14nts

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Yes

No

June

£839

£639

-

-

Sat 2, 9

June

Sat 16, 23, 30

£839

£639

£1,429

£1,229

July

Sat 7, 14, 21

£839

£639

£1,429

£1,229

July

Sat 28

£839

£639

-

-

Aug

Sat 11, 18

£839

£639

£1,429

£1,229

Aug

Sat 25

£839

£639

-

-

Sept

Sat 1, 8

£839

£639

-

-

For Walking for families only see page 167 Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: £9 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £45) to Munich. The coach transfer to Mayrhofen takes 2½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Munich Airport: £35 single.

d

Ahornspitze un d

Hintertux

er

km

Tu x

0

Brandberg Zil ler g

Penken

r pg illu St

Harder Walks: Mountain walkers will be spoilt for choice with a huge range of higher routes available. We’ll aim to ascend a number of summits including the Karspitze, Torregenkopf and Gerlossteinwand and also enjoy a high-level traverse above the Upper Ziller Valley to the Plauener Hut. At the head of the valleys you can see the mighty glaciers at close quarters and ascend to a high col on the Italian border. 5½ to 10 miles with some steep and rough ascents to summits and cols. Up to 3,100ft of ascent in a day.

Zell am Ziller

Zil

Join our experienced leaders for guided walks in the mountains and valleys of the Zillertal Alps. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks. Easier Walks: From Mayrhofen itself you can use the lifts to reach the beautiful meadows of the Penken or Ahorn, both rich with wild flowers and with excellent views of the valley below. Also close at hand are the pretty Alpine villages of Brandberg and Finkenberg, while further afield there are many enjoyable walks in the Ziller, Tux and Zemmgrund valleys, surrounded by the imposing peaks of the Zillertal Alps. 5 to 7½ miles on good paths through valleys and high meadows. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day.

ler tal

Walking in Austria

Guided Walking

“Leaders were able to select the most appropriate walks” Mr Philip Cross


Weidach

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• An easy and relaxing way to enjoy Alpine scenery with gentle strolls high on the Seefeld Plateau

Join our experienced leaders for wonderfully relaxed walks through the Seefeld Valley. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Enjoy the Hotel Kristall, with superb 4-star facilities, one of our Premium hotels

Easier Walks: The Seefeld Plateau boasts a series of picturesque green valleys which offer superb easy walking high in the Tirolean Alps. From Weidach itself we can stroll along the Leutasch Valley to the pretty hamlets of Platzl and Kirkplatzl. We’ll also stroll to lovely Ropferstrubm and walk around the beautiful lake at Wildmoos. 4 to 6½ miles on good paths through valleys and meadows. Up to 1,000ft in a day.

• Wander through flower-filled meadows on wide valley floors surrounded by majestic peaks • Visit pretty Alpine hamlets and enjoy tranquil rest-stops at welcoming almhouses

rA

che

• No single room charge and free afternoon cakes

Harder Walks: We’ll stroll through the meadows of the beautiful Leutasch Valley and to the hamlet of Buchen. Other options include rambling to the Wildmoos Alm to sample its famous apple strudel, and following the Oberweg path to the pretty church of Kirchplatzl, all at an easy pace. 6 to 10 miles on good paths through valleys and meadows. Up to 1,200ft in a day.

tas

che

Gehrenspitze

Leu

Walking in Austria

Seefeld Plateau

WEIDACH

Kirchplatzl

Weidachsee

Platzl

fl

Combine a week at Weidach with a stay at Mayrhofen (see page 121) or Sölden (see page 121) or our Austrian Lakes and Mountains Cycling holiday (see www.hfholidays.co.uk/cycling).

fl Wildmoosalm

Muggenmoose Buchen

Simmlberg

Katzenköpfe

Ostbach

On your free day you may wish to enjoy using the hotel’s extensive spa facilities or take the scenic mountain train trip down to the historic city of Innsbruck.

Wildmoossee

Gschwandtkopf

<

Seefeld

Innsbruck

Mosern

Accommodation Hotel Kristall

The superb 4-star Hotel Kristall nestles in the peaceful hamlet of Weidach, just metres from the start of the walking trails. The owners, the Pfeffel family, take great pride in providing a welcoming atmosphere and high quality service. There are 40 large en-suite bedrooms, a comfortable lounge and bar, two indoor swimming pools and a spa. Holidays at Weidach are Half Board with an extensive buffet breakfast and a splendid 5-course evening meal featuring many Tirolean specialities. One of our Premium hotels.

Dates & Prices - ATLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

£849

£649

7nts

Sat 2, 9, 16

June

7nts

Sat 23, 30

£879

£679

July

7nts

Sat 7, 14, 21

£879

£679

Aug

7nts

Sat 18, 25

£849

£649

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: no supplement • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €11 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £45) to Munich. The coach transfer to Seefeld takes 2½hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Munich Airport: £20.50 single.


Walking in Austria

Oetz Valley Sölden

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• The spectacular high peaks of the Oetztal Alps in the heart of the Austrian Tirol

Our experienced leaders will help you discover this superb mountain region. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Excellent family-run hotel, highly regarded by guests for superb food and friendly service

Easier Walks: From Sölden you can ascend on the chairlift or cable-car to explore the beautiful high meadows, with panoramic views of the main valley far below. We’ll also travel to the villages of Obergurgl, the highest in Austria, and idyllically-located Vent, complete with its traditional Tirolean church, to walk in this unspoilt area of high peaks and glaciers. Another highlight is the spectacular Stübenfall waterfall, a huge single cascade of water. 5 to 8½ miles on good paths which can be rough and stony. Up to 1,800ft of ascent in a day.

• Magnificent walks of all levels in the high meadows and mountains • Take a trip by gondolier to the awe-inspiring glaciers above Sölden Längenfeld

Po

lles

tal

l

zta

Ot

• Enjoy this popular Alpine village with indoor pool and family activities

Hochsölden

SÖLDEN

N

Winda

chtal

10

rT al

5 km

Ve n

te

0

Harder Walks: The Oetz Valley offers a wealth of high-quality mountain walks. From Obergurgl we’ll walk beneath the towering snow-capped peaks and glaciers on the Italian border and from Vent border and from Vent there is a superb ascent of Wildes Mannle (3,023 metres) directly opposite The Wildspitze. The summits of the Wetterkreuzkogel, Brunnenkogel and Schwarzkogel (3,016 metres) are just three other highlights. 6 to 12 miles with some steeper and rougher routes. Up to 3,850ft of ascent in a day.

Ta l

Hochgurgl Obergurgl

Gu

rg

Vent

ler

Wildspitze

Nederkogel

Hochfirst

Hochwilde

Accommodation Hotel Erhart

A warm welcome awaits from the family-run 4 star Erhart hotel. Situated in a peaceful setting minutes from the town centre, it has 28 en-suite rooms, most with balconies and mountain views. At the end of your days walks, relax in the hotel's spa pool and sauna. Holidays at Solden are Half Board with a continental breakfast and superb 4-course evening meal with a self-service salad bar and cheese buffet. A picnic lunch taken from the breakfast buffet is included.

On your free day you may want to experience the awe-inspiring glaciers above Sölden or travel down the valley to Längenfeld to relax in the spectacular aqua dome thermal spa. We also offer High Routes (page 168) at this resort. There are two walking itineraries at Sölden. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks.

Dates & Prices - OVLCL Number of nights

7 nights

14 nights

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Yes

No

June

Sat 30

£839

£639

£1,429

£1,229

July

Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

£839

£639

£1,429

£1,229

Aug

Sat 4, 11, 18

£839

£639

£1,429

£1,229

Aug

Sat 25

£839

£639

-

-

Sept

Sat 1

£839

£639

-

-

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double for sole occupancy: £13.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €70 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (regional flight supplement: £45) to Munich. The coach transfer to Sölden takes 3hrs 30mins with a scheduled rest stop. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Munich Airport: £25 single.


Walking in France

French Riviera Menton

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Discover the glamorous French Riviera’s best kept secret: fantastic walking • Enjoy the Victorian elegance of our seaside promenade hotel on the Cote d’Azur, one of our Premium Hotels • Visit the medieval ‘Perched Villages’ and walk the stunning balcony path above the coast • Combine with our holiday in Provence or enjoy our two week itinerary in Menton

Join our experienced leaders for guided walks in this beautiful area. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks: Easier Walks: Visit the pretty medieval perched villages and gently amble along the balcony path with its stunning views along the Riviera. Walk to the tiny village of Castellar from Menton and explore the coastal path of the sumptuous Cap Ferrat and the glorious Villa de Rothschild. 4 to 7 miles on good, but sometimes rough, paths. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: For harder walkers, the hills above the French Riviera offer outstanding walking and the GR51 ‘Balcons de Cote d’Azur’ is world renowned. We will take full advantage of this route to discover ancient perched villages, Saracen castles and panoramic summits. 5 to 10 miles on more rugged terrain. Up to 2,600ft of ascent in a day. Hop on the coastal train for a day in the vibrant town of Nice, or the Italian Riviera, or enjoy Menton’s beach, old town and gardens.

ITALY Sainte_Agnes Castellar

FRANCE Mont Gros

Eze

Mont Basnne

Nice

MENTON

Combine with a week at Gréoux-les-Bains in Provence (see page 120). A two week itinerary runs at this resort. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks in the area.

Monte-Carlo Monaco

BEAULIEU-SUR-MER Cap-Ferrat

Dates & Prices - CZLCL Number of nights

7 nights

14 nights

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Yes

No

March

Sat 17

£949

£759

£1,649

£1,459

March

Sat 24

£949

£759

-

-

Hotel Royal Westminster

April

Sat 14, 21

£949

£759

£1,649

£1,459

The lovingly restored 3-star Victorian Hotel Royal Westminster enjoys a lovely position right on the seaside promenade of Menton, on the French Riviera. There is an elegant lounge overlooking the garden and terrace, a small bar and a games room. The hotel’s light airy restaurant is well regarded locally. The hotel has 92 comfortable en-suite rooms furnished in a simple style. Holidays at Menton, one of our Premium hotels are Half Board with a 4-course served dinner.

April

Sat 28

£949

£759

-

-

Accommodation

Sept

Sat 29

£989

£789

£1,729

£1,529

Oct

Sat 6, 13

£989

£789

£1,729

£1,529

Oct

Sat 20

£989

£789

-

-

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £16 per night • Sea view supplement: £17 per person per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €70 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Nice and UK connecting flights (supplement £130). The coach transfer to Menton takes 1hr. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service for independent travellers operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £80 single. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays’ transfer from Nice Airport: £26.50 single.


Walking in France

Provence

Gréoux-les-Bains

NEW

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Discover a beautiful part of Provence still untouched by tourism • Our family run hotel offers outstanding cuisine sourced entirely from local produce • Explore the Routes de la Lavande, an area steeped in the culture of lavender production • Visit charming hill-top villages including Moustiers Ste Marie, officially one of the prettiest in France • Choose to combine with Menton on the French Riviera for our Romantic France holiday

Easier Walks: We’ll visit the pretty town of Forqualquier with its bustling local market bursting with Provençal goods before ambling down to the medieval citadel of Mane-en-Provence and walk the well graded path from, the beautiful village of Lurs perched high on a rocky crag. Nearer Gréoux we’ll savour meadows of poppies, walk across the lavender plateaux and enjoy the botanical route of Moustiers Ste Marie, deemed officially one of the prettiest villages in France. Walks are on good paths which are sometimes rocky underfoot. 4½ to 7½ miles with up to 1,250ft of ascent in a day

Lurs

Forcalquier Mane-en -Provence Luberon

On your free day visit the colourful port of Marseille or the mighty Verdon Gorge, France’s Grand Canyon.

Manosque Moustiers Ste-Marie Riez River Verdon

Grand Conyon Du Verdon

Harder Walks: We can enjoy highlights of several of the great long distance routes of France including a walk to the strange limestone formations of Les Mourres high above Forqualquier and a dramatic ridge walk on the Chemin de St Jacques near the beautiful village of Lurs. Above Gréoux wide expanses of poppy meadows will lead us to the heart of the Provençal lavender region and our hike to the limestone mastiff above Moustiers Ste Marie will be rewarded by stunning views. Walks are mainly on good paths, with some steeper rougher routes. 7 to 11 miles with up to 2,500ft of ascent in a day

Nice

GRÉOUXLES-BAINS

FRANCE

Accommodation Villa Borghese

The 3-star Villa Borghese has a fine tradition of service and is a member of the prestigious Châteaux Demeures de Tradition and the Relais du Silence groups. The balconies of the 54 large simple en-suite bedrooms look over the gardens towards the hilltop castle of Gréoux-les-Bains. The hotel prides itself on serving locally sourced produce from within 20km of the town. There is a small outdoor heated swimming pool next to the pleasant terrace and a cosy bar with an open fireplace. Holidays at Gréoux-les-Bains are Half Board with a 3-course served dinner.

Dates & Prices - PVLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Sat 14, 21

£899

£699

April

7nts

Sat 28

£939

£739

May

7nts

Sat 5

£949

£739

May

7nts

Sat 12

£989

£789

Sept

7nts

Sat 22

£989

£789

Sept

7nts

Sat 29

£949

£739

Oct

7nts

Sat 6

£949

£749

Oct

7nts

Sat 13, 20

£899

£699

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks & sightseeing visits

Information

• Allow approx €70 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy: £19.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Nice and UK connecting flights (regional flight supplement £130). The coach transfer to Les Gréoux-les-Bains takes 2hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service for independent travellers operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £180 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Nice Airport: £30.50 single.


Walking in France

The Dordogne Sarlat

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking & Sightseeing

• Walk beside the celebrated Dordogne River through beautiful rolling scenery

Combine gentle guided walks with plenty of time for sightseeing. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Enjoy walks to the medieval fortress of Beynac and the fortified town of Domme and Le Roque-Gageac

Easier Walks: Guided walks include following the Dordogne to the 12th century fortified town of Domme, and to the impressive medieval castle at Beynac. Away from the river we can walk through the peaceful Perigord Noir and spend a full day visiting the remarkable cave paintings at Lascaux. 5½ to 6½ miles generally with easy gradients on good tracks and riverside paths. Up to 700ft of ascent in a day.

• Stay at the charming Relais de Moussidière, highly praised for its delightful ambience and excellent cuisine • Sarlat itself is a gorgeous small town with cobbled streets and an atmospheric medieval centre • Visit the world-famous cave paintings at Lascaux and enjoy remarkable Rocamadour on your free day

Lascaux

La

re

FRANCE

Les Eyzies

On your free day you may wish to wander around Sarlat’s medieval centre, take a leisurely canoe trip along the Dordogne or visit Rocamadour.

Puymartin

9

SARLAT Beynac

N

0

5 km

9 9

10

Castelnaud

Souillac

9

ne

og

Montfort La

rd Do

La Roque-Gageac

Harder Walks: These longer routes include a delightful walk through rolling countryside to the east of Sarlat, passing through the quaint village of Ste-Nathalène. On another day, we follow a Grande Randonnée en route to the tiny hilltop town of Marquay, with its 360 ˚ panorama of the Perigord Noir. The picturesque villages of Beynac, La Roque Gageac and Domme all feature in our week’s programme, as do the caves at Lascaux. 7¼ to 9½ miles, on good tracks and paths. Up to 1,000 feet of ascent in a day.

We also offer a Language Holiday at Sarlat (see page 172).

Rocamadour

Domme

Accommodation

Le Relais de Moussidière Situated in tranquil countryside, just over a mile from the centre of Sarlat, the 3-star Relais de Moussidière is a delightful and relaxing place to stay. Built in a traditional style around an old manor house, it has 35 individually decorated en-suite bedrooms, a bar, dining rooms and an attractive terrace and outdoor pool. Holidays at Sarlat are Half Board with a continental breakfast and an excellently-presented evening meal featuring local dishes.

Dates & Prices - SRLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

May

£899

£749

7nts

Sat 19, 26

June

7nts

Sat 2, 9 , 16

£899

£749

Sept

7nts

Sat 1, 8, 15, 22, 29

£899

£749

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks and sightseeing visits

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £31 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €75 for transport to and from the walks and €50 for sightseeing visits • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Bordeaux. The coach transfer to Sarlat takes 3hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Bordeaux Airport: £27 single.


Walking in France

French Alps Les Contamines Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Voted ‘Best European Walks’ by our guests, discover the high mountains and meadows of the Chamonix Valley

Enjoy the best alpine walks with our experienced leaders. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks. Easier Walks: Walks from Les Contamines all have outstanding views of the snow-capped Alpine peaks. We can also walk on the slopes of Mont Blanc itself, either by taking the tramway from St Gervais, or walking to the snout of the Bionassay Glacier. Other walks including the hidden Miage Valley, the clear waters of Lac Vert, and the lush meadows of the Val Montjoie, have the added attraction of stops at mountain huts. 5 to 8 miles on generally well-graded ascents. Up to 1,800ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: For mountain walkers, Les Contamines is the place to aim high. Our guided walks take in the most spectacular scenery including the ridge between the Taconnaz and Bossons Glaciers, the towering cliffs of the Passy Nature Reserve, and Nid d’Aigle high on the slopes of Mont Blanc. Across the valley, the rolling slopes of Mont Joly offer spectacular mountain panoramas. 7 to 14 miles across rougher mountain terrain with some exposed sections. Up to 4,400ft of ascent in a day.

• Superb location at the base of Mont Blanc in the heart of the French Alps • Enjoy traditional Savoyard specialities at our popular family-run 3-star hotel • Ascend the famous Aiguille du Midi or ride the tramway high onto Mont Blanc • Choose our 2-centre option with Adelboden in the Bernese Oberland - see page 158 N

e

St Gervais

FRANCE

Aiguille du Midi

ns

de ay c s la as G nn o Bi

There are two walking itineraries at Les Contamines. Book for 14 nights and enjoy all the best walks. Combine a stay at Les Contamines with a week at Adelboden (see page 121).

Mont Blanc

Mont Joly

LES CONTAMINES

osso

Col de Voza

Mont d’Arbois

The free day is an opportunity to visit the mountain resort of Chamonix and perhaps ascend the famous Aiguille du Midi by cable car.

de B

Le Bettex

Chamonix

km

Glac

Megève

5

0

Passy

Glac de Taconnaz

Arv

Tré-la-Tête

ITALY

e cd Gla -Tête -la Tré

Dates & Prices - LCLCL Number of nights

Accommodation Hotel La Chemenaz

Francois Gauthier and his family are welcoming hosts at this 3-star chalet-style hotel. There are 36 en-suite bedrooms and facilities include a sauna, spa pool and outdoor swimming pool. Situated in a tranquil location beneath the slopes of Mont Blanc, it is a 15 minute level walk from the centre of the village. Holidays at Les Contamines are Half Board with a continental breakfast and 3-course evening meal, served in the atmospheric restaurant and featuring many traditional Savoyard specialties.

7 nights

14 nights

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Yes

No

June

£799

£629

-

-

Sat 2, 9, 16

June

Sat 23, 30

£799

£629

£1,379

£1,199

July

Sat 7

£799

£629

£1,379

£1,199

July

Sat 14

£799

£629

-

-

Aug

Sat 18, 25

£799

£629

£1,379

£1,199

Sept

Sat 1

£799

£629

£1,379

£1,199

Sept

Sat 8

£799

£629

-

-

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £12 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx €95 for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Geneva with connecting UK flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to Les Contamines takes 1½hrs. Visit our website or call our reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Geneva Airport: £28 single.


Adelboden

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• High alpine meadows, tranquil valleys and mountain lakes form this most picturesque of mountain landscapes • Enjoy warm hospitality and excellent meals at the family- run Hotel Waldhaus-Huldi • Use the network of chairlifts and cable-cars to reach walks for all abilities high in the mountains • Adelboden is a picture-perfect Swiss village with stunning views down the Engstligen Valley • Choose a 2-centre option with Les Contamines in the heart of the French Alps

Our guided walks through the mountains and meadows above Adelboden are particularly rewarding. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

Geneva

Elsigbach

der

gstl

Kan

ige

Elsighorn

En

SWITZERLAND

Albristhorn Allebach

Oeschinensee

ADELBODEN

ch

ba

ch

ba

Alp

Balmhorn ch

ils

Ge

Kandersteg

Bunderspitz

hr oa

rx ba

Hahnenmoospass Engstligenfalle

Gas

tert

al

Easier Walks: The open meadows of Tschentenegg, reached by cable-car from Adelboden, offer wonderful views over the whole valley. Other walks head to the spectacular Engstilgen waterfall, or through acres of wild flowers to the Hahenmoospass col. You can also travel to Kandersteg in the neighbouring valley for walks to the perfect blue waters of Lake Oeschinen, which is surrounded by impressive mountain peaks. 5 to 8 miles on good paths through valleys and high meadows. Up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: The rolling green mountains surrounding Adelboden have many enjoyable ridge walks with panoramic views. We can follow a horseshoe of ridges to the Hahenmoospass and also ascend the rocky cliff beside the Engstilgen waterfall to the meadows above. At the end of the week, the ascent to the lofty summit of the Elsighorn is a fitting climax to a memorable holiday. 8 to 10 miles with some steep and rough ascents. Up to 3,000ft of ascent in a day. On your free day you may wish to use the efficient Swiss transport system to visit the attractive lakeside resorts of Interlaken, Thun or Spiez.

Sc

Walking in Switzerland

Bernese Oberland

N

Steghorn

Doldenhoorn

Combine a week at Adelboden with a week at Les Contamines (see page 121) From £1,449 (with flight), from £1,279 (no flight)

Daubensee 0

5 km

10

Accommodation

Hotel Waldhaus-Huldi This excellent 3-star hotel has established itself as a firm favourite with our guests. Jacky and Kurt Gygax, and their family, provide very friendly and efficient Swiss hospitality, together with wonderful meals. There are 47 en-suite bedrooms, many of which have south-facing balconies with panoramic mountain views. A couple of minutes’ walk will take you to the centre of the village and all local amenities, including the open-air swimming pool which has free access for hotel guests. Holidays at Adelboden are Half Board with an extensive continental breakfast and a 3-course evening meal.

Dates & Prices - ANLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

£899

£699

7nts

Sat 9, 16, 23, 30

July

7nts

Sat 7, 14, 28

£899

£699

Aug

7nts

Sat 4, 11, 18, 25

£899

£699

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: £5.50 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx 160 SFr for transport to and from the walks. • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Geneva with connecting UK flights (regional flight supplement; £130). The coach transfer to Adelboden takes 3hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Geneva Airport: £40.50 single.


Walking in Poland

Polish Tatras Zakopane

NEW

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Fantastic walks in the beautiful Tatras National Park • Stay in the mountain resort of Zakopane, with its lively atmosphere and extensive facilities • Outstanding range of high mountain walks • Extend your stay with a 2-night break in historic Krakow

Discover the outstanding scenery of the Polish Tatras on our carefully selected guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks:

POLAND

Harder Walks: Enjoy the splendour of this superb mountain region. The border ridge between Poland and Slovakia offers some outstanding walks, and lofty, but attainable summits including Kondracka Kopa and Szpiglasowy Wierch. The summit of Giewont, whose massive iron cross towers over Zakopane is another obvious target which commands superb views over the town to the rolling green hills beyond. 7 to 10½ miles crossing mountainous terrain with steep gradients. Up to 3,400ft of ascent in a day.

Gubałówka

ZAKOPANE Kuz´ nice

a ´Swinica

Ch

oc

ho

low

Giewont Ciemniak

Wołowiec

Białk

sk

a

Koscielisko ´

Morski Oko

SLOVAKIA

Easier Walks: The lower foothills of the Tatras offer attractive walks in the Chocholowska Valley and on the rolling green hills above the Gubalowka funicular. We can also walk around Morskie Oko, reputedly the most beautiful lake in Poland, surrounded by impressive peaks. Another highlight is to take the cable car to the Slovakian border for walks amidst a spectacular mountain backdrop. 5 to 8 miles generally on good paths, but with some steeper and rough sections. Up to 1,500ft of ascent in a day.

Each week there is a free day where you may want to explore Zakopane, try leisurely rafting on the Dunajec River, or take an excursion further afield to Krakow or the remarkable Wieliczka salt mines.

Rysy

Accommodation Hotel Wersal

Situated in a leafy residential street, yet just 5 minutes’ walk from Zakopane’s lively town centre, the 3-star Hotel Wersal is a great base from which to explore the town and the surrounding Tatra mountains. There are 42 modern en-suite bedrooms, plus a comfortable lounge bar and attractive restaurant. Holidays at Zakopane are Half Board with a continental breakfast and a 3-course evening meal.

Dates & Prices - HTLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

7nts

Sat 23, 30

£779

£579

July

7nts

Sat 7, 14, 21, 28

£779

£579

Aug

7nts

Sat 4, 11, 18

£779

£579

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: £22.50 per night • Allow approx €75 for transport to and from the walks • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick with Easyjet, including priority boarding, to Krakow. The coach transfer to Zakopane takes 2 hours. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently you can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Krakow Airport: £19 single.


Walking in Montenegro

Montenegro Coast Petrovac

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Exceptional walking and cultural discovery in Montenegro, the ‘Black Pearl’ CROATIA of the Balkans • Discover Europe’s most southernmost fjord, stunning Kotor Bay and the palaces of Kotor’s enchanting old town • Enjoy wonderful panoramas of fjords, mountains and the Adriatic from the Lovcen National Park

Tivat Bay

5 km

10

• Stay in the charming seaside town of Petrovac

Perast Tivat Kotor Bay

Prcanj

Kotor Njego Mausoleum Lovcen National Park

Budva

9

PETROVAC

Easier Walks: The spectacular landscapes and cultural diversity of tiny Montenegro can all be savoured within easy reach of Petrovac. We'll walk through the Lovcen National Park with breathtaking views down to the Kotor Fjord. We'll also walk high in the coastal mountains and enjoy a boat ride on beautiful lake Skadar. Ancient villages and paths along the Tivat Peninsula complete the week. 3½ to 6½ miles generally on good paths and stony tracks. Up to 1,200ft of ascent in a day.

Hum

MONTENEGRO

N

0

Discover the stunning untouched landscapes of Montenegro. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different guided walks.

Dubrovnik

Soko

A D R I AT I C SEA

Starí Bar

Harder Walks: Stepping back in time, the serenity of Montenegro’s mountains provides a perfect opportunity for some idyllic longer walks. Above the ancient ruins of Starí Bar, we’ll walk to the limestone summit of the Loška and follow ancient trails on the remote shores of Lake Skadar. Walking to a high point in the Lovcen Mountains, we enjoy stunning views of Kotor Fjord. 7 to 10 miles on steeper and rougher terrain. Up to 2,300ft of ascent in a day.

Lake Skador

On your free day option you may wish to explore spectacular Kotor Bay and the charming old Venetian towns of Kotor and Perast.

Combine a week at Petrovac with our Guided Walking at Baška Voda (see page 120).

Dates & Prices - MGLCL

Accommodation Hotel Rivijera

Nestled in quiet gardens just 30m from the beach, the 4-star Hotel Rivijera enjoys views of the mountains surrounding the charming resort of Petrovac. The hotel has 89 large ensuite bedrooms all with balcony, a restaurant serving Montenegrin dishes, a bar and garden terrace and a swimming pool set in the hotel gardens. Holidays at Petrovac are Half Board with continental breakfast and 3-course evening buffet meal which may be taken on the garden terrace.

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

7nts

Sat 14, 21, 28

£729

£569

May

7nts

Sat 5, 12

£739

£579

May

7nts

Sat 19

£789

£629

Sept

7nts

Sat 15, 22, 29

£789

£629

Oct

7nts

Sat 6

£729

£569

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Allow approx €80 for transport to and from the walks • Double room for sole occupancy £18 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Dubrovnik with UK connecting flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to Petrovac takes 2½ hours. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £60 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer coach from Dubrovnik Airport: £19.50 single.


Walking in Croatia

Dalmatian Coast Baška Voda

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Superb walks with views of the Dalmatian coast and the Adriatic sea • Outstanding waterfront hotel, right on the beach, a firm favourite with guests and one of our premium hotels • Enjoy a boat trip to the charming island of Bracˇ • Free day opportunities to visit the ancient city of Split and the medieval town of Trogir • Combine with our Montenegro Guided Walking holiday or our Dalmatia National Parks & Islands & Bike holiday

Discover Croatia’s beautiful coast and mountains on our carefully chosen guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

CROATIA

Split

Omis

Cetina

Brela

SOLTA

Supetar

BAŠKA VODA

BRAC Vidova Gora

A D R I AT I C SEA

Vosac Makarska

Sumartin

Bol

Stari Grad

Harder Walks: The dramatic cliffs of the Biokovo mountains tower over Baška Voda and we can follow the elevated path at their base to Makarska, with superb sea views throughout. We’ll also spend a day on Bracˇ, venture higher into the limestone scenery of the national park, and descend into the narrow canyon of the Cetina Gorge and then complete the journey to Omiš by boat. 7 to 10 miles on steeper and rougher terrain. Up to 2,200ft of ascent in a day. On your free day option you may wish to visit the fascinating medieval city of Split or visit the spectacular waterfalls of the Krka National Park and the tiny UNESCO city of Trogir.

Biokovo Mountains

N

0

Hvar

Easier Walks: Admire the views right along the Dalmatian Coast on walks to the neighbouring resorts of Brela and Makarska, and also from the balcony path that runs beneath the Biokovo mountains to the botanical gardens at Kotišina. A highlight of the week is the boat journey to the island of Bracˇ where we can walk through beautiful aromatic scenery to sleepy fishing villages, seemingly untouched for generations. 5 to 6½ miles generally on good paths and tracks. Up to 1,100ft of ascent in a day.

5 km

10

HVAR

Accommodation Hotel Bacchus

Situated right beside the beach in the attractive harbour village of Baška Voda, the 4-star Hotel Bacchus is a modern and very comfortable base for this holiday. There are 27 en-suite bedrooms, many with superb views of the sea or the mountains behind, plus a spa pool and sauna. Friendly staff will ensure that your visit to Croatia is both relaxing and memorable. Holidays at Baška Voda are Half Board with breakfast and an excellent 3-course evening meal. One of our Premium hotels.

Dates & Prices - BVLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

April

£739

£549

7nts

Sat 14, 21, 28

May

7nts

Sat 5, 12

£749

£559

May

7nts

Sat 19, 26

£799

£599

Sept

7nts

Sat 1, 8, 15, 22

£799

£599

Sept

7nts

Sat 29

£749

£559

Oct

7nts

Sat 6

£749

£559

Oct

7nts

Sat 13

£739

£549

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £20 per night • Seaview room £10 per person per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx 600 Kunas for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Dubrovnik with UK connecting flights on request (regional flight supplement: £130). The coach transfer to Baška Voda takes 3hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent guests can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ coach from Dubrovnik Airport: £35 single.


The Lofoten Islands NEW

Svolvaer

Accommodation Rica Hotel Svolvaer

This elegant waterfront 3-star hotel stands on an island in the heart of Svolvaer, surrounded by pristine waters and soaring mountain peaks. An eye-catching, boat-shaped building houses a restaurant and bar with panoramic views across the harbour and you can watch the Hurtigruten ships dock each day. The hotel has 146 en-suite rooms, all decorated in simple Scandinavian style. The hotel also has an indoor swimming pool, a fitness centre and free wi-fi. Holidays in Svolvaer are Half Board with a buffet breakfast and dinner.

Holiday Highlights • Justifiably renowned as the most awe-inspiring scenery in Europe • Experience islands bathed in the transcendent light of the Midnight sun • Enjoy our harbour-side hotel in the centre of Svolvaer • Sail the spectacular Trollfjord, a once in a lifetime experience • Combine with our holiday at Stalheim for our magical Jewels of Norway tour


Walking in Norway

Guided Walking Easier Walks: The Lofoten Archipelago deserves its reputation as one of the most beautiful places in Europe and our easier walks will explore the breath-taking scenery to the full. We’ll visit pretty fishing villages, stroll along the western coast of Vestvågøy under spectacular cliffs, and visit the fascinating Viking Museum. A highlight will be sailing to the island of Skrova for views along the whole archipelago and the mighty peaks of the Norwegian mainland. Walks are on mainly gentle gradients with a couple of short steep ascents and some rough and rocky paths. 3½ to 7 miles with up to 1,300ft of ascent in a day. Harder Walks: A paradise of peaks tumbling into fjords, cold turquoise seas and white beaches, Lofoten is justifiably renowned as one of most spectacular places to walk in Europe, with its range of attainable peaks around 500m. We’ll conquer several summits, including Tjeldbergtinden above Svolvaer and Steinetinden above Stamsund for stunning views over the entire archipelago. Walks may involve some steeper ascents, pathless terrain and rough and rocky paths. 5 to 10 miles with up to 2,700ft of ascent in a day.

Gimsøya Eggum Unstad

Viking Museum

Austvågøya (island) To Harstad/ Nank Aiport Kabevåg

Vestvågøy (island) Flakstadøya (island) Stamsund

SVOLVAER

Henningsvaer

Ramberg Selfjorden Nusfjord Brandtuva Moskenesøya (island) Rein

On you free day you can cruise down to the spectacular Trollfjord or visit the vibrant little town of Henningsvaer, with its wonderful setting perched on a series of islets.

Combine a week in the Lofoten Islands with a week at Stalheim (see page 121).

Dates & Prices - LTLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

7nts

Wed 6, 13

£1,249

£899

Aug

7nts

Wed 1

£1,299

£949

Aug

7nts

Wed 8, 15

£1,249

£899

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Double room for sole occupancy: £38 per night • Allow approx 1,600 Kronas for transport to and from the walks • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167). • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Harstad/Narvik Evenes via Øslo. The coach transfer to Svolvaer takes 2½ hours. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Independent travellers can join the HF Holidays’ transfer from Harstad/Narvik Airport: £71 single.


Walking in Norway

Western Fjords Stalheim

Holiday Highlights

Guided Walking

• Explore the beautiful and dramatic landscapes of Norway’s Western Fjords

Discover the spectacular landscapes of Norway on our carefully chosen guided walks. Each day you’ll have the choice of two different walks.

• Stay at the Stalheim Hotel with its superb view down the Naerøy Valley, a World Heritage Site

Easier Walks: The magical landscapes of Norway can be enjoyed by train, bus and cable-car as well as on foot. We’ll enjoy rambling from our hotel through beautiful valleys, travel to Ulvik on the pretty Hardangerfjord, famous for its apple orchards, and travel high above Voss for a gentle summit. A highlight will be taking the Flåmsbana railway followed by a ferry down the mighty Sognefjord and the magnificent Naerøyfjord. Walks are on mainly gentle gradients with a couple of short steep ascents and some rough and rocky paths. 5 to 7 miles with up to 1,300 ft of ascent in a day.

• Ride the famous Flamsbåna train - one of the world’s most spectacular train journeys • Sail down the magnificent Sognefjord and Naerøyfjord, a once-in-a-lifetime experience

Nae

røyf

jord

• Visit Bergen with its beautiful historic harbour and colourful wooden houses

Jordalsneten

Gudvangen

Flam

Oppheim

Flåms

STALHEIM

dalen

Byørndalskamben

On your free day you may enjoy a day in Bergen an exceptionally pretty UNESCO World Heritage town.

Slettafjellet Voss

na va

tne t

Kaldafjellet

NORWAY

Myrdal

Other Holidays

N

Raundalen

Byrseteggi

0

Vangsvatn

5 km

10

Granv

fjo

insv

O

sa

atne

t

Ulvik

rd en

et

Granvin

Harder Walks: Norway’s peaceful mountains and fjords offer a serene and stunning backdrop to some attractive longer walks. Closer to the hotel we can head to the dramatic Tverraldskaret mountain pass or the tiny hamlet of farming Botnen. Walks above the Flåmsdal valley, the Flåmsbana railway and the stunning ferry ride through Naerøyfjord complete the week. 7 to 11 miles on steeper and rougher terrain. Up to 2,700ft of ascent in a day.

rd

erfjo

ang

Hard

*Mountain Walking - Wed 15 August This special week offers more challenging routes which replace the usual harder walks. This is a unique opportunity to bag some of the summits above the western fjords including the UNESCO Naerøyfjord and Sognefjord. Peaks include Bakkanosi, Fyresnipa and the summit of Skebergnuten from the top of the Flamsbåna railway.

Dates & Prices - VSLCL

Accommodation Stalheim Hotel

This family-run hotel, nestled at the top of the magnificent Naerøy Valley, has offered travellers a warm welcome for over 100 years. Part of the Historic Hotels group, it combines modern facilities with a traditional ambience, an excellent restaurant and a breathtaking panoramic lounge. The 124 double en-suite bedrooms share one of the best views in the world, as chosen by Condé Nast.

Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

June

7nts

Wed 20, 27

£1,099

£799

July

7nts

Wed 4, 11, 18, 25

£1,099

£799

Aug

7nts

Wed 1, 8, 15*

£1,099

£799

Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks

Information

• Single room: £23 per night • Double room for sole occupancy with view: £38 per night • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Allow approx 1,760 Kronas for transport to and from the walks • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Bergen. The coach transfer to Stalheim takes 2hrs. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort - see page 236. Price per taxi: £260 single. Independent travellers can reach the hotel by joining the HF Holidays’ transfer from Bergen Airport: £71 single.


Walking for Families in Europe

Norcia, Italy: your family can enjoy a hot sunny Spring Half Term in the hills of Umbria, away from the traditional English rain. Stay at the modern Hotel Salicone, which boasts large family rooms and numerous sporting facilities including two swimming pools and tennis courts. Meals will be taken at the Grotta Azzurra’s award-winning restaurant. See page 148 for further details of the resort and hotel. Les Contamines: The action-packed French Alps are a great place to take your family walking. An extensive network of lifts and cable cars ensure everyone of all ages can reach fantastic viewpoints and children will enjoy the hotel’s outdoor heated swimming pool after a day on the mountains. See page 159 for further details of the resort and hotel.

Our UK Guided Walking holidays are very popular with families. We've taken the same winning formula to two of our most popular resorts in Europe. There is an additional family walk every day, so you can choose from three levels of walks. Walks and visits may include: Mayrhofen, Austria: a perennial favourite, Mayrhofen offers superb Alpine walking in the Austrial Zillertal Alps. Excellent public transport, cable cars and chairlifts enable everyone to enjoy the high mountain scenery. See pages 152-153 for further details on the resort and hotel.

Dates & Prices Location

Date

Flight & transfer included

Adult Yes

Under 5s No

Yes

No

5-13yrs Yes

No

14-15yrs Yes

Code

No

Mayrhofen (page 152-153)

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£839

£639

£210

£160

£420

£320

£630

£480

GWLFL

Les Contamines (page 159)

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£799

£629

£200

£158

£400

£315

£600

£472

LCLFL

Norcia (page 148)

Sat 2 June (7nts)

£799

£599

£200

£150

£400

£300

£600

£450

NCLFL

Family Multi-Activity Les Contamines: a fantastic range of adventure activities await you. We will book 3 half days from a range of rafting, climbing, canyonning, ropes course, archery and horse riding. For the rest of your holiday you can join the guided walks, book additional activities or relax and do your own thing.

Mayrhofen: try a range of exciting activities on 3 half days, with the option to either join the guided walking group (no extra charge other than for transport), buy additional adventure activities or relax and do your own thing on the other days. Activities on offer include rafting, tubing, climbing, abseiling, and the adventure park with a high ropes course. Check our website for up to date details of the 3 core half days that we have arranged.

Dates & Prices Location

Date

Flight & transfer included

Adult

Under 5s

5-13yrs

14-15yrs

Code

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Mayrhofen (page 152-153)

Sat 4 Aug (7nts)

£899

£699

-

-

£530

£412

£746

£580

GWLMA

Les Contamines (page 159)

Sat 11 Aug (7nts)

£899

£739

-

-

£557

£458

£782

£642

LCLMA

Children must be 8 years and over and be accompanied by an adult. Please visit our website for up to date details of the 3 half days we have arranged. Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Half Board accommodation • A full programme of guided walks or activities as described • ‘With flight’ holidays include airport transfers

Information

• Allow approx €65-85 for transport to and from the walks • Single room per night: Mayrhofen £9, Les Contamines £12, Norcia £6.50 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

All children’s rates are based on sharing a family room with one or more adults. Please speak to our Reservations team who will be happy to discuss the most suitable accommodation for your family.

Walking for families in Europe

Family holidays


Adventurous Walking in Europe

Adventurous Walking


Adventurous Walking in Europe

High Routes Our high level walks venture to high summits and cols that are normally ‘off-limits’ on our Guided Walking holidays. Using cable cars and rough and steep paths, that may be exposed or have fixed ropes, we’ll aim for some of the area’s best summits. Most holidays have opportunities to bag some 3,000m (10,000ft) peaks; a memorable achievement that you’ll want to savour. 8 to 13 miles with up to 4,500ft of ascent. Adelboden, Switzerland: a fine selection of accessible mountain peaks including the Schwandfelspitze, Regensboldholm and Ammertenspitz. Les Contamines, France: the snow-capped peaks of Mont Blanc dominates the area and we’ll either walk high on its slopes or gaze across at the dramatic white glaciers from the Aiguille Rouge Massif or the Mont Joly ridge. Mayrhofen, Austria: some of the commanding summits on our programme include the Torhelm; Rastkogel; and Hoher Riffler, and the towering Ahorn Spitz directly above Mayrhofen. Selva, Italy: explore the awe-inspiring Dolomites scenery including an easy via ferrata to Sassongher; a walk across the Stevia massif; and the 3,000m summit of Piz Boe; some of Europe’s most spectacular scenery. Sölden, Austria: the spectacular mountains of the Oetz Valley have many high-level traverses and achievable 3,000m summits including the Gaisachkogel and Nederkogel.

Dates & Prices Location

Date

Flight & transfers included

Price

Price

Yes

No

Code

High Routes Adelboden (page 160)

Sat 25 Aug (7nts)

£899

£699

ANLTL

Les Contamines (page 159)

Sat 18 Aug (7nts)

£799

£629

LCLTL

Mayrhofen (page 152-153)

Sat 14 July (7nts)

£839

£639

GWLTL

Selva (page 150-151)

Sat 28 July (7nts)

£849

£649

SELTL

Sölden (page 155)

Sat 21 July (7nts)

£839

£639

OVLTL

Mountain Walking Our special mountain walking weeks offer the opportunity for more challenging walks at some of our European resorts. Each day there is the choice of a regular easier walk plus a high level option of up to 12 miles and 3,500ft of ascent. Mallorca: walk in the Serra de Tramuntana to the peaks of Teix, Massanella or the Alfabia Ridge. Norcia, Italy: reach the summits of Monte Patino, Monte Lirto and Monte Vettore in the Sibillini mountains. Stalheim, Norway: a unique opportunity to bag some of the summits above the western fjords including the UNESCO Naerøyfjord and Sognefjord.

Dates & Prices Location

Date

Flight & transfers included

Price

Price

Yes

No

Code

Mountain Walking Mallorca (page 135) Norcia (page 148) Stalheim (page 166)

Sat 22 Sept (7nts)

£699

£599

Sat 9 June (7nts)

£799

£599

Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

£799

£599

Wed 15 Aug (7nts)

£1,099

£799

PSLCL NCLCL VSLCL

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Half Board accommodation • A full programme of guided walks • ‘With flight’ holidays include airport transfers

Information

• Single room per night: Adelboden £5.50, Mayrhofen £9, Mallorca £10, Norcia £6.50, Stalheim £23 • Double room for sole occupancy per night: Mallorca £24, Norcia £14.50, Les Contamines £12, Selva £15.50, Sölden £13.50, Stalheim £38 • Allow approx €65 - €95 for transport to and from the walks • Discounts available for groups (see pages 12 & 13) and under 18s (see page 167) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person


Leisure Activities in Europe

Leisure Activities holidays in Europe You can enjoy some of your favourite Leisure Activities holidays in Europe. Based in our partner hotels, you can be sure of the same warm welcome, with many of the features you have come to expect from an HF Holidays’ break in Britain.

Amalfi Coast Gardens Tour Experience the dramatic coastal scenery and beautifully designed gardens on this lovely Sorrento peninsula. Highlights of this holiday will include the Island of Capri and the gardens of Villa San Michele, the volcanic Island of Ischia across the Bay of Naples with the stunning Mortelle gardens. We also visit the gardens of the Palazzo Reale at Caserta, as well as the landscaped gardens of the Villas Cimbrone and Rufulo in Ravello. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included Sorrento

NEW

Sat 14 April (7nts)

STGDT

Price Yes

No

£1,079

£929

Gardens and Castles of Northern France

From our base at Vieux Villez in Normandy we have a range of diverse and interesting gardens to visit. Highlights will be Monet’s Garden at Giverny, the focus of many of the artist’s impressionist paintings. Travelling through picturesque Normandy countryside and villages with half-timbered houses, we also explore the gardens of Château d’Acquigny. A little bit further afield we'll visit the stunning Château Chantilly, with the formal grounds created by Andre le Notre in the 17th century. Also in Chantilly we take time to look at the Potager des Princes. Location

Date

Code

Eurostar & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Vieux Villez

Thurs 10 May (4nts)

VVGDT

£779

£649

Vieux Villez

Thurs 4 Oct (4nts)

VVGDT

£779

£649


Birdwatching

The Bianconi family set up their hotel, La Grotta Azzura, in 1860. With a fine reputation for culinary excellence, this is your chance to learn some of their culinary secrets and traditions. You’ll enjoy four cooking sessions, covering antipasti, pasta, main dishes and desserts. There will also be an opportunity to taste the area’s delightful wines and join the locals for an afternoon of truffle hunting. Two guided walks in the surrounding area make this a perfect break for those who want a real insight into rural Umbrian life.

Kolimbari, Crete: based at our partner hotel in Kolimbari we will mainly be exploring the prefecture of Chania including the excellent wetland site of Agia reservoir, notable for breeding birds and migrants. Over 200 bird species have been recorded here. The Frangocastello coastal strip and adjacent plains also afford sightings of a wide variety of birds.

Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price

Praia da Luz, Portugal: the Algarve offers a diverse range of habitats for us to explore. Visits can include Sagres and Cape St Vincent, the Alentejo plains, as well as marsh and estuary areas around Lagos. One of the highlights could be the natural reserve of Castro Marim, and the greater flamingos.

Yes

No

Norcia

Sat 5 May (7nts)

NCLGC

£899

£699

Flight & transfer included

Norcia

Sat 6 Oct (7nts)

NCLGC

£899

£699

Kolimbari

Tue 24 April (7nts)

Praia da Luz

Thur 18 Oct (7nts)

Landscape Painting

Location

Date

Code

Price Yes

No

CRWBW

£899

£719

AGWBW

£859

£729

Our European painting destinations are hand-picked to give you the best locations to paint, from the classic Tuscan countryside of San Quirico, to the natural beauty of the Lycian Coast at Ölü Deniz. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Olu Deniz

Mon 21 May (7nts)

LYPSS

£949

£719

San Quirico

Sun 7 Oct (7nts)

SNPLA

£999

£849

Landscape Photography The walled town of San Quirico d’Orcia and the surrounding Tuscan countryside provide an excellent location for this holiday. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included San Quirico

NEW

Sun 7 Oct (7nts)

SNEPT

Mind & Body

Price Yes

No

£979

£829

Cityscapes Photography

Date

Code Yes

No

Venice

Mon 30 April (4nts)

VEECP

£699

£529

Paris

Mon 24 Sept (4nts)

PAECP

£579

£449

Flight & transfer included

Pilates: Pilates focuses on your core postural muscles that are responsible for keeping the body balanced and the spine supported. Pilates is a gentle non-aerobic exercise that strengthens the muscles and improves poor posture, which can often be the cause of many back and shoulder pains. Yoga: Yoga is the union of the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual aspects of our lives. Through practise of postures, breathing exercises, relaxation and meditation you will become aware of the tremendous benefits that yoga can bring. Learn how to make your body more supple and your mind calmer and more focused.

A chance to explore the photographic opportunities in the architecture, people and everyday scenes of city life on the continent. Location

Rejuvenate mind and body in the picturesque and tranquil surroundings of one of our European hotels. Expert tuition in the morning is followed by free time in the afternoon to explore the local area or relax by the pool.

Price

Tai Chi: Tai Chi is an ancient form of traditional Chinese exercise for health and wellbeing combining slow, flowing movement with controlled breathing. The peaceful movement encourages quietness and allows you to become more aware of yourself and your surroundings. Restore energy and vitality, while developing a sense of balance and equilibrium. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Pilates

Lindos

Wed 2 May (7nts)

RDKHP

£799

£629

Yoga

Costa Teguise

Sat 8 Sept (7nts)

LZKYO

£749

£589

Tai Chi

Costa Teguise

Sat 15 Sept (7nts)

LZKTC

£749

£589

Leisure Activities in Europe

Cooking and Walking


Leisure Activities in Europe

Bridge Players

Enjoy one of our most popular bridge holidays on the Spanish island of Tenerife. Morning seminars will prepare you for the bridge competitions each evening. In the afternoons and on your free day relax by the pool or explore the island.

Bridge and Walking

During the day you’ll have the choice of two walks; either an easier (5-7miles) or harder route (8-10 miles), both carefully selected to enable you to see the best of the Algarve. We’ll return to the hotel with time to freshen up before the friendly duplicate bridge competition in the evening.

Bridge and Sightseeing Combine your favourite game with excursions to see the best local sights that Malta has to offer. We’ll offer three full day excursions. On the other days there will be bridge seminars in the morning and free afternoons to explore at your leisure. Bridge competitions will take place each evening. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

£649

£529

Bridge Players

Puerto de la Cruz, Tenerife

Sat 17 March (7nts) TEBRP

Bridge & Walking

Praia da Luz

Thur 19 April (7nts) AGBRW

£759

£629

Bridge & Sightseeing

Mellieha, Malta

Sat 20 Oct (7nts)

£699

£549

NEW

MWBSL

Language Holidays

Spend a week in the country of your choice, either learning from scratch on our beginners’ course, or brushing up on what you already know on our intermediate level holidays. Five mornings of language tuition from qualified teachers will be complemented with optional half day walks or visits to local places of interest. Alternatively spend your free time relaxing by the pool. Puerto de la Cruz: Learn or brush up your Spanish on the beautiful island of Tenerife. Five mornings of language tuition will be complemented with a Spanish dance class and the opportunity to explore the volcanic landscape and Mount Teide. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Beginners

Sat 24 March (7nts)

TESLB

£759

£649

Intermediates

Sat 24 March (7nts)

TESLI

£759

£649

Sarlat: Learn or brush up your French in the stunning setting of the Dordogne countryside. Five mornings of language tuition will be complemented with optional easy walks of up to 6½ miles or visits to local places of interest for example Puymartin Château, the fortified town of Domme or the historic town of Rocamadour. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Beginners

Sat 5 May (7nts)

SRFLB

£999

£819

Intermediates

Sat 12 May (7nts)

SRFLI

£999

£819

Sorrento: Learn or brush up your Italian at the same time as enjoying the coastal scenery on the Sorrento peninsula. Optional afternoon activities can include a visit to Pompeii or a Limoncello factory. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Beginners

Sat 13 Oct (7nts)

STILB

£949

£789

Intermediates

Sat 20 Oct (7nts)

STILI

£949

£789

For more information on the contents of the beginners/intermediate courses please call our Reservations Team or visit our website. Prices Include: • Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of tuition from our knowledgeable leaders and/or local experts • All transport to painting, photography, birding and walking sites is included • Admissions to places of interest on our bridge and sightseeing holidays are not included

Information

• Single rooms per night: Norcia £6.50, Paris £38, San Quirico £9, Sorrento £22, Venice £31, Vieux Villez £23 • Double room for sole occupancy per night: Praia da Luz £23, Kolimbari £19, Costa Teguise £17, Mellieha £12.50, Norcia £14.50, Olu Deniz £14, Lindos £20, Sarlat £31, Puerto de la Cruz £14.50, Venice £45 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person


Europe – Discovery Tours

Discovery Tours • Explore some of Europe’s most scenic and historic areas • Friendly leaders will help you discover the local food and culture • Carefully planned itineraries include outstanding scenery and fascinating historic sights

NEW

Austrian Tirol

NEW

French Riviera

To the east of Monaco, the pastel-shaded, palm-lined seaside town of Menton is within walking distance of the Italian border. Framed by lush gardens and lemon groves, Menton has a pretty pebbled beach and a charming old town. Highlights: visit the ‘perched’ villages of Eze and St Agnes, Sospel and the Mercantour National Park, Cap Ferrat and the marvellous Ephrussi villa, Medieval Italian villages and Hanbury Gardens, evening visit to Monaco.

From our base in the Leutasch valley we can enjoy marvellous Alpine scenery, flower filled meadows and pretty Austrian hamlets.

Location

Highlights: mountain railway to Innsbruck; Seefeld and the Mosern Peace Bell; Garmisch-Partenkirchen and the Zugspitze (Germany’s highest mountain); Leutasch gorge.

Menton

Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included Seefeld

Sat 2 June (7nts)

ATLEL

Price Yes

No

£949

£739

Dalmatian Coast Stunning coastal scenery, and the backdrop of the Biokovo Mountains, form the setting for this Discovery Tour in beautiful Croatia. Highlights: local visit to Biokovo mountains; Omis gorge; historic city of Split; medieval port of Trogir and Krka National Park. Location

Date

Code Yes

No

Baška Voda

Sat 21 April (7nts)

BVLEL

£869

£679

Baška Voda

Sat 13 Oct (7nts)

BVLEL

£869

£679

Flight & transfer included

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included Sat 10 March (7nts)

CZLEL

Price Yes

No

£1,099

£899

Mallorca Leave Mallorca’s busy resorts behind and discover the island’s beautiful coastal scenery, traditional villages and the stunning Serra de Tramuntana mountains. Highlights: Deia, home of the writer Robert Graves; Lluc Monastery; Valldemossa, immortalised by Chopin’s ‘Winter in Majorca’; and a vintage train journey to the vibrant Mallorcan capital of Palma. Location

Date

Code

Sat 12 May (7nts)

PSLEL

Flight & transfer included Puerto de Sóller

Price Yes

No

£839

£719

Price

Why not combine a Discovery Tour in Baška Voda with a city break in Dubrovnik? (see page 183 for details).


Europe – Discovery Tours

NEW

Montenegro Coast

Southern Tuscany

This holiday provides plenty of opportunity to discover Montenegro, the ‘Black Pearl’ of the Balkans, with its stunning untouched landscapes and cultural heritage. Highlights: the beautiful Bay of Kotor with the Old Towns of Perast and Kotor; Stari Bar and the Gradiste Monastery; coastal town of Budva and the restored paintings at the Rezevici Monastery; Lake Skadar National Park. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included Petrovac Petrovac

Sat 12 May (7nts) Sat 29 Sept (7nts)

Highlights: beautiful Renaissance city of Siena; San Gimignano; the charming hilltop villages of Montepulciano, Montalcino and Pienza; and a tour into Umbria to visit Lake Trasimeno. Location

Price Yes

From the delightful setting of the walled town of San Quirico d’Orcia, enjoy classic Tuscan scenery and historic towns.

No

MGLEL

£849

£689

MGLEL

£899

£739

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

San Quirico

Sun 29 April (7nts)

SNLEL

£949

£799

San Quirico

Sun 7 Oct (7nts)

SNLEL

£949

£799

Tenerife The paradise island of Tenerife offers lush forests, beautiful coastlines, exotic flora and fascinating volcanic scenery. Highlights: Mount Teide National Park; Orotava Valley; Garachico fishing port; Puerto de la Cruz; Botanical Gardens and the historic former capital La Laguna. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

NEW

Price Yes

No

Puerto de la Cruz

Wed 21 Dec (7nts) 2011

TELEL

£899

£629

Puerto de la Cruz

Sat 24 March (7nts)

TELEL

£759

£639

Information

Norway

Explore the beautiful and dramatic landscapes of Norway’s Western Fjords from our spectacularly located family run hotel overlooking the Naeroy valley, a World Heritage site.

• Single rooms per night: Puerto de Sóller £10, San Quirico £9, Sorrento £22, Stalheim £23 • Double room for sole occupancy per night: Baška Voda £20, Menton £16, Petrovac £18, Puerto de la Cruz £14.50, Puerto de Sóller £24, Seefeld - no supplement • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Highlights: ride the famous Flåmsbana train; cruise the magnificent Sognefjord and Naerøyfjord; spend time in historic Bergen; see the Stave church in Vik. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included Stalheim

Wed 13 June (7nts)

VSLEL

Price Yes

No

£1,399

£1,049

Your holiday in a nutshell • Good quality 3 or 4-star hotels (see page 118)

Sorrento The Sorrento Peninsula has long been known for its world-famous heritage sites, colourful fishing villages and inland countryside of vineyards and lemon groves. Highlights: remarkable buried Roman cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum; Amalfi Drive around the coast; Positano and Ravello; and a day trip to the enchanting island of Capri. Location

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included

Price Yes

No

Sorrento

Sat 21 April (7nts)

STLEL

£969

£819

Sorrento

Sat 6 Oct (7nts)

STLEL

£969

£819

• Five days of sightseeing using hired minibuses, or local transport, included in the holiday price • Services of an HF Holidays’ leader who will accompany each tour. On some Discovery holidays there will also be a local guide • For maximum flexibility admissions are not included – allow £40-45 • These holidays all involve active sightseeing and you should expect to spend lots of time on your feet • Optional short strolls of approximately 2½ miles allow you to stretch your legs and see the best local scenery • On 7-night holidays we include one free day when you can explore independently


Discovery Tours Afloat

Discovery Tours Afloat 2012 sees the introduction of European River Cruising into our programme. In conjunction with French Cruise specialist CroisiEurope we offer two classic itineraries – The Rhine and the Danube. Relax on board and watch delightful countryside pass by. Go ashore and discover the many pretty towns and historic cities alongside the great European waterways. Enjoy good food, good company and comfortable en-suite cabins, and occasional evening entertainment on board. Relaxation and discovery – what more could you want? The additional benefit of all this - you only have to unpack once. NEW

The Romantic Rhine

The Rhine, an historic international river, rising in the Alps, flows into the North Sea 1,350km further on its journey. It is the 29th longest river in the world, but doubtless one of the busiest in Europe, charming boatmen and passengers alike. This six day cruise focuses on the Middle Rhine, or Romantic Rhine, a UNESCO listed heritage centre. Highlights: Strasbourg; Rudesheim and the Lorelei Rock; Koblenz; Heidelberg. Ship

Date

Code

Tues 12 June (5nts)

RCRCE

Flight & transfer included MS Boheme

NEW

Price Yes

No

£1,059

£839

The River Danube

The beautiful Blue Danube, so the song goes. The second longest river in Europe, rising in the Bavarian town of Donaueschingen, passing through or acting as the border of 10 European countries and finishing in the Black Sea. On this eight day cruise we will visit three of them, Austria, Slovakia and Hungary. Highlights: Vienna; Melk and its beautiful Abbey; Dürnstein and the Wachau; Bratislava; Kalocsa and the Puzsta; Esztergom; Budapest. Ship

Date

Code

Flight & transfer included MS Beethoven

Fri 13 July (7nts)

MS Beethoven

Fri 10 Aug (7nts)

DARCE

Price Yes

No

£1,439

£1,219

£1,439

£1,219

Information

• Single cabin supplement per night: Rhine £29.50, Danube £32 • Deck supplement per night: Danube middle deck £8, Danube upper deck £10

Featured River Cruise Ship River Rhine – MS La Boheme. Built in 1995, fully refurbished in 2006, it has 80 cabins, which are on the main deck and upper deck. All cabins are en-suite with shower and wc, and have hairdryer, satellite TV, radio and safe. The ship also features a lounge-bar with dance floor, dining room, large sundeck with deckchairs, gift shop. River Danube – MS Beethoven. Built in 2004, it has 90 cabins, which are on the main deck, middle deck and upper deck. All cabins are en-suite with shower and wc, and have hairdryer, satellite TV, radio and safe. The ship also features a lounge bar with dance floor, bar, dining room, large sundeck with deckchairs, gift shop and a lift.

Further details about our river cruise itineraries and river cruise ships are available on our website: www.hfholidays.co.uk/discoverytours-afloat

Your holiday in a nutshell • Good quality river cruise ship • Full cruise itinerary, with shore excursions included in price • Full Board meal package from dinner on first evening to breakfast on final day. Drinks are included with on board meals. (house wine, water, beer, fruit juice and tea or coffee) • Return flights and transfers • Services of HF Holidays’ leader who will escort your chosen river cruise • Some overnight cruising can be expected


Guided City Breaks

Where will you discover? We’ve chosen some of the best cities for exploring on foot with plenty of opportunities for sightseeing, shopping and relaxing. Enjoy the HF Holidays’ experience with your knowledgeable and sociable leader. Your leader will show you around all the sights and help you get the most out of your City Break destination. In the evenings visit a carefully selected restaurant or dine independently. Your HF Holidays’ leader will be happy to offer you suggestions and advice, whatever your plans are.

Guided City Breaks

We’ve chosen centrally located hotels of 3-star standard or above, meaning that you have direct access to the heart of the city and all its attractions.

Great value Our price includes: • An in-depth programme of city walks and sightseeing • The service of a dedicated HF Holidays’ leader • Bed and Breakfast accommodation in twin or double en-suite rooms

Flexibility Join the HF Holidays’ flight or rail journey and transfer or book your own flights to your chosen city.

Contents

Page

Paris

178

Bruges & Ghent

178

Barcelona

179

Seville & Cordoba

179

Copenhagen

180

Berlin

180

Krakow St Petersburg

181 NEW

181

Prague

182

Istanbul

182

Venice

183

Dubrovnik

183

St Petersburg

Copenhagen

Berlin Bruges & Ghent Krakow

Paris

Prague

Venice Dubrovnik

Barcelona

Seville & Cordoba

Istanbul


Guided City Breaks


Guided City Breaks

Paris

Bruges & Ghent

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Wander past the iconic sights and monuments that make Paris the decadent city it is

• Follow Bruges’ winding canals and atmospheric medieval streets which give the city its nickname ‘Venice of the North’

• Sample French cuisine in charming local restaurants

• Indulge yourself in one of the city’s 40 chocolate shops

• Experience the diversity of this lively city as you wander through the different quartiers

• Discover the charm of Ghent with its abundance of architecture dating from the Middle Ages

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation

Hotel Comfort Cardinal This 3-star hotel with 34 en-suite rooms is ideally situated in a quiet residential area on the Left Bank, a stone’s throw away from the Latin Quarter and all the city’s attractions. Holidays are on a Bed and Breakfast basis.

It’s difficult to do justice to such an exciting city in just five days, but there are some must-sees on everyone’s itinerary: the Arc de Triomphe at the head of the Avenue Champs Elysées, the Eiffel Tower and the unforgettable Louvre Gallery. A metro ride brings us to the Île de la Cité, where the great Gothic cathedral of Notre Dame rises above Paris’ oldest quarter. Here too you’ll find the notorious Conciergerie and the breathtaking Sainte Chapelle, built by Louis IX to house a fragment of the True Cross. Another highlight is the Musée d’Orsay followed by a stroll to the renowned Left Bank of the River Seine, with its galleries, gardens and museums.

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation Hotel Maraboe

This family-run, 3-star hotel is located on the edge of the historic centre, 10 minutes’ walk from Bruges’ central square. There are 20 comfortable en-suite bedrooms, a fitness room, free internet access and a sauna. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - BULCL Dates & Prices - PALCL Rail & transfer included

Yes

No

Fri 23 Dec 2011 (4nts)

£559

£429

Fri 30 Dec 2011 (4nts)

£589

£459

Mon 16 Apr (4nts)

£519

£389

Mon 14 May (4nts)

£519

£389

Mon 17 Sept (4nts)

£529

£399

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx €95 for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £38 per night (Xmas & New Year £36) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Rail & transfer included

Yes

No

Fri 23 Dec 2011 (4nts)

£519

£399

Mon 11 June (4nts)

£509

£379

Mon 17 Sept (4nts)

£509

£379

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot • Return train fare to Ghent

Information Travel

We offer travel by Eurostar from London St Pancras to Paris Gare du Nord (1st class upgrade available on request). The coach transfer to the hotel takes 30 mins. We also offer a flight from Manchester to Paris Charles de Gaulle (supplement on request). The metro transfer from the airport to the hotel takes 45 mins and is payable locally. Visit our website for the latest train and flight times.

• Allow approx €60 for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £32 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer travel by Eurostar and local train from London St Pancras to Bruges via Brussels (1st class upgrade available on request). The taxi transfer to the hotel takes 5 mins. Visit our website for the latest train times. If you are travelling independently, Bruges is easily reached by Eurostar and a local train connection from Brussels - see eurostar.com.

Probably Europe’s best-preserved medieval city, Bruges has immense charm and history. The picturesque squares, streets and canals are lined with gabled merchants’ houses and historic churches. The museums and galleries reflect the city’s pivotal role in European art and culture. The Groeninge Museum’s collection of Flemish paintings is particularly impressive. We can walk along the canals to Damme, once Bruges’ fortified harbour, and return to the city to visit the curious Jerusalem Church and watch traditional lace-making demonstrations in the Kantcentrum. Ghent is a short train ride away and makes a perfect day trip from Bruges. As well as some excellent museums, there is a fine collection of Gothic buildings, open squares and merchants’ houses. In the historic centre, we’ll find St Bavo’s Cathedral which houses a major work by Rubens and the famous altarpiece by Jan van Eyck.


Guided City Breaks

Barcelona

Seville & Cordoba

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Embrace Catalan culture in Spain’s second largest city

• Explore Seville’s narrow streets which still ooze with the spirit of bullfighters, flamenco and gypsies

• Discover all things Gaudí from the towering Sagrada Família to colourful Parc Güell • Sample the local flavours - fresh seafood, tapas and Catalan dishes, Barcelona has it all

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation Hotel del Mar

Located in the Gothic Quarter, close to the Marina, this comfortable 3-star hotel has 72 en-suite bedrooms. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - BCLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Fri 23 Dec 2011 (4nts)

£649

£389

Mon 21 May (4nts)

£589

£365

Mon 8 Oct (4nts)

£589

£365

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Walk down La Ramblas, at the heart of Barcelona, and you know why this vibrant and exciting city is such a favourite with visitors. The tree-lined boulevard cuts a green swathe through the core of the Catalan capital, from the vast Plaça de Catalunya to the harbour front and the monument to Christopher Columbus. The architecture in Barcelona is stunning too. A lot of its ‘modernista’ styling is the work of Antonio Gaudí and no tour would be complete without seeing the Sagrada Família, his fascinating unfinished cathedral towering above the northern edge of the city centre. Casa Mila is another breathtaking example of this very distinctive style. We get a good overview of Barcelona from the hill of Montjuic, and can take in the Olympic stadium and the National Museum of Catalan Art while we are on this side of the city.

• Soak up Cordoba’s fascinating Moorish past and its atmospheric Jewish quarter • Relax at the end of the day with a tantalizing plate of tapas

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation

Hotel Eurostars Regina This 3-star hotel is built in a typical Sevillian style around three attractive courtyards. It has 90 en-suite rooms and is located in the San Lorenzo district, close to the historic centre. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - SXLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Mon 12 Mar (4nts)

£529

£349

Mon 22 Oct (4nts)

£589

£409

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot • Return train fare to Cordoba

Information

Information

Travel

Travel

• Allow approx €60 for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £28 per night (Xmas £22) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

• Allow approx €60 for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £16 per night (£26 per night October) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (supplement on request) to Barcelona. The coach transfer to the hotel takes 30 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Barcelona airport.

We offer flights from Heathrow to Seville. The coach transfer to the hotel takes 30 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Seville airport- see clickair.com and ryanair.com.

Wandering around Seville, you’ll soon realise that many of your preconceived ideas of Spain emanate from this beautiful city. Here are the whitewashed buildings, the orange trees and the flamenco dancers, the tapas bars and fiendishly strong coffee. The city is overlooked by its giant cathedral, the third largest in Europe. From its 322ft Giralda bell tower, the panorama stretches far across the city, whilst below you the Patio de los Naranjos (the courtyard of oranges) reminds you that when it came to garden design, the Moors were amongst the world’s greatest. The cathedral itself was once a great mosque, and the Royal Alcazar was a sumptuous Moorish palace, with a labyrinth of courtyards. Cordoba is just a short train ride away, and again the Moorish sites are among the best. The Mezquita is famed for its breathtaking forest of columns and arches, and the city’s Jewish quarter for its atmospheric network of narrow lanes and courtyards.


Guided City Breaks

Copenhagen

Berlin

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Combine the best of Denmark’s culture and museums with Copenhagen’s picturesque coastal position

• Explore a wealth of cultural and historical sites dating from the Prussian Empire to the Cold War

• Trace the country’s Royal Family with visits to Fredensborg Palace and Amalienborg Slot

• Stroll down the majestic Under den Linden, headed by the mighty Brandenburg Gate

• Sit back and relax on a canal tour

• Get a bird’s eye view over the city from the TV tower above Alexanderplatz

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation Hotel DGI-Byens

The 3-star Hotel DGI-Byens is located in the heart of Copenhagen, a few minutes’ walk from Tivoli Gardens and the central railway station. There are 104 en-suite bedrooms, restaurant and large indoor swimming centre free to guests. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - COLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Mon 30 Apr (4nts)

£599

£429

Mon 20 Aug (4nts)

£599

£429

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx 520kr for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £32 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Copenhagen (regional flight connections on request). The rail transfer to the city centre takes 15 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times.If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Copenhagen airport.

An evening stroll up the vast cobbled ramp to the top of the Round Tower is a fine starting point for a tour of the Danish capital. The tower was the brainchild of Christian IV in 1642 and still serves as an observatory in the winter. A canal tour is another great scene setter, taking in the Little Mermaid and appreciating this maritime city. A good day trip takes us to the Kronborg Slot at Elsinore, home of Shakespeare’s tragic hero Hamlet, and renowned for its deep dungeons and magnificent Hall of Knights. The same day we might take in the gardens at Fredensborg Palace, summer home of the Danish royal family. Back in the capital the royal theme can continue with visits to the Rosenborg Slot to see the Danish Crown Jewels, the opulent Amelienborg Palace and the vast Marble Church, modelled on St Peter’s in Rome. In the evening round off the day with a visit to Tivoli Gardens, Copenhagen’s vast pleasure ground.

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation

Grand City Hotel Berlin This 3-star hotel is conveniently located in West Berlin and has 81 en-suite bedrooms, sauna and restaurant. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - BLLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Mon 11 June (4nts)

£559

£359

Mon 16 July (4nts)

£559

£359

Mon 1 Oct (4nts)

£559

£359

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx €70 for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £24 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Berlin (regional flight connections on request). The coach transfer to the hotel takes 35 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Berlin Tegel and Berlin Schönefeld airports.

A stroll down the boulevard known to locals as the Ku’Damm is one of the best ways to get your bearings in the city that was once a by-word for the Cold War. At the top, beyond the bombed-out remains of the Kaiser Wilhelm Church, the modern glass tower of the Europa Center rises above the rooftops. Europe’s turbulent history is everywhere, whether you’re walking through the Brandenburg Gate and down the Unter den Linden, or strolling through the streets around Alexanderplatz. Squares like the Gendarmenmarkt have been painstakingly restored, but there is always a new twist to Berlin’s buildings. Norman Foster’s dome on the Reichstag, since 1999 the seat of the unified German government, is a fine example. If Berlin is all about history, you won’t want to miss a visit to Charlottenburg Palace. The largest palace in Berlin, it is a mix of baroque and rococo styles. Back in the city, we can complete our historical journey with visits to the infamous Checkpoint Charlie and the informative Jewish Museum.


Guided City Breaks

NEW

Krakow

St Petersburg

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Poland’s former capital, Krakow, is one of Europe’s most exquisite treasures.

• A fascinating cultural experience in the elegant city of St Petersburg

• Wonder at the largest medieval town square, and listen to the buglers from St Mary’s Church.

• Discover the magnificent Winter Palace and the State Hermitage

• Explore the old Jewish quarter, Kazimierz, and learn about its sad history

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation

Hotel Pod Wawelem Located on the banks of the River Vistula, the 3-star hotel Pod Wawelem is ideally located just 5-10 minutes from the Cathedral and Castle. There are 48 en-suite bedrooms. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - KKLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Fri 23 Dec 2011 (4nts)

£559

£369

Mon 12 Mar (4nts)

£499

£329

Mon 3 Sept (4nts)

£549

£379

Prices include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx 180PLNz for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £28 per night (Xmas £22) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Krakow. The coach transfer takes approximately 45 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are not travelling independently there are numerous low-cost flights from regional airports to Krakow.

We will spend time in the Old Town, home to the Rynek Glowny, the largest medieval square in Europe, visiting the Sukiennice, a former cloth hall which is now a covered market, the Town Hall tower and the magnificent arcaded courtyard of the Collegium Maius. We’ll pass the home where Pope John Paul II once lived, visit the Mariacki Basilica (St. Mary’s Church) and hear the trumpeter of Krakow from his position on the northern tower. We explore Wawel Hill, once the seat of Polish monarchy, where kings were crowned in the Cathedral. Even after the capital was moved to Warsaw, the cathedral continued to be the place where many of the monarchs were buried. We’ll also discover the old Jewish quarter, Kazimierz, once an independent town, from which the Jewish people were expelled in the late 15th century. Outside Krakow we’ll visit the famous Wielicza Salt Mine, 14km southeast of the city centre, where a walking tour takes us through a series of chambers, many with carvings made by miners. A local train will take us 40km to Auschwitz-Birkenau, the concentration camp, a stark and challenging reminder of Poland’s turbulent history.

• Journey along the Gulf of Finland to the Peterhof, the ‘Russian Versailles’

Itinerary - 5 nights

Accommodation Hotel Azimut

This large 3-star hotel on the banks of the River Fontanka is situated close to the heart of St Petersburg and is within easy reach of the major attractions of this fascinating city. You will be accommodated in an en-suite superior room. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - SPLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Mon 23 July (5nts)

£919

£669

Mon 24 Sept (5nts)

£869

£609

Prices Include: • 5 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing on foot • Russian visa support document

Information

• Allow approx 3,200 RUB for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £35 per night • Non-member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to St Petersburg. The coach transfer takes approximately 45 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times.

Peter the Great’s ‘Window on the West’, St Petersburg was built to the Tsar’s command over 300 years ago, a handsome city risen out of swampland. From here Tsars ruled Russia for two centuries until their downfall in the Russian revolution of 1917. Apart from the seamless architectural ensemble and canals at the heart of ‘Piter’, there are world class museums and stunning opulent palaces. In this northern city’s historic heart lies the magnificent Winter Palace, the former residence of the Russian Tsars and now the Hermitage museum, one of Russia’s most impressive attractions. Nearby we can appreciate the grand architecture of the Admiralty, once headquarters of the Russian navy, and the gleaming domes of St Isaac’s Cathedral. A good way to appreciate Tsar Peter the Great’s ambition is to cruise down the Gulf of Finland to visit splendid Peterhof, his huge estate of palaces and parks, known as the Russian Versailles. At the centrepiece is the stunning Grand Cascade and Water Avenue, a symphony of 140 fountains and canals. We also visit the Peter and Paul Fortress, considered to be the historic kernel of the city, dating from 1703. Leading up to 1917, its main use was a prison for political prisoners, such as Dostoevsky and Trotsky. An additional cultural highlight is a visit to the Russian museum, home to one of the world’s finest collections of Russian art.


Guided City Breaks

Prague

Istanbul

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Follow the maze of medieval cobbled streets in the city’s fairytale Old Town

• Discover the city dominated by mosques, minarets and Byzantine architecture

• View the city of a hundred spires from one of Prague’s many bridges across the Vltava

• Taste the exoticism of the Grand Bazaar and Spice Market

• Explore Prague’s former Jewish quarter

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation Hotel Beranek

Located in the centre of Prague, just a few minutes’ walk from Wenceslas Square, this 3-star hotel has 80 en-suite bedrooms. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - PRLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Mon 30 Apr (4nts)

£559

£389

Mon 1 Oct (4nts)

£559

£389

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx 2000kc for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £16 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Prague (Manchester flight on request). The coach transfer to the hotel takes 45 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Prague airport.

Prague is a city of distinct quarters, and each one has a character worth exploring. Wenceslas Square is at the heart of the New Town. It’s not a square as such but more an elegant boulevard, lined with opulent 19th and early 20th century buildings. At the head of the square the statue of King Wenceslas stands guard in front of the National Museum. The Old Town Square dominated by the wonderfully gothic Týn Church is another fascinating place to wander. From here we can cross the Charles Bridge over the Vltava River to Kampa Island and the Little Quarter, a quiet district of churches, parks and delightful hidden squares. Another gothic delight is the cathedral of St Vitus, within the walls of the mighty castle and we will also spend time in the old Jewish quarter with its atmospheric cemetery and synagogues. With outstanding museums and galleries, and beautiful parkland too, Prague is a city worth taking time to discover.

• Experience a slower pace of life with a boat trip up the Bosphorus where you will catch a glimpse of local life

Itinerary - 6 nights

Accommodation Hotel Aziyade

Located in the old city centre, this 4-star hotel has 105 en-suite rooms and is within walking distance of the Grand Bazaar and Aya Sophia. Facilities include a roof terrace bar, restaurant and a Turkish sauna. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - ISLCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Sat 3 Mar (6nts)

£579

£389

Sat 12 May (6nts)

£749

£509

Sat 22 Sept (6nts)

£749

£509

Sat 20 Oct (6nts)

£709

£489

Prices Include: • 6 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx 130YTL for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £44 per night (£26.50 per night March) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

After a preliminary walk to get your bearings, you’ll be ready to take on the sights, smells and noise of this bustling international gateway. Aya Sofia is an obvious starting place. This former mosque, with its distinctive golden dome and four minarets began life in the 6th century AD as the focal point of the Eastern Orthodox Church - it is now a museum. Across the Sultanahmet Park is the Blue Mosque, which takes its name from the stunning colour of its domed interior. We can also spend time in the Grand Bazaar and Spice Market, to immerse ourselves in this fantastic east/west country. No visit to Istanbul would be complete without a boat trip along the Bosphorus. Pass under the bridge connecting Europe with Asia and see the palaces and villages that line the banks of this crucial seaway. Another fine vantage point is from the heights of the Galata district, perhaps getting there on the unique underground funicular. Topkapi Palace was the Sultan’s residence. We can wander through the vast complex of apartments, gardens and mosques, finishing with a tour of the harem. The Hippodrome was at the heart of Islamic and Byzantine society and we can see their artistic treasures at the Mosaic Museum and the Museum of Turkish and Islamic Art.

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Istanbul (regional flight connections on request). The coach transfer to the hotel takes 30 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Istanbul airport.


Guided City Breaks

Venice

Dubrovnik

Holiday Highlights

Holiday Highlights

• Feel the city’s magical aura with its maze of romantic canals, awe-inspiring architecture and medieval vibes

• Discover the medieval city, ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, home to stunning museums and palaces

• View Venice from the waterways as we hop between the islands of Murano, Burano and Torcello

• Explore cobbled streets, narrow alleyways and hidden squares

• Admire masterpieces by Bellini, Carpaccio, Titian, Tintoretto and Veronese at the outstanding Accademia gallery

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation Hotel Malibran

Located close to the famous Rialto Bridge, this 3-star hotel offers a friendly welcome, 35 en-suite bedrooms and a convenient location from which to explore the city. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - VELCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Mon 19 Mar (4nts)

£519

£389

Mon 23 Apr (4nts)

£649

£479

Mon 28 May (4nts)

£649

£479

Mon 10 Sept (4nts)

£649

£479

Mon 22 Oct (4nts)

£649

£479

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx €95 for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £31 per night • Double room for sole occupancy £45 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

The Rialto Bridge over the Grand Canal is perhaps one of Venice’s most famous sights and makes a great starting point as you begin to get your bearings. The Grand Canal is lined with lavish palaces, making the ferry ride to St Mark’s Square unlike any other. Here the Basilica di San Marco is familiar to millions with its Byzantine domes and spires. Standing apart, the campanile or bell tower is as much a symbol of the city as the gondola. Next door is the fabulous Doge’s Palace, once the seat of government for this ancient city state. The smaller islands also make for fascinating excursions. Murano is famous for its glass blowing, Burano for its colourful canalside houses. Torcello was one of the earliest inhabited islands in the lagoon, but its glory faded and is now an intriguingly abandoned backwater, with the cathedral of Santa Maria Assunta an astounding reminder of its former splendour. Back in Venice, there are several fine galleries to ponder on art from Byzantine to Picasso. An unforgettable wander through the narrow streets leads to the Scuola Grande di San Rocco, where Tintoretto spent 23 years decorating the walls. Before you leave you may want to seek out Bellini’s Madonna and Child with Saints, tucked away in the vast church of Santa Maria Gloriosa dei Frari.

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow to Venice. The water taxi transfer to the hotel takes 30 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous charter and low-cost flights from regional airports to Venice airport.

• Enjoy stunning views overlooking terracotta rooftops against a backdrop of the blue Adriatic Sea.

Itinerary - 4 nights

Accommodation Hotel Lapad

A former palace, this recently renovated 4-star hotel is ideally located overlooking Gruz harbour just 3km from the Old City (10 minutes by public transport). All bedrooms have en-suite facilities and balcony. Holidays are on a Bed & Breakfast basis.

Dates & Prices - DULCL Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

Sat 28 Apr (4nts)

£599

£409

Sat 20 Oct (4nts)

£599

£409

Prices include: • 4 nights’ Bed & Breakfast en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided sightseeing by foot

Information

• Allow approx 450HRK for entrance fees and local transport • Single rooms: £23 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Gatwick to Dubrovnik. The coach transfer takes approximately 45 mins. Visit our website for the latest flight times. If you are travelling independently there are numerous low-cost flights from regional airports to Dubrovnik.

Dubrovnik is a city of many sights and we will see all the highlights. Join your leader for a walk along the city walls to see the best views of the terracotta rooftops and the sparkling blue waters of the Adriatic Sea. After an orientation tour of the main sights, such as the Cathedral, the Rector’s Palace, the Sponza Palace and the Franciscan monastery, you’ll have time to explore these at your leisure. Perhaps you’ll want to explore the narrow streets and cobbled alleyways or just wander along the Stradun, the main street of the old town. The Maritime Museum provides an interesting insight into the longestablished seafaring tradition of Dubrovnik. Additionally we’ll show you the neighbouring island of Lokrum, long-time favourite of the Hapsburg family. It is perfect for some shady woodland walks or exploring the botanical garden. You may wish to walk up to the ruined hill fort where you will be rewarded with a wonderful view of Dubrovnik. Another perspective of the City is taken from the top of Mount Srd – a cable car will take you to the hill top and another rewarding panorama of the Old City, the Adriatic Sea and the islands. A local market in neighbouring Gruz across the bay from the hotel will also be part of this exciting city break.


Contents

Page

Jersey

185

Northern Shores & IJssel Lake

186

Tulip Tour

187

Passau to Vienna

188

Dresden to Magdeburg

189

NEW

Waterways towards Venice

190

Historic Normandy

191

NEW

Swedish Island Hopping

192

Southern Dalmatia

193

Cycling

Additional holiday information Further information

236-237

The cycling specialists When it comes to cycling holidays, look no further than HF Holidays. We have handpicked a small selection of our best selling holidays. To see our full range visit www.hfholidays.co.uk or ask for our Cycling brochure.

Choose your holiday type To make your choice even simpler, we have grouped our cycling holidays into four types. If you enjoy cycling at your own speed and want to explore your chosen country from a different hotel or area each night, try a Self-Guided tour. If you prefer the reassurance of being in a group and enjoy meeting and cycling with other people, join a Guided tour. Our Relax and Cycle holidays are great for cyclists who want to stay in one hotel for the duration and enjoy daily routes in the local area. For those who want to try something more than a cycling holiday, then a Bike and Boat tour is for you. During the day explore the terrain by bicycle and in the evenings return to your comfortable barge accommodation for a sociable dinner with fellow guests. Whatever your preferences, we have the right holiday for you. Look for these symbols:

Self-Guided Tours

Guided Tours

Bike & Boat

Relax & Cycle

Choose your level We want you to feel comfortable with the level of cycling on your holiday so have devised a grading system to help you find your ideal holiday. Our very easy tours follow predominantly cycle paths with flat terrain and smooth surfaces. Our easy tours use a mixture of cycle paths and quiet roads with the possibility of small hills and some uneven surfaces. Our moderate tours follow mainly roads, encompassing hills and sections on possibly gravel and grass tracks.

Swedish Island Hopping

Tulip Tour Northern Shores & IJssel Lake

Dresden to Magdeburg

Passau to Vienna

Jersey

Look for these symbols: Historic Normandy

Very Easy

Easy

Waterways towards Venice

Moderate

Leave the rest to us On all of our tours, we supply the accommodation, bicycles, route notes and luggage transfers (if necessary). This means that all you have to do is make your way to the starting point and get ready to pedal. We can even book extra nights at the start and finish of your tour and arrange your flights.

Southern Dalmatia


Cycling in the UK

Relax & Cycle

Family Holidays

Jersey

Easy

Holiday Highlights • Leisurely cycling along Jersey’s excellent network of quiet roads and Green Lanes

• Explore Jersey’s rich history, from Neolithic burial chambers to World War II bunkers and tunnels • Enjoy accommodation at one of Jersey’s top hotels. Choose from the family-friendly 3-star Merton Hotel in St Saviour or the 4-star Pomme d’Or Hotel in the centre of St Helier

JERSEY Zoo

Hamptonne

St. Ouen’s Bay

Jersey War Tunnels

Jersey Lavender Farm

la Hougue Bie

Jersey Pottery

St. Aubin’s Bay

ST HELIER La Corbière Lighthouse

St. Brelade’s Bay

Gorey

Pomme d’Or Hotel

Merton Hotel

Follow quiet country lanes along Jersey’s cycle network with some inclines depending on the route. There are some busy sections when entering and leaving St Helier.

Itinerary

Day 1: arrive at your hotel. Enjoy a stroll around attractive St Helier from where you can walk or take the ferry to the 16th century Elizabeth Castle. Day 2: cycle along St Aubin’s Bay before heading inland to the Jersey War Tunnels built during the German occupation. Continue past the Dannemarche and Millbrook Reservoirs on the way back to your hotel (10 miles). Day 3: explore the west of the island as you cycle towards St Aubin. Follow the former railway track to La Corbière where you can see the first reinforced concrete lighthouse built in the British Isles. Continue along St Ouen’s Bay before returning back to St Helier (14 miles). Day 4: cycle to the Durrell Wildlife Conservation Trust, a world-renowned zoo and pioneer in endangered species conservation. Alternatively, cycle to the east of the island past the Jersey Pottery to Mont Orgueil Castle. Returning to St Helier, you will pass La Hougue Bie, a prehistoric burial site which also houses a command bunker dating from the German occupation (8 or 13 miles). Day 5: departure day or enjoy additional nights to continue your exploration of this intriguing island.

“Very good food, lovely staff, great pool” Elizabeth Chappell Dates & Prices - QJCYC Dates (Daily)

Price 3-Star hotel

Price 4-Star hotel

29 March - 1 June; 22 Sept - 16 Dec

£329

-

2 June - 20 July; 1 Sept - 21 Sept

£379

-

21 July - 31 Aug

£419

-

Accommodation

1 Jan - 31 March; 1 Nov - 30 Dec

-

£367

4 nights’ en-suite accommodation at the 3-star Merton Hotel or the 4-star Pomme d’Or Hotel. This holiday is provided on a Half Board basis with breakfast and evening meals included. Enjoy excellent facilities at both hotels which include a fully equipped gym, swimming pools, sauna and steam room, whilst kids will love the FlowRider surf machine!

1 April - 31 May; 1 Oct - 31 Oct

-

£387

1 June - 30 Sept

-

£419

Prices Include: • 4 nights’ Half Board accommodation at the 3-star Merton Hotel or the 4-star Pomme d’Or Hotel • Bicycle hire • Route notes

Optional Extras

• Please enquire for single room costs • Extra nights: available on request • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Family Discounts

• £50 off per child per full-paying adult

Travel

Ferry from Poole, Portsmouth or Weymouth to St Helier. We can book flights to Jersey from Cardiff, Gatwick, Luton or Manchester. Transfer to St Helier by bus (30mins - payable locally).


Cycling in Holland Bike & Boat

Self-Guided Tours

Northern Shores & the IJssel Lake

Holiday Highlights

Texel

• The island of Texel with its beautiful beaches, national park and charming villages

Den Helder

SE

A

NETHERLANDS IFSSELMEER

H

Medemblik

RT

NO

• Easy cycling across flat ‘polderland’ with the option of longer or shorter routes on many of the days • Visiting the beautiful harbour towns of Enkhuizen and Volendam

WADDENZEE

Enkhuizen

Alkmaar

Hoorn

Our routes follow Holland’s excellent cycle paths, with some sections on roads. Easy

Itinerary

Day 1: join your boat in Amsterdam from 14:00 and enjoy dinner as you cruise to Zaandam at 18:30. Day 2: cycle to the Zaanse Schans open-air museum with its traditional wooden houses and windmills. In the evening enjoy an optional guided walking tour of Alkmaar (31 miles). Day 3: towards the North Sea, then follow sandy beaches, dunes and flat terrain to Den Helder. In the evening sail to the island of Texel (37½ miles). Day 4: a circular cycle ride around Texel, stopping at beautiful beaches, passing picturesque villages and visiting the seal sanctuary. Sail back to the mainland (various tours, 16 or 41 miles). Day 5: cycle from Medemblik along the coast of the IJssel Lake to the harbour town of Enkhuizen. Visit the Zuiderzee museum with its reconstructed workshops and houses before an evening guided walk (19 or 31 miles). Day 6: cycle via historical Hoorn and the cheese town of Edam to the harbour of Volendam, known for its smoked eel and salted herring (31 miles). Day 7: your last cycle heads through the beautiful ’Waterland’ region to Amsterdam. You may wish to detour to the former island of Marken (22 or 31 miles). Day 8: departure after breakfast.

Volendam

Zaandam

AMSTERDAM

Accommodation 7 nights’ accommodation in an en-suite, twin bed, climate controlled cabin aboard the Angela Esmee. The vessel combines a cosy restaurant/lounge area and has a pleasant bar located on the top deck. This holiday is offered on a Full Board basis with all meals provided.

Dates & Prices - UWCYC Dates (Saturdays)

Price

21 - 28 April; 8 - 15 Sept

£630

5 May - 1 Sept

£670

Prices Include: • 7 nights' Full Board accommodation in an en-suite twin bed cabin • Prices based on two adults sharing • Bicycle hire (7-gears) • 1 information pack/route map per booking

Information

• Single cabin: £28 per night (subject to availability) • Upper deck cabin: £10.50 per person per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Amsterdam from Bristol, Heathrow, Liverpool or Luton. Eurostar to Amsterdam via Brussels.


Cycling in Holland

Guided Tours

Bike & Boat

Tulip Tour

Holiday Highlights • The colourful Keukenhof flower gardens which boast around 6 million tulips, hyacinths, daffodils and many more flowers • Explore the preserved historic towns of Haarlem and Leiden, the birthplace of Rembrandt • Visit the world-renowned Aalsmeer flower auctions

No

rd z

ee

Ca

Very Easy

Gentle cycling on cycle paths and quiet roads across flat terrain. This holiday is led by an English-speaking tour guide.

Itinerary

Day 1: arrival in Amsterdam. Embark at 13:00 and cruise to Spaarndam. Take a short cycle to Haarlem and enjoy an evening walk through the old city centre with your tour leader (6½ miles). Day 2: cruise to Lisse, then cycle to the Keukenhof gardens. Afterwards cycle across blossoming bulb fields to Leiden (10 miles). Day 3: enjoy a guided walk in Leiden before cycling across the beautiful Green Heart of Holland countryside. Visit a traditional cheese farm and windmill en route (19 miles). Day 4: an early start will allow you to visit the Aalsmeer flower auction before returning to Amsterdam by around midday (10 miles).

na

SE

A

l

RT

H

Spaarndam

NO

Haarlem

AMSTERDAM

NETHERLANDS

Aalsmeer

Keukenhof Lisse

Kudelstaart

Leiden

Accommodation 7 nights’ accommodation on board a Dutch barge, similar to the one pictured, in an en-suite bunk bed or twin bed cabin. This holiday is offered on a Full Board basis with all meals provided.

Dates & Prices - UPCYC Dates (Tuesdays & Saturdays)

31 March - 15 May

Price in Bunkbed Cabin

Price in Twin Bed Cabin

£345

£385

Prices Include: • 3 nights’ Full Board, en-suite accommodation • Bicycle hire • English-speaking tour guide • Information pack • Visits to Keukenhof Flower Garden, cheese farm, windmill, Aalsmeer flower auction and guided city walks

Optional Extras

• Single cabin: £26 per night (subject to availability) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Amsterdam from Bristol, Heathrow, Liverpool or Luton. Eurostar to Amsterdam via Brussels.


Cycling in Austria and Germany Self-Guided Tours

Passau to Vienna

Mainly flat cycle paths along the Danube with some roads when entering towns. Easy

Itinerary

Holiday Highlights • Enjoyable and relaxed cycling following the flat and traffic-free cycle path - formerly a tow path along the Danube

• Discovering the treasures of St Florian and Melk abbeys • Finish the tour in Vienna with its impressive Habsburg palaces, outstanding baroque architecture and classical music links

GERMANY

CZECH REPUBLIC

Don

au

PASSAU

AUSTRIA

Schlögen

Traismauer

Greifenstein

Linz na Do u

Perg

Day 1: collect your bicycles and explore the beautiful town of Passau. Day 2: follow the Danube to the town of Engelhartszell with the only Trappist monastery in Austria. Continue to Schlögen where you will spend the night (26 miles). Day 3: admire the views as you cycle along the dramatic bend in the Danube, the Schlögener Schlinge. Complete the journey to Linz by train. Take a city tour or a trip by cable car to Pöstlingberg, a baroque pilgrimage church and fairytale grotto (19 miles). Day 4: cycle towards Enns, the oldest town in Austria. Stop at the St Florian Monastery. Cross the Danube by ferry to Mauthausen and continue by bike to Perg (24 miles). Day 5: take the cycle path to Grein and then past Habsburg Castle and Persenbeug to Marbach. From here you will be transferred to your hotel in the pilgrimage resort of Maria Taferl (30 miles). Day 6: the Danube will lead you to one of the world’s most famous monasteries at Melk. Take the ferry to Spitz and then cycle on to Traismauer through Dürnstein (30 miles). Day 7: complete your journey through the green valley to Klosterneuburg and Greifenstein. Here you will transfer into the centre of Vienna by train (26 miles). Day 8: departure day.

Maria Taferl

VIENNA

AUSTRIA

“The variety of the route was great” Frederick Hainsworth Accommodation 7 nights’ accommodation in good quality 3 and 4-star hotels, of a similar standard to the one pictured, with breakfast. All hotels are located within close proximity of the river Danube and have excellent en-suite facilities.

Dates & Prices - UGCYC Dates (Daily)

Price

21 April - 3 May; 14 - 20 Oct

£489

4 May - 8 June; 9 Sept - 13 Oct

£510

9 June - 8 Sept

£529

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ en-suite Bed and Breakfast accommodation in 3 and 4-star hotels • Bicycle hire • Route descriptions and maps • Luggage transfers • Train from Eferding to Linz, ferry from Melk to Spitz and Enns to Mauthausen and train from Greifenstein to Vienna

Optional Extras

• Single room: £15 per night • Extra night in Passau: £31 per person (£45 single room) • Extra night in Vienna: £33 per person (£45 single room) • Half Board £86 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Vienna from Heathrow or Luton. Transfer by train to Passau - 3½hrs (payable locally). We can book flights to Linz from Stansted. Transfer by train to Passau - 1¾hrs (payable locally). Return transfer by train from Vienna -1¾hrs (payable locally).


Cycling in Germany

NEW Self-Guided Tours

Dresden to Magdeburg

Holiday Highlights • Sample one of Germany’s most distinguished wine growing regions • Experience the Baroque palaces, castles and parks along the river Elbe • Visit two UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Dessau

MAGDEBURG Lutherstadt Wittenberg

ze

ar

Saale

hw

Sc

Dessau

Els r te

Torgau Elb e

Elster

Mu

Halle

lde

Leipzig

Riesa

Gr os

se

e

ss

ei W

er

st

El

Itinerary

Day 1: arrival in Dresden. Explore by bike the magnificent sites of the Old Town including the Zwinger Palace, the Semper Opera House and the famous Frauenkirche (Church of Our Lady). Day 2: cycle through the vineyards around Radebeul and sample the wine in one of the many wineries along the way. A visit to the world-famous Meissen porcelain factory is a must (19 miles). Day 3: follow the cycle path along the river Elbe through Diesbar-Seusslitz and sample some of the finest wines in Germany. Take an afternoon ferry across the river Elbe to the town of Reisa (19 miles). Day 4: admire the views as you cycle through the enchanting riverside town of Stehla. The journey continues to Torgau, a renaissance town which holds the first Protestant church of Germany dedicated by Martin Luther (30 miles). Day 5: enjoy a cycle through the flood plains of the Elbe, passing through the town of Pretzsch, until finally reaching the cultural and historic town of Wittenberg (44 miles). Day 6: this leg of the tour will take you through the beautiful meadows of the Elbe past the world-famous Woerlitzer Park and Gardens. Reaching the destination of Dessau, famous for its Bauhaus style of design, take time to cycle round the town and marvel at the architecture (25 miles). Day 7: cycle across one of Germany’s six biosphere nature reserves before reaching your final destination of Magdeburg where you can experience the city’s famous cathedral and monastery (48 miles). Day 8: departure day.

Rö d

Meißen

llm

Moderate

Gentle cycling on dedicated cycle paths and quiet roads along the river Elbe with some longer distances on certain days.

er

DRESDEN

Accommodation 7 nights’ en-suite accommodation in good quality 3 and 4-star hotels, of a similar standard to the ones pictured, with breakfast comprising of a wide selection of hot and cold buffet to suit all tastes. All hotels are located within close proximity of the river Elbe.

Dates & Prices - QMCYC Dates (Daily)

Price

1 April - 31 October

£549

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ en-suite Bed and Breakfast accommodation in 3 and 4-star hotels • Bicycle hire • Route descriptions and maps • Luggage transfers

Optional Extras

• Half Board: £125 • Single room: £22 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Dresden from Manchester or London Stansted. We can book flights to Berlin from London Stansted, Manchester & Edinburgh. to Dresden – 2½hrs (payable locally). Return transfer by train from Magdeburg to Berlin 1½hrs (payable locally).

Transfer by train


Cycling in Italy

Waterways towards Venice

Bike & Boat

Guided Tours

Holiday Highlights • Visit some of northern Italy’s most enticing cities including Mantova, Ferrara and beautiful Venice

• Enjoy flat terrain as you follow the River Po, the longest river in Italy

• Experience the tranquillity and natural attractions of the Po Delta, one of Europe’s largest wetlands

VENICE Lido

Verona

Pellestrina Chioggia

MANTOVA Governolo

Can

ITALY

ale B

Ostiglia

ianc

o

Zelo Castelguglielmo

Adria

Albarella

Easy

Flat route follows mainly cycle paths along the River Po as well as quiet roads. There are some busier stretches when entering and leaving cities.

Itinerary

Day 1: arrival in the beautiful city of Mantova situated on the shores of three lakes. Day 2: cruise to Governolo, alongside the River Po to the harbour of Ostiglia where you rejoin the barge. Enjoy a visit to the Museum in Bergantino, and some cheese tasting, before riding along the ‘Canal Bianco’ to Zelo. Day 3: cycle to Ferrara with its impressive castle, 12th century cathedral and ancient city walls. A short bus transfer to the ancient Greek port of Adria where you spend the evening (31 miles). Day 4: pedal through the Po Delta with its marshes and lagoons boasting hundreds of bird species. End your day at the village of Albarella (34 miles). Day 5: head towards Chioggia - known as ‘Little Venice’ - with its busy fish market, narrow streets and network of canals. Travel between the Delta and River Adige, later joining the Po-Brondolo waterway towards the Venetian lagoon (25 miles). Day 6: enjoy a short sail before cycling along the lagoon to Pallestrina. Cycle to the barge which will take you up the Lido, stopping in the ancient harbour of Malamocco. Overnight in the Venetian lagoon (18 miles). Day 7: free day to explore the historical centre of Venice or its surrounding islands. Day 8: departure after breakfast. Note: on alternate weeks this tour operates in reverse, starting in Venice. Please see our website for the full itinerary.

Po

Ferrara

Dates & Prices - ULCYC Dates (Saturdays, Sundays)

Standard Boat

Comfort Boat

29 April; 30 Sept - 27 Oct

£715

-

Accommodation

6 May - 30 Sept

£849

-

7 nights’ accommodation in an en-suite twin bedded cabin aboard either the Vita Pugna or Ave Maria barges. Both barges offer spacious living rooms, sundecks, communal televisions and free wi-fi.

24 March - 28 April

-

£905

5 May - 29 Sept

-

£969

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full Board accommodation in en-suite twin bed cabin • English-speaking tour guide and information pack • Bicycle hire • Bus from Ferrara to Zelo • All harbour fees

Optional Extras

• Single cabin: £51 per night (subject to availability) • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Venice from East Midlands, Gatwick, Heathrow or Leeds/Bradford. Transfer by train to Mantova - 2½-3hrs (payable locally).


Cycling in France

NEW Self-Guided Tours

Historic Normandy

Holiday Highlights • Experience the D-Day landing beaches of World War II • Discover the beautiful Mont Saint-Michel Bay and monastery • See the magnificent Bayeux Tapestry

La Pointe du Hoc Longuessur-mer

Colleville La Cambe sur Mer

Arromanchesles-Nains

BAYEUX

Coutances

FRANCE < Abbey of Hambye

Granville

Moderate

The route follows mainly quiet roads with some sections on busier roads. There are some hills on this tour, but generally over short distances and with spectacular views.

Itinerary

Day 1: arrival in Bayeux. The famous tapestry, cathedral and Commonwealth war museum are all well worth a visit. Day 2: cycle east towards Courseulles and Juno Beach. After a stop at the Canadian cemetery, ride westward along the coast (Gold beach) to Arromaches with its remarkable artificial harbour and the German artillery battery of Longues-sur-Mer (25 or 32 miles). Day 3: ride to Omaha beach and the impressive American cemetery at Colleville sur Mer. After La Pointe du Hoc cycle along a quiet road passing the German cemetery at La Cambe before continuing through the natural park to your accommodation at Carentan. (38 or 42 miles). Day 4: cycle southwest through the Bessin Natural Park to Coutances and its cathedral before reaching the seaside for the evening. (32 miles). Day 5: the shorter option follows the wild coast to Granville. The longer route travels through beautiful French villages before arriving at the Abbey of Hambye. Complete the journey by cycling beside the narrow Sienne River to Granville harbour. (20 or 35 miles). Day 6: continue south to Saint-Jean-le-Thomas. Follow the bay headland of Grouin before heading to Avranches. The longer of the two options passes the Abbey of La Lucerne. (30 or 38 miles). Day 7: today’s route leads to the magnificent abbey found in Mont SaintMichel bay. (30 or 40 miles). Day 8: departure day.

Saint-Jean-le-Thomas

MONT ST-MICHEL

Avranches

Longer option (40miles)

Dates & Prices - QNCYC

Accommodation 7 nights’ accommodation in comfortable en-suite hotels and guesthouses with 2 nights’ Half Board and 5 nights’ Bed and Breakfast. The final two nights of the holiday are spent in Avranches at the Hotel de la Croix d’Or (pictured), a 17th century former coaching inn. Most rooms offer direct access to the beautiful garden area and the restaurant offers a wide range of gourmet dishes cooked using local recipes.

Dates (Daily)

Price

March - Nov

£725

Prices Include: • 7 nights Bed and Breakfast accommodation • 2 evening meals • Bicycle hire • Route descriptions and maps • Luggage transfers

Information

• Departures on a Sunday, Monday, Thursday and Friday: supplement of £27

Optional Extras

• Extra nights in Bayeux: £80 per night • Extra nights in Avranches: £90 per night • Trip can be extended to Saint-Malo or Jersey on request • Single room: £24.50 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Paris from Bristol, Heathrow, Liverpool, Luton, and Newcastle. Alternatively - Eurostar to Paris. Transfer by train from Paris to Bayeux (2¼hrs – payable locally). Avranches to Paris by train (3½hrs – payable locally). Several ferry options available if travelling by car. Please enquire for details. Transfer from Avranches to Bayeux £80 per person based on 2 people sharing.


Cycling in Sweden Self-Guided Tours

Swedish Island Hopping

Holiday Highlights • Discover pristine nature amidst the archipelago of the Stendörren Nature Reserve and the shimmering shores of the Marviken lakes • Glimpse the glories of a life gone by at one of the stunningly beautiful manor houses en route – Nynäs, Öster Malma, Taxinge • Explore the islands of the Stockholm archipelago before returning to the heart of Stockholm and the buzz of the city

STOCKHOLM Mariefred

SWEDEN Årsta

Utö

Öster-malma Trosa

Nåttarö

Easy

This route explores quiet country roads and tracks. Most of Sweden is relatively flat, but there are some undulations and some of the routes follow unsurfaced roads and tracks.

Itinerary

Day 1: arrive in Stockholm and explore this unique city. Day 2: private transfer to Stendörren Nature Reserve. Explore unspoilt nature, before cycling through forests, meadows and lakes to Trosa. Visit the impressive Nynäs Manor House or stop for a swim at Sandvik beach (31 miles). Day 3: leave the quaint wooden houses and canal side of Trosa on a route into the heart of Sörmland. Visit the stunning Tullgarn Palace, before unwinding at Öster Malma manor house, on the shores of Lake Malma (34 miles). Day 4: wind your way through peaceful lakeland scenery: Lake Klammingen and the Marviken Lakes Nature Reserve. The impressive Gripsholm Castle marks today’s destination, as you arrive at Mariefred (34 miles). Day 5: enjoy a morning discovering some of the area’s highlights: Lake Malaren, Taxinge manor house, and Gripsholm Castle. An afternoon transfer and boat journey takes you to Üto and the stunning Stockholm archipelago. Day 6: explore Üto and cycle across to Älo. Enjoy white sand beaches and savour the flavours at the fantastic fish restaurant. Hop on the boat to Nåttarö and cycle to the south for superb views across the archipelago (22 miles). Day 7: your choice this morning – cycle, kayak, stroll, or just relax. An afternoon’s boat journey snakes through the waters of the archipelago back to Stockholm. Day 8: explore the city before departing.

Ålö

Stendörren Nature Reserve

Accommodation 7 nights’ accommodation in comfortable small hotels and guesthouses, of a similar standard to the one pictured, on a Bed and Breakfast basis. A delicious evening meal is included on day three when the tour passes through Öster Malma.

“Beautiful B&B’s, lovely settings” Margaret Moran Dates & Prices - QHCYC Dates (Daily)

Price

15 June - 12 Aug

£815

15 May - 14 June

£859

13 Aug - Sept

£859

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Bed and Breakfast accommodation in en-suite rooms • Prices based on two adults sharing • Bicycle hire • 1 information pack/route notes per booking • Luggage transfers • 1 evening meal

Information

• Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Stockholm from Gatwick, Stansted, Edinburgh, Heathrow, Manchester or Liverpool.


Cycling in Croatia

Bike & Boat

Guided Tours

Southern Dalmatia

Moderate

Itinerary

Holiday Highlights • Exploring the old town of Split built within the walls of the Roman Diocletian palace

• Hopping between the islands of Brac, Korcula, Mljet, Hvar and Solta, each with its own identity and charm • Flexibility - choose to cycle with the group or independently, or if you fancy a rest, stay on board the yacht and relax

TROGIR Split

Maslinica

CROATIA

Omis

Solta Island Stomorska

Pucisca

Povlja Brac Island

Bol Hvar Stari Grad

Jelsa Hvar Island

Vela Luka

Orebic

Racisce

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

Korcula Island

Korcula

Trstenik

Mljet Island

Quiet roads through hilly and mountainous terrain. Guests can cycle with the group or independently, or you may spend a half or full day relaxing on board if you choose.

Day 1: board the yacht in Trogir in time for the first cruise to Split at 13:00. Enjoy a cycle to Split’s Marjan mountain and then a walking tour of the old town before sailing to Omis (12 miles). Day 2: start the day with a cycle into the Cetina River valley, with the option of a rafting tour, before returning to Omis. In the afternoon, sail to Brac Island and enjoy a swim in the crystal blue water (27 miles). Day 3: Explore Brac Island, from Povlja and ascending to the mountain ridge through olive groves and vineyards. Descend down to Bol with views over Hvar Island and then sail to the island of Korcˇula (14 miles). Day 4: spend the morning cruising around the Pelješac Peninsula before a cycle around the island of Mljet with its Benedictine monastery and beautiful pine forests in the island’s National Park (23 miles). Day 5: during breakfast cruise to Korcula Island and then cycle along the coastal road to Racisce for lunch. Push your bicycle to Pupnat and the 660ft high pass road where you will be rewarded with views over the bay of Pupnat. Spend the night in Vela Luka’s harbour (34 miles). Day 6: discover the island of Hvar. Start with a tour of Hvar’s town before cycling through small villages to Stari Grad. In the afternoon, cycle to the harbours of Jelsa and Vrboska before returning to Stari Grad (15 & 20 miles). Day 7: sail to Stomorska on the island of Solta before cycling past olive groves and fig trees to Maslinica and then return to Trogir (12 miles). Day 8: departure after breakfast.

“Very good in every way – even the weather” Carolyn Charlesworth

Pomena

Dates & Prices - QSCYC Dates

Accommodation 7 nights’ accommodation in a double cabin with en-suite facilities aboard a motor-yacht. This holiday is offered on a Full Board basis with all meals provided, offering excellent freshly prepared local cuisine.

Price

7, 14, 21 April; 5, 19 May; 2, 16 June; 18 Aug; 1, 15, 29 Sept; 13, 27 Oct

Comfort Boat

£825

28 April; 12, 26 May; 9, 23, 30 June; 14, 28 July; 11, 25 Aug; 8, 22 Sept; 6 Oct

Premium Boat

£920

Prices Include: • 7 nights’ Full-Board accommodation in an en-suite double cabin • Bicycle hire • English speaking tour guide • Entrance to the Mljet National Park • Maps Please note that €20 per person is payable locally for visitors’ tax and local charges.

Optional Extras

• Double cabin on deck: £45 per person • Single cabin below deck: £40 per night / single cabin on deck: £51 per night • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We can book flights to Split from Bristol, Gatwick or Heathrow. Transfer to Trogir by taxi (¼hr - payable locally)


Worldwide accommodation

196

North America Alaskan Explorer NEW

197

Autumn Colours of New England NEW 198 Yellowstone, Glacier and the Grand Tetons 200 California Explorer

201

Western Canada and the Rockies

202

Caribbean & Central America Viva Cuba

203

Barbados - Taste of the Caribbean

204

St Lucia - Island Paradise

205

Costa Rica - Natureâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Showcase

206

South America Ecuador - Galapagos Island Hopping

NEW

207

Peru - Land of the Incas

208

Passage to Patagonia

209

New Zealand New Zealand - Grand Discovery

210

New Zealand - South Island

211

Africa South Africa - The Cape & Garden Route 212 South Africa - The Drakensberg & Zululand 213 Kenyan Safari

214

Kilimanjaro - The Roof of Africa

215

Europe, Middle East & North Africa Morocco - Atlas to the Atlantic

NEW

216

Jordan - Petra and the Ancient Lands 217 Turkey - Caverns of Cappadocia

218

Wonders of Iceland

219

The Azores Island Hopping Romania - Transylvania & the Painted Monasteries

NEW

NEW

220 221

Asia Jewels of Sri Lanka

222

Vietnamese Highlights

223

China - Oriental Adventure

224

Imperial Japan

225

Treasures of Thailand NEW

226

Borneo Adventure

227

NEW

Journey to Tibet

228

Bhutan Adventure

229

Nepal - Everest Base Camp in comfort 230 Nepal Panorama

231

Additional holiday information Further information

236-237

LA

K

ES

A NG ES

VA SA

Grand Canyon and Monument Valley 199

NTAI U MO

R

Page

N

Contents

NN

AH


NEW C HA

LLE N GE S

DE S E

R TS

Worldwide Journeys

Worldwide Journeys M

P EA K S

ES ORI M E

Alaskan Explorer Wonders of Iceland Western Canada & the Rockies

Romania: Transylvania and the Painted Monasteries

Autumn Colours of New England

Yellowstone, Glacier & the Grand Tetons

Imperial Japan Turkey: Caverns of Cappadocia

The Azores Island Hopping

California Explorer

Viva Cuba

Grand Canyon & Monument Valley

Morocco: Atlas to the Atlantic

Jordan: Petra & the Ancient Lands

China: Oriental Adventure Journey to Tibet

St Lucia: Island Paradise

Bhutan Adventure Barbados: A Taste of the Caribbean

Costa Rica: Nature’s Showcase

Jewels of Sri Lanka

Nepal: Everest Base Camp in comfort Vietnamese Highlights

Kenyan Safari Galapagos: Island Hopping Kilimanjaro: The Roof of Africa

Treasures of Thailand Borneo Adventure

Peru: Land of the Incas

South Africa: The Drakensberg & Zululand South Africa: The Cape & Garden Route Passage to Patagonia

New Zealand Grand Discovery & South Island

We have divided our Worldwide Journeys into two groups to help you decide which is best for you:

Guided Touring

Our Guided Touring holidays combine sightseeing with walking. These holidays include visits as well as leisurely walks exploring the different areas. These are mainly half day walks enjoyed at a leisurely pace, with plenty of time to take in the surrounding scenes. 0F›

ªŸ„

·ºŸ

Guided Trekking

Our Guided Trekking holidays are for those looking to spend more time travelling on foot. Except for days when transferring from one region to another, your daily itinerary will 0F› be predominantly full day walks. ªŸ„

·ºŸ


Accommodation Worldwide

Your accommodation Every holiday is unique, reflecting the culture and the country you are visiting. We look for comfort, character and quality, while seeking to bring you the best value we can find. Your accommodation will range from 5-star to “under the stars”, from luxury jungle lodges and elegant country inns, to simple secluded mountain huts. You’ll find a variety of accommodation on each holiday, all hand-picked to provide you with a warm welcome, a comfortable night’s sleep, and the opportunity to sample some tasty local cuisine.

Your hotels Over 90% of your accommodation will be in 3 or 4-star (sometimes 5-star) hotels, with en-suite rooms and excellent facilities. Our choices are often the best accommodation in the area. We look for small, friendly hotels wherever possible, accommodation in keeping with the local area. Where quality is higher in some of the larger chain hotels, these may feature in your itinerary too. Here are examples of some of the hotels you’ll stay in on your holiday: Unwind at our Eco-spa and hot springs accommodation in the stunning setting of Colca Lodge, Colca Valley. Peru – Land of the Incas (page 208)

Your Experience Accommodation Our Experience Accommodation offers you a unique insight into the local traditions and the landscapes of the country you are visiting; an opportunity to relax amidst stunning scenery that would otherwise be inaccessible from any standard accommodation. Your evenings here are sure to be one of the many highlights of your holiday. Sail into the sunset at Halong Bay, on our luxury Bhaya. Vietnamese Highlights (page 223)

Sleep under starry desert skies in our Bedouin Camp in the Wadi Rum. Jordan – Petra and the Ancient Lands (page 217)

A taste of traditional Japan at a Ryokan along the Nakasendo Path. Imperial Japan (page 225)

Watch the wildlife of the African bush from the comfort of air-conditioned en-suite rooms, or from your own private viewing deck at the Kariega Game Reserve. South Africa – The Cape & Garden Route (page 212)

Re-charge with a good night’s rest in the comfort of en-suite rooms in the superior Everest Summit Lodges. Everest Base Camp in comfort (page 230)

Retreat and admire far-reaching views of the hill country on your stay at the Amaya Hills. Jewels of Sri Lanka (page 222)

Our selection of accommodation offers you comfort and quality, the ideal escape. Find out more about the accommodation on each of our holidays by visiting our website.

Kenya Pg 214

Cappadocia Pg 218

Barbados Pg 204


Walking in the USA

Alaskan Explorer

NEW

Holiday Highlights • Pristine wilderness and a plethora of wildlife watching opportunities • Goldrush fever at Kennicott • Powder-blue glaciers, towering peaks, islands and icebergs • Walk in the shadows of majestic Mt McKinley and discover Denali National Park • Alaska: the adventure playground of the true pioneer

Fairbanks

ALASKA Mount McKinley Denali National Park

Wrangell-St Elias National Park

McCarthy

ANCHORAGE Valdez

Kenai Peninsula

Seward

Prince William Sound

GULF OF ALASKA

CANADA

Guided Touring

A good balance of half and full day walks and sightseeing. Walks are 4 - 8 miles with ascents of up to 2,000ft. There are some long 0F› journeys between locations, and ªŸ„ some travel on unsurfaced roads. Journeys include sightseeing strolls along the way.

·ºŸ

Day 1-2: arrival in Anchorage (2 nights) where we explore Alaska’s largest city, and walk one of the all time favourite trails on Flat Top Mountain for truly spectacular views overlooking the Cook Inlet and Sleeping Lady Island. Day 3-4: a pleasant drive through small-town Alaska and out to the wilderness of Denali National Park (2 nights) for tours into the heart of the park and an introduction to its wildlife (moose, golden eagles, caribou, grizzly and black bears, Dall’s sheep and even the occasional wolf), and hopefully some cloud-free views of majestic Mount McKinley. Days 5-6: travelling north brings us to Fairbanks (2 nights) for a stroll along the “fair banks” of the Chena River, and a day walk to Angel Rocks, with the opportunity to spot beavers, moose and birds of prey and the chance to relax in the Chena Hotsprings. Days 7-9: a long drive today, but with plenty of highlights. Picnicking at Isabel Pass, below the Gulkana Glacier gives us time to stretch our legs before continuing our scenic drive to the USA’s largest park, and UNESCO site of Wrangell St Elias National Park, and the historic mining town of McCarthy (3 nights). We spend the next two days exploring this beautiful area, visiting the Kennicott mine and the glacier, walking surrounded by pristine wilderness and views of 4,000m peaks. For those feeling adventurous, ice-climbing lessons can be organised (payable locally).

Dates & Prices - AKWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

23 June

£3,660

£2,650

21 July

£3,660

£2,650

Day 10: travelling on to Valdez (1 night), known as Little Switzerland, we take a walk to admire the Worthington Glacier before heading into town. Days 11-12: cruising across Prince William Sound, we have time to take in this stunning glacial landscape and spot some of the wildlife that makes its home there: orcas, seals, bald eagles. From Whittler we continue to Seward (2 nights), the tip of beautiful Kenai Peninsula. Optional walks in the Kenai Fjords National Park, or the opportunity to join one of the marine wildlife watching tours (payable locally), on a free day in Seward. Day 13: we return to Anchorage with some time for some last minute shopping and sightseeing. Day 14: return flight home. Day 15: arrive UK.

Accommodation Welcoming and comfortable country inns, hotels and lodges in some stunning locations, all offering good standards of accommodation and facilities. Our hotels and lodges in Denali National Park, and Wrangell St Elias National Park, are in prime locations, surrounded by stunning scenery and excellent walks opportunities. All of the hotels have good facilities and comfortable rooms. All rooms are en-suite with the exception of 3 nights in McCarthy, spent at the historic Ma Johnston's hotel. The unique character of this hotel will be one of the many highlights of your holiday.

Prices include: • 13 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms* • Full board excluding 2 lunches and 1 dinner • A full programme of guided walks led by a specialist local leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees, and travel by minicoach. * 3 nights in McCarthy have shared bathrooms.

Information

• Single room: £793 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 14

Travel

We offer return flights from London Heathrow to Anchorage. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in the USA

Autumn Colours of New England

Holiday Highlights • Discover Boston, “the Cradle of Liberty” with its rich history and grand architecture • Admire the blaze and brilliance of colour in the “fall” • Explore the White Mountains of New Hampshire, the Green Mountains of Vermont, and the Berkshires • Walks and sightseeing excursions in classic New England landscapes • New York – the city that never sleeps

CANADA Stowe

White Mountain National Park Mount Washington

Jackson

Green Mountain National Park Williamstown

BOSTON

USA

NEW YORK

NORTH AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Guided Touring

NEW

A good balance of leisurely half and full day walks and sightseeing. Walks are between 2-7 miles with ascents of up 0F› to 1,500ft. ªŸ„

·ºŸ

Day 1-2: arrival in Boston (2 nights) where we walk the Freedom Trail, exploring the legacy of America’s Path to Independence and visit Quincy Market. Discover the grand architecture of the city, enveloped by the golden hues of the 'fall'. Day 3: a pleasant drive through Massachusetts countryside and into the beautiful White Mountains of New Hampshire. En route to our hotel in the attractive small town of Jackson (3 nights), we walk into the Flume Gorge at Franconia Notch and ride the aerial tramway to Cannon Mountain for short walks and outstanding views. Days 4-5: enjoy valley walks to the Arethusa and Ripley Falls, a short ascent of Mount Willard and trail walks on the lower slopes of Mount Washington in the company of our Appalachian Trail Guide. Days 6-8: travel to Stowe (3 nights), a quintessential New England town with its white clapperboard houses, church steeple and arts and crafts shops. Visit the Ben and Jerry ice cream factory, stroll the town’s ‘recreation pathway’ and explore the Vermont countryside with walks on the Trapp family estate and a ridgeline walk on Mount Mansfield, the highest mountain in Vermont.

Dates & Prices - NDWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

14 September

£2,825

£2,345

5 October

£2,825

£2,345

Day 9: journey through the Green Mountains with a stop in picturesque Woodstock for optional walks on Mount Tom. Continue to Williamstown, a classic New England college town in the Berkshire Hills. Enjoy an evening stroll exploring its quiet wooded streets. Days 10-11: walks and excursions through the Berkshires include a visit to the Massachusetts Audubon Wildlife Sanctuary, a walk on Mount Greylock and a visit to the historic towns of Lenox and Stockbridge. Places of interest include the Norman Rockwell Museum, Naumkeag with it superb gardens, the Edith Wharton Estate, Tanglewood and the Clark Art Institute. Day 12: journey south to New York (1 night). In the afternoon, take a Circle Line cruise for inspiring views of the Statue of Liberty, Ellis Island and the city skyline. Day 13: enjoy a walking tour of New York’s main sights before our evening flight to the UK. Day 14: arrive UK.

Accommodation Welcoming and comfortable country inns, hotels and lodges, and well-located city hotels, all offering good standards of accommodation and facilities. In the small towns of Stowe, Jackson and Williamstown, our accommodation reflects the character of the area: the hotel in Jackson being one of the Historic Hotels of America, and the Williams Inn in Williamstown, one of the nicest destination inns in New England.

Prices include: • 12 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Half Board from breakfast on Day 2 to breakfast on Day 13 • A full programme of guided walks led by specialist local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees, and travel by coach or minicoach

Information

• Single room: £600 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 13

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Boston. Return flights are from New York to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Holiday Highlights • A ‘Grand Circle’ tour to the National Parks of Zion, Canyonlands, Bryce, Arches and more • Walks in the awesome Grand Canyon • Spectacular scenery from the movies, four western states and Las Vegas • Amazing geological formations, legendary trails and Native American history

UTAH NEVADA

Arches National Park Moab

Capitol Reef National Park Bryce Canyon National Park

Canyonlands National Park

Zion National Park

y

le

al tV

en

um

LAS VEGAS

COLORADO Cortez Mesa Verde National Park

on

M

Grand Canyon

ARIZONA

NEW MEXICO

Guided Touring

Walking in the USA

Grand Canyon & Monument Valley

Walks are 2-4 miles, with little ascent or descent. In the Grand Canyon, the choice of walks includes the much 0F› harder option of descending to Plateau Point, ªŸ„ with up to 3,080ft of descent and re-ascent. Some walks follow paved paths, others are on more rocky terrain.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival in Las Vegas (1 night). View the famous bright lights, or rest and relax after your journey. Days 2-3: drive to Zion National Park, a green oasis in the desert, for walks to the Lower and Upper Emerald Pools. We continue to Bryce Canyon (2 nights) for walks in one of the world's geological masterpieces. Our trails pass through some of the towering pinnacles, spires and cathedral-like formations, the focal point of many photos. Day 4: a beautiful drive through Capitol Reef National Park to Green River (1 night), with afternoon walks along the Fremont and Grand Wash Trails. Days 5-7: continue to Moab (3 nights) where we walk in the Canyonlands National Park, a photographer's paradise with its sandstone spires and pinnacles, and visit 1,000 year old petroglyphs on Newspaper Rock. An exploration of Arches National Park, an area that contains the world's largest concentration of stone arches, is followed by an evening cruise on the Colorado River. Days 8-9: we travel through Navajo country to Cortez (2 nights), in the Mesa Verde National Park, and visit the spectacular cliffside ruins of the Anasazi Indians.

Dates & Prices - GCWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

11 May

£3,590

£2,975

7 September

£3,590

£2,975

Day 10: four-wheel drive vehicles take us into the heart of Monument Valley (1 night), one of nature's most artistic creations and the backdrop for scores of Western films. Days 11-13: visiting the Navajo National Monument en route, we arrive at the Grand Canyon (3 nights), carved out over millions of years by the Colorado River. We visit the most famous viewpoints and walk along the rim, with the option of a descent into the canyon for those who wish. Day 14: return drive to Las Vegas (1 night) to view the bright lights. Day 15: homeward flight. Day 16: arrive UK.

Accommodation 3 to 4-star standard modern hotels offering comfortable, spacious rooms with excellent facilities. All hotels have their own pool, some also offer spa and Jacuzzi, where you can relax in the evening after your days’ walks. The hotels are set amidst magnificent scenery, offering us ideal locations for access to the National Parks. The Best Western Ruby’s Inn is situated right outside the entrance to Bryce Canyon National Park, and Gouldings Lodge greets us with incredible vistas of Monument Valley.

Prices include: • 14 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Half Board from breakfast on Day 2 to breakfast on day of departure, plus 1 picnic lunch • A full programme of guided walks, led by local guides, a courier/driver and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £644 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 15

Travel

We offer flights from London Gatwick to Las Vegas. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in the USA

Yellowstone, Glacier and the Grand Tetons Holiday Highlights • ‘Big Sky Country' with over 700 miles of trails • Outstanding national parks; Glacier, Grand Teton and Yellowstone, the first in the world • Native American and pioneer folklore • ‘The Switzerland of North America’ with pristine scenery and nature Mt Cleveland Snowshoe Peak

Glacier National Park

KALISPELL Swan Peak

MONTANA

Granite Peak

IDAHO

Yellowstone National Park Grand Teton National Park

Grand Teton

JACKSON

Guided Trekking

A combination of some of the best day walks in North America and some hikes in lesser known areas. A full day walk is about 0F› 10 miles, with up to 2,000ft of ascent.ªŸ„ Easier options will also be available on days with higher amounts of ascent. Shorter walks are up to 6 miles.

·ºŸ

Days 1-3: arrival in Kalispell (1 night) and transfer to Lake McDonald Lodge (2 nights), an ideal base for walks in the Marias Pass area of the Glacier National Park. We travel on the Going-to-the-Sun Road to walk the Highline Trail along the Garden Wall to Granite Peak. Here there are excellent opportunities to see marmots, bighorn sheep and diverse wildlife. Days 4-6: we drive a short distance into the Many Glacier Valley (3 nights) for three days of walks amongst breathtaking scenery of glaciers, mountain lakes and waterfalls. Our stay in the area includes trail walks to Iceberg Lake and a trek to Grinnell Glacier for tremendous Rocky Mountain views. Days 7-10: drive south to Yellowstone (4 nights). We visit the Firehole Valley of Yellowstone National Park containing the largest concentration of geysers in the world. Here we’ll take short walks to Fountain Paintpot Flats and Midway Geyser and view the famous geothermal display of Old Faithful Geyser. We also explore one of Yellowstone’s premier wonders – the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone and climb Mt Washburn for terrific views of the park. Days 11-14: continue south to Jackson (4 nights) for a superb variety of walks in The Grand Tetons. At lower levels, there are trails into picturesque valleys and gorges with such

Dates & Prices - YWWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

21 July

£3,995

£3,175

25 August

£3,850

£3,175

Prices include: • 14 nights’ accommodation in twin-bedded en-suite rooms • Half Board from breakfast on Day 2 plus 5 picnic lunches • Services of local trained guides and naturalists, and an HF Holidays' leader • Walks, sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned coach and Glacier Park shuttle

Information

• Single room: £882 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 15

evocative names as Paintbrush Canyon, Hidden Falls and Inspiration Point and landscapes made famous by the photographer Ansel Adams. Higher level walks include sections of the Death Canyon Trail and a walk in Cascade Canyon, considered by many to be the quintessential Teton experience. Day 15: transfer to the airport for our departure flight. Day 16: arrive UK.

“The walking was very enjoyable with plenty of opportunities to soak up all the information provided by the guides and watch wildlife” Joyce Leedham

Accommodation The hotels all offer excellent service and a friendly atmosphere, with comfortable en-suite rooms. In Glacier, we stay in the National Park’s historic lodges, Lake McDonald Lodge and Many Glacier Lodge. Both are ideally located, and echo the history of the area, with their original hunting lodge design. The rooms are traditionally furnished, with no TV, tea/coffee, or hair-drying equipment. Lack of mod-cons is more than made up for by their charm and character. National Park rangers give talks about this stunning area each evening. Accommodation in Yellowstone and Grand Tetons National Parks is just outside the parks’ entrances, close to restaurants, galleries and other attractions.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Denver to Kalispell. Return flights are from Jackson via Denver to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in the USA

California Explorer Holiday Highlights • Iconic sights of San Francisco • Breathtaking scenery in Yosemite National Park • The giant redwoods and spectacular coastal views • Historic Monterey, steeped in Spanish colonial heritage • Kings Canyon and Sequoia National Park

NEVADA

Yosemite National Park

SAN FRANCISCO

Kings Canyon National Park

PA C I F I C OCEAN Monterey Carmel

CALIFORNIA

Sequoia National Park

Guided Touring

An excellent mix of sightseeing days in San Francisco, Monterey and Carmel with half-day and full day walks in the national parks 0F› Half-day walks are up to 6 miles ªŸ„ with up to 800ft of ascent; harder walks are up to 11 miles with 2,300ft of ascent.

·ºŸ

Days 1-2: arrival in San Francisco (2 nights) where we take a bay cruise via the infamous Alcatraz prison to the Golden Gate Bridge and enjoy afternoon sightseeing with rides on the city's famous cable cars. Day 3: walk in one of the largest stands of virgin coastal redwood trees in the Big Basin Redwoods State Park, a wonderfully atmospheric park of gentle valleys and waterfalls. Continue to Monterey (2 nights), once the capital of Spanish California. Day 4: today we explore Monterey and enjoy coastal walks; a chance to view the abundant bird and sea life. We take the famous 17 mile drive to Carmel-By-The-Sea and visit the historic Spanish mission. Day 5: we take walks in Point Lobos State Preserve, a rocky headland offering fantastic views to the ocean and reputed to be the setting for ‘Treasure Island’. Whales can often be seen in the deep bays and the area is rich in birdlife. Continue to Fresno (1 night). Day 6: from the central valley we head into the mountains of the Sierra Nevada, the rocky backbone of California. Drive to Kings Canyon National Park (2 nights) to follow a beautiful river trail through Zumwalt Meadows to Roaring River Falls with a longer walk option into Paradise Valley.

Dates & Prices - SFWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

27 May

£3,629

£2,995

16 September

£3,629

£2,995

Day 7: enjoy walks in Sequoia National Park to the General Sherman Tree, the world’s largest living thing, and along the Congress Trail to the park’s two beautiful meadow areas. Days 8-11: journey north to Yosemite National Park (4 nights). Here in one of America’s most famous parks there will be a selection of walks to the well-known sights of Half Dome, Bridal Veil Falls and the rocky face of El Capitan. Our programme also offers scenic trail walks to Vernal and Nevada Falls and a marvellous day’s outing to the Tuolumne Meadows area of the park. There will also be free time to visit the Ansel Adams Gallery and Yosemite Museum. Day 12: travel through the California wine country to San Francisco (1 night). Day 13: some free time to explore the city before the transfer to the airport for our return flight. Day 14: arrive UK.

Accommodation Comfortable hotels in outstanding settings. In San Francisco we stay at the Sheraton Fisherman’s Wharf, in one of the city’s most popular neighbourhoods. Excellent locations again as we retreat to our lovely waterfront location in Monterey, and on to the stunning mountain and forest setting of the Wuksachi Lodge for visits to Sequoia, and to the Yosemite Lodge at the Falls, the idyllic place to relax amidst a wonderful wilderness setting.

Prices include: • 12 nights’ accommodation in twin-bedded en-suite rooms • Half Board from breakfast on Day 2 to breakfast on day of departure • Services of a courier/driver, HF Holidays’ leader and local guides • A full programme of guided walks, sightseeing, entrance fees travel by coach or minibus and National Park Shuttle

Information

• Single room: £744 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 13

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to San Francisco. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Canada

Western Canada and the Rockies Holiday Highlights • Some of the best mountain scenery on earth • Unforgettable high and low level walks with a wide choice to suit all tastes • Banff, Lake Louise, the Columbia Icefield, Jasper National Park and more iconic sights • Picturesque Vancouver harbour

Mt. Robson Jasper

BRITISH COLUMBIA

ALBERTA Lake Louise

Yoho National Park Vancouver Island

Kamloops

VANCOUVER Victoria

USA

CALGARY Banff Kananaskis

Guided Trekking

Walks range from level lakeside circuits to trails of up to 8½ miles with 1,000ft of ascent. On some days there is also the option of a harder0F› walk of up to 11 miles and 2,000ftªŸ„ of ascent.

·ºŸ

Days 1-3: arrive in the cosmopolitan city of Vancouver (3 nights) where we discover the many attractions including Chinatown, historic Gastown and Stanley Park. Enjoy views of the coastal mountains from a cruise among the Gulf Islands to Vancouver Island, where we visit Victoria and Butchart Gardens. Day 4: heading into the mountains, we walk through one of Canada’s most endangered eco-systems, a semi-arid landscape blessed with an interesting and charismatic flora on the way to Kamloops (1 night). Days 5-6: a spectacular drive to Spahats Falls takes us to Jasper National Park (2 nights). Here we stay in log cabins at Becker’s, on the banks of the Athabasca River with extraordinary mountain views, and walks include the Valley of the Five Lakes, Angel Glacier and the alpine meadows of Mount Edith Cavell. Days 7-9: a spectacular drive on the Bow Valley Parkway via the Athabasca Glacier brings us to Baker Creek (3 nights) in Banff National Park. We are well situated to make forays into Lake Louise and Yoho National Park.

Dates & Prices - CDWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

20 July

£4,175

£3,295

31 August

£4,175

£3,295

Prices include: • 14 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from dinner on arrival to lunch on day of departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by an expert local guide • Sightseeing, park entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £1,092 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 15

Days 10-12: explore the outstanding alpine scenery of Moraine Lake before continuing to the lively town of Banff (3 nights). Walk in Banff National Park where the rich array of wildlife includes elk, chipmunks and numerous species of birds. There is a great variety of first class walks here including Johnson Lake, Healy Pass, Stanley Glacier and Helen Lake. Days 13-14: we move on to the pristine wilderness of Kananaskis (2 nights), one of the Rockies' hidden gems. Our walks in ‘K Country’ head for Ptarmigan Cirque and Burstall Pass. Wildlife that shies away from humans, such as moose and beaver, abound in this region. Day 15: this morning we head to Calgary for a walking tour of the city before we head to the airport for our flight home. Day 16: arrive UK.

Accommodation In Vancouver our hotel is in the heart of the city, within easy access of the foot-ferries taking you around the city. In Kamloops, Jasper and Baker Creek we stay in mountain resorts surrounded by stunning scenery, excellent places to unwind after your day’s walking. Accommodation in Banff is in a small quiet hotel in the shadows of Cascade Mountain. Our final stay is at the luxurious 5-star resort of Delta Lodge, under towering peaks and surrounded by pristine Alberta wilderness.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Vancouver. Return flights are from Calgary to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Cuba

Viva Cuba

Holiday Highlights • Spanish colonial cities of Old Havana, Trinidad and Cienfuegos • Walk in picturesque western Cuba, with limestone ‘mogotes’, tobacco fields and rainforest • Discover Cuba’s history and exotic culture • Relax on the Caribbean coast • Dine in legendary Havana nightspots with Cuban music

GULF OF MEXICO

HAVANA

Viñales Cienfuegos Trinidad Isla de la Juventud

CUBA Camagüey Holguín

CARIBBEAN SEA

Santiago de Cuba

Guided Touring

Walks average 6 miles with a range of 2-10 miles. All but one walk has an ascent of less than 1,000ft, the exception having an 0F› ascent of less than ªŸ„ 1,500ft.

·ºŸ

Day 1-2: arrive in Havana (2 nights) where we will have a walking tour of the historic old centre, including the cathedral and the Plaza Vieja, and dine in an old town square. Days 3-4: depart to the beautiful Pinar del Rio province in western Cuba and Viñales (2 nights). Here we walk through the unusual and beautiful scenery of ‘mogotes’, tobacco fields and small farming communities including the ‘Tradiciones Campesinas Trail’. Days 5-6: we travel to Soroa for a stroll in the lovely orchid gardens and continue on the short journey to Las Terrazas (2 nights), a UNESCO biosphere reserve. We visit the community’s project for sustainable development, take an optional refreshing swim in the San Juan River, then follow the El Contento trail around the Taburete mountain, with wonderful birdlife. Day 7: we continue to the south coast and the lovely bay of Cienfuegos (1 night) for a walk around the attractive town centre and the botanical gardens. Days 8-9: travel into the Sierra Escambray and Topes de Collantes (2 nights). Enjoy walks in the mountains at refreshingly cool altitudes with abundant birdlife, tropical flowers, impressive waterfalls and the option to swim in the natural pools.

Dates & Prices - CUWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

5 February

£2,275

£1,755

11 March

£2,275

£1,755

21 October

£2,225

£1,755

18 November

£2,225

£1,755

Days 10-12: our next stop is Trinidad (3 nights); with its Spanish colonial architecture, cobblestone streets and peaceful plazas it seems to be untouched by the modern world. We walk in the nearby Cubano National Park and the Valley of the Sugar Mills, among the ghostly remnants of conquest and the slave trade. We stay a little out of town at a beachside hotel, and take a catamaran trip around the Caribbean bays. Days 13-14: this morning we visit Playa Girón on the Bay of Pigs and return to Havana (2 nights). We have some time free in Havana, to enjoy an optional tour or take a stroll down the ‘Malecón’. On our last evening we enjoy a dinner at El Floridita, one of Hemingway’s former haunts, and transfer in classic American cars to a Havana cabaret. Day 15: after a morning free we travel to the airport for our flight home. Day 16: arrive UK.

“Very enjoyable walks. The opportunities for swimming in rivers, lakes and caves was unmissable” Elizabeth Holt

Accommodation Cuba's infrastructure cannot be compared to that of other Caribbean destinations. While city hotels are generally good 3 and 4-star, accommodation in rural areas is basic guesthouses, though all are air conditioned and in good locations. Although we use the best available hotels in these areas, standards of service can be slow. This is easily compensated with the warm welcome and Cuba's unique culture and scenery.

Prices include: • 14 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure except 2 dinners and 2 lunches • A full programme of guided walks, led by local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £224 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 15

Travel

We offer flights from London Gatwick to Havana. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Barbados

Barbados A Taste of the Caribbean

Holiday Highlights • Discover this colourful island’s culture and countryside with the help of our local guide • Enjoy some optional activities: swim, snorkel or take a spa treatment; sit back and listen to the local music, or be tutored in the art of star-grazing under the tropical night skies • Our gentle walks reveal the history, wildlife, and stunning beaches of Barbados • Plenty of time is left to relax in these idyllic surroundings North Point

St Nicholas Abbey

Sugar Cane Club Mullins Beach

Belleplaine

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Mount Hillaby

Holetown

Welchman Hall Gulley Harrison’s Cave

BARBADOS Freshwater Bay

BRIDGETOWN

Crane Beach

Guided Touring

A relaxed holiday with tours and walks taking us through historic sites, varied countryside and along beautiful beaches. Walks 0F› are generally 1-5 miles, with only ªŸ„ short sections of ascent. Extensions to some walks may be possible.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival in Bridgetown, transfer to your accommodation at the Sugar Cane Club (10 nights), and enjoy a relaxed evening meal. Day 2: an early morning walk follows the coastline from Salt Cave Cove, visiting Chancery Lane archaeological ruins and swamplands, an important site for migratory birds. Day 3: walk and swim on the beach at Holetown, where the English first came ashore, and then continue to Little Bristol, named because of the links with its early trading partner. Day 4: explore the beautiful woodland of Farley Hill National Park and St Nicholas Abbey. Later we descend Cherry Tree Hill, with its spectacular views, to the Morgan Lewis sugar windmill, the last operational example on the island. Tonight a local astronomer will help you explore the tropical night sky. Day 5: discover the history of slavery on Barbados’ Drax Hall sugar cane plantation and then enjoy a beautiful coastal walk. Day 6: visit the vibrant city of Bridgetown with options to visit the historic Garrison site, and to join local hikers on a Barbados National Trust walk. Day 7: free day – relax on the beach, swim or snorkel, take one of the optional activities on offer, including a yoga session or a trip on a catamaran. The evening begins with a rum punch party.

Dates & Prices - BBWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

7 February

£2,125

£1,595

27 March

£2,125

£1,595

6 November

£1,995

£1,475

Day 8: after visiting the spectacular plant collection at the Andromeda Gardens, we follow the old railway line from Bathsheba to Martin’s Bay, before an evening savouring authentic Caribbean cooking at the famous Waterfront Café. Day 9: wander through the original woodlands of Turner’s Hall, before walking to Mount Hillaby, the highest point of the island, for superb panoramic views. Day 10: walk in Flower Forest following trails to Welchman Hall Gully and through the huge Harrison’s Cave. Day 11: enjoy a relaxing morning stroll, or a swim, before our afternoon flight home. Day 12: arrive UK.

Accommodation The Sugar Cane Club and Spa is set in a hill top location, overlooking the west coast of Barbados. This is a comfortable hotel with excellent facilities, including a swimming pool. The hotel is surrounded by lush gardens, the ideal place to relax. Evenings offer opportunities to listen to local music, dance, try a little cocktail “mixology”, or to do some star-gazing under the tropical night skies.

Prices include: • 10 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from dinner on arrival to lunch on departure except 1 lunch • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local guide • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: Feb/Mar £450, Nov £320 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from London Gatwick to Barbados. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in St Lucia

St Lucia

Island Paradise

Holiday Highlights • Rainforests, waterfalls, beaches and bays • Creole culture and Anglo-French maritime history • Walk on the extraordinary cone of Gros Piton, in tropical gardens and along the spectacular coastline • Excellent boutique hotel Pigeon Island National Park

RODNEY BAY Castries

CARIBBEAN SEA

ST LUCIA Mount la Combe Millet

Mount Gimie

Mamiku

Soufrière Micoud

Gros Piton

Vieux Fort Bay

Guided Touring

Walks are on marked paths, some through dense rainforest, with distances up to 9 miles on frequently undulating terrain; 0F› greatest ascent is 1,900ft at ªŸ„ Gros Piton.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival and transfer to our hotel, the Bay Gardens Inn (12 nights) set in Rodney Bay. Day 2: this morning we have a leisurely exploration of Pigeon Island on the northeastern tip of the island, to visit Fort Rodney and Signal Hill, before winding down to the beach and the quaint village of Gros Islet. Day 3: we take the Millet Trail in the heart of the island past pineapple groves. The area is beautiful, cool and refreshing and we can listen to the call of the many birds along the trail. Day 4: visit Castries for a stroll around the capital and the Cathedral. In the afternoon we head for the historic fortress of Morne Fortune with panoramic views. Day 5: at leisure to relax at the hotel and beach, snorkel in the Caribbean waters or explore further. Day 6: into the heart of the rainforest. We can try fresh tropical fruit and see the colourful birdlife, including possibly the elusive St Lucian parrot. This evening we visit the town of Gros Islet for the St Lucia ‘Jump Up’ and to dine at Laurel’s Restaurant. Day 7: today we enjoy a relaxed coastal walk to a beach on of the picturesque northwest Atlantic coast.

Dates & Prices - LUWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

15 January

£2,525

£2,050

12 February

£2,645

£2,070

4 November

£2,589

£2,050

Day 8: discover the northeast of the island, with lovely sea views and a walk on the Grande Anse Trail, gradually leading down to the ocean. We stop to view a cattle egret colony amongst the mangroves. Day 9: walk amidst the beautiful setting of Mamiku Gardens. We stop at the interesting Fond D’Or historic park and Dennery village. This evening we dine at Stony Hill Villa, set in tropical gardens. Day 10: day at leisure to relax at the hotel or explore further. Day 11: a boat trip along the east coast brings us to Soufrière from where we take our most strenuous walk to the iconic peak of Gros Piton, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The climb offers fantastic views and there is an option for a less strenuous climb. Day 12: a gentle walk through the Toussaint Estate with a visit to the creole heritage village of Fond Latisab. Farewell dinner at the seafront Coal Pot Restaurant. Day 13: morning at leisure before our flight home. Day 14: arrive UK.

Accommodation The Bay Gardens Inn is a small, intimate hotel set in a tranquil garden-style atmosphere in the heart of Rodney Bay, in the northwest of the island within easy reach of Reduit Beach. All rooms feature a terrace or balcony and refrigerator; hotel facilities include a pool, patio and cocktail bar.

Prices include: • 12 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure except 3 lunches • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local guide and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £325 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 13

Travel

We offer flights from London Gatwick to St Lucia. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Costa Rica

Costa Rica

Nature’s Showcase Holiday Highlights • A jewel of a country offering great natural variety in a small area • The stunning undeveloped Marino Ballena Marine National Park • Walks around the dramatic Arenal volcano • Brilliantly varied birdlife • Expert walking and naturalist guides

NICARAGUA Volcan Arenal Arenal

COSTA RICA Poas National Park

CARIBBEAN SEA

SAN JOSÉ San Gerardo de Dota

PA C I F I C OCEAN

Dominical

Corcovado National Park

PANAMA

Guided Touring

A mixture of sightseeing and a choice of walks. Easier walks range from 3-6 miles with up to 600ft of ascent; harder walks are 0F› from 6-12 miles with up to 2,000ft ªŸ„ of ascent. Some paths are narrow and muddy. Options are offered each day.

·ºŸ

Days 1-2: arrival in San José (2 nights) where our hotel offers panoramic views of the city, central valley and nearby volcanoes. Our walks take in the Poas National Park with steaming craters, emerald green pools and a hummingbird observation area. Days 3-5: transfer to the lush San Carlos valley and Arenal (3 nights). From our lovely riverside resort we can take trails on the flanks of the picturesque volcano, walking on bridges through the canopy and to invigorating waterfalls. We take a slow river-boat ride through the Caño Negro Wildlife Reserve, packed with exotic wildlife including howler monkeys, caiman, sloth, toucan and other colourful birds. Days 6-7: travelling south, with a visit to the Gold Museum, we head for San Gerardo de Dota (2 nights), a small community in the Talamanca Mountains, where our comfortable rustic lodge, at 7,200ft, is one of the finest spots in the country to see the resplendent quetzal, scintillant hummingbird (Costa Rica’s smallest species), streaked-breasted treehunter and a host of other striking birds. Miles of trails offer options for all grades of walking from short rambles near the lodge to a challenging full day hike to the top of Cerro de la Muerte at over 11,000ft.

Dates & Prices - CTWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

12 February

£2,850

£2,125

13 November

£2,850

£2,125

Prices include: • 11 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from dinner on day 1 to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local guide and experienced tour conductor • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned coach

Information

• Single room: £451 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 12

Days 8-10: this morning we travel over the mountains of the continental divide and see the Pacific Ocean stretched below us. We arrive at Dominical (3 nights) in the beautiful Marino Ballena Marine National Park, which is much less developed than other parts of the coast and offers quiet sandy beaches, coastal trails with unforgettable views and the option to take mangrove and whale watching tours. Day 11: a leisurely return to San José (1 night), stopping several times in the countryside, where scarlet macaws are often seen. Day 12: transfer to the airport for the return flight home. Day 13: arrive UK.

Corcovado National Park option Extend your stay in Costa Rica with a visit to the Corcovado National Park on the southern Pacific coast, staying for three nights in the excellent Casa Corcovado Lodge. Please enquire for further details. £799 per person, £128 single supplement.

Accommodation Hotels are 4-star quality with air-conditioning and swimming pools. The exception is the mountain lodge at San Gerardo de Dota which is basic but comfortable, with heated rooms, hot running water and en-suite facilities. The hotel on the coast at Dominical offers views of the Pacific Ocean, a 1,300 square foot swimming pool, spacious rooms and a spa.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Houston to San José. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Ecuador

Ecuador

NEW Galapagos Island Hopping

Holiday Highlights • Stay on the islands and enjoy this relaxed haven long after all other visitors have gone • Stroll, swim or snorkel and explore this world famous wildlife paradise • Experience up close encounters with unique wildlife: sealions, giant tortoises, dolphins, marine iguanas and much more • Let our expert naturalists and walks guides introduce you to some unforgettable experiences • Snap photos of the colours, colonial splendour, and scenic setting of Quito

Quito

SANTA CRUZ ISABELA

SAN CRISTÓBAL

Sierra Negra Volcano

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS SOUTH PA C I F I C OCEAN

Guided Touring

A selection of part day walks ranging from 2-7 miles. Walks are short and taken at a leisurely pace, as we stop to0F›see wildlife and study the ecology of the ªŸ„ islands.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival in Quito (1 night). A guided walk around the recently restored colonial centre, now a UNESCO World Heritage site. This gives an excellent introduction to Ecuador. Day 2: fly to the Galapagos, and the island of San Cristobal (2 nights). After lunch visit the Interpretation Centre for an insight into island life, its landscapes and unique wildlife. Staying on the islands gives us an excellent opportunity to experience island life away from the crowds, to get to know the communities and island idylls in peace. Day 3: try some snorkelling or kayaking this morning, or enjoy a little leisure time to explore at your own pace. The afternoon’s walk takes us to the heart of the island. Day 4: fly to our second island of Isabela (3 nights). This largely unspoilt island will welcome you with open arms. Visit the Tintoreras islands – Galapagos in miniature, with a chance to see sharks, turtles, rays and penguins. The national park trails are strictly controlled - this is a once in a lifetime opportunity to walk on this important, ecologically diverse island. Day 5: a spectacular hike to Sierra Negra, the largest crater of all the Galapagos volcanoes, for far-reaching vistas over the archipelago. Day 6: this morning – lounge on the white sand beach or kayak accompanied by inquisitive sea lions. Afternoon sees us walking the Wetlands Trail through the mangroves, passing colonies of the island’s famous marine iguanas.

Dates & Prices - ECWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

6 May

£3,050

£2,095

21 September

£3,050

£2,095

Day 7: by boat to Santa Cruz island (1 night), to discover lava tunnels and giant volcanic craters. A visit to see the Giant Tortoises, before some free time to swim, snorkel, or just wander along the beach. Day 8: we visit the Charles Darwin Research Centre before our flight back to Quito (1 night) for a farewell dinner. Day 9: take time to explore Quito a little further, or do some last-minute souvenir shopping before your return flight. Day 10: arrive in the UK.

Accommodation Mainly comfortable hotels of 3-star standard, all with en-suite facilities and fantastic locations. 2 nights are in a simple guesthouse, with en-suite rooms. Although more basic than the accommodation on the other islands the welcome and charm of your hosts on San Christobal will more than make up for fewer facilities.

Prices include: • 8 nights’ Full Board en-suite accommodation • Full holiday programme including internal flights, entrance fees to Galapagos Islands National Park, travel by boat or bus • Services of an experienced local guide

Information

• Single room: £272 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays finish on Day 9

Travel

We off flights from London Heathrow via Madrid to Quito. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Peru

Peru

Land of the Incas

Holiday Highlights • Trek the Royal Inca Trail to the Sun Gate for inspirational vistas of Machu Picchu • Discover the Colca Canyon and the Sacred Valley, the heart of the Inca empire • Sail over Lake Titicaca to the reed islands of Uros • Explore impressive Cusco, its colourful markets, temples, and peaceful plazas • Extend your holiday with an Amazon Experience, for fabulous wildlife watching opportunities BRAZIL

PERU LIMA Puerto Maldonado Machu Picchu The Sacred Valley

Zona Reservada Tambopata Cuzco

BOLIVIA Colca Canyon

SOUTH PA C I F I C OCEAN

Puno

Lake Titcaca

Arequipa

CHILE

Guided Touring

A mixture of part day walks and full day hikes ranging from 2-8 miles, mostly on historic trails past Inca ruins, small villages and in 0F› timeless valleys. ªŸ„

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival in Lima (1 night) Day 2: fly to the colonial city of Arequipa (1 night). Admire views of the spectacular volcanoes that surround the city. An afternoon’s walking tour explores the charming Santa Catalina Monastery, and visits the “Ice Maiden” – Juanita. Days 3-4: the Colca Canyon, hot springs, and the relaxing sanctuary of Colca Lodge (2 nights). Visit Cruz del Condor, where these majestic birds swoop on the thermals. Walk along the canyon rim, and to nearby ruins, passing villages where we can watch locals weaving. Day 5: to Puno (2 nights), the shores of Lake Titicaca. En route, enjoy a walk to the pre-Inca burial chambers at Silustani. Drive through the high Andes, passing stunning lakes, herds of wild vicunã, accompanied by far-reaching vistas. Day 6: a boat trip across Titicaca to the famous floating reed islands of Uros and Taquile for a walk traversing the island. Days 7-8: travel by the Orient Express train across the Altiplano to Cusco (2 nights). Easy strolls explore this fascinating city, with visits to outlying forts and temples as well as fabulous markets, churches and ancient ruins. Days 9-10: into the Inca heartland of the Sacred Valley (2 nights), with an afternoon walk to Pisac ruins. We follow ancient Inca trails to the ruins of Maras and Moray, the spectacular fortress of Ollantaytambo and the colourful local craft markets. Day 11: by train to Chachabamba for a “taste” of the Inca trail. Our route, the Royal Inca Trail,

Dates & Prices - LPWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

7 July

£3,395

£2,295

1 September

£3,155

£2,275

6 October

£3,155

£2,275

Prices include: • 12 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board • A full programme of guided walks, led by an experienced local guide • Sightseeing, entrance fees, travel by air-conditioned coach and train • Internal flights

Information

• Single room: £756 • Discounts available for groups • No flight holidays start on day 1, finish on day 13 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

was the ceremonial path of the royal Incas to the scared site of Machu Picchu. Pass the picturesque ruins of Winay Wayna, and continue through cloud forest to the Sun Gate for our first glimpse of the ancient city of Machu Picchu (1 night). Day 12: the Lost City of the Incas – Machu Picchu. An extensive tour of the ruins introduces us to its fascinating history. For those with extra energy, there’s the chance to climb Huayna Picchu for superb vistas, before returning to Cusco (1 night) for our final evening. Day 13: some last minute shopping before flying to Lima and our flight home. Day 14: arrive UK.

Amazon option Extend your stay in Peru. Spend 3 days / 2 nights at our Jungle Lodge in the heart of Tambopata National Reserve. Seek out myriad exotic plant and animal species – look out for giant river otters, harpy eagle, caiman, macaws, jaguar, and monkeys. Please enquire for further details. £359 per person (£60 single supplement).

Accommodation A mix of 3 and 4-star hotels, spa resorts, and lodges, all chosen for their location, comfort and character. In Cusco we stay at the 3-star Eco Inn, just a few blocks from the main square near the Quori Cancha temple. At Machu Picchu the Inti Inn offers basic but comfortable accommodation in Machu Picchu town. Our base in the Sacred Valley is Inkallpa, a delightful Andean-style hacienda lodge located close to Urubamba. In the Colca Canyon, we stay at the relaxing haven of the Colca Lodge. Each accommodation has individual character, a snapshot of modern and traditional Peru.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Madrid to Lima. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Chile & Argentina

Passage to Patagonia Holiday Highlights • The Torres Del Paine National Park, Moreno Glacier and Cerro Fitzroy • Discover one of the world’s most magnificent wilderness areas • Experience the lively capitals of Santiago and Buenos Aires • Stay in lodges in the heart of the national parks flight from Santiago flight to Buenos Aires

CHILE ARGENTINA Mt. Fitzroy PATAGONIA El Chalten Perito Moreno Glacier Torres del Paine National Park

EL CALAFATE Puerto Natales

PA C I F I C OCEAN

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

PUNTA ARENAS

Cape Horn

Guided Trekking

Part day walks cover up to 4 miles. Full walking days offer a choice of walks between 8-13 miles, including harder options 0F› such as the lookouts to the Torres ªŸ„ del Paine (3,700ft of ascent) and Cerro Fitzroy (2,296ft of ascent). Paths are generally well marked but there will be some rough terrain.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrive in Santiago (2 nights) to tour the historical city and walk in the native forest of the nearby La Campana National Park in the foothills of the Andes. Enjoy dinner at Meson Nerudiano. Day 4: fly south into Patagonia to Punta Arenas (1 night) with a walking tour of this pioneer town. Day 5: visit Otway Sound penguin colony and Puerto Natales, and journey into the breathtaking Torres Del Paine National Park where we stay at Hosteria Mirador del Payne (1 night). Our time in this part of the park includes a walk to the Grey Glacier and wonderful wilderness views. Days 6-8: we explore more of Torres del Paine and stay at the Hosteria Las Torres (3 nights), which offers views of the soaring granite peaks, lakes and glaciers. It’s a great base for walks including a classic trek to the Torres del Paine lookout, and a catamaran crossing of Lake Pehoe for a superb walk in the Valle de Frances. Easier alternatives, such as shoreline walks beside Lake Nordenskjöld, with fantastic views of the Paine Towers, are available on most days.

Dates & Prices - PGWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

3 November 2011

£4,175

£3,250

2 February 2012

£4,195

£3,295

25 October 2012

£4,475

£3,595

29 November 2012

£4,475

£3,595

Prices include: • 14 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board except 5 lunches and 1 dinner • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local guide and experienced tour conductor and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees travel by air-conditioned coach and internal flight

Information

• Single room: £672 • Discounts available for groups • No flight holidays start on day 2, finish on day 16 • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Days 9-10: we cross the border and, after lunch at a typical Argentinian estancia, continue to El Calafate (2 nights). We visit the mighty Moreno Glacier, with its amazing blue colours, 80 metre high walls and the ever present creaks and groans of the advancing ice. We can take the option of a boat cruise on the turquoise blue lake next to the glacier, or to walk on the glacier itself. Days 11-13: drive across the plains to El Chalten (3 nights). Close to the soaring peaks of the Fitzroy ranges and the ancient Patagonian ice fields, this is a mecca for walkers, trekkers and climbers. Walk options include routes offering viewpoints of the majestic Cerro Torre and Cerro Fitzroy, and trails by the Lago del Desierto, in spectacular untouched Andean scenery. Days 14-15: drive back to El Calafate and fly to Buenos Aires (2 nights) where we walk through the vibrant and historic capital and enjoy a tango show with dinner. Day 16: day at leisure before our flight home. Day 17: arrive UK.

“The walks were very good – especially the mountain walks” Kathy Buckner

Accommodation We are accommodated in 3 and 4-star hotels and lodges throughout. Stay in modern city centre hotels in Buenos Aires and Santiago. In Patagonia we stay in comfortable lodges located in the heart of the national parks, including 3 nights at Hosteria La Torres in the Torres del Paine National Park.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Madrid to Santiago. Return flights are from Buenos Aires via Madrid to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in New Zealand

New Zealand Grand Discovery

Holiday Highlights • Comprehensive tour of New Zealand’s North and South Islands • Maori culture and history and Tongariro National Park on the North Island • Spectacular South Island mountains, lakes, glaciers and fjords • Milford or Routeburn Track options – two of the world’s best walks

AUCKLAND

NORTH ISLAND

Waitomo Caves

Rotorua Lake Taupo Tongariro National Park

Picton

Wellington

Westport Franz Josef & Fox Glaciers Mount Cook Haast Pass Milford Sound

PA C I F I C OCEAN

Greymouth

CHRISTCHURCH Twizel

Queenstown Te Anau

SOUTH ISLAND

Guided Touring

A good balance between part and full day walks, travelling and sightseeing. Guided walks range from 3 to 4 miles with minimal 0F› ascent. On a few days there are ªŸ„ also optional harder walks of up to 9 miles and 2,200ft of ascent.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Day 2: overnight flight via Hong Kong. Days 3-4: morning arrival in Auckland (2 nights) for a relaxed exploration of the city and a cruise across the harbour for walks on the volcanic Rangitoto Island. Days 5-6: drive via the fascinating Waitomo glow-worm caves to Rotorua (2 nights) where we walk among the thermal springs of the Waimangu Valley, take a cruise on Lake Tarawera and enjoy a traditional Maori feast. Days 7-8: visit a Maori village and Lake Taupo en route to the Tongariro National Park (2 nights) for walks through this remarkable volcanic landscape. Days 9-10: we continue to Wellington and cross the Cook Strait to Picton (2 nights) for outstanding coastal walks around Marlborough Sounds following a classic section of the Queen Charlotte Track. Day 11: short walks to the Cape Foulwind seal colony and the blowholes at Dolomite Point en route to Greymouth (1 night).

Dates & Prices - NZWHW Flight & transfer included

Accommodation This holiday encompasses a large area with a variety of different accommodation, reflecting the different places visited. From modern city hotels to country lodges, the 3 and 4-star hotels are chosen for their high standards, good food, suitability for groups and excellent locations.

Yes

No#

18 December 2011

£4,785

£3,380

12 January 2012

£4,759

£3,599

9 February 2012

£4,759

£3,599

25 October 2012

£4,759

£3,599

22 November 2012

£4,759

£3,599

18 December 2012

£5,095

£3,750

Prices include: • 21 nights’ Half Board en-suite accommodation from dinner on day 3 to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by a courier/driver, HF Holidays’ leader and local guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air conditioned coach

Information

• Single room: £800 (2011), £900 (2012) • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 3, finish on Day 24

Day 12: walks to the awesome Franz Josef and Fox Glaciers (1 night) which plunge down from mountain peaks to lush rainforests. Days 13-16: a scenic drive through the Haast Pass to Queenstown (4 nights) where we walk in magnificent scenery, dubbed the ‘Switzerland of the Southern Hemisphere’. Enjoy short walks along the shores of Lake Wakatipu or take the Moonlight Trail over the Ben Lomond Saddle for outstanding views of the region. Days 17-19: follow part of the Kepler Track before continuing to Te Anau (3 nights) where we walk along part of the Routeburn Track and visit the magical fjord of Milford Sound, one of the most beautiful locations in New Zealand. Days 20-21: on to Twizel (2 nights) for some spectacular walking in the beautiful Hooker Valley at the foot of Mount Cook, New Zealand’s highest mountain. Days 22-23: drive via Lake Tekapo to Christchurch (2 nights) for free time to relax, with an optional excursion to Akaroa or Kaikoura to see whales and dolphins. Day 24: transfer to Christchurch airport for the return flight. Day 25: arrive UK.

Milford Track option There is an option to leave the main group and HF Holidays’ leader to join the guided Milford Track walk, often described as the finest in the world. Day 15 (GD), Day 13 (SI): drive to Te Anau and lake cruise to the start of the walk. Days 16-18 (GD), Days 14-16 (SI): three days of outstanding guided walking along the Milford Track. You’ll stay in comfortable lodges (multi-bedded rooms, may be mixed) with the final night at Mitre Peak Lodge. Day 19 (GD), Day 17 (SI): travel by boat across Milford Sound and then on, to rejoin the group in Te Anau. Supplement: £765 (including a £100 non-refundable deposit). This includes an adjustment for the 4 nights not taken with the group. A £100 discount will be given to those paying the main tour single supplement. GD = Grand Discovery SI = South Island

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Hong Kong to Auckland. Return flights are from Christchurch via Auckland and Hong Kong to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in New Zealand

New Zealand South Island

Holiday Highlights • The complete South Island tour • A holiday for the walking connoisseur with some of the world’s best tracks • Abel Tasman National Park, magnificent Doubtful Sound, Queenstown and more • Optional Milford or Routeburn Track walks

Nelson

Punakaiki

Greymouth

SOUTH ISLAND

Picton

Kaikoura

Franz Josef & Fox Glaciers

CHRISTCHURCH

Mount Cook

Haast Pass Milford Sound

Twizel Wanaka

PA C I F I C OCEAN

Queenstown

Routeburn Track Te Anau

Routeburn Track option Day 14 (SI), Day 17 (GD): drive to the ‘divide’ to commence your walk to Lake Mackenzie Lodge. Days 15-16 (SI), Days 18-19 (GD): cross the Harris Saddle with great views of the Routeburn Valley. Descend through Alpine pastures to Glenorchy with a short drive to Queenstown to rejoin the group. Supplement: £515 (including a £100 non-refundable deposit). This includes an adjustment for the 2 nights not taken with the group. A £50 discount will be given to those paying the main tour single supplement. Please note accommodation on the Track walks is in multi-bedded rooms which may be mixed. A leaflet for both walks is available upon request. GD = Grand Discovery SI = South Island

The focus is very much on walking, with walks on 15 days of the holiday. Other days are Guided Trekking spent travelling and sightseeing. 0F› Short walks, usually on days ªŸ„ transferring from one area to the next, are 3-4 miles, with up to 1,000ft of ascent. Longer walks range from 5-10 miles with ascents of 1,0002,200ft.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Day 2: overnight flight via Hong Kong. Days 3-4: arrive in Christchurch (2 nights) and a day to relax before we follow the Godley Head Walkway with its stunning sea views. Day 5: drive the coastal road north to Kaikoura for a walk along the Peninsula Trail. Or take an optional marine adventure to see whales and dolphins. Continue to Picton (2 nights). Day 6: a full day on a classic section of the Queen Charlotte Track. Days 7-8: a scenic drive to Nelson (2 nights). See the picturesque Marlborough Sounds and take a cruise to Abel Tasman National Park for a walk along one of the world’s most beautiful coastal paths. Day 9: travel across country, through the rugged Buller Gorge to the west coast. Enjoy short walks at Lake Rotoiti in the heart of the Nelson Lakes National Park and at Punakaiki to view the blowholes at Dolomite Point. We stay in Greymouth (1 night). Day 10: take a memorable guided trek onto the awesome Fox Glacier (1 night). Days 11-12: drive through coastal forests and over the Haast Pass to Wanaka (2 nights) for a walk in the Matukituki Valley and Mount Aspiring National Park, with spectacular views of the Rob Roy Glacier.

Dates & Prices - SZWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

9 February

£4,355

£3,255

8 November

£4,355

£3,255

Days 13-14: travel to Te Anau (2 nights), gateway to Fiordland National Park and our base for walks on the Kepler and Routeburn Tracks. Days 15-17: we enjoy a full day cruise on magnificent Doubtful Sound then travel on to Queenstown (3 nights) for short walks along the shores of Lake Wakatipu or take the Moonlight Trail over the Ben Lomond Saddle. There are options to enjoy Queenstown's many adventure activities and we will take an evening meal in the Skyline Gondola Restaurant high above the town. Days 18-19: drive via the picturesque old gold rush village of Arrowtown to Twizel (1 night) for some spectacular walking in the Hooker Valley at the foot of Mount Cook, New Zealand’s highest mountain. Continue to Christchurch (1 night). Day 20: transfer to Christchurch airport for the return flight. Day 21: arrive UK.

Accommodation Our hotels have been selected for their excellent locations, service and friendly atmosphere. They offer comfortable 3 and 4-star standards, en-suite rooms, and are a mix of modern city hotels and country lodges.

Prices include: • 17 nights’ accommodation in twin-bedded en-suite rooms, Half Board from dinner on day 3 to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by an HF Holidays’ leader and local guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned coach or mini-coach

Information

• Single room: £833 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 3, finish on Day 20

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Christchurch via Auckland and Hong Kong. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in South Africa

South Africa

The Cape & Garden Route Holiday Highlights • Walk on Table Mountain and the Cape of Good Hope • Stay in character hotels, country manors and game lodges • Specialist guided walks at Kirstenbosch botanical gardens, the winelands and nature reserves • See magnificent African game and marine life • Excellent and varied South African cuisine

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA Oudtshoorn

CAPE TOWN

Montagu

Knysna

Cape of Good Hope

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

INDIAN OCEAN

Kariega Game Reserve Tsitsikamma National Park

PORT ELIZABETH

Guided Touring

Most walks are part day between 2-6 miles on undulating terrain. On Table Mountain we have the choice of a hard walk with an 0F› ascent of approximately 2,000ft ªŸ„ or the cable car to the top and a walk along the summit.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-5: arrive in Cape Town (4 nights). Our stay in the spectacular city of Cape Town includes walks on Table Mountain and at the dramatic Cape Point Nature Reserve as well as visits to Kirstenbosch botanical gardens with a specialist guide, Boulders Beach penguin colony, the historic centre and the infamous Robben Island. Day 6: enjoy a walk in the beautiful Cape Winelands, an area of rolling hills and patchwork fields. We walk with a specialist wine guide from the area, call in at a winery for tastings and visit Franschhoek, where French Huguenots settlers established the first vineyards. We continue to the charming country town of Montagu (1 night). Day 7: this morning we head east, through the port wine producing area of Calitzdorp, arriving for lunch at Oudtshoorn, the famed ostrich farming area. We continue to the Swartberg Mountains and the small village of De Rust (1 night) and stay at Housemartin Guest Lodge, an attractive Victorian manor house. We take an afternoon walk into the Meiringspoort gorge and enjoy a South African braai for dinner. Day 8: we journey over the Prince Albert Pass to the beautiful Knysna Lagoon. We take a boat trip to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, with its pristine natural environment, and enjoy a walk with great ocean views. Continue along the coast to Tsitsikamma (2 nights).

Dates & Prices - AFWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

18 February

£3,155

£2,475

22 September

£3,250

£2,495

20 October

£3,250

£2,495

Prices include: • 10 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from lunch on day 2 to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local tour director and local guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned sprinter/coach

Information

• Single room: £560 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 2, finish on Day 12

Day 9: enjoy a full day's walk in the Tsitsikamma National Park in the heart of the Garden Route, an area of abundant plant life where rivers flow through rocky ravines to the Indian Ocean surf. A boat trip and walk leads to the famous suspension bridge between the dramatic cliffs at Storms River mouth. Days 10-11: experience Africa’s remarkable wildlife at Kariega Game Reserve (2 nights). Set high above the Kariega River valley, this 6,000 hectare reserve is home to lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard, rhino, hippo, hyena and giraffe, as well as abundant birdlife. Enjoy afternoon game drives and a bush walk with a naturalist guide, as well as a walk on the beach at nearby Kenton-on-Sea. Day 12: transfer to Port Elizabeth for the flight home via Johannesburg. Day 13: arrive UK.

“I would highly recommend this tour to everyone who likes to go on walking tours” Doreen Allan

Accommodation A selection of 4-star hotels and lodges chosen for their excellent locations, character and service. These range from the city centre Garden Court de Waal, close to the foot of Table Mountain, to a charming Victorian manor house at De Rust, and traditional style safari lodges in some of the best game viewing areas of Africa.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Cape Town. Return flights are from Port Elizabeth via Johannesburg to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in South Africa

South Africa

The Drakensberg & Zululand Holiday Highlights • Walking on some of the world’s best trails in the mighty Drakensberg Mountains • Stay in luxurious lodges in the mountains and countryside • Walks in the Anglo-Zulu battlefields with a specialist guide • Visit the Elephant Coast and enjoy fascinating bush walks and a lake cruise

JOHANNESBURG

Ghost Mountain Isandlwana Royal Natal National Park

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA

D

ra

ke ns

be

rg

M ou

nt

ai

ns

Cathedral Peak

LESOTHO

DURBAN

Walks are part-day and full day with opportunities to walk direct from the hotels. Distances are Guided Trekking from 1 to 11 miles. Ascents range 0F› from virtually nil to 2,100ft with ªŸ„ some rough terrain and steep ascents. In the Drakensberg there are opportunities to do challenging hikes including the ascent to the spectacular Amphitheatre summit.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrive in Durban and drive up the Elephant Coast to Ghost Mountain Inn (2 nights), a lovely place to relax in the South African countryside. Walk up Ghost Mountain, which local legend says is haunted, and enjoy a guided walk through the Mukuzi Game Reserve, arranged by special exclusive permission from the park. We will also take a cruise on Lake Jozini, where you may see hippo, crocodile, rhino and elephant. Days 4-5: journey into the heart of Zululand and the luxurious Isandlwana Lodge (2 nights), with a beautiful setting overlooking the Isandlwana battlefield and South African plains. We explore this area of rolling hills, visiting a traditional Zulu village and enjoy a guided walk and a talk by a local battlefield specialist. The story of the Anglo–Zulu War battles of Isandlwana and Rorke’s Drift will be brought expertly to life in the settings in which they took place. Day 6: travel to the mountains of the central Drakensberg, an area that includes some of South Africa’s highest peaks, hidden valleys and precious San rock art. Stay in the heart of the mountains at the splendid Cathedral Peak Hotel (3 nights), surely among the best walking hotels in the world. This afternoon enjoy a hill walk to the nearby bushman paintings.

Days 7-8: the spectacular Cathedral Peak range offers a great variety of excellent walks to suit all tastes, often directly from the hotel. Memorable walks in these magnificent mountains include the scenic Rainbow Gorge and the Contour Path to Mushroom Rock. Day 9: drive north to the Royal Natal National Park part of the Drakensberg chain where we stay at the Cavern Resort (3 nights). After lunch there will be the opportunity to stretch your legs on the trails leading out from the lodge, with spectacular mountain views. Days 10-11: enjoy two excellent full days of walking in the Royal Natal National Park, including the magnificent Tugela Gorge hike, and the Amphitheatre. Day 12: morning at leisure before an afternoon transfer to Johannesburg for the flight home. Day 13: arrive UK.

Accommodation Enjoy warm South African hospitality and excellent food in stunning locations. The Cavern Resort has views of the spectacular Royal Natal National Park and the Cathedral Peak Hotel is in the heart of the mountains. Isandlwana Lodge is a lovely boutique lodge with views across the battlefields plains and Ghost Mountain Inn is a secluded retreat with excellent facilities.

Dates & Prices - DKWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

1 March

£3,050

£2,350

1 November

£3,155

£2,395

Prices include: • 10 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from lunch on day 2 to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local tour director and local guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus.

Information

• Single room: £510 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 2, finish on Day 12

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Durban via Johannesburg. Return flights are from Johannesburg to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Kenya

Kenyan Safari

Holiday Highlights • See lions, other big cats, elephants, giraffes, grazing herds and much more on walks and game drives • National Parks of Masai Mara, Hell’s Gate and walks in the Rift Valley • Stay in small, luxurious safari camps and lodges • View outstanding bird life in the company of expert guides

UGANDA KENYA Nakuru

Mt Kenya

Ab

er da

re

Lake Victoria

Lake Naivasha

Masai Mara

TANZANIA

Nyeri Karatina ng e Naivasha

Ra

Hell’s Gate National Park

NAIROBI

Guided Touring

The emphasis is on walking and wildlife viewing with walks on 8 of the 13 days. Many walks are 3-4 hours, mostly on easy terrain and 0F› led by local, knowledgeable ªŸ„ guides.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival in Nairobi (1 night). Days 2-3: transfer to Nyeri and Sangare Tented Camp (2 nights). Here we enjoy our first African game walks, encountering giraffe, zebra, antelope and lovely bird life, with views of the Aberdares Valley and Mount Kenya. Day 4: an early drive takes us to Solio Ranch which has the world's largest concentration of black rhinos. We spend a night in the stunning setting of The Ark tree lodge in the Aberdares (1 night). Days 5-7: a morning drive via the colourful Naivasha market takes us to Lake Naivasha (3 nights) where we stay at Salewa Lodge. This is the region of the giant yellow-barked Acacia and Euphorbia, with Lake Naivasha forming a scenic backdrop. We walk on Crescent Island where over 200 species of birds have been recorded. At the Crater Lake Game Sanctuary we have the chance to see acrobatic colobus monkeys as well as eland, giraffe and zebra. In Hell’s Gate National Park, where we find true African savannah, we will walk amidst giraffe, warthog and gazelle. Days 8-9: transfer to Lake Elementaita (2 nights) in Africa's Rift Valley. Stay at Sunbird Lodge where your verandah enjoys unspoilt views across the lake. We walk around the picturesque alkaline lake, surrounded by the Kikopey Hills and nearby hot springs, and visit a local school.

Dates & Prices - KEWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*

18 February

£3,360

£2,695

5 July

£3,360

£2,695

22 September

£3,360

£2,695

Prices include: • 12 night’s accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from breakfast on day 2 to lunch on day of departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by expert naturalist local guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by minibus or jeep

Information

• Single room: £504 • No flight holidays finish on day 13 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Days 10-12: arguably the best Kenyan wildlife is seen at Masai Mara (3 nights) and we spend 3 days devoted to game viewing from our base. The Mara has been called the Kingdom of Lions, and our drives provide the perfect opportunity to witness the fascinating world of these marvellous animals as well as buffalo, hyena, cheetah and much more besides. A short hike along the Talek River brings us the reward of seeing small game and birdlife as well as a visit to a typical 'manyatta' or homestead of the local people. Day 13: leaving the Masai Mara we travel to colonial Kiambethu Tea Farm for lunch and a walk around the tea trails of the plantation before transferring to Nairobi for our evening flight home. Day 14: arrive UK.

Accommodation We stay in comfortable lodges and luxury safari camps brimming with character. All are en-suite, have a high standard of meals and facilities and offer a comfortable way to experience the wilds of Africa. It is possible to take walks directly from several of the lodges. From the luxurious Sangare Tented Camp set around Sangare Lake to the imaginatively designed Arle, and the individual thatched cottages of Sunbird Lodge, the character of your accommodation will be a highlight of your holiday.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Nairobi. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Tanzania

Kilimanjaro

The Roof of Africa

Holiday Highlights • Trek to the roof of Africa • See sunrise from the summit of the highest mountain in Africa, the highest freestanding mountain in the world • Follow the scenic and less crowded Lemosho route, with plenty of time to acclimatise • Option to relax on the Indian Ocean in exotic Zanzibar, or to discover the wildlife of the Ngorongoro crater

KENYA

Nairobi

Lake Victoria Serengeti National Park

Ngorongoro Conservation Area

Mt Kilimanjaro

Mt Meru

TANZANIA

Moshi Arusha

Dar es Salaam

Kilimanjaro is not a technical climb, but the trek is made challenging by the altitude, with the summit at Guided Trekking 5,895m / 19,341ft. Each day’s 0F› walk on the climb varies between 2 and 5ªŸ„ hours, with an elevation gain of on average 2,000ft per day (4,000ft on summit day). You will be provided with first-rate support before and during your trip.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival at Arusha (1 night) in the shadow of Mount Meru and meet your local trip leader. Day 2: depart on your trek towards the mighty Kilimanjaro (7 nights), taking the Lemosho Glades route. This remote, beautiful route gives us time to acclimatise and enjoy the mountain away from the crowds. We begin our trek at Londorossi Gate, with a leisurely pace taking us through afromontane forest to our first night’s camp. Day 3-4: our next two days see us ascending to the Shira crater and its plateau. As the vegetation thins we are treated to our first direct views of Kilimanjaro’s peak. Optional afternoon walks are offered on day 4 to help acclimatise. Day 5: a steady hike through alpine desert to Lava Tower*, where we acclimatise at the southern flank of Kibo. For those with extra energy in the afternoon, there’s the option to scramble to the top of the tower. *Depending on the progress of the group, we may descend into Barranco valley camp instead of camping at Lava Tower. Day 6-7: our first challenge is the Barranco Wall, from where we trek through spectacularly rugged scenery and on to the Karanga Valley for an afternoon to acclimatise. Sunsets here are stunning, with a backdrop of the southern glacial valleys and its icefields towering 1,000m above us. On to Barafu Camp for splendid views over the Mawenzi volcano. Arriving by lunchtime gives us plenty of time to relax before our summit bid.

Day 8: this morning we reach our ultimate goal, the roof of Africa and Uhuru Peak. After sunrise and celebrations on the peak we descend the glacial valley to Mweka Camp. Day 9: a steady descent from the mountain into the rainforest, and a transfer back to a well deserved shower and a celebration dinner at our hotel in Arusha (1 night). Day 10: transfer to the airport for our return flight home. Day 11: arrive UK.

Zanzibar and Safari extensions Relax after your adventure with the option of extending your holiday with a restful retreat on the exotic island of Zanzibar, or a safari to discover the wildlife of the famous Ngorongoro crater. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for more details and prices.

Accommodation We have made our trek as comfortable as possible – using larger tents (3 person tents used for 2 people), including a mess tent, and a private portable toilet. Tents are equipped with foam mattresses and pillow. -18°C sleeping bag and liner are also included. Your stay in Arusha is at the modern, excellently equipped Arusha Hotel, with its large tropical gardens, and swimming pool: the ideal place to relax.

Dates & Prices - KMWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

14 July

£2,715

£1,995

22 September

£2,715

£1,995

Prices include: • 9 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms, and in twobedded tents on the trek • Full Board • A fully supported trek, led by expert, qualified local mountain guides • Entrance fees to Kilimanjaro National Park and travel by minibus or jeep

Information

• Single room: £180 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Amsterdam to Kilimanjaro. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Morocco

Morocco

Atlas to the Atlantic

Holiday Highlights • Journey through the Atlas and Anti Atlas, through mountains, valleys, desert and kasbahs • Stay in beautiful traditional riads with great character and comfort • Enjoy sea breezes and scenic strolls along the coast from sleepy Essaouria • Walk with specialised Berber walking guides in their ancestral regions

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

MARRAKECH

MOROCCO

Western High Atlas National Park Cascades D’Ouzoud Ait Bougamez

Essaouira

M’Goun Jbel Toubkal

Ourika

High Atlas

ALGERIA

NEW

Guided Touring

Distances are between 6-10 miles. Sections of the paths in the mountains can be rough, and some journeys to walks involve 0F› travel on dirt roads.ªŸ„ Travelling days include walks or sightseeing stops.

·ºŸ

Days 1-2: arrival in Marrakech at our centrally located riad (2 nights). Our walking tour introduces us to the souks and stalls of this imperial city, and to the magical hubbub of the Djemma el Fna. Days 3-6: travelling into the heart of the High Atlas, we stay in a lovely kasbah (4 nights), from where we explore the stunning Ait Bougamez “Happy Valley”, the World Heritage Site of Tighrempt, unearth dinosaur footprints, and enjoy an insight into Berber life as we lunch with a local family. These walks afford us fantastic views as far as the Sahara and the Mgoun massif, and give us an introduction to traditional Moroccan village life. Day 7: after a leisurely start, we travel to the famous Cascades D’Ouzoud. Our walk today finishes at the waterfalls, after exploring the gorge and spotting its resident wild macaque monkeys (1 night). Day 8: today we discover the pomegranate and cactus-cloaked slopes of the Demnate hills, before continuing our journey to Ourika (1 night). Day 9-10: leaving the Atlas we drive towards the Atlantic coast for 2 nights in a Bedouin style luxury camp. Our walks are accompanied by camels and “camelteers”, as we wind our way through coastal sand dunes and villages.

Dates & Prices - MRWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

14 May

£1,850

£1,595

10 September

£1,850

£1,595

8 October

£1,850

£1,595

Prices include: • 11 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms, 2 nights’ luxury camping with shared facilities • Full Board, excluding 4 lunches and 1 dinner • A full programme of guided walks, led by specialist local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £364 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Day 11-12: this morning we continue to the whitewashed walls and sandy beaches of the fishing town of Essaouria (2 nights), exploring Sidi Karouri in the afternoon, walking where sand dune meets sea. A free day tomorrow, to explore the alleyways and medina of this 18th century UNESCO town. Day 13: return to Marrakech (1 night) where we have the afternoon free, perhaps to visit the Majorelle gardens, the palace or the tanneries, or to do some souvenir shopping before a farewell dinner. Day 14: return flight home.

Accommodation Our hotels have been carefully selected to offer you real character and comfort and a true flavour of Morocco. We stay in charming riads and converted kasbahs with good standards and facilities, local decor and a warm friendly welcome. We stay two nights in a luxury camp, offering comfortable twin beds and a central ‘caidal’ tent, used for eating and socialising. This is a lovely way to experience tradition and the unspoilt areas of the country.

Travel

We offer return flights from London Heathrow to Marrakech. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Jordan

Jordan

Petra and the Ancient Lands Holiday Highlights • Explore the many trails around ancient Petra, away from the crowds • Experience the rich history of Jordan from before Biblical times to the Romans and Crusaders • Float in the Dead Sea • Spend nights under the stars in a Bedouin camp in Wadi Rum, in the footsteps of Lawrence of Arabia

JORDAN

Jordan River

• Walk on the Al Ayoun trail through verdant valleys and small villages

Jerash

AMMAN Dead Sea Spa

Madaba

Dead Sea

Karak

Dana Nature Reserve

Petra

Guided Touring

Walks vary from a relaxed exploration of the Roman city of Jerash to trails in the untouched canyons leading to 0F› Petra. Most days involve moderate walking in ªŸ„ extraordinary scenery. Trails can be rocky underfoot.

·ºŸ

Days 1-3: arrive in Amman (3 nights). We head north for a guided walking tour of Jerash, one of the biggest preserved Roman cities outside of Rome and spend a day walking the Al Ayoun trail. This historic route leads past simple villages, fig and pomegranate orchards and quiet, green valleys that have been farmed for centuries. We enjoy lunch hosted by a local family. Day 4: we journey south to walk in the picturesque gorge of Wadi Ibn Hammad before continuing south to our comfortable camp in the Dana Nature Reserve (1 night) where a delicious fresh local dinner will be waiting for us. This is an area of rich history, outstanding natural beauty and has an abundance of diverse flora and fauna. Day 5: morning free for walks in the Dana Nature Reserve with its peaks and valleys, and a visit to Dana village overlooking the scenic Wadi Dana which has been inhabited since around 4,000 BC. Later we head for Petra (3 nights). Days 6-7: spend two full days exploring Petra’s extraordinary labyrinth of ancient canyons, rock-hewn temples and monuments, all dating from before Roman times. As the light changes through the day, our guide will take us to the remarkable Treasury, the theatre and nearby Little Petra. There will be the option to take a

Dates & Prices - JDWHW Flight & transfer included Wadi Rum Aqaba

Yes

No

31 March

£2,155

£1,675

28 April

£2,075

£1,655

15 September

£2,075

£1,655

13 October

£2,195

£1,685

27 October

£2,135

£1,655

Prices include: • 7 nights’ hotel accommodation in en-suite rooms, 3 nights' comfortable camping with full facilities • Full Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure, except 2 dinners • A full programme of guided walks, led by local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £300 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

rewarding hike around the back of the ancient city, where few people tread, arriving at the amazing vista of the monastery. Day 8: take the Madras Trail to the Royal Tombs from where there are astounding views of the whole Petra area. We then head south to Wadi Rum (2 nights), where we explore the remarkable desert landscapes made famous by Lawrence of Arabia. We camp under the desert skies and enjoy a delicious Bedouin feast. Day 9: walk over dunes and bright pink sandstone for stunning views across the canyons and desert. Take an afternoon jeep tour further into the wadi and walk to a viewpoint to watch the beautiful sunset, before heading back to our Bedouin camp. Day 10: after an optional morning camel trek we travel north and visit Madaba and the mosaic church of St George. We continue to the Dead Sea Spa (1 night) for a unique floating experience. Day 11: transfer to Amman for our return flight.

“An excellent mix of sightseeing and walking” Jane Dickson

Accommodation Stay in a selection of 3 and 4-star hotels with excellent facilities and handy locations. In Petra we stay at the charming Beit Zaman, built to resemble a traditional village. It is brimming with character, has comfortable rooms, an excellent range of facilities and includes a pool with views over the Petra mountains. In Dana Nature Reserve and the Wadi Rum we stay in simple comfortable camps with shared facilities.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Amman. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Turkey

Turkey

Caverns of Cappadocia Holiday Highlights • Discover Cappadocia’s fairytale landscapes, painted cave churches and stunning gorges

Guided Touring

Walks, some on uneven surfaced paths, range from 2 to 6 miles. Many are on the flat and the greatest ascent on0F› any one walk is 800ft. ªŸ„

• Exclusive boutique cave style hotel • Explore Istanbul – meeting place of continents and cultures • Enjoy traditional fresh Anatolian cuisine

BLACK SEA

ISTANBUL Nevsehir

TURKEY

Ankara

Nevsehir Cappadocia Marmaris

Antalya

Rhodes

MEDITERRANEAN SEA

CYPRUS

SYRIA

·ºŸ

Day 1: fly to Istanbul (3 nights). Day 2: the morning begins with a boat trip on the Bosphorus, where Europe meets Asia, and a walk along the Black Sea coast to Genoese Castle, with lunch at a village restaurant. Day 3: enjoy a full day walking tour of Istanbul. Stroll to the great square, once the Byzantine Hippodrome and now bordered by the Blue Mosque and the huge Basilica Cistern. Our tour is crowned by a visit to the Topkapi Palace, an assemblage of museums containing collections amassed by the Sultans over almost five centuries. No trip to Istanbul would be complete without a visit to the Grand Bazaar, one of the largest covered buildings in the world, parts of which date from 1464. Day 4: a short flight to Nevs˛ehir in Cappadocia (6 nights) where we follow routes designed to bring us into close contact with the natural and man-made features of this unusual region. Walk up to Uçhisar Castle for magnificent views of Göreme Valley and a trail through ‘Pigeon Valley’ to Maccan. Day 5: after a visit to the fascinating Göreme World Heritage Site, a pilgrimage centre where rock churches were carved by Christians in the 4th century, we continue to Zelve Pas¸abag˘

Dates & Prices - TKWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*

13 April

£1,675

£1,485

11 May

£1,675

£1,485

1 June

£1,675

£1,485

7 September

£1,675

£1,485

12 October

£1,675

£1,485

and the Devrent Valley, where we find the most interesting fairy chimneys. Day 6: our focus today combines the remarkable Derinkuyu Underground City, dating from 2,000BC, with a walk in the IIhara Valley, a deep canyon with churches cut from the rock, resplendent with frescoes. Day 7: a free day to relax or enjoy activities such as hot air ballooning, wine tasting or horse riding. Day 8: few of Cappadocia’s cave villages are as steeped in history as much as the Mustafapasa. Later we’ll walk in the Soganli valleys and visit the beautiful churches with well preserved frescoes dating from the 9th to the 13th century, and visit Sobesos, a recently discovered Roman city. We have the opportunity to sample delicious local wines with a visit to Kizilcukur. Day 9: enjoy a half day walk through the charming traditional villages of Zindan, Önü and Çavus¸in, with the chance to taste some traditional local food. Day 10: fly to Istanbul and take an onward return flight.

Accommodation In Istanbul we stay at a 4-star city centre hotel. In Cappadocia we stay at the wonderful Argos Evleri cave hotel, a truly memorable experience. The hotel is a luxurious 4-star where historical dwellings have been restored to offer large comfortable rooms, beautifully decorated with Ottoman-style furnishings. The hotel sits on the site of an ancient monastery in old Uçhisar village and includes many original details. Facilities include an excellent restaurant and terraces with splendid views across the valley and mountains.

Prices include: • 9 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by a knowledgeable local tour director • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned coach

Information

• Single room: £594 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Internal flights are included

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Istanbul. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Holiday Highlights • Spectacular landscapes: waterfalls, glaciers and geysers • Varied walks through constantly changing scenery, with long hours of daylight • Relax in natural hot springs and the famous Blue Lagoon • Experience the history of the Vikings and Icelandic sagas

ICELAND Gullfoss

REYKJAVIK Selfoss

AT L A N T I C OCEAN

Thórsmörk

Skaftafell National Park

Guided Touring

Walking in Iceland

Wonders of Iceland

Walks are a mixture of part-day and full day, and are between 1 and 10 miles, mainly on well- marked paths. There are some 0F› sections over rockierªŸ„terrain on the harder of the walks.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrival in Reykjavik (1 night). Begin your holiday with a soak in the hot springs of the Blue Lagoon, a short mountain stroll on Thorbjorn, or relax and explore the city before dinner. Days 2-3: explore Thorsmork valley (2 nights), an area renowned for its hiking, through gorges, glaciers and birch forests. Our days here include walks to the glaciers at Stakkholtsgja Gorge and to Landmannalaugar, an active volcanic zone with an amazing array of colourful rock formations and crater lakes. There’s also the chance to relax in natural hot springs. Days 4-6: travelling across the south of the island, we make a stop at the dramatic seashore of Reynisfjara, before continuing through the landscape of black sandy plains and impressive lava fields of Skaftafell National Park (3 nights). Walks explore the park and the nearby glacier lagoon. A free afternoon gives us the opportunity for a boat tour through the icebergs, or maybe some bird-watching (both payable locally). Day 7: journeying west, our walks today take us to the rugged Fjardrargljufur canyon and the spectacular Skogarfoss waterfall, before arriving at Selfoss (1 night). Our walk to Skogarfoss takes us up close to the 60m falls for terrific views. We stop a while at the visitor centre at Thorvaldseyri to learn about the recent eruption of Eyjafjallajokull.

Day 8-9: some of Iceland’s most dramatic sights await as we travel through the “Golden Circle” and on to the Snaefellsnes Penninsula (2 nights). Sights include the 32m “Golde” waterfall of Gullfoss, the Strokkur geyser, glaciers, and beautiful walks discovering the starkly beautiful cliff tops and empty beaches of the Snaefellsness National Park. The park has opportunities for fantastic walks, and is often referred to as Iceland in miniature. Snaefellsness is dominated by the Snaefellsjökull glacier, the setting for Jules Verne's Journey to the centre of the Earth. Day 10: our return to Reykjavik (1 night) has some impressive stops too, as we visit Borgarfjordur, for walks to the Grabrok crater, and to every photographer’s delight – the Hraunfossar, Barnafoss, and Glymur waterfalls. We return to Reykjavik with a little leisure time to explore the museums, harbour and cafes, before our farewell dinner. Day 11: Transfer to Reykjavik airport for our flight home.

Accommodation We stay in comfortable 3-star hotels, making use of some of the excellent facilities of the modern Fosshotel chain of accommodation that are located throughout Iceland. All hotels feature comfortable rooms, welcoming dining and lounge areas, and are well equipped for our walking groups. The accommodation is located in some of the most stunning Icelandic scenery and national park land.

Dates & Prices - ICWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No

3 July

£2,975

£2,655

7 August

£2,975

£2,655

Prices include: • 10 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board excluding 1 lunch • A full programme of guided walks, led by a experienced local leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by air-conditioned coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £480 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee; £5 per person

Travel

We offer return flights from London Heathrow to Reykjavik. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in The Azores

The Azores Island Hopping Holiday Highlights • Discover this lush and exotic archipelago lying in the midst of the Atlantic Ocean • Walk the crater rim of the blue and green lagoons of Sete Cidades on São Miguel • Visit the famous fajãs underneath the cliffs of São Jorge and the UNESCO town of Angra do Heróismo • Sail from Faial to the mighty Mt Pico, the highest peak of the Atlantic

GRACIOSA

FAIAL Horta

SÃO JORGE

TÉRCEIRA

Velas S.Roque de Pico

Angra Do Heroismo

Mt Pico

THE AZORES

Ponta Delgada

Furnas

SÃO MIGUEL

Guided Touring

NEW Walks are on good paths and range from 2 to 8 miles, mixed with a wide range of sightseeing. There is an additional option to 0F› ascend Mt Pico (7,713ft), ªŸ„ the highest peak in the Atlantic, at a supplementary cost.

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrive in Ponta Delgada on São Miguel, the largest island in the group, also known as the Ilha Verde. Days 2-4: the famous crater lakes of Sete Cidades, one blue and the other green, start our tour of the island as we walk around the crater rim. A stroll around the charming capital town Ponta Delgada, with its pedestrianised streets and esplanade around the harbour, the botanical gardens of the old spa town of Furnas and a full day of sightseeing around the entire island will also be enjoyed. Days 5-6: fly to the unspoilt island of Terceira and spend the afternoon exploring the delightful World Heritage town of Angra do Heroísmo. The next day enjoy a full day exploring the island’s mix of geological wonders, beautiful green landscapes and historic towns. Days 7-9: fly to São Jorge and transfer to Velas, with its pretty harbour and tiny streets. Sâo Jorge is famous for its fajãs nestled below dramatic cliffs, and our first walk visits three of the most beautiful set on the northern coast. An easy walk across the spine of the island to the village of Norte Grande offers magnificent views.

Days 10-11: sail to Faial and the picturesque port of Horta, which we can explore in the afternoon. Our full day tour takes us to Caldera for magnificent views of Mt Pico and to Capelinhos with its dramatic lines of volcanic cones leading to the crater. Day 12: take the ferry a short ride to Pico, dominated by Mt Pico, the highest mountain of the Atlantic. After a short tour, we enjoy a walk on the slopes back down to the harbour. There is an option to ascend Mt Pico for a supplement. Day 13: free day on Faial with optional whale and dolphin watching. Day 14: return fight to Ponta Delgada. Day 15: transfer to airport for final departure.

Accommodation We stay in the carefully selected 3-star and 4-star hotels chosen for their high standards, good food and accessibility to our sightseeing and walking tours.

Dates & Prices - AZWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*

12 May

£2,399

£1,899

8 September

£2,449

£1,949

October

£2,399

£1,899

Prices include: • 14 nights' Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks and sightseeing with expert local guides • Travel by minibus, taxi or coach around the islands • Travel between the islands by plane or ferry

Information

• Single room: £420 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (supplement upon request) to Ponta Delgada. There are also direct flights from USA and Canada for Independent travellers. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort – see page 236. Price per taxi £22 single. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Romania

Transylvania & the Painted Monasteries Holiday Highlights • Discover colourful historic towns and medieval villages in the heart of Transylvania • Encounter Bran Castle one of Romania’s most visited sites, home of Bram Stoker’s Dracula • Visit the exquisite Painted Monasteries now on the UNESCO World Heritage list • Explore the Old Town of Bucharest and Ceausescu’s outrageous People’s Palace

HUNGARY

Suceava

Painted Monasteries

MOLDOVA

Sighisoara

ROMANIA

Bran Castle

Carpathian Mountains

Brasov

Poiana Brasov

BUCHAREST

SERBIA be

nu

Da

BULGARIA

UKRAINE

Guided Touring

NEW

Walks are on good paths and range from 2 to 6 miles, with some short steep ascents to castles, mixed with a wide 0F› range of sightseeing. ªŸ„

·ºŸ

Day 1: arrive in Bucharest and travel to Poiana Bras¸ov, in the heart of Transylvania. Day 2: enjoy gentle strolls around the beautiful city of Bras¸ov, fringed by the peaks of the Southern Carpathian Mountains. On our guided walking tour, we’ll visit the resplendent gothic Black Church, the Council House with its mixture of baroque and renaissance architecture and follow parts of the original medieval wall. Days 3-4: visit Rasnov, the dramatic hill top fort built by the Teutonic knights in the 13th Century, take the Poiana Bras¸ov cable car for panoramic views over the pretty resort and the mighty Carpathians. Discover the true stories behind the eerie Bran castle, home of Bram Stoker’s Dracula. Days 5-6: travel to Sighisoara, renowned as one of the most beautiful and best-preserved medieval towns in Europe with its colourful houses and cobbled streets. This perfectly intact 16th century gem is also the birthplace of the legendary Vlad the Impaler. We’ll also take a tour into the local countryside to visit small Transylvanian villages steeped in the traditions of the past.

Day 7: transfer to Suceava, once the capital of Moldova and the gateway to visiting the Painted Monasteries of Bucovina, the most picturesque treasures of Romania. Days 8-9: we’ll spend two days exploring the Painted Monasteries, deemed masterpieces of Byzantine art in Europe. Seven of the best preserved monasteries are now on the UNESCO World Heritage list. Day 10: fly to Bucharest. We’ll have time to explore the vibrant old town of Bucharest and walk to Caeusescu’s People’s Palace, a fittingly outrageous tribute to the dictator. Day 11: return flight home.

Accommodation We stay in the carefully selected superior 3-star and 4-star hotels chosen for their accessibility to sightseeing and walking.

Dates & Prices - ROWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*

15 June

£1,599

£1,299

7 September

£1,599

£1,299

Prices include: • 10 nights’ Half Board en-suite accommodation • A full programme of guided walks and sightseeing with expert local guides • Travel by minibus or coach around Romania • Internal flight between Suceava and Bucharest

Information

• Single room: £186 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow and Manchester (supplement upon request) to Bucharest. Our Airport Taxi service operates at this resort – see page 236. Price per taxi £45 single. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Sri Lanka

Jewels of Sri Lanka Holiday Highlights • An island rich in culture with a great variety of landscapes • Walk in Sri Lanka’s central hills, through tea estates and former colonial hill stations • See the magnificent ancient cities of Sri Lanka’s golden age • Visit nature reserves and seek wildlife in the mist shrouded Horton Plains

GULF OF BENGAL

Anuradhapura

Dambula

Polonnaruwa

SRI LANKA Kandy

LACCADIVE SEA

COLOMBO Maint Lavinia

Kitulgala

Nuwara Eliya Horton Plains National Park

Guided Touring

Walks are mostly part day, walking in the cooler mornings and afternoons, exploring ancient ruins on foot, and walking 0F› on undulating pathsªŸ„through the hill country. Distances are between 2-10 miles on clear paths.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Day 2: arrival in Colombo and transfer to your accommodation (1 night) for some time to unwind in the gardens or by the pool. Days 3-4: head inland to ancient Hattikuchchi and continue to Anuradhapura (2 nights) for walks around the grandest city of ancient Ceylon, dating from the 2nd century BC. We climb the rocky hill of Mihintale, where Buddhism was introduced to Sri Lanka. Day 5: A nature walk in the Dambulla countryside gives an insight into village life. We then head to our relaxing resort, the Amaya Lake (2 nights). Day 6: walks at the 5th century rock fortress of Sigiriya, also known as the ‘Lion Rock’, to see the remarkably well preserved frescoes of the Heavenly Maidens. Later we travel to the medieval city of Polonnaruwa and see the Gal Vihara statues. Days 7-9: travel into hill country and the attractive city of Kandy (3 nights). We have time to explore the city on foot, visiting the excellent botanic gardens and the Temple of the Tooth. Plenty of time to relax and discover some of the tea trails from our hotel.

Dates & Prices - LKWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

20 January

£1,995

£1,395

17 February

£1,995

£1,395

19 October

£1,995

£1,395

23 November

£1,995

£1,395

Days 10-12: take the train through the hills to Hatton and continue by bus to picturesque Nuwara Eliya (3 nights). This small hill town is a well preserved example of colonial style from the era of the British tea plantations. Our walks here include tea trails along Gregory’s Lake, walks searching for wildlife on the mistshrouded Horton Plains, and a visit to the impressive Bakers Falls. Days 13-14: a long journey to the coast at Mount Lavinia. We stop en route to stretch our legs with a nature walk at Kitulgala and a visit to St Clair and Devon’s waterfalls. Our final day leaves us the option of relaxing by the beach at Mount Lavinia, or taking a trip to the historic fort at Galle (payable locally). Enjoy a slap-up seafood farewell dinner on the beach as a final evening celebration. Day 15: transfer to Colombo for our return flight home. Day 16: arrive home.

Accommodation A selection of 3 and 4-star resorts located in lovely locations on the beach, in the countryside and by lakes. Some lodges are converted colonial houses, some are modern holiday resorts with spas and pools, and all have great character. We use the comfortable Amaya spa resorts for 5 nights, staying at the welcoming Amaya Lake, and at the mountainside Amaya Hills. Visit our website for more information.

Prices include: • 13 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Half Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local tour director and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees, train journeys and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £481 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 2, finish on Day 15

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Colombo. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Vietnam

Vietnamese Highlights Holiday Highlights • Journey from south to north and experience the culture, history and landscapes

Guided Touring

Walks are between 1-5 miles with some gradual ascent on some days. There will be a choice of walks around Sapa0F› on two days, with the harder walks up to 9 miles ªŸ„ with up to about 1,500ft of ascent.

• Walk in the northern hill tribe areas • Cruise on beautiful Halong Bay, including an overnight stay on a traditional boat • Excellent hotels and delicious Vietnamese cuisine

CHINA

Lao Cai Sapa Hanoi

Halong Bay

LAOS

ng

ko

Me er

Riv

Hue

CAMBODIA

Danang Hoi An

SOUTH CHINA SEA

VIETNAM

HO CHI MINH CITY Mekong Delta

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-4: arrive in Ho Chi Minh City (3 nights) where we sample the sights of this vibrant city. We visit the astonishing labyrinthine underground tunnels at Cu Chi, used by the Viet Cong during the Vietnam War. We also spend a day exploring the Mekong Delta, including a river trip and walks in local villages. Days 5-6: fly to Danang and visit the Marble Mountains, then on to the ancient town of Hoi An (2 nights) with its narrow winding streets. Enjoy a leisurely exploration of the old town and harbour and visit the ancient temple complex of My Son, a World Heritage Site. Days 7-8: take the coastal road to Hue (2 nights), a centre of learning and former capital, where we visit the Forbidden Purple City and enjoy a dragon boat trip on the Perfume River. Day 9: fly to Hanoi (1 night) where we will explore the historic capital on foot, including a rickshaw ride through the twisting streets. This evening see the traditional water puppets show. Day 10: explore some of the countryside and villages around Hanoi, including the Tay Phuong pagoda. We return to Hanoi, where some day rooms are available to change, then take the overnight train into the hill country to Sapa.

Dates & Prices - VNWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*#

18 February

£2,725

£1,875

20 October

£2,810

£1,925

24 November

£2,810

£1,925

Prices include: • 12 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms, with 2 nights on board trains and 1 night on a deluxe boat in Halong Bay • Full Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure, except 1 lunch • All internal flights • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local tour director, local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees, train journeys and travel by air-conditioned coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £675 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Internal flights are included. # No flight holidays start on Day 2 and finish on Day 16

Days 11-12: we arrive in Sapa (2 nights) in the early morning for three full days of walks in the northern mountains, through rice terraces, rolling hills and small villages with people in traditional dress, where we can get a glimpse of the traditional way of life. Day 13: we have another full day in the Sapa area, with a visit to the lively and colourful markets. Take the night train back to Hanoi. Day 14: an early morning arrival in Hanoi and a chance to freshen up before we travel to Halong Bay (1 night). Take a relaxing cruise on the ‘Bay of the Descending Dragon’ with its picture-postcard islets and traditional fishing villages, and a walk on one of the small islands. We overnight on a deluxe traditional boat in the peaceful bay. Day 15: wake to the beautiful views of Halong Bay. Later we return to Hanoi (2 nights) visiting villages and pagodas along the way. Day 16: today is free to explore the capital further or shop for souvenirs. This evening enjoy a farewell dinner at our hotel. Day 17: transfer to the airport for departure.

Accommodation Our accommodation, though varied, is all of a high standard – using 4 and 5-star hotels throughout – ranging from the beautiful beach location of Hoi An beach resort, to the modern 5-star of the Sofitel Plaza in Hanoi. The highlight though has to be our evening’s accommodation cruising on our deluxe boat amidst the stunning setting of Halong Bay.

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Bangkok to Ho Chi Minh City. Return flights are from Hanoi via Bangkok to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in China

China

Oriental Adventure Holiday Highlights • Walk on the Great Wall of China • The astonishing Terracotta Army at Xi'an • Explore off the beaten track near beautiful Guilin • Visit the ancient China of Yunnan and walk in Tiger Leaping Gorge • End the tour in exciting Hong Kong and walk on the Dragon’s Back Trail

BEIJING YELLOW SEA

Ye ll

ow

Riv

er

CHINA

Xi’an

Shanghai

Tiger Leaping Gorge

Yangtze River

Lijiang

Yangshou

Guilin Li

er

Riv

HONG KONG SOUTH CHINA SEA

Guided Touring

Distances are generally between 2 and 8 miles. Ascents range from virtually nil up to 2,700ft. The itinerary will also include 0F› evening cultural andªŸ„theatrical shows in Beijing and Xi'an.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-5: arrival in the great imperial city of Beijing (4 nights) where we visit Tiananmen Square, the Forbidden City and see inside some of the historic courtyards of the hutongs. We visit the Summer Palace and enjoy the unforgettable experience of walking on the Great Wall, where we explore the quieter Simatai section. Days 6-7: flight to the ancient Silk Road city of Xi'an (2 nights) where we walk on the city walls and stroll the winding streets of the exotic Muslim quarter. The highlight of our stay is a visit to the vast burial place of the Terracotta Army – 7,000 individually crafted life-sized figures, complete with chariots and horses. Days 8-9: flight, via Kunming, to the mountains of Yunnan province and the picturesque old town of Lijiang (2 nights), where we visit the old town, with its winding streets criss-crossed by canals and ringed by rickety wooden buildings. Day 10: we travel into the mountains and walk through Tiger Leaping Gorge (1 night), where the Yangtze River surges through one of the world’s deepest gorges. We stay overnight in the gorge at the Tea Horse Guesthouse. Day 11: another great day of panoramic mountain views and timeless ethnic minority villages as we complete our trek and return to Lijiang (1 night).

Dates & Prices - PKWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*

1 September

£3,590

£2,850

27 October

£3,680

£2,870

Days 12-13: fly to Guilin (2 nights), to see the landscapes of the ancient Chinese watercolours, for walks in the hill terraces of the Longji Mountains. Days 14-15: cruise along the Li River to Yangshuo (2 nights) where we walk to a mountain retreat and explore this unique landscape of limestone peaks and patterns of inter-connecting rice fields. We will also see (weather permitting) a theatrical sound and light performance of ‘Liu San Jie’ in the natural setting of the Li River. Day 16: local walks, tea tastings and chinese painting. Return to Guilin and our flight to Hong Kong (2 nights). Day 17: take the funicular to Victoria Peak and enjoy walks with spectacular views of the city. Cross on the Star Ferry to Kowloon to explore, and enjoy the stunning light show across the Hong Kong skyline. Day 18: enjoy a morning ridge walk on the Dragon's Back Trail on Hong Kong Island for splendid views over the city and the South China Sea before our evening flight to the UK. Day 19: arrive UK.

Accommodation We use a selection of 4-star hotels in the various cities visited across China. All have a good range of facilities, comfortable en-suite rooms, and city centre locations. In Tiger Leaping Gorge we stay in a remote, extremely welcoming inn, well set up for walkers, with good food and a great atmosphere. Rooms are clean and comfortable with private bathrooms. In Yangshou we stay at the 3-star Paradise Resort, with its excellent central location. In Hong Kong we enjoy the comfort of the 4-star Metropark on Hong Kong Island.

Prices include: • 16 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Half Board plus 8 lunches • All internal flights • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local tour director, local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £544 • No flight holidays start on day 2 and finish on day 18 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Internal flights are included

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Beijing. Return flights are from Hong Kong to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Japan

Imperial Japan

Holiday Highlights • Walk the historic Nakasendo Path through charming rural villages, in the footsteps of feudal lords and samurai • Stay in ryokan, traditional Japanese inns • Walk in Tokyo, seeing its ultra modern side and hidden ancient quarters • Explore the gardens and temples of Kyoto, with a walk on the Philosopher’s Path • Walk by the ‘Fuji Five Lakes’ at the foot of Mount Fuji

Honshu Japan Alps

Narai Magome

JAPAN

PA C I F I C O C E A N

Kyoto

Hakone National Park

Mt Fuji

TOKYO

Guided Touring

A mixture of part-day walks, moderate trails and city sightseeing. Walking over easy to moderate terrain, ranging 0F› from level countryside paths to ªŸ„ trails of up to 8 miles with 1,150ft of ascent. Days on the Nakasendo Path are unhurried with plenty of time to enjoy the scenery.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrival in Tokyo (2 nights) where we take a walk through the ancient and modern areas of the city, including the grand Meiji Shrine, the park of the Imperial Palace and the dazzling Ginza district. Day 4: visit the famous 'snow monkeys' and enjoy the traditional hot spring ryoken at Yudanaka Onsen (1 night). Day 5: travel into the remote Kiso Valley to the Nakasendo Path (2 nights), the ‘road through the central mountains’, which linked ancient Tokyo to Kyoto in feudal times. Over the next two days we walk from village to village staying in ryokans while our luggage is taken by road. Today we begin our walk from the old post town of Nagiso. Day 6: we continue through a traditional and picturesque part of Japan, starting our day at the well-preserved post town of Tsumago for a real flavour of old Japan. We walk over the Magome Pass and stay in a lovely ryokan in Magome village.

Dates & Prices - JPWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

16 April

£3,580

£2,875

21 May

£3,580

£2,875

22 October

£3,580

£2,875

Days 7-9: take the train to Kyoto (3 nights), Japan’s ancient capital with its palaces, intricate shrines and beautiful gardens. We visit the Golden Pavilion, the Ryoan-ji zen rock garden, the geisha district and enjoy a walk on the Philosopher’s Path, lined with cherry trees, as well as a free day to explore. Days 10-11: travel on the bullet train to Hakone (2 nights). We take the cable cars to the Owakudani geothermal fields, with views of the iconic Mount Fuji, and walk on the Sugi-namiki Trail to the shores of Lake Ashinoko, lined with cedar trees. Day 12: morning walk on the shores of Lake Kawaguchi, at the foot of Mount Fuji. In the afternoon we return to Tokyo (1 night). Day 13: transfer to the airport for our return flight to the UK. Day 14: arrive UK.

“This was a fantastic holiday – gave us a really good introduction to Japan and its many facets” Ann and Gerry Lewis

Accommodation In Tokyo and Kyoto modern western-style hotels are used. In rural areas we stay in ryokan, traditional Japanese style inns. Rooms are always traditional with tatami (straw) matting and futons laid out in the evening; rooms are not usually en-suite. Evening meals are exquisitely prepared multi-course meals. They are unusual to westerners but are a unique and classic Japanese experience.

Prices include: • 11 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms* • Half Board from dinner on arrival to breakfast on departure, except one dinner and including two lunches • A full programme of guided walks, led by a local tour director and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees, train journeys and travel by coach or minibus * Accommodation in the Ryokans may not be en-suite

Information

• Single room: £363 (please note single rooms are only available in Tokyo, Kyoto and Hakone) • Accommodation in the ryokan is on a shared basis • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 2 and finish on Day 13

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow to Tokyo. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Thailand

Treasures of Thailand Holiday Highlights • Explore the resplendent temples and colourful canalside markets of Bangkok • Adjust to the tranquil rhythm of Thai life, walking amidst lush green mountains • Sample aromatic spices and enjoy an introduction to Thai cooking • Stroll around ancient Sukhothai, its stone temples and golden Buddhas • Walk along Hell Fire Pass and visit the infamous River Kwai

Chiang Mai

MYANMAR (BURMA)

Ampang

LAOS

Doi Inthanon National Park Sukhothai

THAILAND

Kanchanaburi River Kwai & Erawan National Park

ADAMAN SEA

BANGKOK

Samut Songkhram

GULF OF THAILAND

CAMBODIA

NEW

Guided Touring

Walks are between 2-6 miles, and often include a lot of steps. Some journeys to walks involve travel on dirt roads.0F› There are some long journeys,ªŸ„but all include walks or sightseeing stops en route.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrive in Bangkok (2 nights) and explore the heart of Thailand. Visit the famous historic buildings of the Old European Quarter, and the colourful China Old Town markets. Enjoy a dinner cruise, and a little time to relax. Days 4-5: experience local life travelling by train, boat and by private bus to Samut Songkhram (2 nights). Short walks take us to explore the Golden Hermitage at Wat Phummarin Kudi Thong, the traditional Thai houses in King Rama II Memorial Park, and riverside streets of the Amphawa Floating Market. Days 6-7: on to Kanchanaburi (2 nights) and the infamous Bridge over the River Kwai. We board the train to see the Death Railways and visit the War Cemetery and museum. Our walks contrast the dark history of Hell Fire Pass, with the natural beauty of Erawan National Park and its stunning, multi-tiered waterfalls. Days 8-9: travel to Uthai Thani (2 nights), for an insight into traditional Thai life. Walks introduce us to villagers, and let us try our hand at some of the local handicrafts. We also explore the UNESCO site of Huai Kha Khaeng wildlife sanctuary, learning about the inspirational Sueb Nakhasathien.

Phuket

Dates & Prices - TLWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No#

14 January

£2,750

£1,985

11 February

£2,750

£1,985

10 November

£2,795

£1,995

Days 10-11: the first kingdom of Siam, the UNESCO heritage centre of Sukhothai (2 nights). We explore this magnificent site, with ample time to take it all in. A morning lake cruise takes us to explore the bird conservation sanctuary of Bung Boraphet, home to 148 species of animals. Day 12: on to Lampang (1 night) and our riverside lodge, to learn about the local herbs, and maybe try a Thai massage. Days 13-16: we visit the Elephant Conservation Centre before our journey to the hub of Chiang Mai (4 nights) and its many attractions. Our walks take us to the cool mountains of Doi Inthanon National Park, to hear monks chanting at the golden temple of Doi Suthep, and to the picturesque Ratchaphruek Gardens. Evenings include an introduction to Thai cooking and a traditional kantoke dinner. Day 17: return flight home from Chiang Mai, via Bangkok. Day 18: arrive UK

Accommodation Stay in good quality 3 and 4-star hotels and lodges. From modern city hotels to unique river lodges, this is a true taste of Thailand. In the cities we use the Dusit and Movenpick chain hotels, all offering excellent facilities and city centre locations. In the country areas we have selected comfortable accommodation with plenty of character, set in some fantastic locations. Le Charme Sukhothani is a prime example – set just outside the grounds of the UNESCO ancient capital of Siam.

Prices include: • 15 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board except 1 lunch • A full programme of guided walks, led by specialist local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £330 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person # No flight holidays start on Day 2 and finish on Day 17 in Chiang Mai

Travel

We offer return flights from London Heathrow to Bangkok. Return flights are from Chiang Mai via Bangkok to London Heathrow. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Borneo

Borneo Adventure Holiday Highlights • Meet the “Wildman of Borneo” at the Sepilok Orangutan rehabilitation centre • Relax at one of our rainforest lodges • Discover the “Lost World” of Danum, and the tea trails of Sabah • Stroll around surrounded by a cacophony of tropical bird calls • Conquer the mythical Mt Kinabalu, or enjoy trails in Kinabalu National Park Mount Kinabalu & Mesilau Nature Resort Sandakan Kota Kinabalu Sukau

SOUTH CHINA SEA

Keningau Danum Valley

BORNEO

MAKASSAR STRAIT

NEW

Guided Touring

Distances are generally between 4 and 10 miles. Some journeys involve travel on dirt roads. Travelling days include walks 0F› or sightseeing stops en route. ªŸ„

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrive in Kota Kinabalu (2 nights). Once we’ve relaxed from the flight, it’s time to stretch our legs on our Kota Kinabalu heritage trail. Days 4-5: an early flight to Sandakan, for an encounter with the “Wildman of Borneo” at the Sepilok Orangutan rehabilitation centre. On to Sukau (2 nights) for a river cruise and rainforest walks searching for monkeys, hornbills and other wildlife. Days 6-7: a bumpy drive takes us into the heart of Danum Valley (2 nights), aptly named the “Lost World”. Nature trails, canopy walkways, and night walks introduce us to the true wilderness of Borneo. A trail to Coffin Cliff gives us a bird’s-eye view of the forest, and the opportunity to stop at the “Jacussi Pool” for a dip on our return. Day 8: a last morning walk or time to relax before our flight back to Kota Kinabalu (1 night). Days 9-10: scenic countryside en route to Keningau (2 nights). Cool mountain air and a nature trek to search for Rafflesia, the world’s largest flower. A walk through the countryside and a chance to mingle with villagers as we seek out the unique flora of the Crocker Range Park.

Dates & Prices - BAWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*#

21 April

£2,755

£1,995

7 July

£2,849

£1,995

15 September

£2,849

£1,995

Day 11: an early start today to the jungle trails of Poring Hot Springs. There’s the chance for a dip in the soothing hot springs set in the beautiful gardens here before continuing to the Sabah Organic Tea Plantation, where we spend the evening in their characterful cottages (1 night). Day 12: we explore tea trails and sample a little rainforest tea before we depart for the foothills of Mount Kinabalu, and the tranquil Mesilau Nature Resort (1 night). Guided walks give a fantastic insight to the flora and fauna that we will see over the next few days. *Mount Kinabalu climbers begin their trek today. * In Kinabalu Park there is the choice of climbing Mount Kinabaulu (supplementary charge), or exploring some of the shorter trails in the park. Days 13-14: our guide leads us through the park identifying a superb array of flora: Bird’s Nest Fern, orchids, climbing bamboos, Agathis. Late afternoon we return to Kota Kinabalu (2 nights). Our final day visits the islands of Tunku Abdul Rahman Park, where we can stroll, swim or snorkel and celebrate with a farewell BBQ on the beach. Day 15: return flight home. Day 16: arrive in the UK.

Accommodation Stay in a selection of jungle lodges, tea cottages, and comfortable hotels, all en-suite, with excellent facilities. The lodges and cottages especially offer the perfect introduction and a warm welcome to the island. Those who wish to climb Mount Kinabalu will spend 1 night in basic dormitory accommodation at the mountain hut.

Prices include: • 13 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board except 1 dinner • A full programme of guided walks, led by specialist local guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees, internal flights and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £611 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person • Mount Kinabalu supplement £315 * Internal flights are included # No flight holidays start on Day 2 and finish on Day 15

Travel

We offer return flights from London Heathrow to Kota Kinabalu via Kuala Lumpur. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Tibet

Journey to Tibet Holiday Highlights • The amazing ancient city of Lhasa and the Potala Palace • See rural Tibetan life and customs • The Drikung region, an area of emerald green valleys inhabited by nomadic yak herders in the summer • Views of Everest and the high Himalayas • Walk on spiritual trails and pilgrimage paths

TIBET Shigatse (Xigazê)

Shegar

KATHMANDU

Gyantse (Gyangzê)

Yamdrok Tso Lake

Mt Everest

NEPAL INDIA

Drikung Valley

Lhasa

BHUTAN

A selection of easy to moderate walks. Altitude is a major factor in determining how far and fast Guided Touring we walk, and can make an easy 0F› walk feel difficult. Time has been ªŸ„ built in to allow gradual acclimatisation in Nepal and then in Lhasa. The longest walk is 12 miles in the Tsapuk valley at 14,000ft (4,300m) altitude. Due to distances travelled and altitude, a good level of fitness is required.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Day 2: arrive Kathmandu (1 night). Days 3-4: we drive into the Kathmandu valley and visit Kopan monastery, with its large Tibetan population. We stay in Nagarkot (2 nights) for acclimatisation hikes in this picturesque area. Days 5-8: a spectacular flight brings us to Lhasa (4 nights) where we make leisurely visits to the Potala Palace and Jokhang, a truly moving experience. We also take trips to Norbulingka, the Dalai Lama’s Summer Palace, and enjoy outstanding views from the Pha Bong Kha pilgrims' trail. Day 9: head into central Tibet to Drikung (3 nights) where we have the memorable experience of staying in fully equipped safari tents or a simple guesthouse in this beautiful and serene valley. This afternoon we will walk to Drikung Thil monastery, where there is a sky burial site, and visit the primary school. During our stay we experience true Tibetan hospitality including an authentic traditional dance performance. Days 10-11: we spend our time exploring the Drikung region, with its unique Tibetan customs that have survived the centuries.

Dates & Prices - TIWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*#

20 June

£2,695

£1,995

18 July

£2,695

£1,995

We will visit the nunnery retreat, walk to hot springs and trek in the Tsapuk Valley, an untouched place where few westerners have trekked, with wildflowers, birds, and rare Tibetan blue sheep. Day 12: return to Lhasa (1 night) for some free time. Day 13: morning drive to the turquoise lake of Yamdrok Tso and over Karo La Pass to Gyantse (1 night) and stroll in the old town. Day 14: a morning’s walk to Kumbum Chorten then a drive to Shigatse (1 night) where we hike with pilgrims to Tashi Lhunpo Monastery, seat of the Panchen Lama. Day 15: we head over the Gyatso La Pass and on to Shegar Shen (1 night) where we walk to Tsip Ri, one of the holiest peaks in Tibet. Day 16: today is an incredibly scenic drive through the Himalayas with views of Mount Everest. We pass into Nepal and stay at The Last Resort (1 night) in comfortable safari tents, and may have time to stroll by the Bhote Kosi River. Day 17: we arrive in Kathmandu (1 night) and this afternoon have some free time for shopping or to relax before our farewell dinner. Day 18: return flight to the UK.

Accommodation All the accommodation we use in Tibet is privately owned, with 2-star hotels in Lhasa and Shigatse, and basic hotels in Gyantse and Shegar Shen. The nomad camp in Drikung is in comfortable, wellmade tents and The Last Resort close to the border in Nepal is in safari tents, both with shared facilities. At Drikung there is also simple accommodation available at the guesthouse; the number of rooms is limited. Please book early if you would prefer these.

Prices include: • 16 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms and camps with shared facilities • Single room can be requested but not guaranteed in Drikung Valley • Full Board • All internal flights • A full programme of guided walks, led by local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees, and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £320 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Kathmandu to Lhasa flight is included # No flight holidays start on Day 2

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow via Delhi to Kathmandu. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Bhutan

Bhutan Adventure Holiday Highlights • Untouched natural environment • Unique cultural experiences • The tranquillity of the Phobjikha and Bumthang valleys • A spiritual, proud and friendly country with a lack of commercialism • November departure to see rare migrating black-necked cranes

From Kathmandu

Punakha Trongsa Thimphu

PARO

BHUTAN

Phobjikha Valley

BUMTHANG VALLEY

Guided Touring

This is a culturally weighted sightseeing holiday with easy to moderate walks in the Himalayan foothills. Walks are 0F› 2-10 miles to a maximum altitude ofªŸ„10,500ft. The most difficult walk is to Taktsang Monastery, taken slowly, with approximately 460m of ascent over 2 miles.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Day 2: arrive Kathmandu (1 night) where we stay in the Kathmandu Valley with some time to explore. Day 3: take a spectacular flight over the Himalayas to Paro and then drive to Thimphu (1 night) and explore one of the world’s most unusual capital cities. A short stroll will introduce us to traditional art, the National Memorial Chorten and Tibetan-influenced temples. Days 4-5: a morning walk on the hillsides above Thimphu gives us great views of the valley. Later we drive over Dochula Pass, stopping for a walk with great views of the Himalayas, to Punakha (2 nights). Enjoy walks through the valley and visit Punakha Dzong, with its spectacular riverside setting. Day 6: morning visit to the Divine Madman Temple and continue to the stunning Phobjikha Valley, a huge glacial valley with a landscape untouched by the modern world and scattered with small villages. We walk in the valley to Gangtey Monastery and stay at a farm guesthouse in Gakiling village (1 night). Day 7: we cross the Pelila Pass and arrive in Trongsa (1 night) and walk in the semi-tropical valley with wonderful birdlife and many species of orchid.

Dates & Prices - BHWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*#

17 March

£3,115

£2,425

13 October

£3,115

£2,425

24 November

£3,115

£2,425

Days 8–9: after a walk around Trongsa Dzong, where the Bhutan royal family traces its roots, we continue deeper into Bhutan to the Bumthang Valley (2 nights). Few places on earth offer such a pure and untouched environment and we enjoy walks in the silent valley surrounded by nature and seemingly unaltered by the passage of time. Day 10: drive back to Punakha (1 night) and walk to the Chendebji Stupa and through the scenic villages nearby. Days 11-13: drive to Thimphu, visiting the colourful market, and continue to Paro (3 nights) one of Bhutan’s most historic centres. We’ll visit the National Museum at Paro Dzong and walk in the Paro Valley. On our final day we take the exhilarating walk up to Taktsang Monastery, known as the Tiger’s Nest, which clings to the vertical cliff offering an astounding panorama. Day 14: fly to Kathmandu (1 night) for some free time with dinner in the city centre. Day 15: transfer to the airport for our return flight. *Our November tour offers the chance to see the endangered black-necked cranes as they migrate from Tibet to the areas around Phobjikha Valley.

Accommodation We stay in some of the best hotels available in each of the areas visited, and, although comfortable, facilities can be modest compared with international standards. Accommodation in the more remote areas is generally 2 or 3-star European standard, and is always clean and welcoming. All the accommodation is sited in relaxed and often idyllic surroundings. Visit our website for more details.

Prices include: • 13 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms • Full Board • Return flights Kathmandu to Paro • A full programme of guided walks, led by local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £364 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Regional flights (Kathmandu to Paro) are included. # No flight holidays start on Day 2

Travel

We offer flights from Heathrow via Delhi to Kathmandu. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Nepal

Nepal

Everest Base Camp in comfort Holiday Highlights • Follow in the footsteps of Hillary and Tenzing, surrounded by majestic mountains as we ascend to Base Camp • Enjoy the comfort of evenings in the superior Everest Summit Lodges

• A steady trek with plenty of time built in to acclimatise

M

AL

AY AS

Dhaulagiri

NEPAL

Annapurna Range

CHINA Mt Everest

Pokhara Bandipur

KATHMANDU

Namche Bazaar

Everest Base Camp Kangchenjunga

Lukla

INDIA Biratnagar

Guided Trekking

Distances are 4-8 miles with a maximum elevation gain of about 2,700ft and a gradual acclimatisation to walking at altitude0F› (over 10,000ft). ªŸ„

·ºŸ

• Fully supported trek with expert Sherpa guides

HI

Sikkim

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrive Kathmandu (2 nights) and explore the highlights of this mystical city. Days 4-10: a short but spectacular flight to Lukla and the start of our trek in this magnificent mountain region. Following in the footsteps of the legendary Everest conquerors we pass through charming villages and witness at close quarters the majesty of the high Himalayas. Our route takes us to Monjo and then on to the bustling village capital of the area, Namche Bazaar, for our first direct views of Everest. We have an acclimatisation day here before continuing along the Dudh Kosi Rivers and through the Sherpa heartlands to Tengboche, a movingly spiritual place with views of the mighty peak of Ama Dablam. We continue to Dingboche and finally Lobuche, accompanied throughout by the great white peaks of Thamserku, Kwangde and a host of other Himalayan giants. The views are awe-inspiring. Day 11: We reach Everest Base Camp today, following the trail by the Khumbu glacier and past Gorakshep, the site of the original base camp. We continue to the present day base camp, where we can appreciate the apprehension and excitement of Hillary, Tenzing and the early explorers. We spend time here before returning to Gorakshep to overnight there.

Dates & Prices - EVWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*#

18 April 2012

£2,595

£1,895

3 October 2012

£2,595

£1,895

28 March 2013

£2,695

£1,895

Day 12: Trek to Kalapathar with amazing views of Everest before descending to Pangboche. Days 13-15: Walk back to the buzz of Namche and then continue descending through the steep valley to Lukla. Days 16-17: we return to Kathmandu with time to relax and visit Patan and explore the Kathmandu valley. Days 18: return flight home.

Accommodation We’ve added a little comfort to our Everest trek, using good 3 to 4-star standard hotels in Kathmandu and, more essentially, the well renowned Everest Summit Lodges for all but 2 nights of our trek. Everest Summit Lodges offer simple but comfortably furnished rooms with en-suite facilities and standards well above other lodges on the route. Hearty meals, warm welcomes and warm showers make a huge difference to our energy levels for our climb. The two evenings before we reach Base Camp are in more basic lodges with shared facilities, after which we return to the comforts of the ESLs, and finally our hotel in Kathmandu.

Prices include: • 16 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms (a few lodges in Everest area have shared facilities) • Full Board • All internal flights • A full programme of guided walks and trekking led by local tour director and guides • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £272 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Internal flights are included # No flight holidays start on Day 2

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Delhi to Kathmandu. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Walking in Nepal

Nepal Panorama Zzvet / Shutterstock.com

Holiday Highlights • Great variety of walks on ridges, through valleys and past traditional Nepali villages • Hotels and lodges in fantastic locations with mountain views and in peaceful valleys • Optional trek in the Annapurnas, one of the world’s best walks • See Nepal’s historic centres of Kathmandu, Bhaktapur and Newari villages HI

M

AL

AY AS

Dhaulagin

NEPAL

Annapurna Range

CHINA

Pokhara

KATHMANDU

Mt Everest Namche Bazaar

Everest Base Camp Kangchenjunga

Lukla

INDIA

Sikkim

Biratnagar

“I thoroughly enjoyed the walking throughout the holiday. The scenery was always interesting and sometimes wonderful. The villages and architecture were fascinating.” Michael Godfrey

Annapurna Trekking option Days 9-15: trek below the great mountains, with wonderful views of the twin peaks of Machhapuchare and Dhaulagiri. Our trek follows the Ghalel Ridge at about 8,000ft, passing through pastures and villages, camping in comfort in idyllic spots on ridge tops and valleys.

Guided Touring

A variety of walks in beautiful mountain scenery, 4-8 miles with a maximum ascent of about 2,700ft. Paths are easy to follow 0F› though rough at times. On the ªŸ„ Annapurna trekking option there will be six hours' walking on most days at altitudes of up to 8,000ft.

·ºŸ

Day 1: depart UK. Days 2-3: arrive Kathmandu (2 nights). We visit the historic parts of the city, the Kathmandu Valley and the Shivapuri National Park. Day 4: walk to the serene surroundings of Nagi Gompa and on a ridge with views of the paddy fields of the Kathmandu Valley, pine forests and the Bagmati River. We then travel to the medieval city of Bhaktapur (1 night) with time to explore. Days 5-6: after a morning in Bhaktapur we head to our hilltop retreat at Nagarkot (2 nights) with its panoramic views of the eastern Himalayas. A choice of walks take us through friendly villages, on the old trade route to Tibet. Day 7: after witnessing sunrise over the Himalayas we follow the path to Nala through jungle with diverse flora and fauna. We continue to Panauti and the serene and relaxing Balthali Village Resort (3 nights). Days 8-9: our walks take us into the heart of traditional Nepal, through pristine scenery, pretty villages and along fast moving rivers. Visit typical Tamang villages and ascend to Pada Gaun for excellent Himalayan views.

Dates & Prices - NPWHW Flight & transfer included

Yes

No*#

8 March

£2,350

£1,650

4 October

£2,350

£1,650

18 October

£2,350

£1,650

1 November

£2,350

£1,650

Day 10: walk in the valley near the confluence of the Roshi and Ladku Khola rivers, and continue to Patan (1 night). Days 11-12: enjoy a walking tour of Patan, known for its art and architecture, and an afternoon walk to the 16th century town of Bungamati. We then continue to Hattiban (2 nights) for a wonderful walk to the summit of Champa Devi. Days 13-14: fly to Pokhara and then walk to the stunning site of Australia Camp (2 nights) for spectacular views of the Annapurnas. Day 15: travel to Pokhara (1 night) where we visit David’s Falls and take a boat trip on Phewa lake. Day 16: enjoy a morning walk in the Pokhara Valley. Afternoon flight to Kathmandu (1 night) for further sightseeing and a farewell dinner. Day 17: return flight home.

Accommodation 3 and 4-star hotels and comfortable mountain lodges in stunning locations. In Nagarkot we spend two nights in a lovely resort-style mountain lodge where we can relax on the terrace, taking in wonderful views of the valley below. Another fantastic setting – the Balthali Village Resort. The hotel is surrounded by pristine nature, with views of the snowy peaks of Dorjee Lhakpa, Langtang and a huge range of mountains to the north. On the Annapurna trek we camp in relative luxury with full trekking facilities and a team of porters.

Prices include: • 15 nights’ accommodation in en-suite rooms, or in twin-bedded tents on the trekking option (2 nights of the main itinerary are in simple accommodation at Australia Camp) • Full Board • All internal flights • A full programme of guided walks, led by local guides and an HF Holidays’ leader • Sightseeing, entrance fees and travel by coach or minibus

Information

• Single room: £300 • Discounts available for groups • Non member associate fee: £5 per person * Internal flights are included # No flight holidays start on Day 2

Travel

We offer flights from London Heathrow via Delhi to Kathmandu. Visit our website or call our Reservations team for the latest flight times.


Your Society

Your Society

In 2013 we will celebrate the centenary of HF Holidays, and look forward to the next 100 years of active, sociable holidays. To mark the occasion, we are planning special holidays and events throughout 2013. For more information, look out for our Centenary brochure, which will be published in May 2012.


Charities Both the National Trust and the Ramblers receive funds from HF Holidays through the sale of our holidays to their members. We have a long-standing relationship with the National Trust, leasing three of our UK Country Houses from them, including our new location, Craflwyn Hall at Beddgelert (see page 20). We also provide holidays for many Ramblers groups, who return to us year after year, and we are delighted to announce our new partnership with the Ramblers for 2012 (see page 11).

Our partnership with Coeliac UK has helped to raise awareness and funds through hosting sponsored walks at our UK Country Houses. For many years we have provided gluten-free meals for guests with Coeliac disease, and now we also offer holidays exclusively for those affected and their families.

Outdoor experts As experts in outdoor holidays, we work in partnership with some of the best organisations in the field to provide benefits for our members and promote HF Holidays to their customers. For example, our members receive discounts on purchases from Cotswold Outdoor (see page 238 for more information), while Plas y Brenin, the National Mountain Centre, has selected our Country House in Glen Coe as a superb base for its winter skills courses.

Co-operatives and professional associations HF Holidays is proud to be a member of Co-operatives UK and the Outdoor Industries Association and are pleased to work with other members of the growing co-operative movement who share our ethos. We also support professional organisations, such as the Association of Teachers and Lecturers and the Examination Officers Association, with fund raising through holiday sales and special holiday offers to their members.

International links One of the pleasures of an HF Holidays’ break is meeting other guests from all over the world. To promote our international links further we are developing our relationships with overseas travel agents and, as evidence of this, we were happy to see an increase in bookings from North America of 18% in 2011 compared to 2010. In 2012 we will be working to build on these relationships with UKinbound, the trade association for UK inbound tourism businesses. Many of our UK Country Houses are located in national parks, as are many of the best walks. HF Holidays is the main sponsor of the CNP’s Park Protector awards, promoting countryside schemes in the national parks with a bursary of £2,000 for the winning scheme. In 2011 this was awarded to the Traditional Boundaries, Traditional Skills project in the Northumberland National Park.

For more information on all our partnerships, visit our website.

Your Society

HF Holidays works in partnership with many other organisations for the benefit of our members, our guests and the wider community.


Holiday Information

Holiday information - Please read carefully For Guided Walking in Britain - pages 18 to 65 (except Norfolk, Jersey, the Hebrides, Isles of Scilly, Orkney & Shetland and selected Guided and Self-Guided Trail holidays - see pages 236-237)

Accommodation

Travel Information HF Holidays has always been committed to acting responsibly as a tour operator. It is possible to reach all our Country Houses by public transport and we would encourage you to consider this option when travelling to your holiday. For further details please visit our website. For route planning information by public transport or road throughout Great Britain, visit www.transportdirect.info. By train: For train times and to book, please call National Rail Enquiries on 08457 484950 or visit www.nationalrail.co.uk.

Facilities: You will find free Fairtrade tea and coffee making facilities, towels, hairdryer, alarm clocks and a television in all bedrooms. Boot and drying rooms are available for your outdoor clothes and footwear at all our Country Houses. None of our Country Houses has a lift (elevator). Where a variety of holidays is running at Country Houses, some facilities may not be available at all times. Arrival and departure: Your bedroom will be available from 2.30pm. Please contact the Country House direct if you expect to arrive after 7.00pm. Rooms should be vacated by 10.00am on the day of departure. Meals: All meals are provided from evening meal on arrival to breakfast on day of departure. For breakfast there is a choice of a continental or traditional cooked option. Our self-select picnic lunches allow you to choose from a number of items. In the evening, a table d’hote menu is provided with the occasional buffet. A vegetarian option is provided at each meal. If you have any other special dietary requirements, please advise us at the time of booking. No smoking: Smoking is not permitted in any of our Country Houses or on coaches. En-suite facilities: All holiday prices are inclusive of en-suite facilities. A number of rooms with limited facilities may be available at a reduction of up to £8 per night. Bedrooms: Due to the age and nature of our Country Houses, bedrooms can vary in size, shape and aspect. All bedrooms are available on a first-come, first-served basis so it is possible to ensure a larger or better-appointed room through early booking. Premium bedrooms are available at many of our Country Houses at a supplement of £5 per person per night. Single rooms: Single rooms are available at all our Country Houses at an additional charge of £8 per night or £5 per night if booked before 31 Dec 2011. Single occupancy of a twin or double room may be available at a supplement of £20 per night. There is no supplement for single rooms on solos holidays. Guests with additional needs: We are happy to provide advice to guests with additional needs. Please discuss these with us before booking. Please advise us if you require wheelchair access or you have visual, mobility or other impairments. This will enable us to advise you on the suitability of the facilities. Detailed access information for each Country House is also available on our website. If you are unable to hear a fire alarm then please notify us at time of booking so that we can provide an alternative alarm.

By National Express coach: A 10% discount is available to all HF Holidays’ guests by booking on line through www.nationalexpress.com and quoting ‘HFHOLTEN’. Station transfers: When you book we will send you information on timings, costs and booking transfers from the station to our Country House before your holiday. Our transfer companies offer the most competitive rates and will try to ensure that guests share a taxi to reduce costs. For your return journey our House Manager will help organise shared taxis to keep costs to a minimum. Travel to... Dolgellau - pages 18 & 19: Dolgellau is around 1½hrs from the M56 at Chester or the M54 at Telford. Post code LL40 2AG. Free parking available.

Conistonwater - pages 26 & 27: 1hr from the M6 at Kendal. Post code LA21 8AQ. Free parking available. There are regular trains to Windermere station, which can be reached in 3hrs 10mins from London Euston, with one change at Oxenholme. The 13 mile taxi transfer to Conistonwater costs £23. There is a local bus every hour from Windermere station to Monk Coniston. Isle of Arran - pages 28 & 29: Ferries depart from Ardrossan Harbour on the mainland for the 55 minute crossing to Brodick on Arran (£13 return). Early booking is recommended if you plan to take your car to the island. Contact Caledonian MacBrayne Ferries on 08705 650 000 or www.calmac.co.uk. On Saturdays a free HF Holidays’ coach will meet the 15:15 ferry (arrives Brodick at 16:10), and the 11:05 return ferry from Brodick (arrives Ardrossan at 12:00). If you travel on other ferries the 4 mile journey can be made by taxi, or take the regular local bus to Lamlash and a ½mile walk to Altachorvie. 1hr from Glasgow or M74 (from the south) to Ardrossan Harbour. Either pre-book your car on the ferry or leave it in the harbour car park (allow £17 per week). Post code KA27 8LQ. Free parking available at Altachorvie. Ardrossan Harbour station is adjacent to the ferry terminal and is around 6hrs 30mins from London Euston, with one change at Glasgow.

Machynlleth station is around 4hrs from London Euston, with one change at Birmingham. The 15 mile taxi transfer to the house costs £27.

Low-cost flights operate to Prestwick and Glasgow (International) Airports, which both have easy rail connections to Ardrossan Harbour (50mins).

There ia a bus every 2 hours from Machynlleth station to Dolgellau, with either a 1 mile walk, or short taxi journey to Dolserau Hall.

Glen Coe - pages 30 & 31: 2½hrs north of Glasgow on the A82. Post code PH33 6SA. Free parking available.

Beddgelert - pages 20 & 21: Beddgelert is around 1¾ hours drive from the M56 at Chester or 2¼ hours from the M54 at Telford. Post code LL55 4NG. Free parking available. Trains to Betws-y-Coed take around 3hrs 50mins from London Euston, with changes at Chester and Llandudno Junction. The 16 mile transfer to the house costs approx £25. Brecon - pages 22 & 23: 1hr from the M4 at Newport or the M50 at Ross-on-Wye. Post code LD3 7NN. Free parking available. Trains to Abergavenny station take around 2hrs 30mins from London Paddington, with one change at Newport. The 20 mile taxi transfer to the house costs approx £40.

Glasgow Central station is around 5hrs from London Euston, then join the coach transfer to Glen Coe (see below). Alternatively take the train to Fort William, from where you can reach Alltschellach by taxi (approx £30) or hourly local bus. On Saturdays an HF Holidays’ coach departs from Glasgow’s main bus station at 16:15, returning the following week at 11:45 supplement £23 return. On other days you can travel by CityLink coach to North Ballachulish (300 yards from the house) - see www.citylink.co.uk. Low-cost flights operate to Glasgow International Airport (GLA). On Saturdays you can join the HF Holidays’ coach departing at 16.30, returning the following week at 11:30 – supplement £23 return.

There is an hourly bus from Abergavenny station to the centre of Brecon, from where it is a 10 minute walk to Nythfa House.

Malhamdale - pages 32 & 33: 1hr from the M1 at Leeds or the M6 near Kendal, or 30mins from the M65 at Colne. Post code BD23 4AA. Free parking available.

Derwentwater - pages 24 & 25: 30mins along the A66 from the M6 at Penrith. Post code CA12 5TY. Free parking available.

Skipton station can be reached in 3hrs 30mins from London King’s Cross, with one change at Leeds. The 7 mile taxi transfer costs £17.

Penrith station on the West Coast main line is 3hrs from London Euston. The 20 mile taxi transfer to Derwentwater costs £38.

Sedbergh - pages 34 & 35: 5 miles from the M6 near Kendal. Post code LA10 5LE. Free parking available.

There is an hourly bus from Penrith station to Portinscale, from where it is a ¾mile walk to Derwent Bank.

Oxenholme station on the West Coast main line is around 3hrs from London Euston. The 10 mile taxi transfer to Sedbergh costs approx £30.


St Ives - pages 48 & 49: 2 to 3hrs from the M5 at Exeter. Post code TR26 2DB. Free parking available.

It is usually easiest to take the train to Scarborough, which can be reached in 3hrs from London King’s Cross, with one change at York. The 20 mile taxi transfer to Whitby costs £29. Alternatively, you can take the branch line train to Whitby station. From here the 1½ mile transfer by taxi costs £5 per journey.

St Erth station, on the main line, is around 5hrs from London Paddington. You can take a taxi direct from here to St Ives - costs £10. Alternatively, change at St Erth and take the branch line train to St Ives. From the station it is a 5-10 minute uphill walk or a short taxi ride, allow £4.00.

Buses run every half an hour from Scarborough station to Whitby, with a ½ mile walk from the nearest stop to Larpool Hall.

Freshwater Bay - pages 50 & 51: Ferries from Lymington Pier depart approximately every 40 minutes for the 30 minute crossing to Yarmouth (approx. £17 return for foot passengers). Early booking is recommended if you plan to take your car to the Isle of Wight. Contact Wightlink Ferries on 0871 376 1000 or www.wightlink.co.uk. The 4 mile taxi transfer from Yarmouth to Freshwater Bay costs £10.

Alnmouth - pages 38 & 39: 1hr north of Newcastle upon Tyne on the A1. Street parking is available in the village. Post code NE66 2RZ. Alnmouth station on the East Coast main line is served by direct trains that take 3hrs 45mins from London King’s Cross. The 1½ mile taxi transfer to Alnmouth costs £6. There is an hourly bus from Newcastle or Alnmouth station to Alnmouth. Dovedale - pages 40 & 41: 1hr from the M1 at Derby or the M6 at Stoke-on-Trent, or 1hr 30mins from the M6 at Knutsford. Post code DE6 1NJ. Free parking available. Derby station, on the Midland main line, is around 1hr 40mins from London St Pancras. The 20 mile taxi transfer costs approx £35. From the northwest it is quicker to travel to Buxton, from where the 15 mile taxi transfer costs approx £25. Buses run around every 1½ hours from Buxton Station direct to Newton House, or from Derby via Ashbourne. Bourton-on-the-Water - pages 42 & 43: 45mins along the A40 from Oxford, or the M5 at Tewkesbury. Post code GL54 2BY. Free parking available.

Lymington is about 30mins from the M27. Either pre-book your car on the ferry or leave it in the harbour car park (allow £20 per week). Free parking is available at Freshwater Bay House. Post code PO40 9RB. Lymington Pier station is adjacent to the ferry terminal and is around 2hrs from London Waterloo, with one change at Brockenhurst. Abingworth - pages 52 & 53: Around 45mins from the M25 via the A24. Post code RH20 3EF. Free parking available.

Holiday Information

Whitby - pages 36 & 37: 1hr from York or Darlington. Post code YO22 4ND. Free parking available.

Number of walking days 7 night holidays include 5 days’ walking 6 night holidays include 4 days’ walking 5 night holidays include 4 days’ walking 4 night holidays include 3 days’ walking 3 and 2 night holidays include 2 days’ walking Safety: For safety reasons, the number of guests taken on guided walks is subject to a minimum and maximum number of guests. Your footwear, equipment, fitness and experience need to be suitable for the planned walk and your leader may refuse to take you if they feel that this is not the case. No outdoor activity can ever be 100% safe; however, if you take sensible precautions, and adhere to your leaders’ instructions, you will find that your holiday will be safer and more enjoyable. What to bring: To enjoy our holidays safely, you must have suitable clothing and footwear. Further information will be sent to you before your holiday; however, please note that lightweight trainers, denim jeans and waterproof capes are unsuitable for mountain walking in Britain. • For low-level walking: You will need comfortable outdoor clothing including a waterproof jacket, ankle supporting footwear with non-slip soles, and a suitable rucksack for spare clothing, food and a water bottle. • For mountain and moorland walking: Walking boots, all-weather clothing including a waterproof jacket, waterproof over-trousers, spare pullover or fleece, hat, gloves and a rucksack are essential throughout the year.

The nearest station is at Moreton-in-Marsh around 1hr 30mins from London Paddington. The 8 mile taxi transfer costs £19. Alternatively, it may be easier to travel to Cheltenham Spa station from where the 17 mile taxi transfer costs about £35.

Trains to Pulborough run every half an hour from London Victoria, with the journey taking 1hr 10mins. The 7 mile taxi transfer to Abingworth costs £13.

Children: All our UK Guided Walking holidays are licensed by the Adventure Activities Licensing Authority where appropriate. Children under 14 must be accompanied by a responsible adult on all walks (though this need not be a parent or guardian).

There is a bus approximately every hour from Moreton-in-Marsh to Bourton-on-the-Water.

Walks and activities

The following discounts apply to most UK holidays based at our own Country Houses:

Selworthy - pages 44 & 45: 1hr from the M5 at Taunton or Bridgwater. Post code TA24 8TJ. Free parking available. Taunton station, on the main line to the west country, is under 2hrs from London Paddington. The 30 mile taxi transfer to Selworthy costs £50. On Saturdays an HF Holidays’ transfer departs Taunton at 15.45 returning the following week by 09.30 – supplement £20 return. There are hourly buses from Taunton station to the nearby town of Minehead, with some connecting services that continue to Porlock, stopping outside Holnicote House. Haytor - pages 46 & 47: 30mins from the M5 at Exeter. Post code TQ13 9XT. Free parking available. Newton Abbott station, on the main line to the west country, is around 2hrs 45mins from London Paddington. The 10 mile taxi transfer to Haytor costs £20.

Participation: To enjoy your holiday you should expect to be reasonably fit and be capable of participating in the walks chosen. As a general rule, our walking holidays tend not to be suitable for guests with restricted mobility because even the easiest walks may involve obstacles such as stiles. Please read the information on page 9 to assist you in selecting the walks appropriate to you. Itineraries: Each year we listen to comments from our guests and leaders and seek to make improvements to our walks. We cannot guarantee that a particular walk will operate during your holiday. Guided walks and other activities may be subject to variation or cancellation due to party size, weather or operational considerations. On holidays between November and March your daily choice will generally comprise two walks. At some locations snow and ice may also restrict a full programme of walks.

• Under 11’s FREE* • 11-17yrs 50% off adult rate* *All children’s rates are based on sharing a bedroom with one or more adults, which may include occasional or bunk beds. Please speak to our reservations team who will be happy to discuss the most suitable accommodation for you. Pets: Pets are not allowed on walks, or in any of our Country Houses or grounds, except for assistance dogs accompanying visually or hearing impaired guests, which must be kept on a lead or harness at all times. Local transport: For Guided Walking in Britain all local transport to and from the walks is included in the cost of your holiday, except at Norfolk and Jersey (see pages 54-55).


Holiday Information

Holiday information - Please read carefully - Overseas Holidays For all Overseas Holidays plus Norfolk, Jersey, Isles of Scilly, the Hebrides, Orkney & Shetland and selected Guided and Self-Guided Trail holidays.

Accommodation

Our partner hotels are carefully chosen on the basis of their suitability for our guests. As we do not own this accommodation, we cannot directly control their standards or facilities; however we work closely with each establishment and monitor all feedback from our guests. We check that all our partner hotels comply with local standards and regulations, which may be more or less stringent outside the UK. Star ratings are those of the country concerned, which again may be different from those used in the UK. If you have a problem with your accommodation it is important that you raise this at the time with your leader, hotelier or local representative, as they are in the best position to resolve the situation. Facilities: Facilities vary considerably from hotel to hotel and may change depending on the time of year. If a particular facility, such as a swimming pool, is important to you, then please contact us and we will try to obtain the latest information. Generally, tea and coffee making facilities are only available in bedrooms in the UK. Meals: When taken in the hotel, meals are as provided to other resident guests. Breakfast may be continental or a larger buffet-style meal. In the UK a traditional cooked breakfast is usually available. Lunch arrangements will vary from day to day and from holiday to holiday. On some holidays picnic lunches are included in the price; on others there are usually options to order a picnic lunch from the hotel, buy ingredients from local shops or eat in a café. Please refer to the specific locations for more details. For dinner, some hotels offer a choice of dishes; others offer a set meal. Menus are usually local in character, but some may be more international. Requests for vegetarian food or special diets should be highlighted when you book and will be passed on to the hotel and airline; however, some hotels are better able to cope with this than others.

Bedrooms: In some European hotels (especially in Austria, Germany, Switzerland and Hungary) a twin-bedded room may not have two separate beds as they do in the UK. Instead, they use a large double bed frame with two separate mattresses and separate bedding. It is not possible for us to guarantee that a twin room will have separate beds, so if separate beds are important to you then you should consider booking two single rooms.

Single rooms: We aim to provide a number of single rooms at the lowest supplements; sometimes there are occasions where demand outstrips supply, so please book early. On Worldwide and Trail holidays we may be able to offer a ‘twin share’ with another guest of the same sex. If you have no sharing partner at the point when the balance of your holiday is due, we will book you into a single room and charge you the appropriate single room supplement. All such bookings are accepted on this understanding.

prefer to drive to your holiday or book one of the many ‘low-cost’ flights. Please advise us of your flight details as this assists the leader meeting the group at the airport - this is particularly important for worldwide holidays involving internal flights.

Guests with additional needs: We are happy to provide advice to guests with additional needs. Please discuss any needs that you may have before booking. Please advise us if you require wheelchair access or you have visual, mobility or other impairments. This will enable us to advise you on the suitability of the facilities.

• HF Holidays’ transfer coach • Airport Taxi service if available • Make your own way by public transport

Travel Information Flights: For most holidays we book a group allocation of seats on flights. When our allocation has been sold we can often book additional seats on an individual basis; however, this may result in an additional supplement or less favourable timings. Most airlines now operate with an e-ticket – to check-in you will be given a reference number rather than a traditional ticket. Where significant changes to timings or routes occur we will advise you of the alternative arrangements as soon as possible - please contact us, or check our website if you would like the most up to date information. Most ‘with flight’ holidays include the transfer to and from your hotel(s). If you would prefer to travel earlier or later than the group, we may be able to arrange this at a supplement of £30 per person, plus any additional flight costs. If you choose this option then transfers between the airport and hotel are not provided. Most scheduled airlines are reducing the scale of their in-flight meals served on European flights and you may find that refreshments (if any) are limited to a small snack. We do not provide meals on charter flights in Europe Upgrades: Upgrades can be booked on most long haul flights For details and prices please contact our flights department. Domestic flights: Connecting flights to Heathrow or Gatwick from UK regional airports are often available for a supplement - please ask for details.

Independent travellers - by Train: Why not take the greener and more scenic option of travelling by train to your chosen destination? It is possible to travel to many of our European resorts by train, either via Paris or Brussels. Simply book our ‘no flight’ option and see the following websites for further details: www.eurostar.com or www.seat61.com Independent travellers - the ‘No Flight’ option: For maximum flexibility, all our holidays are available without a flight and you may

Independent travellers - airport transfers: If you book a ‘no flight’ holiday then you are responsible for making all your own arrangements to the hotel. You have three options to reach the hotel:

HF Holidays’ transfer coach: Prices for our ‘no flight’ holidays exclude the cost of the coach transfer to the resort (apart from Worldwide holidays, where they are included). Independent travellers wishing to use this transfer coach must ensure that they arrive at the airport prior to the arrival of the main group. Please note that flight times can change, and this may in turn affect the departure time of the transfer coach - please contact us for the latest information. Airport Taxi service Especially designed for independent travellers booking their own ‘low cost’ flights, our Airport Taxi service takes the hassle out of transferring to the resort. Taxi transfers offer an effective option for guests whose flights do not connect with our transfer coaches. This will either be a taxi or small minibus. All prices are per taxi for single journeys, allowing you to mix and match different transfer options. Transfers must be pre-booked no later than 5 weeks before departure - we will then confirm all the details approximately 3 weeks before your holiday. We are not responsible for any additional costs incurred if you fail to meet the transfer. Airport parking and accommodation: Long stay parking and hotel accommodation are available at all airports. Details of how to book will be sent to you with your confirmation invoice and is available on our website. Passports and visas: It is always the traveller’s responsibility to obtain the correct passport and visa. For British citizens with right of residence, a 10 year British passport is required for all overseas holidays; a number of countries also stipulate that your passport must be valid for 6 months after your return date. At time of writing*, UK citizens only require a visa for visits to Russia, Kenya, Tanzania, Cuba, Jordan, Nepal, Bhutan, Vietnam, China and Tibet - we will advise you if this situation changes. Holders of other passports, or guests making their own travel arrangements, should check their visa and passport requirements with the Embassy or Consulate concerned. For holidays to the Channel Islands, British citizens do not require a passport; however you will need photo ID for your flight. Your health: We recommend that you read the Department of Health leaflet Health Advice for Travellers, which can be obtained from Post Offices. At the time of writing* Chile, Morocco, Barbados, St Lucia, Peru, Argentina, South Africa, Kenya, Turkey, Tanzania, Ecuador, Cuba, Costa Rica, Nepal, Bhutan, China, Vietnam, Borneo, Thailand, Tibet, Sri Lanka and Jordan are subject to recommended vaccinations and/or medication. Please check with your doctor at an early stage, particularly if you are travelling to these countries or have a pre-existing medical condition. * Aug 2011


Self-Guided Trails

Participation in walks: To enjoy your holiday you should expect to be reasonably fit and be capable of participating in the walks chosen. As a general rule, our walking holidays tend not to be suitable for guests with restricted mobility because even the easiest walks may involve obstacles such as stiles. Please read the information on page 9 to assist you in selecting the walks appropriate to you.

By car and parking: It is usually possible to park your car at the start or end of your trail - we can check this when your holiday is confirmed. The return transfer back to your car is not included in the price of your holiday, but is generally inexpensive by public transport, or more by taxi. Parking is at guests’ own risk and may incur a small charge (approx £3 per night, payable locally).

Walking itineraries: Each year we listen to comments from our guests and leaders and seek to make improvements to our walks. The descriptions printed in this brochure will give you a good idea of the walks that will be offered on your holiday; however, we cannot guarantee that a particular walk will operate during your holiday. Guided walks may be subject to variation or cancellation due to party size, weather or operational considerations. At some locations late lying snow, or the closure of cable cars, may also restrict a full programme of Harder walks, particularly early in the season.

Flights: All self-guided holiday prices shown in this brochure are without flight. We can book flights for you but usually need to issue the tickets straight away, so you will need to pay for your flight in full together with your deposit. Once booked all flights are non-changeable.

Safety: For safety reasons, the number of guests taken on guided walks is subject to a minimum and maximum number of guests. Your footwear, equipment, fitness and experience need to be suitable for the planned walk and your leader(s) may refuse to take you if they feel that this is not the case. No outdoor activity can ever be 100% safe; however, if you take sensible precautions, and adhere to your leaders’ instructions, you will find that your holiday will be safer and more enjoyable. What to bring: To enjoy our holidays safely, you must have suitable clothing and footwear. Further information will be sent to you prior to your holiday; however, please note that lightweight trainers, denim jeans and waterproof capes are unsuitable for walking. • For low-level walking: You will need comfortable outdoor clothing including a waterproof jacket and overtrousers, ankle supporting footwear with non-slip soles, and a small rucksack for spare clothing, food and a water bottle. Be prepared for occasional cooler weather. • For mountain and moorland walking: Walking boots, all-weather clothing including a waterproof jacket, waterproof overtrousers, spare pullover or fleece, hat, gloves and a rucksack are recommended throughout the year. Children: Children under 14 must be accompanied by a responsible adult on all walks (though this need not be a parent or guardian). The following discounts apply to all Guided Walking holidays in Europe, based on sharing a room with one or more adults. Adults in a partnership must share the same room. Under 5’s 75% off adult rate 5-13yrs 50% off adult rate 14-15yrs 25% off adult rate Pets: Pets are not allowed on walks, or in any of our partner hotels or grounds, except for assistance dogs accompanying visually or hearing impaired guests, which must be kept on a lead or harness at all times. Local transport: Most of our guided walking holidays use local transport on some days to reach the start and finish of the walks. For Guided Trails and Worldwide Journeys, all local transport is included in the cost of your holiday. For maximum flexibility, local transport is not included for Guided Walking in Europe and Guided City Breaks; an indication of the likely cost is shown on each resort page.

By train: For train times please call National Rail Enquiries on 08457 484950 or visit www.nationalrail.co.uk.

Leading for HF Holidays Our guided walking holidays are led by our panel of over 700 experienced volunteer walk leaders. These highly skilled and friendly leaders are key to the success of our holidays around the world.

Self-drive holidays: Car hire available to those between 21 and 70 years, who have held a driving licence for over 12 months. Certain restrictions apply. Please contact us for further information. Personal Information Packs: As part of your Self-Guided Walking Holiday you will receive one of our unique and comprehensive holiday information packs. For all UK guests we send your pack by Royal Mail. For all overseas guests we send your pack approximately five weeks before your departure, by first class airmail. Alternatively we can arrange for your pack to be sent by FedEx postal service, for a fee (depending on your country of residence). Please contact us for further information.

Cycling Flights: All cycling prices shown in this brochure are without flight. We can book flights for you but usually need to issue the tickets straight away so you will need to pay for your flight in full together with your deposit. Once booked all flights are non-changeable. Bicycles: Our local agents supply good quality hire bicycles. Exact details will vary from tour to tour – full information can be found on our website at www.hfholidays.co.uk. Luggage transfers: On all of our self-guided and guided tours, your luggage will be transported for you. Please ensure every piece of luggage is labelled with your details. Guided tours: Our guided cycling holidays do not use HF Holidays’ leaders; local guides lead these holidays and are employed by our partner agents. The guides are English speaking with proven knowledge and experience. Guests from all over Europe book onto the guided cycling holidays and therefore you are likely to meet many different nationalities. For this reason we cannot guarantee the number of English speaking guests on any of our tours. Travelling with children: We are happy to advise on the suitability of any tour, however a selection of holidays are indicated as great for families, please check with us for age guidelines. We are able to offer a child discount of £100 off the adult price for most of our cycling holidays. We are able to offer 1 discounted child place per full paying adult. Although it is possible to hire bicycles for children, we recommend that you bring your own child’s bicycle to ensure peace of mind.

We’d love to hear from you if you are a mountain walker, or would like to lead over Christmas, and have the skills and enthusiasm to lead our walking holidays. You need to be a keen walker, willing to share your love of the countryside with our guests, as well as being competent with a map and compass. You should also be confident, sociable and diplomatic, and able to communicate easily with people from a variety of backgrounds and nationalities. Volunteers receive free training, accommodation, food and a travel allowance when they take part. We hold a number of residential selection courses each year where we assess our prospective leaders. For more information regarding walk leading opportunities please visit www.walkleaders.co.uk or call our Leader Recruitment department on 01768 890091.

Leading for HF Holidays

Walks


At HF Holidays we have always been committed to acting as a responsible tour operator, and in our 99th year as a membership organisation, community is at the heart of everything we do. We support organisations where projects help support local communities. Bringing people together through memorable holiday experiences is what we do. We recognise that protecting the environment is one of the guiding principles for a successful and sustainable business, and that we have a corporate social responsibility to manage the impact of our activities on the local, national and global environments in which we operate. HF Holidays currently supports a number of organisations including Air Ambulances, British Mountaineering Council, John Muir Trust, The National Trust, Mountain Rescue Teams, The Fairtrade Foundation and the British Trust for Conservation Volunteers.

Responsible Tourism Donations HF Holidays is very aware of the impact of tourism. Therefore our policy is to use local transport, accommodation and activity providers, to distribute economic benefit to the communities visited. Currently we support two charities and are always looking for further projects: • Nature Kenya – the society that promotes biodiversity conservation in Kenya, connecting nature and people. • Uthando – a non-profit organisation based in Cape Town, whose mission is to raise funds from all those who have an interest in the region. The money supports a broad range of grass roots, community based sustainable projects with enduring value to the most destitute and marginalized communities in South Africa. To find out more or to donate, visit www.hfholidays.co.uk/responsibletourism

Pathways Fund For over 50 years the Pathways Fund has provided assisted holidays to those who could not otherwise afford one, and since 1998 guests have also donated generously to this fund to protect the countryside where our groups walk. Last year alone we contributed almost £28,000 to countryside projects, including: • Footpath maintenance at Gleann Leac Na Muidhe and Coire Altrium on Buachaille Etive Mor in the Glen Coe valley • Simonside Hills footpath repairs in Northumberland National Park • River access works in the grounds of Ilam Hall, South Peak Estate, near Dovedale

Fairtrade You choose to be our guest, which means HF Holidays can do good things in a big way. At each of our 17 British Country Houses you’ll find Fairtrade tea, coffee and hot Choose products chocolate. Through HF Holidays purchasing Fairtrade with the beverages we are helping to secure a better deal for FAIRTRADE Mark www.fairtrade.org.uk disadvantaged producers. We’ve forecasted that HF Holidays will spend in the region of £75,000 on Fairtrade beverages each year based on each guest consuming three cups of tea, coffee or hot chocolate per day. Fairtrade offers one of the best opportunities for people in developing countries to escape from poverty and build sustainable lives. For further information on our commitment to the environment go to www.hfholidays.co.uk

Responsible Tourism

Responsible Tourism


Travel Insurance

Travel Insurance

Travel insurance is recommended to all our guests and is essential for all overseas holidays. HF Holidays Ltd are an Appointed Representative of Global Travel Insurance Services Ltd who are authorised and regulated by the Financial Services Authority. We are happy to offer to you the following insurance for UK and European Trips which is underwritten by ETI International Travel Protection (ETI) the UK branch of Europäische Reiseversicherung A.G. Munich, ERGO group Company who are approved by the Financial Services Authority to undertake insurance business in the UK. This insurance has been specifically designed so that it covers all of the holidays that we feature, protecting you in full if you have to cancel and providing you with the very best and most effective protection if you are unfortunate enough to require medical attention whilst away from home. Don’t take unnecessary risks by insuring your travel anywhere else as we cannot accept any responsibility or provide assistance if problems arise as a result of inadequate cover. We are confident that this policy is best for you. A full policy wording will be sent to you with your confirmation of booking. Full details are also available upon request. This insurance is only available to persons who are permanently resident and domiciled in the UK and is valid for travel between 1/1/2012 and 31/12/2012. For details of the insurance available for Trips outside of UK & Europe, please contact Global Travel Insurance for an application form. INSURANCE PRODUCT SUITABLITY This insurance is suitable for persons whose Demands and Needs are those of a traveller whose Individual round trip in the UK or Europe starts and finishes in the UK and is of no more than 90 days duration, and whose age is 90 years or less and is a permanent resident of the United Kingdom. As this description contains the Key Features of the cover provided it constitutes provision of a statement of demands and needs. If you would like more information or are unsure of any details contained herein, you should ask Global Travel Insurance Services Ltd for further advice. For Holidays in Britain up to 90 yrs Up to 4 nights - £12.50 Up to 9 nights - £19.25 Up to 17 nights - £22.50 Family up to 7 nights - £44.00 Single Parent Family up to 7 nights - £27.00 Children under 2 - FREE if travelling with an insured adult. For Holidays in Europe and the Channel Islands up to 70 yrs 71-90 yrs Up to 8 nights £31.50 £40.00 Up to 17 nights £38.00 £48.00 All prices include Insurance Tax currently 20%, should this change it may affect the price of the insurance and be added to your account.

SUMMARY OF COVER

CANCELLATION OR CURTAILMENT up to £3,000: If you have to cancel or cut short your trip due to illness, injury, redundancy, jury service, the police requiring you to remain at or return to your home due to serious damage to your home, you are covered against loss of travel and accommodation costs. See section headed Increased Excess for Pre Existing Medical Conditions for increased excesses applicable to claims arising from pre existing medical conditions. PERSONAL ACCIDENT up to £15,000: A cash sum for accidental injury resulting in death, loss of sight, loss of limb or permanent total disablement. MEDICAL & OTHER EXPENSES up to £5,000,000: Including 24 HOUR MEDICAL EMERGENCY SERVICE (a) The cost of hospital and other emergency medical expenses incurred abroad, including additional accommodation and repatriation expenses. Limit £250 for emergency dental treatment and £5,000 burial/cremation/ transfer of remains. Limit £2,500 for transfer of remains to your home if you die in the UK. See section headed Increased Excess for Pre Existing Medical Conditions for increased excesses applicable to claims arising from pre existing medial conditions. (b) HOSPITAL BENEFIT up to £300: An additional benefit of £15 per day for each day you spend in hospital abroad as an in-patient. PERSONAL LUGGAGE, MONEY & VALUABLES up to £2,000: Covers accidental loss, theft or damage to your personal luggage subject to a limit of £200 for any one article, pair or set and an overall limit of £200 for valuables such as cameras. Jewellery, furs, etc. Luggage and valuables limited to £1500. Delayed luggage, up to £75. Money, travel tickets and travellers cheques are covered up to £500 against accidental loss or theft (cash limit £250). No cover is provided for loss or theft of unattended property, valuables or money or for loss or theft not reported to the Police within 24 hours of discovery. PASSPORT EXPENSES up to £200: If you lose your passport or it is stolen whilst abroad you are covered for additional travel and accommodation costs incurred in obtaining a replacement. DELAYED DEPARTURE up to £3,000: If your outward or return trip is delayed for more than 12 hours at the final departure point to/from UK due to adverse weather conditions, mechanical breakdown or industrial action, you are entitled to either (a) £20 for the first 12 hours and £10 for each further 12 hours delay up to a maximum of £60, or (b) the cost of the trip (up to £3,000) if you elect to cancel after 12 hours delay on the outward trip from the UK.

Worldwide Prices

from £75

Call reservations MISSED DEPARTURE up to £500: Additional for details travel and accommodation expenses incurred to enable you to reach your overseas destination if you arrive too late at your final UK outward departure point due to failure of the vehicle in which you are travelling to deliver you to the departure point caused by adverse weather, strike, industrial action, mechanical breakdown or accident to the vehicle. PERSONAL LIABILITY up to £2,000,000: Covers your legal liability for injury or damage to other people or their property, including legal expenses (subject to the laws of England and Wales). LEGAL EXPENSES up to £25,000: To enable you to pursue your rights against a third party following injury.

POLICY EXCESSES: Cancellation or Curtailment: The first £50 of each and every claim per Insured Person claimed for under this Section is excluded, increased to £100 where You are aged 66 to 75 years and to £150 where You are aged 76 to 90 years (other than in respect of claims for loss of deposit where the excess is £25). Medical and Other Expenses: The first £75 of each and every claim per Insured Person claimed for under this Section is excluded. Where You are aged 66 to 75 years the first £150 of each and every claim per Insured Person claimed for under this Section is excluded. Where You are aged 76 to 90 years the first £300 of each and every claim per Insured Person claimed for under this Section is excluded. Other Sections: An excess of £50 applies to each and every claim each insured person under the Personal Luggage Money & Valuables and Delayed Departure (b) sections, and £250 under the Personal Liability section. Increased Excess for Pre Existing Medical Conditions There is no need to advise us of your pre existing health conditions. Provision for the acceptance of all pre existing health conditions has been made by the application of increased excesses in the event of claims arising. For claims arising from the treatment of any pre existing illness the excess is further increased as follows – Under the Cancellation or Curtailment section - double the normal excess. Under the Medical & Other Expenses section: For persons aged 65 years or less the excess is increased to £500. For persons aged 66 to 75 years the excess is increased to £1,000. For persons aged 76 to 90 years the excess is increased to £1,500. You will also need to obtain confirmation from your GP of your fitness to travel.

Emergency Assistance:

There is a 24-hour emergency assistance service included in the policy so that any insured person may seek assistance in medical emergencies whilst on holiday. Full details are contained in the policy document.

Main Health Exclusions:

We will not pay for claims arising directly or indirectly from the following circumstances existing on the date of applying for this insurance: (a) Where You (or any person upon whose health the Trip depends) are undergoing tests for the presence of a medical condition receiving or on a waiting list for or have knowledge of the need for treatment at a hospital or nursing home. (b) From any terminal illness suffered by You (or any person upon whose health the Trip depends). (c) From any medical condition for which You (or any person upon whose health the Trip depends) have within 12 months prior to the date of issue of this insurance been diagnosed or have been admitted to or undergone a procedure/ intervention in a hospital. (d) From any reoccurrence of any psychiatric disorder, anxiety state and/ or depression suffered by You (or any person upon whose health the Trip depends) (e) Where You are travelling against the advice of a Medical Practitioner. (f) Where You have failed to contact the medical screening line if required to do so.

Insurance Product Disclosure

Cancellation Rights The Insurer provides a Money Back Guarantee enabling you to cancel the insurance within 14 days of issue should the policy not meet your requirements. No refund of premium is provided for cancellations after this time. Claims Claims are handled by Towergate Chase Parkinson who act on behalf of the Insurers and not the customer in relation to any claim. The telephone number is 0844 892 1697. General Queries If you have any query regarding the cover provided you must contact Global Travel Insurance on 01903 267432 for advice. Applicable Law The law applicable to this insurance contract is English Law. Complaints If you wish to register a complaint about our service please contact us in writing at the above address. If you cannot settle your complaint with us, you may be entitled to refer it to the Financial Ombudsman Service. Financial Security These insurance arrangements are covered by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS). You may be entitled to compensation from the scheme if we cannot meet our financial obligations although this depends on the type of business and the circumstances of the claim. Insurance advising and arranging is covered up to 90% of the claim, without any upper limit. Further information about compensation scheme arrangements is available from the FSCS.


Conditions of Booking

Conditions of Booking These conditions of booking and information in this brochure, set out the terms on which you contract with HF Holidays Limited (HFH). They shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law, being subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts of England and Wales. No variation shall be of any effect unless in writing and by the authority of HF Holidays Ltd. 1. You pay a deposit When booking a holiday, you must accept on behalf of all your party the terms of these conditions of booking and pay the appropriate deposit per person for all holidays. The deposit paid in respect of each holiday is accepted as a first instalment of the charge. The receipt or banking of a deposit or the making of a provisional reservation does not imply final acceptance of the booking; neither is a verbal quotation confirmation of final cost. If a booking cannot be accepted, notification and refund of any deposit will be sent as soon as possible. If accepted a confirmation invoice will be forwarded to you normally within 2 weeks of receipt of your booking. The contract is made between us when we send this confirmation. Any money you pay to your travel agent will be held by them as your agent until we despatch our confirmation, from which point money will be held as agent for HFH. All monies paid to your travel agent for holidays by air are at all times held on behalf of HFH. 2. You pay the balance The balance of the price must be paid before the holiday departure date. • for Holidays in Britain (except groups and partner hotels) - 3 weeks • for overseas, groups and UK partner hotels - 6 weeks • for worldwide, trail, self-guided and cycling holidays - 8 weeks If you book within the balance due period you must pay the full holiday price at the time of booking. If the balance is not paid in time we reserve the right to cancel your holiday, retain your deposit and apply cancellation charges as set in our paragraph 4. 3. If you change your booking If after your booking has been confirmed you wish to transfer to a different holiday or departure date in this brochure, we will make every effort to satisfy your requirements provided that written notification (post, fax or e-mail) is received at our offices from the person who made the booking or their travel agent, not later than the date on which balance of the original holiday price is due for payment. Alterations made within the balance due period will be regarded as a cancellation by you of the original holiday and a new booking for a different holiday, and the cancellation charges set out in paragraph 4 will apply. If after your booking has been confirmed you are unavoidably prevented from proceeding and wish to transfer your confirmed booking to another suitable person, you can do so, provided that this is not later than the day on which the balance of your holiday is due. You, as transferor of the holiday, and the transferee shall be jointly and severally liable to us for the payment of the balance due, together with all additional charges of whatever sort imposed by the suppliers providing component parts of your holiday. In all cases, you will be required to pay an administration fee of £20 per person plus appropriate holiday insurance premium, if applicable. 4. If you cancel your booking Should you, or any member of your party, be forced to cancel your holiday booking you must do so in writing and the letter must be signed by the person who made the booking. Alternatively, you may advise by e-mail. A cancellation will take effect from the date that written notice is received at our office. All such cancellations will be subject to a charge of a percentage of the total holiday price, and the following scale indicates the maximum which will be charged in any circumstance.

Holidays at HF Holidays’ Country Houses

Overseas, groups & holidays at UK partner hotels

Worldwide, trail, self-guided & cycling holidays

More than 56 days

Deposit

Deposit*

Deposit*

More than 42 days

Deposit

Deposit*

45%

42 - 22 days Deposit

50%

60%

21 - 15 days 50%

60%

60%

14 - 8 days

80%

100%

100%

100%

60%

7 days or less 100%

Note: If the reason for cancellation is covered under the terms of your holiday insurance policy you may be able to reclaim these charges. Cancellation charges are exclusive of holiday insurance premiums. *And any flight payments paid at time of booking. 5. Rights of admission HF Holidays reserves the unconditional right to refuse a booking or to debar a person from a holiday in the event of conduct which in our reasonable opinion is likely to cause distress, damage or annoyance to guests, employees, property or to any third party. This includes any

guest who fails to advise us of a medical condition or of a disability which prevents their full participation in a holiday programme. If we are not informed in this way we cannot be held responsible for any inconvenience or costs incurred by you and this may include our refusal to complete your holiday arrangements. Cancellation charges of 100% would apply in these circumstances. Smoking is not allowed in any HF Holidays’ owned property or on any holiday coach. If you ignore this condition, you may be asked to leave the holiday. If you or any of your party do not take up your accommodation within 24 hours of the date of arrival shown on your confirmation, it will be offered for re-letting. 6. Prices We will not impose any surcharges after the day on which the balance of your holiday is due. If surcharges become necessary we will absorb an amount up to the first 2% (excluding insurance premiums, new taxes and any amendment charges) of any surcharges that apply. Surcharges may be imposed to cover increases in transportation costs, including the costs of fuel, dues, taxes or fees chargeable for services such as landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports or airports, or the exchange rates applied to the particular package. Where a surcharge is payable, there will be an administration fee of 50p per person, together with an amount to cover agents’ commission. If this means paying more than 10% on the holiday price, you will be entitled to cancel your holiday with a full refund of all monies paid except for any premium paid to us for holiday insurance and amendment charges. Should you decide to cancel, you must exercise your right to do so within 14 days from the issue date printed on the revised confirmation invoice. 7. Brochure accuracy The information given in this brochure about departure dates, times, itineraries, accommodation, duration of flight and airlines has been carefully checked and we believe it is correct at the time of publication. We reserve the right to make changes and where they occur, they will be advised to you before the booking contract is concluded. Brochure descriptions are provided by us in good faith and every care is taken to ensure accuracy. Between brochure publication and your holiday, changes can and do occur. We feel it is right to point out that advertised facilities may be subject to change by the various suppliers concerned. There may be occasions when an advertised facility or activity is not available during your own holiday. This may be due to insufficient numbers, weather, operational or maintenance reasons. All hotel gradings are those provided by the countries concerned. We cannot guarantee that any specific leader or number of guests or leaders will be present on any holiday at any particular time. We cannot give any firm information about an airline on which you may travel until tickets are issued and we are not in a position to state aircraft type. 8. If we alter your holiday plans If we have to alter your holiday before departure, any alteration will either be major or minor. Where an alteration is minor, we will, if practicable, advise you before departure, but we are not obliged to do so or to pay you compensation. A minor alteration is any alteration apart from a major alteration as defined below. When an alteration is a major alteration (and a major alteration is an alteration which involves changing your tour or time of departure by more than 6 hours, offering accommodation with a lower rating, or changing your resort or airport), we will advise you as soon as is reasonably possible. You will then have the choice of accepting the alteration, taking an alternative holiday (and where this is of a lower price, we will refund the difference), or withdrawing from the contract and accepting a full refund of all monies paid. In addition, in appropriate cases, we will pay you compensation on the scale shown below (on the assumption that the full balance has been paid).

More than 56 days

Holidays at HF Holidays’ Country Houses

Overseas, groups & holidays at UK partner hotels

Worldwide, trail, self-guided & cycling holidays

nil

nil

nil

More than 42 nil nil days before departure

£10

42 - 22 days nil before departure

£10

£10

21 - 15 days £15 before departure

£15

£15

14 - 0 days £20 before departure

£20

£20

Where, after departure, a significant proportion of the services contracted for is or cannot be provided, you will have the choice of returning to your point of departure and receiving a pro rata refund for the cost of the remainder of your holiday, or accepting alternative arrangements. In addition, if appropriate, we will pay you compensation of an amount which is reasonable taking into account all the circumstances.

9. If we cancel your holiday We make every endeavour to operate all of our holidays. If we have to cancel your holiday before the date of departure, you will have the choice of taking an alternative holiday (and where this is of a lower price we will refund the difference) or withdrawing from the contract and accepting a full refund of all monies paid. We shall not cancel a holiday or travel arrangements after the date when the payment of the balance becomes due, unless you, the guest, defaults in payment of an outstanding balance or unless it is necessary to do so as a result of force majeure. Force majeure means unusual and unforeseeable circumstances beyond our control, the consequences of which neither we nor our suppliers could avoid, examples of which are war or threat of war, riots, civil strife, terrorist activities, industrial disputes, natural or nuclear disaster, fire or adverse weather conditions, level of water in rivers or other similar events beyond our control. 10. Travel and transport Tickets for travel of any kind whatsoever, whether by land, sea or air, are issued subject to the conditions and regulations published in the timetable, books or other notices of the persons, companies or authorities undertaking such transport. There is no guarantee that flights will depart at the time specified, and we do not have any liability to you for any delay which may arise. Where such delay does arise, we will use our best endeavours to arrange for the air carrier to provide appropriate meals, etc, but we ourselves will not make any such provision. 11. Our responsibility (i) Where you do not suffer death or personal injury, we accept liability should any part of your holiday arrangements booked with us in the UK not be as described in the brochure and not be of a reasonable standard, and, subject to (iii), (iv) and (v) below, will pay you compensation of an amount which could be reasonably and properly expected, taking into account all the relevant circumstances. Any sums received by you from suppliers, such as from airlines due to the Denied Boarding Regulations 1992 (in this case sums paid by the airline constitute the full amount of your entitlement to compensation for all matters flowing from the airline’s actions) will be deducted from any sum paid to you as compensation by us. (ii) Where you suffer death or personal injury as a result of an activity forming part of your holiday arrangements booked with us before departure, we accept responsibility subject to (iii), (iv) and (v) below. (iii) We accept liability in accordance with (i) and (ii) above and subject to (iv) and (v) below except where the cause of the failure in your holiday arrangements or any death or personal injury you may suffer is not due to any fault on our part or that of our servants, agents or suppliers, and is your own fault, or arises from the actions of someone unconnected with your holiday arrangements or due to unusual or unforeseeable circumstances or events which neither we, nor our servants, agents or suppliers could have anticipated or avoided even with the exercise of all due care. (iv) Where a claim (whether for personal injury or non personal injury) arises out of loss or damage suffered during the course of air travel, rail travel, sea travel, road travel or hotel accommodation, the amount of compensation you will receive will be limited in accordance with the provisions of any relevant International Conventions, namely the Warsaw Convention 1929 (including as amended by the Hague Protocol 1955), the Berne Convention 1961, the Athens Convention 1974, the Geneva Convention 1973 and the Paris Convention 1962. (v) It should be noted that our acceptance of liability in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above is conditional upon you assigning any rights to us that you may have against any of our servants, agents or suppliers which is in any way responsible for the failure of your holiday arrangements or any death or personal injury you may suffer. Finally, it is a condition precedent of such acceptance of liability that you follow the procedures for the notification of complaints set out in clause 16. (vi) Other than as set out above, and as is detailed elsewhere in these conditions of booking, we shall have no legal liability whatsoever to you for any loss, damage, personal injury or death which you suffer arising directly or indirectly from any aspect of any holiday arrangements booked with us. 12 Parental responsibility Parents or guardians undertake to accept full responsibility and supervision of and for their children at all times. 13 Passports, Visas and Health It is your own responsibility to check that your passport, visa or health certificate is in order. We cannot accept responsibility for any delay or expense incurred through irregularities in your documents. 14 Insurance (for overseas holidays only) The person making the booking warrants that holiday insurance will be taken out by all persons named on the form. 15 Our complaints procedure If you have a complaint during your holiday you must notify our management, leader or local representative immediately and they will do their best to resolve the problem. Should it not be possible to resolve your complaint on the spot, you should write to our Elstree office. This must be received no later than 28 days after your holiday. Full details should be provided. No claim or complaint will be entertained unless you follow this procedure. All complaints that are received are thoroughly investigated and guests are kept informed. Sometimes investigations can take time, especially when awaiting a response from suppliers. We aim to settle all complaints amicably.

HF Walking Holidays  

HF Walking Holidays UK & Europe

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you